HMH Go Math

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-13-variability-and-data-distributions

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions

Students who are searching for 6th Grade chapter 13 solutions can get them here. Download Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions for free. We have provided the answers with clear cut explanations on HMH Go Math 6th Grade Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions

Before you start your preparation checkout the topic provided below. The Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions helps the students to score good marks in exams. Click on the below links and download the solutions.

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 1

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 2

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 3

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 4

Chapter – 13 – Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 6

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 7

Chapter 13 – Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 709

For 1–3, use the dot plot.

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of paintings students in the art club displayed at the art show. Does the dot plot contain any gaps?
If so, where?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 1
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Between the intervals of 4 – 7 excluding 4 and 7

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 1
The dots are filled from 1 – 4 and 7 but the region between these two intervals is left unfilled so the region containing gaps is 5-6 including 5 and 6

Question 2.
Identify any clusters in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 1-4

Explanation:
A group of dots is called a cluster
The dots form a cluster at 1 – 4

Question 3.
Summarize the information in the dot plot.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: It says about the number of paintings done by each student in the art club.

Explanation:
The number of paintings is represented by the number line. The dots represent the students.
Therefore we can say that It says about the number of paintings done by each student in the art club.

On Your Own

Question 4.
What patterns do you see in the histogram data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 2
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
STEP 1 Identify any peaks in the data.
The histogram has 6 peaks.
The interval representing the greatest number of visitors is for ages between 60 and 69 age group.
STEP 2 The data changes across the intervals.
The number of visitors increases from 0 to 29 age group and from 40 to 69 age group.
So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval from 0 to 9 age group and then decrease.
The visitors of the age group 30 – 39 did not visit the zoo.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 13 Answer Key Question 5.
The dot plot shows the number of errors made by a baseball team in the first 16 games of the season. For numbers 5a-5e, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 3
5a. There is a gap from 4 to 5.
5b. There is a peak at 0.
5c. The dot plot has symmetry.
5d. There are two modes.
5e. There is one cluster.
5a. __________
5b. __________
5c. __________
5d. __________
5e. __________

Answer:
5a. Yes
5b. Yes
5c. No
5d. No
5e. No

Explanation:
5a. There are dots between 4-5 so we can say that there is a gap from 4 to 5.
5b. The number of dots is more at the interval 0 So we can say that there is a peak at 0.
5c. The symmetrical view is nothing but having the same number of dots on both sides of the figure but we cannot observe it in the above figure. Therefore we can say that the dot plot has no symmetry.
5d. The most frequently occurring observation is known as a mode. One dot repeats in all the intervals so we can say that the mode is 1.
5e. A group of observations form a cluster, there are more than 1 group of dots in the figure given above.

Big Cats – Page No. 710

There are 41 species of cats living in the world today. Wild cats live in places as different as deserts and the cold forests of Siberia, and they come in many sizes. Siberian tigers may be as long as 9 feet and weigh over 2,000 pounds, while bobcats are often just 2 to 3 feet long and weigh between 15 and 30 pounds.

You can find bobcats in many zoos in the United States. The histogram below shows the weights of several bobcats. The weights are rounded to the nearest pound.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 4
Use the histogram for 6 and 7.

Question 6.
Look for a Pattern Describe the overall shape of the histogram.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graph starts from a small interval and increases to the highest and then decreases to the smallest interval.
The histogram has rectangles that are closely packed.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Identify any peaks in the data.
The histogram has 1 peak(s).
The interval representing the greatest number of bobcats is for weights between 18 and 20 pounds.
STEP 2 Describe how the data changes across the intervals. The number of bobcats increases from 12 to 17 pounds and from 21 to 29 pounds.
STEP 3 Describe any symmetry the graph has. If I draw a vertical line through the interval for 18 to 20 pounds, the left and right parts of the histogram are very close to being mirror images. The histogram has line symmetry.

So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval for 18 to 20 pounds and then decrease. The data set has a vertical line
symmetry about the peak.

Question 7.
Sense or Nonsense? Sunny says that the graph might have a different shape if it was redrawn as a bar graph with one bar for each number of pounds. Is Sunny’s statement sense or nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Sense

Explanation:
Bar graph also contains rectangles but they are not closely packed hence the statement is correct which is said by Sunny as a bar graph with one bar for each number of pounds.

Patterns in Data – Page No. 711

For 1–2, use the dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 5

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of omelets ordered at Paul’s Restaurant each day. Does the dot plot contain any gaps?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes, the dot plot contains gaps

Explanation:
The dots are filled from 10 – 11, from 14 – 16, and from 18 – 19 but the region between these two intervals is left unfilled so the region containing gaps is 12-13 including 12 and 13, and 17 is also left unfilled.

Question 2.
Identify any clusters in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 14 – 16 and 18 – 19

Explanation:
A group of dots is called a cluster. The dots which form a cluster are 14 – 16 and from 18 – 19.

For 3–4, use the histogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 6

Question 3.
The histogram shows the number of people that visited a local shop each day in January. How many peaks does the histogram have?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The histogram has only one peak.

Explanation:
The rectangle with tall length represents the highest peak in the graph given above.
The number of people who visited a local shop each day in January was 0 – 9  visitors and this was the highest frequency having 14 days.
The highest peak is in the interval of 0 – 9.

Question 4.
Describe how the data values change across the intervals.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: They decrease from highest to lowest values in the given picture above.

Explanation:
The graph represents the number of visitors in the month of January Visitors of number 0 – 9 have the highest frequency,
10 – 19 are the second-highest among the visitors who went to the local shop in the month of January, followed by 20 – 29,
30 – 39

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Look at the dot plot at the right. Does the graph have symmetry? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes, the graph has a symmetry

Explanation:
If I draw a vertical line through the interval for _ to_ pounds, the left and right parts of the histogram are very close to being mirror images. The histogram __ line symmetry.
A geometric figure has line symmetry if you can draw a line through it so that the two parts are mirror images of each other.
So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval for _ to _ pounds and then decrease. The data set __ line symmetry about the peak.

Go Math 6th Grade Homework Answers Question 6.
A histogram that shows the ages of students at a library has intervals 1–5, 6–10, 11–15, 16–20, and 21–25. There is a peak at 11–15 years and the graph is symmetric. Sketch what the histogram could look like and describe the patterns you see in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The histogram shows the ages of students at a library has intervals 1–5, 6–10, 11–15, 16–20, and 21–25. There is a peak at 11–15 years and the graph is symmetric.

Explanation:

The histogram is a graph with continuous rectangles which are closely packed.
The asymmetric graph is a graph which has a mirror-like view with equal rectangles on each side.
The graph with the highest peak represents the highest number of students who visit the library in that age group 11 – 15

Lesson Check – Page No. 712

Question 1.
What interval in the histogram has the greatest frequency?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 8
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 10 – 14 interval has the highest frequency of 6

Explanation:
The rectangle with a peak can be said it have the greatest frequency. The interval with a peak is 11 – 15 and the frequency of the peak is 6

Question 2.
Meg makes a dot plot for the data 9, 9, 4, 5, 5, 3, 4, 5, 3, 8, 8, 5. Where does a gap occur?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 6 – 7 including 6 and 7

Explanation:
Let us consider an axis with 3 to 9 numbers on it and plot the dots as given in the question at points 3,4,5,8 and 9 the gap occurs between 6 and 7 including 6 and 7.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A rectangular fish tank is 20 inches long, 12 inches wide, and 20 inches tall. If the tank is filled halfway with water, how much water is in the tank?
________ in.

Answer: 37500 cubic centimeter

Explanation:
The length of the rectangle of the rectangular fish tank = 20 inches x 2.5 cm = 50 cm (since 1 inch = 2.5 cm)
The breadth of the rectangle of the rectangular fish tank = 12 inches x 2.5 cm = 30 cm (since 1 inch = 2.5 cm)
The height of the rectangle of the rectangular fish tank = 20 inches x 2.5 cm = 50 cm (since 1 inch = 2.5 cm)
Water filled in the tank = Volume of the tank = 50 x 50 x 30 = 75000 cubic centimeter
If the tank is filled halfway = the volume of the tank / 2 = 37500 cubic centimeters

Question 4.
Look at the histogram below. How many students scored an 81 or higher on the math test?
________ students

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The interval 81 – 90 has 10 frequencies and the interval 91 – 100 has 4 frequencies. So the total number of students = 14

Lesson 3 Homework Practice Mean Absolute Deviation Answer Key Question 5.
The Little League coach uses a radar gun to measure the speed of several of Kyle’s baseball pitches. The speeds, in miles per hour, are 52, 48, 63, 47, 47. What is the median of Kyle’s pitch speeds?
The median is ________ miles.

Answer: Median is 48

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 5 (odd)
Median = (5 + 1 / 2) = (6/2) = 3rd observation = 48
Therefore the median is 48.

Share and Show – Page No. 715

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Question 1.
The scores of 11 students on a geography quiz:
87, 72, 80, 95, 86, 80, 78, 92, 88, 76, 90
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median: 86, lower quartile: 72, upper quartile: 95

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for an odd number of observations
n = 11 (odd)
Median = (11 + 1 / 2) = (12/2) = 6th observation = 86
Therefore the median is 86.

Lower quartile: 72  Upper quartile: 95

Question 2.
The lengths, in seconds, of 9 videos posted online:
50, 46, 51, 60, 62, 50, 65, 48, 53
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median: 51 Lower quartile: 46 Upper quartile: 65

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for an odd number of observations
n = 9 (odd)
Median = (9 + 1 / 2) = (10/2) = 5th observation = 51
Therefore the median is 51.

Lower quartile: 46 Upper quartile: 65

Question 3.
Make a box plot to display the data set in Exercise 2.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box plot is drawn on the topic: Lengths of the videos (in seconds) posted in online.

Explanation:
The box is drawn to understand the clear view of the raw data, in a precise manner.
This box gives us information about the lengths of the videos posted online. We can directly say the median, lower quartile, upper quartile seeing the box plot.

On Your Own

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Question 4.
13, 24, 37, 25, 56, 49, 43, 20, 24
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 25

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for an odd number of observations
n = 9 (odd)
Median = (9 + 1 / 2) = (10/2) = 5th observation =25
Therefore the median is 25.

Question 5.
61, 23, 49, 60, 83, 56, 51, 64, 84, 27
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 58

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is the mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for an even number of observations
n = 10 (even)
Median = Mean of (5)th and (6)th observations = 56 + 60 divided by 2 = 116/2 = 58
Therefore the median is 58.

Question 6.
The chart shows the height of trees in a park. Display the data in a box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 9
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
Lower limit: 8
Upper limit: 30
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 12 (even)
Median = Mean of (6)th and (7)th observations = 18 + 20 divided by 2 = 38/2 = 19
Therefore the median is 19.

Question 7.
Analyze Eric made this box plot for the data set below. Explain his error.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 10
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 11
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The lower and upper limits are marked wrong.

Explanation:
The box drew above the number line is wrong.
It does not show the correct upper and lower limits.
The lower limit is 5 and the upper limit is 35.

Problem Solving + Applcations – Page No. 716

Pose a Problem

Question 8.
The box plots show the number of flights delayed per day for two different airlines. Which data set is more spread out?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 12
Airline A: greatest value − least value = _____
Airline B: greatest value − least value = _____
So, the data for _____ is more spread out.
Write a new problem that can be solved using the data in the box plots.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Airline A: greatest value − least value = 8
Airline B: greatest value − least value = 10
The data for airline B is more spread out.

A problem which can be solved using the box plot can be:

Find the median, lower and upper limits.

Explanation:
The greatest value and lowest value can be identified by seeing the box drew above the number line. The ends represent the lower and upper limits in both the box plots.

The solution to the question framed:
The start and end of the rectangle represent the lower and upper limits. And the middle line represents the median.
The lower limit is 5
Upper limit is 35
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is the mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 6 (even)
Median = Mean of (3)th and (4)th observations = 15 + 25 divided by 2 = 40/2 = 20
Therefore the median is 20.

Chapter 13 Skills and Applications Answers Question 9.
The data set shows the cost of the dinner specials at a restaurant on Friday night.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 13
The median is _____.
The lower quartile is _____.
The upper quartile is _____.

Answer:
Median: 24
The lower quartile is 16.
The upper quartile is 30.

Explanation:
Seeing the data in the box we can identify the lower and upper quartiles.
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 11 (odd)
Median = (11 + 1 / 2) = (12/2) = 6th observation =24
Therefore the median is 24.

Box Plots – Page No. 717

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Question 1.
The amounts of juice in 12 glasses, in fluid ounces:
11, 8, 4, 9, 12, 14, 9, 16, 15, 11, 10, 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Median: 10.5
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 16

Explanation:
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 12 (even)
Median = Mean of (6)th and (7)th observations = 10 + 11 divided by 2 = 21/2 = 10.5
Therefore the median is 10.5.
After writing in ascending or descending order the first and last terms justify the lower and upper limits respectively.
They are:
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 16

Question 2.
the lengths of 10 pencils, in centimeters:
18, 15, 4, 9, 14, 17, 16, 6, 8, 10
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Median: 12
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 18

Explanation:
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 10 (even)
Median = Mean of (5)th and (6)th observations = 10 + 14 divided by 2 = 24/2 = 12
Therefore the median is 12.
After writing in ascending or descending order the first and last terms justify the lower and upper limits respectively.
They are:
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 18

Question 3.
Make a box plot to display the data set in Exercise 2.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The above box plot represents the lower and upper quartiles, the median.

Explanation:
Box plot is drawn using the number line and the rectangle which is drawn above it.
The ends of the rectangles say about the lower and upper limits and the middle line indicates the median.

Question 4.
The numbers of students on several teams are 9, 4, 5, 10, 11, 9, 8, and 6. Make a box plot for the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
Box plot is drawn using the number line and the rectangle which is drawn above it.
The ends of the rectangles say about the lower and upper limits and the middle line indicates the median.
Therefore the lower and upper quartiles are 4 and 11 respectively.
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 8 (even)
Median = Mean of (4)th and (5)th observations = 8 + 9 divided by 2 = 17/2 = 8.5
Therefore the median is 8.5.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The amounts spent at a gift shop today are $19, $30, $28, $22, $20, $26, and $26. What is the median? What is the lower quartile?
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Median: $26
Lower quartile: $19
Upper quartile: $30

Explanation:
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 7 (odd)
Median = (7 + 1 / 2) = (8/2) = 4th observation =26
Therefore the median is 26.
After writing in ascending or descending order the first and last terms justify the lower and upper limits respectively.
They are:
Lower quartile: $19
Upper quartile: $30

Question 6.
The weights of six puppies in ounces are 8, 5, 7, 5, 6, and 9. What is the upper quartile of the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Upper quartile: 9

Explanation:
The highest value in the data is defined as the upper quartile.
The highest value in the raw data given is 9

Question 7.
Draw a box plot to display this data: 81, 22, 34, 55, 76, 20, 56.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
A box plot gives information about the lower and upper quartiles and about the median.
The box plot is drawn using a rectangle and the number line.

Lesson Check – Page No. 718

Question 1.
The values in a data set are 15, 7, 11, 12, 6, 3, 10, and 6. Where would you draw the box in a box plot for the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box is drawn above the number line.

Explanation:
Example:

The rectangle that can be seen above the number line is the box plot that is drawn.
The box plot gives information about the lower and upper quartiles and about the median.

Question 2.
What is the lower quartile of the following data set?
22, 27, 14, 21, 22, 26, 18
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The value which is lowest in the given data is called the lowest quartile.
Therefore the lowest quartile in the given data is 14.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jenn says that “What is the average number of school lunches bought per day?” is a statistical question. Lisa says that “How many lunches did Mark buy this week?” is a statistical question. Who is NOT correct?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Lisa’s statement is wrong.

Explanation:

Question 4.
The prices of several chairs are $89, $76, $81, $91, $88, and $70. What is the mean of the chair prices?
The mean is $ _________

Answer: $82.5

Explanation:
Number of observations= 6
Mean of the observations= $89 + $76 + $81+ $91+$88+ $70/ 6= 495/6 = $82.5

Question 5.
By how much does the mean of the following data set change if the outlier is removed?
13, 19, 16, 40, 12
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean shows a difference if the lower limit is removed the mean increases and if the upper limit is removed the mean decreases.

Explanation:
Outliers are nothing but both upper and lower limits.
The actual mean is 20
But when the lower limit is removed the mean increases to 22 while when the upper limit is removed the mean decreases to 15.
Therefore, we can say that the mean shows a difference when the outliers are removed.

Question 6.
Where in the dot plot does a cluster occur?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 14
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 52 – 54

Explanation:
A cluster is nothing but a group of dots.
In the intervals 52 – 54 a cluster has occurred.

Share and Show – Page No. 721

Use counters, a dot plot, or iTools to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 1.
Find the mean absolute deviation for both data sets. Explain which data set is more spread out.
the number of laps Shawna swam on 5 different days:
5, 6, 6, 8, 10
mean = 7

the number of laps Lara swam on 5 different days:
1, 3, 7, 11, 13
mean = 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Case 2 is more spread out.

Explanation:
CASE1
The number of laps Shawna swam on 5 different days:
5,6,6,8,10
Mean = 7
Deviations:
7 – 5 = 2
7 – 6 = 1
7 – 6 = 1
7 -8 = -1
7 -10=-3
Mean of deviations = 2+1+1+1+3/5 = 8/5 = 1.6

CASE2
The number of laps Lara swam on 5 different days:
1, 3, 7, 11, 13
Mean = 7
Deviations:
7 – 1 = 6
7 – 3 = 4
7 – 7 = 0
7 -11= -4
7 -13= -6
Mean of deviations = 6+ 4 + 0 + 4 + 6 / 5 = 20/5 = 4

Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 2.
mean = 7 books
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 15
______ books

Answer: Mean absolute deviation is 2.4

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
4: 7-4=3
5: 7-5=2
6: 7-6=1
9: 7-9=-2
10: 7-10=-3
11: 7-11=-4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(3) + (2) +(2) +(2) +(2) +(1) + (2) +(3) +(3) +(4) / 10 = 24/10 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Question 3.
mean = 29 pounds
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 17
_______ pounds

Answer: Mean Absolute deviation is 3.2

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
26: 29-26=03
27: 29-27=02
32: 29-32=-3
33: 29-33=-4
35: 29-35=-6

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(3) + (2) +(3) +(4) +(6) +(3) + (3) +(2) / 8 = 26/8 = 3.2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Lesson 13.3 Practice A Data Distributions Answer Key Question 4.
The mean absolute deviation of the number of daily visits to Scott’s website for February is 167.7. In March, the absolute mean deviation is 235.9. In which month did the number of visits to Scott’s website vary more? Explain how you know.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: As the mean absolute deviation is more in the month of February we can say that there are more visitors in this month.

Explanation:
As the mean of the month of February is less it means that the number of observations is more.
Similarly, as the mean of the month of March is more it means that the number of observations is less.
Therefore we can say that the number of visitors was higher in the month of February compared to March.

Question 5.
Write an Inequality Algebra In April, the data for Scott’s website visits are less spread out than they were in February. Use a to represent the mean absolute deviation for April. Write an inequality to describe the possible values of a.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: a < February

Explanation:
Since the data is more spread out in the month of April than they were in February. Therefore the inequality represents a “less than” sign.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 722

Question 6.
Use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 18
The mean of the data is 11. What is the mean absolute deviation of the data?
_______ days

Answer: 3

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 11-10= 1
12: 11-12=-1
13: 11-13=-2
18: 11-18=-7
10: 11-10= 1
08: 11-08= 3
07: 11-07= 4
06: 11-06= 5
16: 11-16=-5
14: 11-14=-3
08: 11-08= 3
10: 11-10= 1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1 +2 +7 +1 +3 +4 +5+5+3+3+1/ 12
= 36/12 = 3

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.

Question 7.
Suppose all of the players on a basketball team had the same height. Explain how you could use reasoning to find the mean absolute deviation of the players’ heights.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
If the players on a basketball team had the same height.
The mean deviation will be equal to 0 because the difference between the mean and the observations is 0.
Let the observations be 2,2,2,2,2
Mean = 10/5 = 2
Mean deviation =  (2-2)+(2-2)+(2-2)+(2-2)+(2-2)/5 = 0/5 = 0

Question 8.
Explain Tell how an outlier that is much greater than the mean would affect the mean absolute deviation of the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: An outlier increases the mean absolute deviation of the data set.

Explanation:
The difference between the outlier and the mean is a greater number when added to the sum of observations the mean absolute deviation increases.

Question 9.
The data set shows the number of soccer goals scored by players in 3 games.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 19
For numbers 9a–9c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
9a. The mean absolute deviation of Player A is 1.
9b. The mean absolute deviation of Player B is 0.
9c. The mean absolute deviation of Player C is greater than the mean absolute deviation of Player A.
9a. __________
9b. __________
9c. __________

Answer:
9a. No
9b. Yes
9c. No

Explanation:
Player A
Mean = 1+2+3/3 = 6/3 = 2
Mean absolute deviation = 1+0+1/3 = 2/3 = 0.6

Player B
Mean =2+2+2/3 = 6?3 = 2
Mean absolute deviation = 0/3 = 0

Player C
Mean = 1+2+1/3 = 4/3 = 1.3
Mean absolute deviation = 0.3+0+0.3/3 = 0.2

Mean Absolute Deviation – Page No. 723

Use counters and a dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 1.
the number of hours Maggie spent practicing soccer for 4 different weeks:
9, 6, 6, 7
mean = 7 hours
_______ hour

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
9: 7-9=-2
6: 7-6=-1
6: 7-6=-1
7: 7-7= 0

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2 +1 +1+0/ 4
= 4 /4 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.

Question 2.
the heights of 7 people in inches:
60, 64, 58, 60, 70, 71, 65
mean = 64 inches
_______ inches

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
60: 64-60= 4
64: 64-64= 0
58: 64-58= 6
60: 64-60= 4
70: 64-70=-6
71: 64-71=-7
65: 64-65=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+0+6+ 4+6+7+1/7
= 28/7 = 4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.

Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 3.
mean = 10
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 20
_______ year

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
08: 10-08=02
09: 10-09=01
10: 10-10= 0
11: 10-11=-1
12: 10-12=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(2) + (1) +(0) +(1) +(2) +(2)+(1)+(0)+(0)+(0)+(1)+(2) /12 = 12/12= 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 4.
mean = 8
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 21
_______ hours

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
03: 8-03=05
04: 8-04=04
05: 8-05=03
07: 8-07=01
08: 8-08= 0
09: 8-09=-1
10: 8-10=-2
11: 8-11=-3
12: 8-12=-4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(5) + (4) +(3) +(1) +(0) +(1) + (2) +(3) +(4)+(5)+(0)+(1)+(1)+(2)+(4)/ 15 = 36/15 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Problem Solving

Question 5.
In science class, Troy found the mass, in grams, of 6 samples to be 10, 12, 7, 8, 5, and 6. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ grams

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.

Explanation:
Mean = 10+12+7+8+5+6/6 = 48/6 = 8

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 8-10= -2
12: 8-12= -4
07: 8-07= 01
08: 8-08= 0
05: 8-05=03
06: 8-06=02

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+4+1+0+3+2/6
= 12/6 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.

Question 6.
Five recorded temperatures are 71°F, 64°F, 72°F, 81°F, and 67°F. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ °F

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.4.

Explanation:
Mean = 71+64+72+81+67/5 = 355/5 = 71

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
71: 71-71= 0
64: 71-64= 07
72: 71-72= -1
81: 71-81=-10
67: 71-67= 04

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+7+1+10+4/5
= 22/5 = 4.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.4.

Question 7.
Make a dot plot of the following data: 10, 10, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13, 15. Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Explanation:
Mean = 10+10+11+12+12+13+13+15/8 = 96/8 = 12

Mean absolute deviation:

Box plot:

STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 12-10=02
11: 12-11=01
12: 12-12=0
13: 12-13=-1
15: 12-15=-3

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(2) + (2) +(1) +(0) +(0) +(1) + (1) +(3) / 8 = 10/8 = 1.25

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Lesson Check – Page No. 724

Question 1.
The six test grades are 86, 88, 92, 90, 82, and 84. The mean of the data is 87. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.5

Explanation:

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
86: 87-86= 01
88: 87-88= -1
92: 87-92= -5
90: 87-81= 06
82: 87-82= 05
84: 87-84= 03

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+5+1+6+5+3/6
= 21/6 = 3.5

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.5

Question 2.
Eight heights in inches are 42, 36, 44, 46, 48, 42, 48, and 46. The mean of the data is 44. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ inches

Answer:

Explanation: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
42: 44-42= 02
36: 44-36= 08
44: 44-44= 0
46: 44-46= -2
48: 44-48= -4
42: 44-42= 02
48: 44-48= -4
46: 44-46= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+8+2+4+0+2+4+2/8
= 24/8 = 3

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the volume of a rectangular prism with dimensions 4 meters, 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) meters, and 5 meters?
_______ m3

Answer: 30m3

Explanation:
Dimensions: 4 meters, 1 1/2 meters, 5 meters
Change the mixed fraction into improper fraction = 3/2
Volume of the rectangle = 4 x 3/2 x 5 = 30m3

Question 4.
Carrie is making a frequency table showing the number of miles she walked each day during the 30 days of September. What value should she write in the Frequency column for 9 to 11 miles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 22
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Total number of days in the month of September = 30
Number of days given in the frequency table = 17+8+4 = 29
Frequency in the interval 9 – 11 = 30 – 29 = 1 day

Question 5.
The following data shows the number of laps each student completed. What number of laps is the mode?
9, 6, 7, 8, 5, 1, 8, 10
The mode is _______ laps.

Answer: The mode is 8 laps.

Explanation:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as mode.
8 is the mode in the above raw data given.

Question 6.
What is the upper quartile of the following data?
43, 48, 55, 50, 58, 49, 38, 42, 50
The upper quartile is _______

Answer: The upper quartile is 58

Explanation:
The highest observation in the data given is known as the upper quartile. The upper quartile is 58

Share and Show – Page No. 727

Question 1.
Find the range and interquartile range of the data in the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 23
The range is $ __________ .
The interquartile range is $ __________ .

Answer: $12, $3

Explanation:
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = 19 – 7 = $12
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 15 – 12 = $3

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the mean absolute deviation for the data set.

Question 2.
heights in inches of several tomato plants:
16, 18, 18, 20, 17, 20, 18, 17
_______ inch

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 16+18+18 +20+17+20+18+17/8 = 144/8 = 18

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
16: 18-16= 02
18: 18-18= 0
18: 18-18= 0
20: 18-20= -2
17: 18-17= 01
20: 18-20= -2
18: 18-18= 0
17: 18-17= 01

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+0+0+2+1+2+0+1/8
= 8/8 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 3.
times in seconds for students to run one lap:
68, 60, 52, 40, 64, 40
_______ seconds

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 10

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 68+60+52+40+64+40/6 = 54

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
68: 54-68= -14
60: 54-60= -6
52: 54-52= 02
40: 54-40= 14
64: 54-64= -10
40: 54-40= 14

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
14+6+2+14+10+14/6
= 60/6 = 10

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 10

On Your Own

Use the box plot for 4 and 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 24

Question 4.
What is the range of the data?
$ _______

Answer: $24

Explanation:
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = $56 – $32 = $24

Question 5.
What is the interquartile range of the data?
$ _______

Answer: $16

Explanation:
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = $52 – $36 = $16

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the mean absolute deviation for the data set.

Question 6.
Times in minutes spent on a history quiz:
35, 35, 32, 34, 34, 32, 34, 36
_______ minute

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 35+ 35+ 32+ 34+34+ 32+ 34+36/8 = 272/8 = 34

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
35: 34-35= -1
35: 34-35= -1
32: 34-32= 02
34: 34-34= 0
34: 34-34= 0
32: 34-32=02
34: 34-34=0
36: 34-36=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+2+0+0+2+0+2/8
= 8/8 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 7.
number of excused absences for one semester:
1, 2, 1, 10, 9, 9, 10, 6, 1, 1
_______

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.8

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =1+2+1+10+9+9+10+6+1+1 /10 = 50/10 = 5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
1: 5-1= 4
2: 5-2= 3
1: 5-1= 4
10: 5-10= -5
9: 5-9= -4
9: 5-9=-4
10: 5-10=-5
6: 5-6=-1
1: 5-1=4
1: 5-1=4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+3+4+5+4+4+5+1+4+4/10
=38/10 = 3.8

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.8

Question 8.
The chart shows the price of different varieties of dog food at a pet store. Find the range, interquartile range, and the mean absolute deviation of the data set.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 25
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6
Range = 32-16 = 16
Interquartile range = 24 – 20 = 4

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =18+24+20+26+24+20+32+20+16+20 /10 = 220/10 = 22

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
18: 22-18= 4
24: 22-24= -2
20: 22-20= 2
26: 22-26= -4
24: 22-24= -2
20: 22-20= 2
32: 22-32=-10
20: 22-20= 2
16: 22-16= 6
20: 22-20= 2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+2+2+4+2+2+10+2+6+2/10
=36/10 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = 32-16 = 16
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 24 – 20 = 4

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 728

Question 9.
Hyato’s family began a walking program. They walked 30, 45, 25, 35, 40, 30, and 40 minutes each day during one week. At the right, make a box plot of the data. Then find the interquartile range.
_______ minutes

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:
Ascending order: 25,30,30,35,40,40,45
n=7 (odd)
Median= Number of (n+1/2) = 8/2 = 4th observation = 35
Median:(four terms of the data)
Median = 30+30/2 = 60/2 = 30
Median:(last 3 terms of the data)
Median = (n+1/2) = 2nd observation = 40
Interquartile range = 30+40/2 = 70/2 = 35

Question 10.
Compare Jack recorded the number of minutes his family walked each day for a month. The range of the data is 15. How does this compare to the data for Hyato’s family?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Jack’s family walked less number of minutes each day compared to Hyato’s family.

Explanation:
The range of Hyato’s family is 20 while the range of Jack’s family is 15. Therefore we can say that Hyato’s family walked more minutes compared to Jack’s family in a day.
The range can define the data with large observations and the data with the least observations.

Question 11.
Sense or Nonsense? Nathan claims that the interquartile range of a data set can never be greater than its range. Is Nathan’s claim sense or nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Nonsense, The Interquartile range of a data set can be less than or greater than the range.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the medians of the observations.
Nathan’s claim is nonsense as he said, ” The interquartile range can never be greater than its range.”
The range is the difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation.
The interquartile range can be less than greater than the range.

Example:
Ascending order: 25,30,30,35,40,40,45
n=7 (odd)
Median= Number of (n+1/2) = 8/2 = 4th observation = 35
Median:(four terms of the data)
Median = 30+30/2 = 60/2 = 30
Median:(last 3 terms of the data)
Median = (n+1/2) = 2nd observation = 40
Interquartile range = 30+40/2 = 70/2 = 35

Range= 45-25 = 20

In the above case, the interquartile range is more than the range proving that the given statement is nonsense.

Question 12.
The box plot shows the heights of corn stalks from two different farms.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 26
The range of Farm A’s heights is _____ the range of Farm B’s heights.

Answer: greater than

Explanation:
The range is the difference between the highest and the lowest observations.
Range of Farm A: 72-58 = 14
Range of Farm B: 70-55 = 15

Therefore, The range of Farm A’s heights is greater than the range of Farm B’s heights.

Measures of Variability – Page No. 729

Question 1.
Find the range and interquartile range of the data in the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 27
The range is __________ miles.
The interquartile range is __________ miles.

Answer: 16, 8

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = 17 – 1 = 16
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 12 – 4 = 8

Use the box plot for 2 and 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 28

Question 2.
What is the range of the data?
_____

Answer: 35

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = 95 – 60 = 35

Question 3.
What is the interquartile range of the data?
_____

Answer: 20

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 90 – 70 = 20

Find the mean absolute deviation for the set.

Question 4.
heights in centimeters of several flowers:
14, 7, 6, 5, 13
_____ cm

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =14+7+ 6+5+13/5= 45/5 = 9

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
14: 9-14= -5
07: 9-07= 02
06: 9-06= 03
05: 9-05= 04
13: 9-13= -4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
5+2+3+4+4/5
= 18/5 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Question 5.
ages of several children:
5, 7, 4, 6, 3, 5, 3, 7
_____ years

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 5+7+4+6+ 3+5+3+7/8 = 40/8 = 5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
5: 5-5= 0
7: 5-7= -2
4: 5-4= 01
6: 5-6= -1
3: 5-3= 02
5: 5-5= 0
3: 5-3= 02
7: 5-7=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+2+1+1+2+0+2+2/8
= 10/8 = 1.25

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The following data set gives the amount of time, in minutes, it took five people to cook a recipe. What is the mean absolute deviation for the data?
33, 38, 31, 36, 37
_____ minutes

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 33+38+31+36+37/5 = 175/5 = 35

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
33: 35-33= 02
38: 35-38= -3
31: 35-31= 04
36: 35-36= -1
37: 35-37= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+3+4+1+2/5
= 12/5 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Question 7.
The prices of six food processors are $63, $59, $72, $68, $61, and $67. What are the range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation for the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = $9 The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = $68 – $59 = $9
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 12 – 4 = 8

Mean:
Mean = $63+$59+$72+$68+$61+$67/6 = 390/6 = 65

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
63: 65-63= 02
59: 65-59= 06
72: 65-72= -7
68: 65-68= -3
61: 65-61= -4
67: 65-67= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+6+7+3+4+2/6
= 24/6 = 4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4

Question 8.
Find the range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation for this data set: 41, 45, 60, 61, 61, 72, 80.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 9.7

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = 41+45+60+61+61+72+80 /7 = 420/7 = 60

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
41: 60-41= 19
45: 60-45= 15
60: 60-60= 0
61: 60-61= -1
61: 60-61= -1
72: 60-72= -12
80: 60-80= -20

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
19+15+0+1+1+12+20/7
= 68/7 = 9.7

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 9.7

Lesson Check – Page No. 730

Question 1.
Daily high temperatures recorded in a certain city are 65°F, 66°F, 70°F, 58°F, and 61°F. What is the mean absolute deviation for the data?
_____ °F

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = 65+66+70+58+61 /5 = 320/5 = 64

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
65: 64-65=-1
66: 64-66=-2
70: 64-70=-6
58: 64-58=06
61: 64-61=03

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+2+6+6+3/5
= 18/5 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Question 2.
Eight different cereals have 120, 160, 135, 144, 153, 122, 118, and 134 calories per serving. What is the interquartile range for the data?
_____ calories

Answer: 42cereals

Explanation:
Ascending order of the data: 118,120,122,134,135,144,153,160
Median:(for first 4 terms)
Median= 120+122/2 = 242/2 = 121
Median:(for first 4 terms)
Median= 144+153/2 = 297/2 = 148.5
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 148.5 – 121 = 27.5

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the histogram. How many days did the restaurant sell more than 59 pizzas?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 29
________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
After 59 there is 1 interval from 60-79
Number of days the restaurant sells more than 59 pizzas = 20

Question 4.
Look at the histogram. Where does a peak in the data occur?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 30
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 20 – 39

Explanation:
Number of days the restaurant sold the maximum pizzas = 30
Number of pizzas sold each day = 20 – 39

Question 5.
What is the mode of the data set?
14, 14, 18, 20
The mode is ________

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as a mode.
In the above data mode is 14.

Question 6.
The data set below lists the ages of people on a soccer team. The mean of the data is 23. What is the mean absolute deviation?
24, 22, 19, 19, 23, 23, 26, 27, 24
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Explanation:

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
24: 23-24=-1
22: 23-22= 1
19: 23-19= 4
19: 23-19= 4
23: 23-23=0
23: 23-23=0
26: 23-26=-3
27: 23-27=-4
24: 23-24=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+4+4+3+4+1+0+0/9
= 18/9 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 731

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 31

Question 1.
The _____ is the difference between the upper quartile and the lower quartile of a data set.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower quartiles of the data is known as the range.

Question 2.
A graph that shows the median, quartiles, and least and greatest values of a data set is called a(n) _____.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Box plot

Explanation:
The figure that shows the median, quartiles, and least and greatest values of a data set is called a box plot, A box plot is a figure that represents the median with a horizontal line, and the starting and ending line represents the upper and lower quartiles and the end dots represent the upper limit and the lower limit.

Question 3.
The difference between the greatest value and the least value in a data set is the _____.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range

Explanation:
Each data set consists of upper and lower limits the difference between these limits is called range.

Question 4.
The _____ is the mean of the distances between the values of a data set and the mean of the data set.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean absolute

Explanation:
Mean absolute deviation is calculated by subtracting each observation from the mean and then the mean is calculated for these observations.
Therefore we can say that the mean absolute is the mean of the distances between the values of a data set and the mean of the data set.

Concepts and Skills

Question 5.
Make a box plot for this data set: 73, 65, 68, 72, 70, 74.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median = 71

Explanation:
Median:
Ascending order: 65, 68, 70, 72, 73,74
n = even = 6
Median = Mean of 3rd and 4th terms
= 70+72/2 = 142/2 = 71

Find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 6.
43, 46, 48, 40, 38
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 43+46+48+40+38/5 = 215/5 = 43

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
43: 43-43=0
43: 43-46=-3
43: 43-48=-5
43: 43-40= 3
43: 43-38= 5

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+3+5+3+5/5 = 16/5 = 3.2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Question 7.
26, 20, 25, 21, 24, 27, 26, 23
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.125

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 26+20+25+21+24+27+26+23/8 = 192/8 = 24

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
26: 24-26=-3
20: 24-20= 4
25: 24-25= -1
21: 24-21= 3
24: 24-24=0
27: 24-27=-3
26: 24-26=-2
23: 24-23=1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
3+4+1+3+0+3+2+1/8
= 17/8 = 2.125

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.125

Question 8.
99, 70, 78, 85, 76, 81
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 99+70+78+85+76+81/6 = 489/6 = 81.5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
24: 23-24=-1
22: 23-22= 1
19: 23-19= 4
19: 23-19= 4
23: 23-23=0
23: 23-23=0
26: 23-26=-3
27: 23-27=-4
24: 23-24=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+4+4+3+4+1+0+0/9
= 18/9 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Find the range and interquartile range of the data.

Question 9.
2, 4, 8, 3, 2
The range is _________ .
The interquartile range is _________ .

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The difference between the upper quartile and lower quartile.
Range = 8 – 2 =6

Question 10.
84, 82, 86, 87, 88, 83, 84
The range is _________ .
The interquartile range is _________ .

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The difference between the upper quartile and lower quartile.
Range = 88 – 82 = 6

Question 11.
39, 22, 33, 45, 42, 40, 28
The range is _________ .
The interquartile range is _________ .

Answer: 23

Explanation:
The difference between the upper quartile and lower quartile.
Range = 45 – 22 = 23

Page No. 732

Question 12.
Yasmine keeps track of the number of hockey goals scored by her school’s team at each game. The dot plot shows her data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 32
Where is there a gap in the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There is a gap in the data in the intervals: between 1 and 2

Explanation:
As shown in the dot plot there is a gap between 1 and 2. This means that Yasmine’s team did not score only one goal when they played the game.

Question 13.
What is the interquartile range of the data shown in the dot plot with Question 12?
The interquartile range is _________ .

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles.
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Question 14.
Randall’s teacher added up the class scores for the quarter and used a histogram to display the data. How many peaks does the histogram have? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 33
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graph has only one peak

Explanation:
In the given graph there are rectangles out of which one has a tall rectangle which can be addressed as the peak.

Question 15.
In a box plot of the data below, where would the box be drawn?
55, 37, 41, 62, 50, 49, 64
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box is drawn above the number line and this represents the median and the lower and upper limits.

Explanation:
A box is drawn to represent the median and the upper and lower limits in a box plot.

Share and Show – Page No. 735

Question 1.
The distances in miles students travel to get to school are 7, 1, 5, 9, 9, and 8. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean: 6.5
Median: 7.5
Mode: 9

Explanation:
Mean:
7+1+5+9+9+8/6 = 39/6 = 6.5
Median:
Ascending order: 1,5,7,8,9,9
Median = Mean of 7 and 8 = 7+8/2 = 15/2 = 7.5
Mode:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as the mode.
The mode is 9.

Question 2.
Use Graphs The numbers of different brands of orange juice carried in several stores are 2, 1, 3, 1, 12, 1, 2, 2, and 5. Make a box plot of the data and find the range and interquartile range. Decide which measure better describes the data set and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range: 11      Interquartile: 3 Interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Range = 12 – 1 = 11
Interquartile range :
Median(of first 4 terms):
Median = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Median (of last 4 terms):
Median = 3+5/2 = 8/2 = 4
Interquartile range = 4 – 1 = 3

On Your Own

Question 3.
Use Reasoning The ages of students in a computer class are 14, 13, 14, 15, 14, 35, 14. Decide which measure of center(s) best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean:17  Median:14   Mode:14  Median and mode is the best ways to represent the data.

Explanation:
Mean:
14+13+14+15+14+35+14/7 = 119/7 = 17
Median:
Ascending order: 13,14,14,14,14,15,35
Median = 14
Mode:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as the mode.
The mode is 14.

Question 4.
Mateo scored 98, 85, 84, 80, 81, and 82 on six math tests. When a seventh math test score is added, the measure of center that best describes his scores is the median. What could the seventh test score be? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Median:
Ascending order: 80,81,82,84,85,98
Median = Mean of 3 and 4 = 82+84/2 = 166/2 = 83
The seventh score can be 83

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 736

Question 5.
Jaime is on the community swim team. The table shows the team’s results in the last 8 swim meets. Jaime believes they can place in the top 3 at the next swim meet. Which measure of center should Jaime use to persuade her team that she is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 34
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, median,mode

Explanation:
Mean= 1+2+2+3+3+1+18+2/8 = 32/8 = 4
Median:
Ascending order: 1,1,2,2,2,3,3,18
Median = 2+2/2 = 2
Mode:
The most frequently occurring observation is called a mode.
Mode=2

Question 5.
b. What information do you need to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: We need to have the data to find the centre of tendencies.

Explanation:
The given data can be used to find the mean, median, and mode.

Question 5.
c. What are the measures of center?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean = 4 Median = 2 Mode = 2

Explanation:
There are three measures to calculate their approximate values.

Question 5.
d. Which measure of center should Jaime use? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median or mode

Explanation:
Median or mode are nearer to the solution, therefore, they can be used.

Question 6.
The number of sit-ups students completed in one minute are 10, 42, 46, 50, 43, and 49. The mean of the data values is 40 and the median is 44.5. Which measure of center better describes the data, the mean or median? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median is the better way to represent the data.

Explanation:
44.5 is closer and represents the more number of observations compared to the mean.

Choose Appropriate Measures of Center and Variability – Page No. 737

Question 1.
The distances, in miles, that 6 people travel to get to work are 14, 12, 2, 16, 16, and 18. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean= 13 miles Median= 15 miles Mode= 16 miles

Explanation:
Mean is less than the data points.
The Median describes the data in the best way compared to the mean and mode.

Question 2.
The numbers of pets that several children have are 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 10, 0, 1, and 0. Make a box plot of the data and find the range and interquartile range. Decide which measure better describes the data set and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,10
Median = 2+2/2 = 2
Lower quartile = 0.5
Upper quartile= 7/2 = 3.5
Highest observation= 10
Lowest observation = 0
Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Brett’s history quiz scores are 84, 78, 92, 90, 85, 91, and 0. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean is the best measure of centre to describe the data set.

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean= 84+78+92+90+85+91+0/7 = 74.2
Median:
Ascending order: 0,78,84,85,90,91,92
Median = 4th observation = 85

Question 4.
Eight students were absent the following number of days in a year: 4, 8, 0, 1, 7, 2, 6, and 3. Decide if the range or interquartile range better describes the data set, and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 8 represents all the terms range is preferable compared to the interquartile range.

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8
Range = 8-0 = 8
Median = Mean of 3 and 4 = 3+4/2 = 7/2 = 3.5
Median of first 3 terms = 1
Median of last 3 terms = 7
Interquartile range = 7-1 = 6
Since 8 represents all the terms range is preferable compared to the interquartile range.

Question 5.
Create two sets of data that would be best described by two different measures of centre.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The given below are the examples of two sets of data that would be best described by two different measures of centre.

Explanation:
Example 1:

The numbers of pets that several children have are 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 10, 0, 1, and 0. Make a box plot of the data and find the range and interquartile range. Decide which measure better describes the data set and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,10
Median = 2+2/2 = 2
Lower quartile = 0.5
Upper quartile= 7/2 = 3.5
Highest observation= 10
Lowest observation = 0
Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Example 2:

Brett’s history quiz scores are 5,6,7,8,9,10. Decide which measure(s) of centre best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean and median is the best measure of centre to describe the data set.

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean= 5+6+7+8+9+10/6 = 7.5
Median:
Ascending order: 5,6,7,8,9,10
Median = Mean of 7 and 8 = 15/2 = 7.5

Lesson Check – Page No. 738

Question 1.
Chloe used two box plots to display some data. The box in the plot for the first data set is wider than the box for the second data set. What does this say about the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graphs say that the interquartile range is more for the second graph compared to the first.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles.
It is more for wider data compared to compact data.

Question 2.
Hector recorded the temperature at noon for 7 days in a row. The temperatures are 20°F, 20°F, 20°F, 23°F, 23°F, 23°F, and 55°F. Which measure of center would best describe the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mode

Explanation:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as mode.
The mode of the above data describes the data well, the mode of the data is 20°F

Spiral Review

Question 3.
By how much does the median of the following data set change if the outlier is removed?
13, 20, 15, 19, 22, 26, 42
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 0.5

Explanation:
Median:
Ascending order: 13,15,19,20,22,26,42
Median = 20
If the outlier is removed then the median=
19+20/2 = 39/2 = 19.5
The difference in the medians = 0.5

Question 4.
What percent of the people surveyed spent at least an hour watching television?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 35
_______ %

Answer: 8 people

Explanation:
Total number of people = 40
Percentage = 8/40 x 100 = 20%

Question 5.
What is the lower quartile of the following data?
12, 9, 10, 8, 7, 12
The lower quartile is _______ .

Answer:

Explanation:
Ascending order: 7,8,9,10,12,12
Median = 9+10/2 = 9.5
Lower quartile = 8

Question 6.
What is the interquartile range of the data shown in the box plot?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 36
The interquartile range is _______ .

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower quartiles is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 14 – 9 = 5

Share and Show – Page No. 741

Question 1.
Zoe collected data on the number of points her favourite basketball players scored in several games. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 37
The mean of Player 1’s points is __ the mean of Player 2’s
points.
The interquartile range of Player 1’s points is __ the
interquartile range of Player 2’s points.
So, Player 2 typically scores __ points than Player 1, but
Player 2’s scores typically vary __ Player 1’s scores
Type below:
_________________

Answer: less than ; less than ; more ; more

Explanation:
The mean of Player 1’s points is less than the mean of Player 2’s points.
The interquartile range of Player 1’s points is less than the interquartile range of Player 2’s points.
So, Player 2 typically scores more points than Player 1, but Player 2’s scores typically vary more Player 1’s scores

Question 2.
Mark collected data on the weights of puppies at two animal shelters. Find the median and range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 38
Type below:
_________________

Answer: They differ slightly but on an average, we can say that shelter B is more as compared to shelter A

Explanation:
Shelter A
Median:
Ascending order: 5,7,7,7,10,12,15
Median = 4th observation = 7
Range = 15-5 = 10
Shelter B
Median:
Ascending order: 4,5,5,11,11,13,15
Median = 4th observation = 11
Range = 15-4 = 11

On Your Own

Kwan analyzed data about the number of hours musicians in her band practice each week. The table shows her results. Use the table for Exercises 3–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 39

Question 3.
Which two students typically practiced the same amount each week, with about the same variation in practice times?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Sally and Jennifer

Explanation:
They are slightly different but on the whole, the average shows no difference and we can say that Sally and Jennifer practiced for the same amount each week

Question 4.
Which two students typically practised the same number of hours, but had very different variations in their practice times?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Tim and Sally

Explanation:
They are different in range but on the whole, the average shows no difference and we can say that Sally and Tim practiced for the same number of hours, but had very different variations in their practice times.

Question 5.
Which two students had the same variation in practice times, but typically practiced a different number of hours per week?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Matthew and Tim

Explanation:
Matthew and Tim practiced for the same number of hours but they had a high variation in the range.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 742

Question 6.
Compare The table shows the number of miles Johnny ran each day for two weeks. Find the median and the interquartile range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data sets.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 40
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The interquartile range is the best way to compare the data in week 1
While the median is the best way to compare the data in week 2

Explanation:
Week 1
Median:
Ascending order: 1,2,2,3,3,4,5
Median = 4th observation = 3
Lower quartile range= 2
Upper quartile range= 4
Interquartile range = 4-2 = 2

Week 2
Median:
Ascending order: 1,1,1,3,3,8,8
Median = 4th observation = 3
Lower quartile range= 1
Upper quartile range= 8
Interquartile range = 8-1 = 7

Question 7.
Sense or Nonsense? Yashi made the box plots at right to show the data he collected on plant growth. He thinks that the variation in bean plant growth was about the same as the variation in tomato plant growth. Does Yashi’s conclusion make sense? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 41
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Sense

Explanation:
Yashi said that thinks that the variation in bean plant growth was about the same as the variation in tomato plant growth.
It is a true statement because the range of both bean and tomato plants’ growth is the same and they have the same medians.

Question 8.
Kylie’s teacher collected data on the heights of boys and girls in a sixth-grade class. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 42
The mean of the boys’ heights is _____ the mean of the girls’ heights.
The range of the boys’ heights is _____ the range of the girls’ heights.

Answer: more than; more than

Explanation:
The mean of boys height:
Mean = 72+68+70+56+58+62+64/7 = 64.2
Range= 72-56 = 16

The mean of girls height:
Mean = 55+60+56+51+60+63+65/7 = 58.5
Range= 65-51 = 14
The mean of the boys’ heights is _more than____ the mean of the girls’ heights.
The range of the boys’ heights is _more than____ the range of the girls’ heights.

Apply Measures of Center and Variability – Page No. 743

Solve.

Question 1.
The table shows temperature data for two cities. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 43
The mean of City 1’s temperatures is the ———————– mean of City 2’s temperatures.
The ———————- of City 1’s temperatures is————— the —————–of City 2’s temperatures.
So, City 2 is typically —————-City 1, but City 2’s temperatures
vary ——————-City 1’s temperatures.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: less than; interquartile range; less than; interquartile range; warmer than; more than

Explanation:
The mean of City 1’s temperatures is the —-less than———- mean of City 2’s temperatures.
The –interquartile range——— of City 1’s temperatures is—less than—– the —-interquartile range—–of City 2’s temperatures.
So, City 2 is typically —warmer than—–City 1, but City 2’s temperatures
vary —–more than——-City 1’s temperatures.

Question 2.
The table shows weights of fish that were caught in two different lakes. Find the median and range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 44
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Lake A’s average is greater but varies more.

Explanation:
Lake A
Median:
Ascending order: 4,6,7,9,10,12
Median = Mean 3rd and 4th observation = 7+9/2 = 8
Range = 12 – 4 = 8

Lake B
Median:
Ascending order: 4,4,5,6,6,7
Median = Mean 3rd and 4th observation = 5+6/2 = 5.5
Range = 7 – 3 = 4

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Mrs. Mack measured the heights of her students in two classes. Class 1 has a median height of 130 cm and an interquartile range of 5 cm. Class 2 has a median height of 134 cm and an interquartile range of 8 cm. Write a statement that compares the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Class 2 is greater but varies more.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles. Since the interquartile range is more for class 2 we can say that the extremes are greater while the interquartile range is less for class 1 which means that the data is compact.

Question 4.
Richard’s science test scores are 76, 80, 78, 84, and 80. His math test scores are 100, 80, 73, 94, and 71. Compare the medians and interquartile ranges.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Medians are equal but the interquartile range varies a large, math test scores are more spread out compared to science test scores.

Explanation:
Science test scores:
Median:
Ascending order: 76,78,80,80,84
Median = 3rd observation = 80
Interquartile range = 84 – 76 = 10

Math test scores:
Median:
Ascending order: 71,73,80,94,100
Median = 3rd observation = 80
Interquartile range = 100 – 71 = 29

Medians are equal but the interquartile range varies a large, math test scores are more spread out compared to science test scores.

Question 5.
Write a short paragraph to a new student that explains how you can compare data sets by examining the mean and the interquartile range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: average and consistency

Explanation:
If the mean is more it means that the data has more observations or observations with more value.
Interquartile range and median range say about the consistency.

Lesson Check – Page No. 744

Question 1.
Team A has a mean of 35 points and a range of 8 points. Team B has a mean of 30 points and a range of 7 points. Write a statement that compares the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Similar variation but team A average is more than team B

Explanation:
The range has only a difference of 1 point which can be said as a slight variation but while the average/ mean has a large variation.

Question 2.
Jean’s test scores have a mean of 83 and an interquartile range of 4. Ben’s test scores have a mean of 87 and an interquartile range of 9. Compare the students’ scores.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Ben’s average is more than Jean’s but Ben is less consistent compared to Jean.

Explanation:
Ben’s average score is more than the average scores of Jean while the interquartile range

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the box plots below. What is the difference between the medians for the two groups of data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 45
_______ students

Answer: 2 students

Explanation:
Median of students in a class of school A = 24
Median of students in a class of school B = 26
Difference between the medians of the schools = 26-24 = 2 students

Question 4.
The distances in miles that 6 people drive to get to work are 10, 11, 9, 12, 9, and 27. What measure of center best describes the data set?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median is the centre best describes the data set

Explanation:
Median:
AScending order: 9,9,10,11,12,27
Median= 3rd and 4th observations = 10+11/2 = 21/2 = 10.5

Question 5.
Which two teams typically practice the same number of hours, but have very different variations in their practice times?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 46
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Team A and C

Explanation:
Team A and C have medians which nare only slightly different but the consistency varies a lot that is range.

Share and Show – Page No. 747

Connie asked people their ages as they entered the food court at the mall. Use the histogram of the data she collected for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 47

Question 1.
What statistical question could Connie ask about her data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, Median, Mode

Explanation:
The graph shows the age and number of people. The questions which can be asked can be of mean, median, mode.

Question 2.
Describe any peak or gap in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peak : 21-30   Gap : 61-70

Explanation:
There is a peak in the graph at the interval 21-30
There is a gap in between the bars of the histogram the bar which had a gap before it was 61-70

Question 3.
Does the graph have symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the graph doesn’t have symmetry

Explanation:
The symmetry of the graph means there must be equal parts of the graph on both the sides of the line of the graph.
This is not possible in the above situation.

On Your Own

Question 4.
The lower quartile of the data set is 16.5 years, and the upper quartile is 51.5 years. Find the interquartile range. Is it a better description of the data than the range? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Interquartile range = 35; The interquartile range is better than the range.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper quartile and the lower quartile.
Interquartile range = 51.5-16.5 = 35
The interquartile range is better than the range because if we take the example of the above graph we can see thatthe most of the data fall in the range of the interquartile range ie. 35.
Therefore we can say that the interquartile range is better than the range.

Question 5.
Make Arguments The mode of the data is 16 years old. Is the mode a good description of the center of the data? Explain
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No mode is not a good description of the data.

Explanation:
The mode is just a frequently occurring observation.
It cannot be the best way to describe the data.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 748

Use the dot plot for 6–8.

Question 6.
Make Arguments Jason collected data about the number of songs his classmates bought online over the past 3 weeks. Does the data set have symmetry? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 48
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No, the data has no symmetry.

Explanation:
No, the data has no symmetry. Because there are gaps between the dots drawn.

Question 7.
Jason claims that the median is a good description of his data set, but the mode is not. Does his statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median can be a better centre of description. Therefore his statement makes a sense.

Explanation:
Median = 7+8/2 = 15/2 = 7.5
The number 7.5 represents more number of observations.

Question 8.
Trinni surveyed her classmates about how many siblings they have. A dot plot of her data increases from 0 siblings to a peak at 1 sibling and then decreases steadily as the graph goes to 6 siblings. How is Trinni’s dot plot similar to Jason’s? How is it different?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Trinni graph represents a part of Jason’s graph

Explanation:
In Jason’s graph, there is a peak in the middle and then it decreases on both sides.
But according to Trinni graph, there is no peak in the middle.

Question 9.
Diego collected data on the number of movies seen last month by a random group of students.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 49
Draw a box plot of the data and use it to find the interquartile range and range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 12  Interquartile range = 2

Explanation:
The range is the difference between the highest and lowest observations.
Range = 12-0 = 12
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper and lower quartiles.
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,5,12
Lower quartile = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Upper quartile = 3+3/2 = 6/2 = 3
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Describe Distributions – Page No. 749

Chase asked people how many songs they have bought online in the past month. Use the histogram of the data he collected for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 50

Question 1.
What statistical question could Chase ask about the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: What is the median number of songs purchased?

Explanation:
Many questions can be formed from the data given to us
We can ask about the mean, median, mode.

Question 2.
Describe any peaks in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peak : 0-4

Explanation:
The peak is a bar in the histogram which has the highest value. The peak of the given graph is 0-4

Question 3.
Describe any gaps in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There are no gaps in the graph.

Explanation:
The gap is something between a bar of the histogram and all the other adjacent bars.
There no such case in the graph. Therefore there are no gaps in the graph.

Question 4.
Does the graph have symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the graph doesn’t have symmetry

Explanation:
The symmetry of the graph means there must be equal parts of the graph on both the sides of the line of the graph.
This is not possible in the above situation.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Mr. Carpenter teaches five classes each day. For several days in a row, he kept track of the number of students who were late to class and displayed the results in a dot plot. Describe the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 51
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peaks: At 6 and 8
Gaps: Between 3 and 5 , 6 and 8
Clusters: Between 0-3 ; 9-11

Explanation:
The highest points in the graph are known as peaks.
They are at 6 and 8 in this graph.
The space between the dots in the dot plot graph is known as gaps.
Gaps are between 3 and 5; 6 and 8
The group of the dots in the dot plot are known as clusters.
The clusters are at the 0-3; 9-11

Question 6.
Describe how a graph of a data set can be used to understand the distribution of the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, median, mode

Explanation:
There are three measures of centre which can be used to describe the data given in the form of a graph.
The three measures of centre are mean, median, mode.

Lesson Check – Page No. 750

Question 1.
The ages of people in a restaurant are 28, 10, 44, 25, 18, 8, 47, and 30. What is the median age of the people in the restaurant?
_______ years old

Answer: Median age of the people in the restaurant is 26.5 approximately 27

Explanation:
Median:
Ascending order: 8,10,18,25,28,30,44,47
Median = Mean of 4th and 5th observations = 25+28/2 = 53/2 = 26.5

Question 2.
What is the median in the dot plot?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 52
$ ________

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Median is the middlemost value and it is 11 in the above graph.
We need to consider the middle value by neglecting the same number on both the sides.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the dot plot. Where does a gap occur in the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 53
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 30-33

Explanation:
The gap is a space between the intervals.
The intervals are 30-33.

Question 4.
Look at the dot plot. Where does a peak occur in the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 54
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 37

Explanation:
The highest point in the graph is known as the peak.
The peak in the dot plot is 37.

Question 5.
Which two teams had similar variations in points earned, but typically earned a different number of points per game?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 55
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Red and blue

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lowest observations is called a range.
The range (consistency) in the data given is the same but they vary in the mean.
But we can say that Red and Blue teams typically earned a different number of points per game.

Question 6.
Manny’s monthly electric bills for the past 6 months are $140, $165, $145, $32, $125, and $135. What measure of center best represents the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median is the best way to represent the data. Median= 137.5

Explanation:
Median:
Ascending order: 32,125,135,140,145,165
Median = 135+140/2 = 275/2 = 137.5

Share and Show – Page No. 753

Question 1.
Josh is playing a game at the carnival. If his arrow lands on a section marked 25 or higher, he gets a prize. Josh will only play if most of the players win a prize. The carnival worker says that the average (mean) score is 28. The box plot shows other statistics about the game. Should Josh play the game? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 56
First, look at the median. The median is _ points.
Next, work backwards from the statistics.
The median is the __ value of the data.
So, at least __ of the values are scores
less than or equal to _.
Finally, use the statistics to draw a conclusion.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: middlemost value; 20; 15

Explanation:
First, look at the median. The median is 20 points.
Next, work backwards from the statistics.
The median is the middlemost value of the data.
So, at least 20 of the values are scores
less than or equal to 15.
Finally, use the statistics to draw a conclusion.

Question 2.
What if a score of 15 or greater resulted in a prize? How would that affect Josh’s decision? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: It doesn’t affect his decision.

Explanation:
Josh wanted to play only when most of the prizes were awarded.
Therefore if the minimum score was 15 or greater than it then they would get the prize. So there will be no difference in his decision.

Question 3.
A store collects data on the sales of DVD players each week for 3 months. The manager determines that the data has a range of 62 players and decides that the weekly sales were very inconsistent. Use the statistics in the table to decide if the manager is correct. Explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 57
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the manager is not correct.

Explanation:
The range is given to be 62.
The range is correct when we check it with the help of the given data, therefore, the data is not inconsistent.

On Your Own – Page No. 754

Question 4.
Gerard is fencing in a yard that is 21 feet by 18 feet. How many yards of fencing material does Gerard need? Explain how you found your answer.
_______ yards

Answer: 78 yards of the fencing material is required

Explanation:
Length = 21 feet  Breadth = 18 feet
The perimeter of the rectangle = The number of yards of fencing material required = 2(l+b) = 2(21+18) = 2(39) = 78 yards

Question 5.
Susanna wants to buy a fish that grows to be about 4 in. long. Mark suggests she buys the same type of fish he has. He has five of these fish with lengths of 1 in., 1 in., 6 in., 6 in., and 6 in., with a mean length of 4 in. Should Susanna buy the type of fish that Mark suggests? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes Susanna buy the type of fish that Mark suggests

Explanation:
The length of fish suggested by Mark is 4 in. long.
Mark has 5 fishes with a mean length of 4 in.
To buy a fish of that grows to be about 4 in. long. Susanna should buy the fishes suggested by Mark.

Question 6.
Look for a Pattern The graph shows the number of stamps that Luciano collected over several weeks. If the pattern continues, how many stamps will Luciano collect in Week 8? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 58
_______ stamps

Answer: 7 stamps

Explanation:
In week 4 and 6, the number of stamps are 4, 5. Therefore in week 6 and 8, the number of stamps are 5, 7

Question 7.
The data set shows the number of hours Luke plays the piano each week. Luke says he usually plays the piano 3 hours per week. Why is Luke’s statement misleading?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 59
Type below:
_________________

Answer: According to the question he should spend 3 hours per week. His statement is correct.

Explanation:
Sum of the data = 1+2+1+3+2+10+2 = 21
Number of days in a week = 7
Mean = 21/7 = 3 hours

Problem Solving Misleading Statistics – Page No. 755

Mr Jackson wants to make dinner reservations at a restaurant that has most meals costing less than $16. The Waterside Inn advertises that they have meals that average $15. The table shows the menu items.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 60

Question 1.
What is the minimum price and the maximum price?
minimum: $ _________
maximum: $ _________

Answer: minimum: $6
maximum: $19

Explanation:
The minimum value is the most minimum price in the given data.
The maximum value is the most maximum price in the given data.

Question 2.
What is the mean of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: $15

Explanation:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations = 6+16+18+16+18+19/6 = 93/6 = 15.2
Approximately therefore the mean of the observations is $15

Question 3.
Construct a box plot for the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box plot is a diagram which signifies the information about the data.

Explanation:

The box plot represents the range, lower and upper quartiles.

Question 4.
What is the range of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: the range is $13

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower observations is known as the range.
Range = 19-6 = $13

Question 5.
What is the interquartile range of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: $7.5

Explanation:
Ascending order: $6, $16, $16, $18, $18, $19
Median = 16+18/2 = 34/2 = 17
Lower quartile = 6+16/2 = 11
Upper quartile = 18+19/2 = 18.5
Interquartile range = 18.5-11 = 7.5

Question 6.
Does the menu match Mr. Jackson’s requirements? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes the menu matches Mr Jackson’s requirements.

Explanation:
Mr Jackson wants to make dinner arrangements with cost less than $16.
The mean of the items in the menu:
Mean = $6+$16+$16+$18+$18+$19/6 = 93/6 = $15.5
Therefore the requirements of Mr Jackson is satisfied.

Question 7.
Give an example of a misleading statistic. Explain why it is misleading.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The Waterside Inn advertises the misleading statement.

Explanation:
According to the information given in the question, The Waterside Inn advertises that they have meals that average $15. But it is more than that, so this is the misleading statement.
The mean of the items in the menu:
Mean = $6+$16+$16+$18+$18+$19/6 = 93/6 = $15.5
Therefore the requirements of Mr Jackson is satisfied.

Lesson Check – Page No. 756

Question 1.
Mary’s science test scores are 66, 94, 73, 81, 70, 84, and 88. What is the range of Mary’s science test scores?
________

Answer: 28

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is called a range.
Range = 94 – 66 = 28

Question 2.
The heights in inches of students on a team are 64, 66, 60, 68, 69, 59, 60, and 70. What is the interquartile range?
________

Answer: Interquartile range = 9

Explanation:
Ascending order: 59,60,60,64,66,68,69,70
Median = Mean of 64 and 66 = 64+66/2 = 130/2 = 65
Lower quartile = 60
Upper quartile = 69
Interquartile range = 69 – 60 = 9

Spiral Review

Question 3.
By how much does the median of the following data set change if the outlier is removed?
26, 21, 25, 18, 0, 28
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The median changes by 3.5

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,18,21,25,26,28
Median = 21+28/2 = 49/2 = 24.5
If the outlier is removed then the
Median = 21
Difference between the 1st and 2nd median = 24.5 – 21 = 3.5

Question 4.
Look at the box plot. What is the interquartile range of the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 61
________

Answer: Interquartile range = 6

Explanation:
The difference between the lower and upper quartiles is known as the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 50 – 44 = 6

Question 5.
Erin is on the school trivia team. The table shows the team’s scores in the last 8 games. Erin wants to build confidence in her team so that they will do well in the last game. If a score of 20 is considered a good score, what measure of center would be best for Erin to use to motivate her teammates?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 62
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean and median are the best centre of tendencies to compare the data.

Explanation:
Mean = 20+20+18+19+23+40+22+19/8 = 181/8 = 22.6
Median:
Ascending order: 18,19,19,20,20,22,23,40
Median = 40/2 = 20

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 757

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of chin-ups done by a gym class.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 63
For numbers 1a–1e, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
1a. There are two peaks.
1b. There are no clusters.
1c. There is a gap from 6 to 8.
1d. The most chin-ups anyone did was 15.
1e. The modes are 3, 4, and 9.
1a. ____________
1b. ____________
1c. ____________
1d. ____________
1e. ____________

Answer: 1a. Yes
1b. No
1c. Yes
1d. No
1e. Yes

Explanation:
1a. The highest point in the dot plot is called the peak. The peak in the given dot plot is at 5 and 11 the value of the peak is 3
1b. The group of dots form a cluster with 3 or more intervals.
1c. There is a gap between the intervals 6-8
1d. The maximum number of people did 11 chin-ups while only a single person did 15 chin-ups.
1e. The most frequently occurring observation is known as mode.
The mode of the given data is at the intervals 3,4 and 9.

Question 2.
The histogram shows the high temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit of various cities for one day in March.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 64
Select the best word to complete each sentence.
The histogram has _____ peak(s).
The histogram _____ symmetry.

Answer: The histogram has 1 peak(s).
The histogram is symmetry.

Explanation:
The is one and only one peak at the interval 41 – 50
We can say that the graph is symmetrical because if we draw a line between the graph we can observe that the graph has two parts symmetric to each other.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 758

Question 3.
The data set shows the scores of the players on the winning team of a basketball game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 65
The median is _____.
The lower quartile is _____.
The upper quartile is _____.

Answer:Median = 6
Lower quartile = 1
Upper quartile =19.5

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,4,5,6,9,13,17,22,30,47
Median = 6
Lower quartile = Mean of 1 and 1 = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Upper quartile = Mean of 17 and 22 = 17+22/2 = 39/2 = 19.5

Question 4.
The data set shows the number of desks in 12 different classrooms.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 66
Find the values of the points on the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 67
Type below:
_________________

Answer: A= 16 B=17 C= 20 D= 21 E=24

Explanation:
Ascending order: 16,17,17,18,19,20,20,21,21,21,22,24
Median = 20+20/2 = 20
Lower quartile = 17
Upper quartile = 21

Question 5.
The box plot shows the number of boxes sold at an office supply store each day for a week.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 68
For numbers 5a–5d, select True or False for each statement.
5a. The median is 18.
5b. The range is 15.
5c. The interquartile range is 9.
5d. The upper quartile is 18.
5a. ____________
5b. ____________
5c. ____________
5d. ____________

Answer: 5a.  false
5b. true
5c. true
5d. true

Explanation:
Median is the middlemost value of the given data.
Median of the data is 14
The range is the difference between the upper and lower observations.
Range = 21-6 = 15
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper and lower observations.
Upper quartile range: 18
Interquartile range = 18-9 = 9

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 759

Question 6.
The data set shows the number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day for a week.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 69
Part A
What is the mean number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day?
_______ glasses

Answer: The mean number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day is 8 glasses.

Explanation:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations= 6+7+9+9+8+7+10/7 = 8

Question 6.
Part B
What is the mean absolute deviation of the number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day? Round your answer to the nearest tenth. Use words and numbers to support your answer.
_______

Answer: Mean absolute deviation is 1.14

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations= 6+7+9+9+8+7+10/7 = 8

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
06: 8-6  = 02
07: 8-7  = 01
09: 8-9  = -1
09: 8-9  = -1
08: 8-8  =  0
07: 8-7  = 01
10: 8-10= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+1+1+1+0+1+2/7
= 8/7 = 1.14

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.14

Question 7.
The numbers of emails Megan received each hour are 9, 10, 9, 8, 7, and 2. The mean of the data values is 7.5 and the median is 8.5. Which measure of center better describes the data, the mean or median? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean is the best centre of tendency to represent the data given in the question

Explanation:
Ascending order of the data: 2,7,8,9,9,10
Mean = 7.5
Mean represents the observations 8,9,9,10 which come after 7.5
Therefore mean is the best way to represent the data.

Question 8.
The number of miles Madelyn drove between stops was 182, 180, 181, 184, 228, and 185. Which measure of center best describes the data?
Options:
a. mean
b. median
c. mode

Answer: b. Median

Explanation:
Ascending order: 180,181,182,184,185,228
Median = 182+184/2 = 183
183 represents all the observations after 182
So the median is the best way to represent the data.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 760

Question 9.
The histogram shows the weekly earnings of part-time workers. What interval(s) represents the most common weekly earnings?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 70
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 321-330 ; 341-350

Explanation:
The histogram has 2 intervals which show equal heights which means that the monthly earnings of these intervals is the same.

Question 10.
Jordan surveyed a group of randomly selected smartphone users and asked them how many applications they have downloaded onto their phones. The dot plot shows the results of Jordan’s survey. Select the statements that describe patterns in the data. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 71
Options:
a. The modes are 37 and 42.
b. There is a gap from 38 to 40.
c. There is a cluster from 41 to 44.
d. There is a cluster from 35 to 36.

Answer: b. There is a gap from 38 to 40.

Explanation:
The dot plot represents a gap between 38-40. So we can say that there is a gap between the intervals 38 to 40.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 761

Question 11.
Mrs. Gutierrez made a histogram of the birth month of the students in her class. Describe the patterns in the histogram by completing the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 72
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 73
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There are 2 peaks, Yes there is an increase across the intervals, Yes there is a decrease across the intervals

Explanation:
The highest point in the histogram is called is as a peak.
There is a peak near the month’s May and August.

There is an increase between the bars in the bar graph.
At the months February, March, November there is an increase in the graph.

There is a decrease between the bars in the bar graph.
At the months September, October, December.

Question 12.
Ian collected data on the number of children in 13 different families.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 74
Draw a box plot of the data and use it to find the interquartile range and range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 8-0 = 8 Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Explanation:

Ascending order:
0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,3,4,8
Median = 2
Lower quartile = 1+1/2 = 1
Upper quartile = 3+3/2 = 3
Range = 8-0 = 8
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 762

Question 13.
Gavin wants to move to a county where it rains about 5 inches every month. The data set shows the monthly rainfall in inches for a county. The mean of the data is 5 and the median is 4.35. After analyzing the data, Gavin says that this county would be a good place to move. Do you agree or disagree with Gavin? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 75
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes I agree that it is a good place to move.

Explanation:
After analyzing the data we can say that this country would be a good place to move for Gavin.
Gavin wants to move to a place which has an average of 5 cm rainfall. So this country is the best choice because it has a mean equal to 5 and median equal to 4.35

Question 14.
The data set shows the number of books Peyton reads each month. Peyton says she usually reads 4 books per month. Why is Peyton’s statement misleading?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 76
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No Peyton’s statement is not misleading because the mean of the data is 4.
Therefore Peyton says she usually reads 4 books per month.

Explanation:
Mean = 2+3+2+4+3+11+3/7 = 28/7 = 4

Question 15.
The data set shows the scores of three players for a board game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 77
For numbers 15a–15d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
15a. The mean absolute deviation of Player B’s scores is 0.
15b. The mean absolute deviation of Player A’s scores is 0.
15c. The mean absolute deviation of Player B’s scores is greater than the mean absolute deviation of Player C’s scores.
15a. ___________
15b. ___________
15c. ___________

Answer:15a. No
15b. Yes
15c.  Yes

Explanation:
Mean of player A = 90+90+90/3 = 90

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
90: 90-90  = 0
90: 90-90  = 0
90: 90-90  = 0

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+0+0/3 = 0
So, the mean absolute deviation of player A is 0

Mean of player B = 110+100+90/3 = 100

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
100: 100-110  = -10
100: 100-100  = 0
100: 100-90    = 10

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
10+0+10/3 = 20/3 = 6.67
So, the mean absolute deviation of player B is 6.67

Mean of player C = 95+100+95/3 = 96.67

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
96.67: 96.67-95    = 1.67
96.67: 96.67-100  = -3.33
96.67: 96.67-95    = 1.67

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1.67+3.33+1.67/3 = 6.67/3 = 2.22
So, the mean absolute deviation of player C is 2.22

Conclusion:

Hope the solutions provided in this Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 are helpful for all the students. Download the Answer Key of Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions and start your preparation now. Stay with us to get the solutions of all Grade 6 chapters.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-1-divide-multi-digit-numbers

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers contains the topics like Divide Multi-Digit Numbers, Prime Factorization, LCM, GCF, etc. So the students of Grade 6 can refer to our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key and solve the problems. With the help of Go Math 6th Grade Chapter, 1 Answer Key the scholars will not find any difficulty in solving the questions. This HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 answer key is very useful to students in solving assignments and puzzles. The solutions are explained in a simple way that students can grasp easily.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers 

The Go Math Answer Key helps in finding solutions for Grade 6 students. As Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers makes students, and teachers understand and learn quickly. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key helps students to make solutions understand easily and gain knowledge. And every solution was presented in a unique way and students will never face any difficulty in learning.

Lesson 1: Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Lesson 2: Prime Factorization

Lesson 3: Least Common Multiple

Lesson 4: Greatest Common Factor

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Apply the Greatest Common Factor

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Add and Subtract Decimals

Lesson 7: Multiply Decimals

Lesson 8: Divide Decimals by Whole Numbers

Lesson 9: Divide with Decimals

Chapter 1 Review/Test 

Page No. 7

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 3.
6,114 ÷ 63

Answer:  Quotient is 97 3/63= 97 1/21 and the remainder is 3

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

6th Grade Math Lesson 1 Question 4.
11050 ÷ 26

Answer: The quotient is 425 and the remainder is 0.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 5.
3150 ÷ 9

Answer: Quotient is 350 and the remainder is 0.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 6.
2115 ÷ 72

Answer: Quotient is 29 27/72= 29 3/8 and the remainder is 27.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 7.
20835 ÷ 180

Answer: Quotient is 115 135/180= 115 3/4 and the remainder is 135

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 8.
Find the least whole number that can be replaced. to make the statement true.
110 < ? ÷ 47

Answer: The lowest whole number is 5,171.

Explanation: 110×47= 5,170

Question 9.
Use Reasoning Name two whole numbers that can replace? to make both statements true.
2 × ? < 1800 ÷ 12                         ? > 3744 ÷ 52

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 10.
The 128 employees of a company volunteer 12,480 hours in 26 weeks. On average, how many hours do they all volunteer per week? On average, how many hours does each employee volunteer per week?

Answer: 3.75 hours.

Explanation: In 26  weeks 128 employees volunteer 12,480 hours, so in 1 week they volunteer 12,480÷26= 480 hours.
And each employee volunteer per week is 480÷128= 3.75 hours.

Question 11.
A factory produces 30,480 bolts in 12 hours. If the same number of bolts are produced each hour, how many bolts does the factory produce in 5 hours?

Answer: 12,700.

Explanation: As the factory produces 30,480 bolts in 12 hours, in a 1-hour company produces 30,480÷12= 2,450 boults and in 5 hours it produces 2,450×5= 12,700.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 8

Use the table for 12-15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 1

Question 12.
A Smooth Flight jet carried 6,045 passengers last week, and all of its flights were full. How many flights did the jet make last week?

Answer: 15 flights.

Explanation: As there are 403 seats in Smooth flight and 6,045 passengers were carried in last week, so number of flights the jet made in last week is 6045÷403= 15

My Homework Lesson 1 Prime Factorization Question 13.
Last month an airline made 6,322 reservations for flights from Newark, New Jersey, to Frankfurt, Germany. If there were 21 full flights and 64 reservations cancelled, which airplane made the flights?

Answer: Jet Set.

Explanation: Total reservations made by the airline are 6,322 and cancelled are 64, so completed reservations are 6,322-64= 6,258, and 21 flights are full so 6258÷21= 298 passengers in each flight, and that airplane is Jet set

Divide Multi Digit Whole Numbers 6th Grade Question 14.
An airline carries about 750 passengers from Houston to Chicago each day. How many Blue Sky jets would be needed to carry this many passengers, and how many empty seats would there be?

Answer: 5 Sky jets would be needed and 50 empty seats would be there.

Explanation: Let’s round off 750 to 800, As there are 800 passengers each day so no. of Sky jets needed are 800÷160= 5. and 50 empty seats would be there.

Question 15.
Pose a Problem Refer back to Problem 12. Use the information in the table to write a similar problem involving airplane passenger seats.

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 16.
For numbers 16a – 16d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation is correct.
16a. 1,350 ÷ 5 = 270 O Yes O No
16b. 3,732 ÷ 4 = 933 O Yes O No
16c. 4,200 ÷ 35 = 12 O Yes O No
16d. 1,586 ÷ 13 = 122 O Yes O No

16a. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 1,350÷5= 270.

16b. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 3732÷4= 933

16c. Answer: No

Explanation: 4200÷35= 120

16d. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 1586÷13= 122.

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers – Page No. 9

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, with an r.

Question 1.
180)\(\overline { 20835 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 115 and the remainder r135

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 2.
19)\(\overline { 800 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 42 and remainder r2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 3.
68)\(\overline { 1025 } \)

Answer: The Quotient is 15 and the remainder is r5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 4.
20)\(\overline { 1683 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 84 and remainder r3.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 5.
14124 ÷ 44

Answer: Quotient is 321 and remainder r0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Homework and Remembering Grade 6 Unit 1 Answer Key Question 6.
11629 ÷ 29

Answer: The quotient is 401 and the remainder is r0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Find the least whole number that can be replaced. to make the statement true.

Question 7.
? ÷ 7 > 800

Answer: The least whole number to make the statement true is 5600

Explanation: 5600÷7> 800

Question 8.
? ÷ 21 > 13

Answer: The least whole number to make the statement true is 273

Explanation:  273÷21>13

Question 9.
15 < ? ÷ 400

Answer: The least whole number to makes the statement true is 6000

Explanation: 15< 6000÷400

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A plane flew a total of 2,220 miles. Its average speed was 555 miles per hour. How many hours did the plane fly?

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation: The total miles a plane flies is 2,220 miles and the average speed is 555 miles per hour. So the total hours did the plane fly are 2,220÷555= 4 hours

Question 11.
A van is carrying 486 pounds. There are 27 boxes in the van. What is the average weight of each box in the van?

Answer: 18 lbs

Explanation: No.of pounds the van carried is 486 pounds and no.of boxes in the van is 27. So the average weight of each box is 486÷27= 18

Question 12.
Find 56,794 ÷ 338. Write the quotient twice, once with the remainder as a fraction and once with an r.

Answer: 56,794÷338= 168 10/338= 168 5/169, r=10.

Explanation: 56,794÷338= 168 10/338= 168 5/169 and reminder is 10

Lesson Check – Page No. 10

Question 1.
A caterer’s fee is based on the number of meals she provides. How much is the price per meal if the total fee is $1,088 for 64 meals?

Answer: $17.

Explanation: No.of meals are 64 and the total fee is $1,088. Therefore the price per meal is $1,088÷64= $17.

Question 2.
Amelia needs 24 grains of beads to make a bracelet. She has 320 grams of beads. How many bracelets can she make?

Answer: 13 bracelets.

Explanation: No.of grains of beads Amelia needs is 24 and she has 320 grams of beads. So no.of bracelets can Amelia make is 320÷24= 13.33 will round off to 13.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hank bought 2.4 pounds of apples. Each pound cost $1.95. How much did Hank spend on the apples?

Answer: $4.68

Explanation: No.of pounds of apples Hank bought is 2.4 pounds and each pound cost is $ 1.95, so total Hank spend on apples is 2.4×$1.95= $4.68

Question 4.
Gavin bought 4 packages of cheese. Each package weighed 1.08 kilograms. How many kilograms of cheese did Gavin buy?

Answer: 4.32kg

Explanation: No.of cheese packages Gavin bought are 4 and each package weight is 1.08 kg. So total weight of cheese is 4×1.08= 4.32 kg

Question 5.
Mr. Thompson received a water bill for $85.98. The bill covered three months of service. He used the same amount of water each month. How much does Mr. Thompson pay for water each month?

Answer: $28.66

Explanation: Water bill received to Mr. Thompson is $85.98 as he covered for 3 months the amount Mr.Thompson paid for each month is $85.98÷3= $28.66

Question 6.
Layla used 0.482 gram of salt in her experiment. Maurice use 0.51 gram of salt. Who used the greater amount of salt?

Answer: Maurice as 0.51 is greater than 0.482.

Explanation: Salt used by Layla is 0.482 grams and salt used by Maurice is 0.51 grams, so the greatest amount of salt used is Maurice as 0.51 is greater than 0.482.

Find the prime factorization – Page No. 13

Question 3.
75

Answer: 5×5×3.

Explanation:     75
15         5
5×3       5
5×5×3

Question 4.
12

Answer: 3×2×2.

Explanation:     12
6×2
3×2×2

Question 3.
65

Answer: 13×5

Explanation:   65
13×5

On Your Own

Write the number whose prime factorization is given.

Question 6.
2 × 2 × 2 × 7

Answer: 56

Go Math 6th Grade Lesson 1.2 Answers Question 7.
2 × 2 × 5 × 5

Answer: 100

Question 8.
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3

Answer: 144

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the prime factorization.

Question 9.
45

Answer: 5×3×3

Explanation:
45
5×9
5×3×3

Question 10.
50

Answer: 5×5×2

Explanation:
50
5×10
5×5×2

Question 11.
32

Answer: 2×2×2×2×2

Explanation:
32
2×16
2×2×8
2×2×2×4
2×2×2×2×2

Question 12.
76

Answer:  2×2×19

Explanation:
76
2×38
2×2×19

Question 13.
108

Answer: 2×2×3×3×3

Explanation:
108
2×54
2×2×27
2×2×3×9
2×2×3×3×3

Question 14.
126

Answer:  2×7×3×3

Explanation:
126
2×63
2×7×9
2×7×3×3

Lesson 1.2 Go Math 6th Grade Question 15.
The area of a rectangle is the product of its length and width. A rectangular poster has an area of 260 square inches. The width of the poster is greater than 10 inches and is a prime number. What is the width of the poster?

Answer: The width is 13.

Explanation: The area of a rectangular poster is 260 square inches i.e. width×length= 260 sq inches. The width of the poster is greater than 10 inches and it is a prime number, so the width will be 13 as 13 is a prime number 260 is divisible by 13, and the length is 13×length= 260 in which the length is 260÷13= 20.

Question 16.
Look for Structure Dani says she is thinking of a secret number. As a clue, she says the number is the least whole number that has three different prime factors. What is Dani’s secret number? What is its prime factorization?

Answer: Dani’s secret number is 30 and the prime factorization is 2,3,5.

Explanation: The last three prime numbers are 2,3,5, so the product of three prime numbers is 2×3×5= 30.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 14

Use the table for 17–19. Agent Sanchez must enter a code on a keypad to unlock the door to her office.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 2

Question 17.
In August, the digits of the code number are the prime factors of 150. What is the code number for the office door in August?

Answer: 2355.

Explanation: Prime Factors of 150 are 2×3×5×5, so the code number for the office door in August is 2355

Question 18.
In September, the fourth digit of the code number is 2 more than the fourth digit of the code number based on the prime factors of 225. The prime factors of what number were used for the code in September?

Answer: 315.

Explanation: Prime factors of 225 are 3×3×5×5 which is 3355 as the fourth digit of the code number is 2 more than the fourth digit, so 5+2=7, and by replacing 7 in 3×3×5×5, then 3×3×5×7= 315.

Question 19.
One day in October, Agent Sanchez entered the code 3477. How do you know that this code is incorrect and will not open the door?

Answer: 4 is not a prime number.

Explanation: The code 3477 is incorrect as the code contains only a prime number and 4 is not a prime number.

1.2 Fluently Divide Whole Numbers and Decimals Answer Key Question 20.
Use the numbers to complete the factor tree. You may use a number more than once.
2 3 6 9 18

Answer: 36= 2×2×3×3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Prime Factorization – Page No. 15

Find the prime factorization.

Question 1.
44

Answer: 2×2×11

Explanation:
44
2×22
2×2×11

Question 2.
90

Answer: 2×3×3×5

Explanation:
90
2×45
2×3×15
2×3×3×5

Question 3.
48

Answer:

Explanation:
48
2×24
2×2×12
2×2×2×6
2×2×2×2×3

Lesson 1.2 Prime Factorization Answers 6th Grade Question 4.
204

Answer: 2×2×3×17

Explanation:
204
2×102
2×2×51
2×2×3×17

Question 5.
400

Answer: 2×2×2×2×5×5

Explanation:
400
2×200
2×2×100
2×2×2×50
2×2×2×2×25
2×2×2×2×5×5

Question 6.
112

Answer: 2×2×2×2×7

Explanation:
112
2×56
2×2×28
2×2×2×14
2×2×2×2×7

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A computer code is based on the prime factorization of 160. Find the prime factorization of 160.

Answer: 2×2×2×2×2×5

Explanation: Prime factors of 160 is 2×2×2×2×2×5

Question 8.
The combination for a lock is a 3-digit number. The digits are the prime factors of 42 listed from least to greatest. What is the combination for the lock?

Answer: 237.

Explanation: Prime factors of 42 is 2×3×7.

Question 9.
Describe two methods for finding the prime factorization of a number.

Answer:
1. Divison Method.
2. Factor Tree Method.

Explanation:
1. Division Method: In Division method first we will divide the number by smallest prime number, and repeat the process until the quotient became 1.
2. Factor Tree Method: In Factor Tree Method we will write a pair of factors as the branches of the tree and then we will factorize.

Lesson Check – Page No. 16

Question 1.
Maritza remembers her PIN because it is between 1,000 and 1,500 and it is the product of two consecutive prime numbers. What is her PIN?

Answer: Two consecutive prime numbers are 31 and 37 and PIN is 1147.

Explanation: As 31 and 37 are two consecutive prime numbers and their product is 1147 which is between 1,000 to 1,500.

Question 2.
Brent knows that the 6 -digit number he uses to open his computer is the prime factorization of 5005. If each digit of the code increases from left to right, what is his code?

Answer: 111357.

Explanation: Factors of 5005 are 5×7×11×13, as the increases from left to right so the code is 111357

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Piano lessons cost $15. What expressions could be used to find the cost in dollars of 5 lessons?

Answer: $15×5= $75

Explanation: We will use multiplication to find the cost in dollars of 5 lessons.

Question 4.
A jet plane costs an airline $69,500,000. What is the place value of the digit 5 in this number?

Answer: Hundred thousand.

Explanation: The place value of 5 in $69,500,000 is 500,000.

Practice and Homework Lesson 1.2 Answer Key 6th Grade Question 5.
A museum has 13,486 butterflies, 1,856 ants, and 13,859 beetles. What is the order of the insects from least number to greatest number?

Answer: Ants, Butterflies, Beetles.

Explanation: The order of insects from least to greatest are Ants, Butterflies, Beetles.

Question 6.
Juan is reading a 312-page book for school. He reads 12 pages each day. How long will it take him to finish the book?

Answer: 26 days.

Explanation: As Juan reads 12 pages each day and the book has 312 pages, he will finish in 312÷12= 26 days

Find the LCM – Page No. 19

Question 2.
3, 5

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,9,12,15
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15.
LCM is 15

Question 3.
3, 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,9
Multiples of 9: 9
LCM is 9

Question 4.
9, 15

Answer: 135

Explanation:
Multiples of 9: 9,18,27,36,45,54,63,72,81,90,99,108,117,126,135.
Multiples of 15: 15,30,45,60,75,90,105,120,135.
LCM is 135

On Your Own

Find the LCM.

Question 5.
5, 10

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10
Multiples of 10: 10
LCM is 10

Question 6.
3, 8

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,92,15,18,21,24
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24
LCM is 24

Question 7.
9, 12

Answer: 108

Explanation:
Multiples of 9: 9,18,27,36,45,54,63,72,81,90,99,108
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60,72,84,96,108
LCM is 108

Use Reasoning Algebra Write the unknown number for ?.

Question 8.
5, 8      LCM : ?
? =

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24,32,40
LCM is 40

Question 9.
?, 6      LCM : 42
? =

Answer: 7

Explanation: 6×7= 42

Question 10.
How can you tell when the LCM of two numbers will equal one of the numbers or equal the product of the numbers?

Answer: If the other number is 1 then the LCM of two numbers will equal one.

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Mr. Haigwood is shopping for a school picnic. Veggie burgers come in packages of 15, and buns come in packages of 6. He wants to serve veggie burgers on buns and wants to have no items left over. Mr. Haigwood says that he will have to buy at least 90 of each item, since 6 × 15 = 90. Do you agree with his reasoning? Explain.

Answer: No. We must find the least number of burgers and buns, so we must find LCM of 15 and 6.

Explanation:
Multiples of 15: 15,30
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30
LCM is 30.

Question 12.
A deli has a special one -day event to celebrate its anniversary. On the day of the event, every eighth customer receives a free drink. Every twelfth customer receives a free sandwich. If 200 customers show up for the event, how many of the customers will receive both a free drink and a free sandwich?

Answer: 24,48,72,96,120,144,168,192 are the customers who get both free drink and free sandwich.

Explanation: To find how many customers have received both a free drink and a sandwich, first we have to find who got a free sandwich and a free drink separately, so
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24,32,40,48,56,64,72,80,88,96,104,112,120,128, 136,144,152,160,168,176,184,192 and 200 and
Multiples of 12 are 12,24,36,48,60,72,84,96,108,120,132,144,156,168,180 and 192. So common customers are 24,48,72,96,120,144,168,192 are the customers who get both free drink and free sandwich.

Unlock The Problem – Page No. 20

Question 13.
Katie is making hair clips to sell at the craft fair. To make each hair clip, she uses 1 barrette and 1 precut ribbon. The barrettes are sold in packs of 12, and the precut ribbons are sold in packs of 9. How many packs of each item does she need to buy to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over?
a. What information are you given?

Answer: 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Explanation: As barrettes are sold in packs of 12 and precut ribbons are sold in packs of 9, so we need to find the number of packs of each item does she need to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over. So the LCM of 12 and 9.
Multiples of 12 are: 12,24,36
Multiples of 9 are: 9,18,27,36
LCM is 36
So Katie needs 36 barrettes and ribbons to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over, and she needs 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Question 13.
b. What problem are you being asked to solve?

Answer: To find the number of packs of each item does she need to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over

Question 13.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer:
Multiples of 12 are: 12,24,36
Multiples of 9 are: 9,18,27,36
LCM is 36

Question 13.
d. Complete the sentences.
The least common multiple of 12 and 9 is _____ .
Katie can make _____ hair clips with no supplies left over.
To get 36 barrettes and 36 ribbons, she needs to buy _____ packs of barrettes and _____ packs of precut ribbons.

Answer: 36, 3, 4.

Explanation:
The least common multiple of 12 and 9 is 36.
Katie can make 36 hair clips with no supplies left over.
To get 36 barrettes and 36 ribbons, she needs to buy 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Question 14.
Reptile stickers come in sheets of 6 and fish stickers come in sheets of 9. Antonio buys the same number of both types of stickers and he buys at least 100 of each type. What is the least number of sheets of each type he might buy?

Answer: 108

Explanation: As Reptile stickers come in sheets of 6 and fish stickers come in sheets of 9, so we will find the LCM of 6 and 9 to get the least number of sheets,
Multiples of 6 are 6,12,18
Multiples of 9 are 9,18
LCM is 18
As Antonio buys at least 100 of each type, so multiples of 18 are 18,36,54,72,90,108 as 108 is the least number and more than 100 and nearest to 100, so the least number of sheets he might buy= 108

Question 15.
For numbers 15a -15d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the LCM of the two numbers is 16.
15a. 2,8 O Yes O No
15b. 2,16 O Yes O No
15c. 4,8 O Yes O No
15d. 8,16 O Yes O No

15a. 2,8 O Yes O No

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8
Multiples of 8 are 8
LCM is 8

15b. 2,16 O Yes O No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16
Multiples of 16 are 16
LCM is 16

15c. 4,8 O Yes O No

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 4 are 4,8
Multiples of 8 are 8
LCM is 8

15d. 8,16 O Yes O No

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Multiples of 8 are 8,16
Multiples of 16 are 16
LCM is 16

Least Common Multiple – Page No. 21

Find the LCM.

Question 1.
2, 7

Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8,10,12,14.
Multiples of 7 are 7,14.
LCM is 14.

Question 2.
4, 12

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Multiples of 4 are 4,8,12
Multiples of 12 are 12
LCM is 12

Question 3.
6, 9

Answer: 54

Explanation:
Multiples of 6 are 6,12,18,24,30,36,42,48,54
Multiples of 9 are 9,18,27,36,45,54
LCM is 54

Question 4.
5, 4

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Multiples of 5 are 5,10,15
Multiples of 4 are 8
LCM is 8

Question 5.
5, 8, 4

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 5 are 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24,32,40
Multiples of 4 are 4,8,12,16,20,24,28,32,36,40
LCM is 40

Question 6.
12, 8, 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiples of 12 are 12,24
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24
Multiples of 24 are 24
LCM is 24

Write the unknown number for the?

Question 7.
3, ?        LCM : 21
? =

Answer: 7

Explanation: 3×7= 21

Question 8.
?, 7        LCM : 63
? =

Answer: 9

Explanation: 9×7=63

Lesson 1.3 Absolute Value Answer Key Question 9.
10, 5     LCM : ?
? =

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiples of 10 are 10
Multiples of 5 are 5,10
LCM is 10

Problem-Solving

Question 10.
Juanita is making necklaces to give as presents. She plans to put 15 beads on each necklace. Beads are sold in packages of 20. What is the least number of packages she can buy to make necklaces and have no beads left over?

Answer: 3 packages.

Explanation:
Multiples of 15: 15,30,45,60
Multiples of 20: 20,40,60
LCM is 60
As beads are sold in packages of 20 Juanita needs 3 least number of packages to make necklaces with no beads leftover.

Question 11.
Pencils are sold in packages of 10, and erasers are sold in packages of 6. What is the least number of pencils and erasers you can buy so that there is one pencil for each eraser with none left over?

Answer: 30 pencils and 30 erasers are the least numbers we can buy without any leftovers.

Explanation:
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30.
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30.
LCM is 30.
So 30 pencils and 30 erasers are the least numbers we can buy without any leftovers.

Question 12.
Explain when you would use each method (finding multiples or prime factorization) for finding the LCM and why.

Answer: When the numbers are smaller we can use finding multiples and when the numbers are larger we can use prime factorization.

Lesson Check – Page No. 22

Question 1.
Martha is buying hot dogs and buns for the class barbecue. The hot dogs come in packages of 10. The buns come in packages of 12. What is the least number she can buy of each so that she has exactly the same number of hot dogs and buns? How many packages of each should she buy?
_________ packages of hot dogs
_________ packages of buns

Answer: 6 packages of hot dogs and 5 packages of buns she can buy.

Explanation:
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30,40,50,60.
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60.
LCM is 60.
So 60 is the least number she can buy and 6 packages of hot dogs and 5 packages of buns she can buy.

Question 2.
Kevin makes snack bags that each contain a box of raisins and a granola bar. Each package of raisins contains 9 boxes. The granola bars come 12 to a package. What is the least number he can buy of each so that he has exactly the same number of granola bars and boxes of raisins? How many packages of each should he buy?
_________ packages of raisins
_________ packages of granola bars

Answer: 4 packages of raisins and 3 packages of granola bars he should buy.

Explanation: Kevin’s every package contains 9 raisins boxes and 12 granola bars in each package, so LCM of 9 and 12 are
Multiples of 9: 9,18,21,36
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36
LCM is 36.
So 4 packages of raisins and 3 packages of granola bars he should buy.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
John has 2,456 pennies in his coin collection. He has the same number of pennies in each of 3 boxes. Estimate to the nearest hundred the number of pennies in each box.

Answer: 800 pennies.

Explanation: Let’s round off 2,456 to 2400, as he has the same no. of pennies in each of 3 boxes, so in each box no.of pennies are 2400÷3= 800 pennies.

Question 4.
What is the distance around a triangle that has sides measuring 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) feet, 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, and 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet?

Answer: 8 1/8 feet

Explanation: Distance around the triangle is 2 1/8+3 1/2+ 2 1/2= 8 1/8 feet

Question 5.
The 6th grade class collects $1,575. The class wants to give the same amount of money to each of 35 charities. How much will each charity receive?

Answer: $45

Explanation: The 6th-grade class collects $1575 and wants to give the same amount to 35 charities each, so each charity receives $1575÷35= $45.

Question 6.
Jean needs \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of walnuts for each serving of salad she makes. She has 2 cups of walnuts. How many servings can she make?

Answer: 6.

Explanation: No.of servings made by 1/3 cup of walnuts is 1, so for 1 cup Jean serves 1/(1/3+1/3+1/3)= 3. So for 2 cups, no.of servings can she make are 3×2= 6.

Share and Show – Page No. 25

Question 1.
List the factors of 12 and 20. Circle the GCF.
Factors of 12 : __________
Factors of 20 : __________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6,12
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Find the GCF.

Question 2.
16, 18

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common factors are 1,2
GCF is 2

Question 3.
25, 40

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 25: 1,2,5,25
Factors of 40: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
Common factors are 1,2,5
GCF is 5

Question 4.
24, 40

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Factors of 24: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24
Factors of 40: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
Common factors are 1,2,4,8
GCF is 8

Question 5.
14, 35

Answer: 7

Explanation:
Factors of 14: 1,2,7,14
Factors of 35: 1,2,5,7,35
Common factors are 1,2,7
GCF is 7

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 6.
21 + 28

Answer: 7×(3+4)

Explanation:
21+28= (7×3)+(7×4)
=7×(3+4)

Lesson 5 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Answer Key Question 7.
15 + 27

Answer: 3×(5+9)

Explanation:
15+27= (3×5)+(3×9)
=3×(5+9)

Question 8.
40 + 15

Answer: 5×(8+3)

Explanation:
40+15= (5×8)+(5×3)
= 5×(8+3)

Question 9.
32 + 20

Answer: 4×(8+5)

Explanation:
32+20= (4×8)+(4×5)
= 4×(8+5)

On Your Own

Find the GCF.

Question 10.
8, 25

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Factors of 8: 1,2,4,8
Factors of 25: 1,5,25
Common factors are 1
GCF is 1

Question 11.
31, 32

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Factors of 31: 1,31
Factors of 32: 1,2,4,8,16,32
Common Factors are 1
GCF is 1

Question 12.
56, 64

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Factors of 56: 1,2,4,7,8,14,28,56
Factors of 64:  1,2,4,8,16,32,64
Common Factors are 1,2,4,8
GCF is 8

Question 13.
150, 275

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Factors of 150: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,25,30,50,75,150
Factors of 275: 1,5,11,25,55,275
Common Factors are 1,5,25.
GCF is 25.

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 14.
24 + 30

Answer: 6×(4+5)

Explanation:
24+30= (6×4)+(6×5)
=6×(4+5)

Question 15.
49 + 14

Answer: 7×(7+2)

Explanation:
49+14= (7×7)+(7×2)
=7×(7+2)

Question 16.
63 + 81

Answer: 9×(7+9)

Explanation:
63+81= (9×7)+(9×9)
=9×(7+9)

Practice and Homework Lesson 1.4 Answer Key Question 17.
60 + 12

Answer: 12×(5+1)

Explanation:
60+12= (12×5)+(12×1)
=12×(5+1)

Question 18.
Describe the difference between the LCM and the GCF of two numbers.

Answer: In LCM we will get the Least Common Multiples of two numbers, and in GCF we will get the Greatest Common Factor.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 26

Use the table for 19-22. Teachers at the Scott School of Music teach only one instrument in each class. No students take classes for more than one instrument.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 3

Question 19.
Francisco teaches group lessons to all of the violin and viola students at the Scott School of Music. All of his classes have the same number of students. What is the greatest number of students he can have in each class?

Answer: 6

Explanation: No. of students for Viola instrument is 30 and 36 for Violin,
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
GCF is 6
So the greatest number of students he can have in each class is 6

Question 20.
Amanda teaches all of the bass and viola students. All her classes have the same number of students. Each class has the greatest possible number of students. How many of these classes does she teach?
__________ bass classes
__________ viola classes

Answer: 2 bass classes and 3 viola classes.

Explanation:
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
GCF is 10
As the greatest number of possible students in each class is 10, So Amanda teaches 2 bass classes and 3 viola classes.

Question 21.
Mia teaches jazz classes. She has 9 students in each class, and she teaches all the classes for two of the instruments. Which two instruments does she teach, and how many students are in her classes?

Answer: 63 students.

Explanation:
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
GCF is 9
As 9 is the GCF of 27 and 36, So Mia teaches Cello and Violin classes for a total of 63 students.

Question 22.
Explain how you could use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum of the number of bass students and the number of violin students as a product.

Answer: GCF is 4
Distributive property is 4×(5+9)

Explanation: The number of bass students is 20 and no.of violin students are 36,
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,12,18,36
GCF is 4
And the Distributive property is 20+36
= (4×5)+(4×9)
= 4×(5+9)

Question 23.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 4

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 6: 1,2,3,6
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6
GCF is 6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Greatest Common Factor – Page No. 27

List the common factors. Circle the greatest common factor. 

Question 1.
25 and 10

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 25: 1,5,25.
Factors of 10:  1,2,5,10
Common factors are 1,5
GCF is 5

Question 2.
36 and 90

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
Factors of 90: 1,2,3,5,6,9,10,15,18,30,45,90
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 18

Question 3.
45 and 60

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 60: 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,12,15,20,30,60
Common Factors are 1,3,5,15
GCF is 15

Find the GCF.

Question 4.
14, 18

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Factors of 14: 1,2,7,14
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common Factors are 1,2
GCF is 2

Question 5.
6, 48

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 6: 1,2,3,6
Factors of 48: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24,48
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6
GCF is 6

Question 6.
16, 100

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 100: 1,2,4,5,10,20,25,50,100
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 7.
20 + 35

Answer: 5×(4+7)

Explanation:
20+35= (5×4)+(5×7)
=5×(4+7)

Question 8.
18 + 27

Answer: 9×(2+3)

Explanation:
18+27= (9×2)+(9×3)
=9×(2+3)

Question 9.
64 + 40

Answer: 8×(8+5)

Explanation:
64+40= (8×8)+(8×5)
= 8×(8+5)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Jerome is making prizes for a game at the school fair. He has two bags of different pins, one with 15 square pins and one with 20 round pins. Every prize will have one kind of pin. Each prize will have the same number of pins. What is the greatest number of pins Jerome can put in each prize?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5,15
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common factors are 1,5
So the greatest number of pins Jerome can put in each prize is 5

Question 11.
There are 24 sixth graders and 40 seventh graders. Mr. Chan wants to divide both grades into groups of equal size, with the greatest possible number of students in each group. How many students should be in each group?

Answer: 8.

Explanation:
Factors of 24: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24
Factors of 40: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
Common Factors are 1,2,4,8
So the greatest possible number of students are 8
Question 12.
Write a short paragraph to explain how to use prime factorization and the Distributive Property to express the sum of two whole numbers as a product.

Answer:
Prime Factorization is the product of prime numbers

Lesson Check – Page No. 28

Question 1.
There are 15 boys and 10 girls in Miss Li’s class. She wants to group all the students so that each group has the same number of boys and the same number of girls. What is the greatest number of groups she can have?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5,15
Factors of 10: 1,2,5,10
Common Factors are 1,5
The greatest number of groups she can have is 5.

Question 2.
A pet shop manager wants the same number of birds in each cage. He wants to use as few cages as possible, but can only have one type of bird in each cage. If he has 42 parakeets and 18 canaries, how many birds will he put in each cage?

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 42: 1,2,3,6,7,14,21,42
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6
GCF is 6
So he will put 6 birds in each cage.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 147 people attending a dinner party. If each table can seat 7 people, how many tables are needed for the dinner party?

Answer: 21 tables.

Explanation: Total no.of people attending a dinner party are 147 and 7 people can seat in each table, so 147÷7= 21 tables are needed for a dinner party.

Question 4.
Sammy has 3 pancakes. He cuts each one in half. How many pancake halves are there?

Answer: 6

Explanation: Sammy has 3 pancakes, as he cut each one into half so there are 3×2= 6 pancake halves.

Question 5.
The Cramer Company had a profit of $8,046,890 and the Coyle Company had a profit of $8,700,340 last year. Which company had the greater profit?

Answer: Coyle company

Explanation: Coyle company had a profit of $8,700,340 and Cramer Company had $8,046,890, So $8,700,340-$8,046,890= $653,450 Coyle company have greater profits.

Question 6.
There are 111 guests attending a party. There are 15 servers. Each server has the same number of guests to serve. Jess will serve any extra guests. How many guests will Jess be serving?

Answer: 6.

Explanation:
Total guests attending a party are 111 and no.of servers are 15, as each server has the same number of guests to serve so we will divide total guests by the number of servers 111÷15= 7.4 round off to 6. Therefore, no.of guests, will Jess be serving is 6.

Share and Show – Page No. 31

Question 1.
Toby is packaging 21 baseball cards and 12 football cards to sell at a swap meet. Each packet will have the same number of cards. Each packet will have cards for only one sport. What is the greatest number of cards he can place in each packet? How many packets will there be for each sport?

Answer: 7 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of football cards and each packet contains 3 cards.

Explanation: The GCF of 21 and 12 are
Factors of 21: 1,3,7,21
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6,12
GCF is 3
By Distributive property 21+12
= (3×7)+(3×4)
= 3×(7+4)
So there will be 7 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of football cards and each packet contains 3 cards.

Question 2.
What if Toby had decided to keep one baseball card for himself and sell the rest? How would your answers to the previous problem have changed?

Answer: 5 packets of baseball cards and 3 football and each packet contains 4 cards.

Explanation: If Toby had decided to keep one baseball card for himself, so he will have 20 baseball cards and 12 football cards
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6,12
GCF is 4
By Distributive property 20+12
= (4×5)+(4×3)
=4×(5+3)
So there will be 5 packets of baseball cards and 3 football and each packet contains 4 cards.

Lesson 1.6 Add and Subtract Decimals Question 3.
Melissa bought 42 pine seedlings and 30 juniper seedlings to plant in rows on her tree farm. She wants each row to have the same number of seedlings. She wants only one type of seedling in each row. What is the greatest number of seedlings she can plant in each row? How many rows of each type of tree will there be?

Answer: 7 rows of pine seedlings and 5 rows of juniper seedlings with 6 seedlings in each row.

Explanation:
Factors of 42: 1,2,3,6,7,14,21,42
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,6,10,15,30
GCF is 6
By Distributive 42+30
=(6×7)+(6×5)
=6×(7+5)
So there will be 7 rows of pine seedlings and 5 rows of juniper seedlings with 6 seedlings in each row.

On Your Own – Page No. 32

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems A drum and bugle marching band has 45 members who play bugles and 27 members who play drums. When they march, each row has the same number of players. Each row has only bugle players or only drummers. What is the greatest number of players there can be in each row? How many rows of each type of player can there be?

Answer: 9 people in each row, And there will be 5 rows of bugle players and 3 rows of drummers.

Explanation:
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 9
So there will be 9 people in each row and by the distributive law 45+27
= (9×5)+(9×3)
= 9×(5+3)
There will be 5 rows of bugle players and 3 rows of drummers.

Question 5.
The “color guard” of a drum and bugle band consists of members who march with flags, hoops, and other props. How would your answers to Exercise 4 change if there were 21 color guard members marching along with the bugle players and drummers?

Answer: 15 rows of bugle players, 9 rows of drummers, and 7 rows of color guard members with 3 marchers in each row.

Explanation:
Factors of 21: 1,3,7,21
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 3
So there would be 15 rows of bugle players, 9 rows of drummers, and 7 rows of color guard members with 3 marchers in each row.

Question 6.
If you continue the pattern below so that you write all of the numbers in the pattern less than 500, how many even numbers will you write?
4, 9, 14, 19, 24, 29…

Answer: 50

Explanation: You can write 50 numbers.

Question 7.
Mr. Yaw’s bookcase holds 20 nonfiction books and 15 fiction books. Each shelf holds the same number of books and contains only one type of book. How many books will be on each shelf if each shelf has the greatest possible number of books? Show your work.

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5,15
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20.
GCF is 5
5 books will be on each self.

Problem Solving Apply the Greatest Common Factor – Page No. 33

Read the problem and solve it.

Question 1.
Ashley is bagging 32 pumpkin muffins and 28 banana muffins for some friends. Each bag will hold only one type of muffin. Each bag will hold the same number of muffins. What is the greatest number of muffins she can put in each bag? How many bags of each type of muffin will there be?

Answer: 8 pumpkin muffins and 7 banana muffins with 4 greatest number of muffins in each bag.

Explanation:
Factors of 32: 1,2,4,8,16,32
Factors of 28: 1,2,4,7,14,28
GCF is 4
By distributive property 32+28
= (4×8)+(4×7)
=4×(8+7)
So there will be 8 pumpkin muffins and 7 banana muffins with 4 greatest number of muffins in each bag.

Question 2.
Patricia is separating 16 soccer cards and 22 baseball cards into groups. Each group will have the same number of cards, and each group will have only one kind of sports card. What is the greatest number of cards she can put in each group? How many groups of each type will there be?

Answer: Patricia has 8 soccer cards 11 baseball cards and 2 groups each.

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 22: 1,2,11,22
GCF is 2
By distributive property 16+22
= (2×8)+(2×11)
=2×(8+11)
Patricia has 8 soccer cards 11 baseball cards and 2 groups each.

Question 3.
Bryan is setting chairs in rows for a graduation ceremony. He has 50 black chairs and 60 white chairs. Each row will have the same number of chairs, and each row will have the same color chair. What is the greatest number of chairs that he can fit in each row? How many rows of each color chair will there be?

Answer: 10 chairs per row 5 black chairs and 6 white chairs.

Explanation:
By distributive law 50+60
= (10×5)+(10×60)
= 10×(5+6)
So there will be 10 chairs per row 5 black chairs and 6 white chairs.

Question 4.
A store clerk is bagging spices. He has 18 teaspoons of cinnamon and 30 teaspoons of nutmeg. Each bag needs to contain the same number of teaspoons, and each bag can contain only one spice. What is the maximum number of teaspoons of spice the clerk can put in each bag? How many bags of each spice will there be?

Answer: 6 no. of teaspoons of spices 3 teaspoons of cinnamon 5 teaspoons of nutmeg.

Explanation:
By distributive property (18+30)
= (6×3)+(6×5)
= 6×(3+5)
So there will be 6 no. of teaspoons of spices 3 teaspoons of cinnamon 5 teaspoons of nutmeg.

Question 5.
Write a problem in which you need to put as many of two different types of objects as possible into equal groups. Then use the GCF, Distributive Property, and a diagram to solve your problem

Answer: Jack has a bag full of 20 red apples and 32 green apples. Each bag needs to contain a same number of apples and each bag can contain only one type of apple. What is the maximum number of apples can Jack put in each bag? How many bags of each apple will be there?

Explanation: By distributive property (20+32)
= (4×5)+(4×8)
= 4×(5+8)
So there will be 4 bags and in that 5 red apples and 8 green apples.

Lesson Check – Page No. 34

Question 1.
Fred has 36 strawberries and 42 blueberries. He wants to use them to garnish desserts so that each dessert has the same number of berries, but only one type of berry. He wants as much fruit as possible on each dessert. How many berries will he put on each dessert? How many desserts with each type of fruit will he have?

Answer: 6 berries on each dessert and 6 strawberries and 7 blueberries in each type of fruit.

Explanation:
By distributive property 36+42
= (6×6)+(6×7)
= 6×(6+7)
So he put 6 berries on each dessert and 6 strawberries and 7 blueberries in each type of fruit.

Question 2.
Dolores is arranging coffee mugs on shelves in her shop. She wants each shelf to have the same number of mugs. She only wants one color of mug on each shelf. If she has 49 blue mugs and 56 red mugs, what is the greatest number she can put on each shelf? How many shelves does she need for each color?
__________ shelves for blue mugs
__________ shelves for red mugs

Answer: 7 blue mugs and 8 red mugs.

Explanation:
By distributive property 49+56
= (7×7)+(7×8)
= 7×(7+8)
So the greatest number she can put on each shelf is 7, 7 blue mugs and 8 red mugs.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A rectangle is 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long and 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet wide. What is the distance around the rectangle?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 1/3 feet

Explanation: Distance of a rectangle= 2(L+W)
= 2(3 1/3+ 2 1/3)
= 2(10/3+7/3)
= 2(17/3)
= 34/3
= 11 1/3 feet.

Question 4.
Lowell bought 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds of apples and 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) pounds of oranges. How many pounds of fruit did Lowell buy?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 17/20 pounds

Explanation: Lowell bought 4 1/4 pounds of apples and 3 3/5 pounds of oranges, so total pounds of fruits Lowell bought is 4 1/4+ 3 3/5=
= 17/4+ 18/5
= 157/20
= 7 17/20 pounds

Question 5.
How much heavier is a 9 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound box than a 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound box?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 7/4 much heavier.

Explanation: 9 1/8 – 2 5/6
= 73/8 – 17/6
= 151/24
= 6 7/4

Question 6.
The combination of Clay’s locker is the prime factors of 102 in order from least to greatest. What is the combination of Clay’s locker?

Answer: 2317.

Explanation:
Prime Factors of 102 are 2,3,17, so the combination of Clay’s locker is 2317

Vocabulary – Page No. 35

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 5

Question 1.
The _____ of two numbers is greater than or equal to the numbers.

Answer: LCM

Question 2.
The _____ of two numbers is less than or equal to the numbers.

Answer: Greatest Common

Concepts and Skills

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, with an r.

Question 3.
2,800 ÷ 25

Answer: Quotient is 112 and the remainder is 0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 4.
19,129 ÷ 37

Answer: Quotient is 517 and remainder is 0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 5.
32,111 ÷ 181

Answer: Quotient is 177 and the remainder is 74

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Find the prime factorization.

Question 6.
44

Answer: 2×2×11

Explanation:
44= 4×11
2×2×11

Question 7.
36

Answer: 2×2×3×3

Explanation:
36= 2×18
=2×2×9
=2×2×3×3

Question 8.
90

Answer: 3×3×5×2

Explanation:
90= 9×10
=3×3×10
=3×3×5×2

Find the LCM.

Question 9.
8, 10

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24,32,40
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30,40
LCM is 40

Question 10.
4, 14

Answer: 28

Explanation:
Multiples of 4:  4,8,12,16,20,24,28
Multiples of 14: 14,28
LCM is 28

Question 11.
6, 9

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18
Multiples of 9: 9,18
LCM is 18

Find the GCF.

Question 12.
16, 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Question 13.
8, 52

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 8: 1,2,4,8
Factors of 52: 1,2,4,13,26,52
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Question 14.
36, 54

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
Factors of 54:  1,2,3,6,9,18,27,54
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 18

Page No. 36

Question 15.
A zookeeper divided 2,440 pounds of food equally among 8 elephants. How many pounds of food did each elephant receive?

Answer: 305 Pounds.

Explanation: Zookeeper divides 2,440 pounds of food equally among 8 elephants, so no. of pounds is
2,440÷8= 305 pounds.

Question 16.
DVD cases are sold in packages of 20. Padded mailing envelopes are sold in packets of 12. What is the least number of cases and envelopes you could buy so that there is one case for each envelope with none left over?

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Multiples of 20: 20,40,60
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60
LCM is 60
So the Least number of cases and envelopes without any leftover is 60.

Question 17.
Max bought two deli sandwich rolls measuring 18 inches and 30 inches. He wants them to be cut into equal sections that are as long as possible. Into what lengths should the rolls be cut? How many sections will there be in all?

Answer: 6 inches and 8 sections.

Explanation:
By distributive property 18+30
= (6×3)+(6×5)
= 6(3+5)
So Length of the rolls should cut at 6 inches and sections are (3+5)= 8 sections.

Question 18.
Susan is buying supplies for a party. If spoons only come in bags of 8 and forks only come in bags of 6, what is the least number of spoons and the least number of forks she can buy so that she has the same number of each?

Answer: So least no. of forks and spoons are 24.

Explanation:
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24
Multiples of 6: 6,2,18,24
LCM is 24
So least no. of forks and spoons are 24.

Question 19.
Tina is placing 30 roses and 42 tulips in vases for table decorations in her restaurant. Each vase will hold the same number of flowers. Each vase will have only one type of flower. What is the greatest number of flowers she can place in each vase? If Tina has 24 tables in her restaurant, how many flowers can she place in each vase?

Answer: Maximum flowers in a vase is 3.

Explanation: Tina is placing 30 roses and 42 tulips, so total flowers are 30+42= 72 flowers. The total number of tables are 24, as each vase hold same no. of flowers, Let the no. of flowers in each vase be X, so total no.of flowers to be decorate 24X,
24X = 72
X= 3.
So maximum flowers in a vase is 3.

Share and Show – Page No. 39

Question 1.
Find 3.42 − 1.9.

Answer: 1.52

Explanation: 3.42 − 1.9= 1.52.

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 2.
2.3 + 5.68 + 21.047

Answer: 29.027

Explanation: 2.3 + 5.68 + 21.047= 29.027

Question 3.
33.25 − 21.463

Answer: 11.787

Explanation: 33.25 − 21.463= 11.787

Question 4.
Evaluate (8.54 + 3.46) − 6.749.

Answer: 5.251

Explanation:
(8.54 + 3.46) − 6.749= (12)-6.749
= 5.251

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 5.
57.08 + 34.71

Answer: 91.79

Explanation:
57.08 + 34.71= 91.79

Question 6.
20.11 − 13.27

Answer: 33.38

Explanation:
20.11−13.27= 33.38

Question 7.
62 − 9.817

Answer: 52.183

Explanation:
62 − 9.817= 52.183

Question 8.
35.1 + 4.89

Answer: 39.99

Explanation:
35.1 + 4.89= 39.99

Practice: Copy and Solve Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 9.
8.01 − (2.2 + 4.67)

Answer: 1.14

Explanation:
8.01 − (2.2 + 4.67)
= 8.01-(6.87)
= 1.14

Question 10.
54 + (9.2 − 1.413)

Answer: 61.787

Explanation: 54 + (9.2 − 1.413)
= 54+(7.787)
=61.787

Question 11.
21.3 − (19.1 − 3.22)

Answer: 5.42

Explanation: 21.3 − (19.1 − 3.22)
= 21.3-(15.88)
=5.42

Question 12.
Make Arguments A student evaluated 19.1 + (4.32 + 6.9) and got 69.2. How can you use estimation to convince the student that this answer is not reasonable?

Answer: The answer is not reasonable, because 19.1+4.32+6.9= 30.32

Explanation: 19.1 + (4.32 + 6.9)
= 19.1+(11.22)
= 30.32

Question 13.
Lynn paid $4.75 for cereal, $8.96 for chicken, and $3.25 for soup. Show how she can use properties and compatible numbers to evaluate (4.75 + 8.96) + 3.25 to find the total cost.

Answer: 16.96

Explanation: Total cost is (4.75 + 8.96) + 3.25
= (13.71)+3.25
= 16.96

Page No. 40

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14d, select True or False for each equation.
14a. 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46 True False
14b. 4.14 + 1.8 = 4.32 True False
14c. 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68 True False
14d. 51 – 49.2 = 1.8 True False

14a. 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46

Answer: True

Explanation: 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46

14b. 4.14 + 1.8 = 4.32

Answer: False

Explanation: 4.14 + 1.8 = 5.94

14c. 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68

Answer: True

Explanation: 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68

14d. 51 – 49.2 = 1.8

Answer: True

Explanation: 51 – 49.2 = 1.8

Comparing Eggs

Different types of birds lay eggs of different sizes. Small birds lay eggs that are smaller than those that are laid by larger birds. The table shows the average lengths and widths of five different birds’ eggs.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 6

Use the table for 15–17.

Question 15.
What is the difference in average length between the longest egg and the shortest egg?

Answer: 0.073

Explanation: The length of the longest egg is 0.086 and the shortest egg is 0.013, so the difference is
0.086-0.013= 0.073

Question 16.
Which egg has a width that is eight thousandths of a meter shorter than its length?

Answer: Turtledove

Explanation: The length of the turtledove egg is 0.031 and the width is 0.023, so 0.031-0.023= 0.08m shorter than length.

Question 17.
How many robin eggs, laid end to end, would be about equal in length to two raven eggs? Justify your answer

Answer: 5 robin eggs should be laid.

Explanation: The length of Two raven eggs is 0.049+0.049=0.098, so 5 robin eggs should be laid.

Add and Subtract Decimals – Page No. 41

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
43.53 + 27.67

Answer: 71.2

Explanation: 43.53 + 27.67=71.2

Question 2.
17 + 3.6 + 4.049

Answer: 24.649

Explanation: 17 + 3.6 + 4.049
=17+7.649
=24.649

Question 3.
3.49 − 2.75

Answer: 0.74

Explanation:
3.49-2.75= 0.74

Question 4.
5.07 − 2.148

Answer: 2.922

Explanation:
5.07-2.148= 2.922

Question 5.
3.92 + 16 + 0.085

Answer: 20.005

Explanation: 3.92 + 16 + 0.085
= 3.92+16.085
= 20.005

Question 6.
41.98 + 13.5 + 27.338

Answer: 82.818

Explanation: 41.98 + 13.5 + 27.338
= 41.98+ 40.838

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 7.
8.4 + (13.1 − 0.6)

Answer: 20.9

Explanation: 8.4 + (13.1 − 0.6)
= 8.4+(12.5)
= 20.9

Question 8.
34.7 − (12.07 + 4.9)

Answer: 17.73

Explanation: 34.7 − (12.07 + 4.9)
= 34.7-(16.97)
= 17.73

Question 9.
(32.45 − 4.8) − 2.06

Answer: 25.59

Explanation: (32.45 − 4.8) − 2.06
= 27.65- 2.06
= 25.59

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The average annual rainfall in Clearview is 38 inches. This year, 29.777 inches fell. How much less rain fell this year than falls in an average year?

Answer: 8.23

Explanation: Average annual rainfall in last year is 38 inches and this year is 29.777 inches, so 38-29.77= 8.23 inches less rainfall

Question 11.
At the theater, the Worth family spent $18.00 on adult tickets, $16.50 on children’s tickets, and $11.75 on refreshments. How much did they spend in all?

Answer: $46.25

Explanation: As the family spent $18.00 on adult tickets, $16.50 on children’s tickets, and $11.75 on refreshments,
So the total spent by the family is $18.00+$16.50+$11.75= $46.25

Question 12.
Write a word problem that involves adding or subtracting decimals. Include the solution.

Answer: Mark and Jack went to the park and cost of ticket is $6.50. Mark has $20. How much remaining did mark has left?

Explanation: As MArk and jack went to the park where ticket price is $6.50, so for both it will be
$6.50+$6.50= $13.00. As Mark has $20, remaining amount left with Mark is $20-$13= $7

Lesson Check – Page No. 42

Question 1.
Alden fills his backpack with 0.45 kg of apples, 0.18 kg of cheese, and a water bottle that weighs 1.4 kg. How heavy are the contents of his backpack?

Answer: 2.03kg

Explanation: The total weight of a backpack is 0.45+0.18+1.4= 2.03kg

Question 2.
Gabby plans to hike 6.3 kilometers to see a waterfall. She stops to rest after hiking 4.75 kilometers. How far does she have left to hike?

Answer: 1.55kms

Explanation: Gobby hikes 6.3kms and stops at 4.75kms, so she left at 6.3-4.75= 1.55kms
Spiral Review

Question 3.
A 6-car monorail train can carry 78 people. If one train makes 99 trips during the day, what is the greatest number of people the train can carry in one day?

Answer: 7,722.

Explanation: The greatest number of people the train can carry in one day is 78×99= 7,722.

Question 4.
An airport parking lot has 2,800 spaces. If each row has 25 spaces, how many rows are there?

Answer: 112 rows

Explanation: As parking lot has 2,800 spaces and each row has 25 spaces, no. of rows is 2800÷25= 112 rows

Question 5.
Evan brought 6 batteries that cost $10 each and 6 batteries that cost $4 each. The total cost was the same as he would have spent buying 6 batteries that cost $14 each. So, 6 × $14 = (6 × 10) + (6 × 4). What property does the equation illustrate?

Answer: Distributive property

Explanation: By distributive property (a×b)+(a×c)= a×(b+c), here a= 6, b=10, c=4.

Question 6.
Cups come in packages of 12 and lids come in packages of 15. What is the least number of cups and lids that Corrine can buy if she wants to have the same number of cups and lids?

Answer: 60 cups and 60 lids.

Explanation:
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60
Multiples of 15: 15,30,45,60
LCM is 60
So the least number of cups and lids she can buy is 60 cups and 60 lids.

Share and Show – Page No. 45

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
12.42 × 28.6

Answer: 355.212

Explanation: 12.42 × 28.6
= 355.212

Question 2.
32.5 × 7.4

Answer: 240.5

Explanation: 32.5 × 7.4
=240.5

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 3.
0.24 × (7.3 + 2.1)

Answer: 2.256

Explanation: 0.24 × (7.3 + 2.1)
= 0.24×9.4
= 2.256

Question 4.
0.075 × (9.2 − 0.8)

Answer: 0.63

Explanation: 0.075 × (9.2 − 0.8)
= 0.075×(8.4)
= 0.63

Lesson 7 Divide Decimals by Whole Numbers Answer Key Question 5.
2.83 + (0.3 × 2.16)

Answer: 3.478

Explanation: 2.83 + (0.3 × 2.16)
= 2.83+0.648
= 3.478

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 6.
29.14 × 5.2

Answer: 151.528

Explanation: 29.14 × 5.2

= 151.528

Question 7.
6.95 × 12

Answer: 83.4

Explanation: 6.95 × 12
= 83.4

Question 8.
0.055 × 1.82

Answer: 0.1001

Explanation: 0.055 × 1.82
= 0.1001

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 9.
(3.62 × 2.1) − 0.749

Answer: 6.853

Explanation: (3.62 × 2.1) − 0.749
= 7.602- 0.749
= 6.853

Question 10.
5.8 − (0.25 × 1.5)

Answer: 5.425

Explanation: 5.8 − (0.25 × 1.5)
= 5.8- (0.375)
= 5.425

Question 11.
(0.83 + 1.27) × 6.4

Answer: 13.44

Explanation: (0.83 + 1.27) × 6.4
= (2.1)×6.4
= 13.44

Question 12.
Jamal is buying ingredients to make a large batch of granola to sell at a school fair. He buys 3.2 pounds of walnuts for $4.40 per pound and 2.4 pounds of cashews for $6.25 per pound. How much change will he receive if he pays with two $20 bills?

Answer: $40-$29.08= $10.92.

Explanation: Jamal bought 3.2 pounds of walnuts for $4.40 per pound, so for 3.2 pounds it will be 3.2×4.40= 14.08,
and 2.4 pounds of cashew for $6.25 per pound, so for 2.4 pounds it will be 2.4×6.25= 15. Total Jamal spend is 14.08+15= 29.08. As he have two $20 so he will receive $40-$29.08= $10.92.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 46

The table shows some currency exchange rates for 2009.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 7

Question 13.
When Cameron went to Canada in 2007, he exchanged 40 U.S. dollars for 46.52 Canadian dollars. If Cameron exchanged 40 U.S. dollars in 2009, did he receive more or less than he received in 2007? How much more or less?
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need how much or less 40 US dollars are worth in Canadian dollars in 2009 compared to 2007.

Question 13.
b. How will you use the table to solve the problem?

Answer: The table provides exchange rates for 2009, will multiply to find the value of 40 US dollars in Canadian dollars in 2009.

Question 13.
c. Complete the sentences.
40 U.S. dollars were worth _____ Canadian dollars in 2009.
So, Cameron would receive _____ Canadian dollars in 2009.

Answer: 42.08 Canadian dollars in 2009
4.44 Canadian dollars in 2009

Explanation: In 2009 1 US dollar is 1.052, so 40 US dollars is 40×1.052= 42.08 and in 2007 Cameron received 46.52, so in 2009 Cameron would receive 46.52-42.08= 4.44 Canadian dollars in 2009.

Multiply by 2 Digit Numbers Lesson 1.7 Question 14.
At a convenience store, the Jensen family puts 12.4 gallons of gasoline in their van at a cost of $3.80 per gallon. They also buy 4 water bottles for $1.99 each, and 2 snacks for $1.55 each. Complete the table to find the cost for each item.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 8
Mrs. Jensen says the total cost for everything before tax is $56.66. Do you agree with her? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No, the answer is not reasonable.

Explanation: As the total cost is 58.18
12.4×3.80= 47.12
4×1.99= 7.96
2×1.55= 3.1
So 47.12+7.96+3.1= $58.18

Multiply Decimals – Page No. 47

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
5.69 × 7.8

Answer: 44.382

Explanation: 5.69 × 7.8
= 44.382

Question 2.
3.92 × 0.051

Answer: 0.19992

Explanation: 3.92 × 0.051
= 0.19992

Question 3.
2.365 × 12.4

Answer: 29.326

Explanation: 2.365 × 12.4
= 29.326

Question 4.
305.08 × 1.5

Answer: 457.62

Explanation: 305.08 × 1.5
= 457.62

Evaluate the expression using the order of operations.

Question 5.
(61.8 × 1.7) + 9.5

Answer: 114.56

Explanation: (61.8 × 1.7) + 9.5
= 105.06+ 9.5
= 114.56

Question 6.
205 − (35.80 × 5.6)

Answer: 4.52

Explanation: 205 − (35.80 × 5.6)
= 205- 200.48
= 4.52

Question 7.
1.9 × (10.6 − 2.17)

Answer: 16.017

Explanation: 1.9 × (10.6 − 2.17)
= 1.9×( 8.43)
= 16.017

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Blaine exchanges $100 for yen before going to Japan. If each U.S. dollar is worth 88.353 yen, how many yen should Blaine receive?

Answer: 8835.3 yen

Explanation: As 1 US dollar is 88.353 yen, so when Blaine exchanges $100 to yen it will be $100×88.353=8835.3 yen

Subtract Whole Numbers Lesson 1.7 Answer Key Question 9.
A camera costs 115 Canadian dollars. If each Canadian dollar is worth 0.952 U.S. dollars, how much will the camera cost in U.S. dollars?

Answer: 109.48.

Explanation: As 1 Canadian dollar is 0.952 US dollars, so camers cost is 115×0.952= 109.48.

Question 10.
Explain how to mentally multiply a decimal number by 100.

Answer: Move the decimal point two places right.

Lesson Check – Page No. 48

Question 1.
A gallon of water at room temperature weighs about 8.35 pounds. Lena puts 4.5 gallons in a bucket. How much does the water weigh?

Answer: 37.575

Explanation: As 1 gallon= 8.35 pounds, Lena put 4.5 gallons in a bucket. So water weight is 4.5×8.35= 37.575

Question 2.
Shawn’s rectangular mobile home is 7.2 meters wide and 19.5 meters long. What is its area?

Answer: 140.4

Explanation: Area= Length×wide, so 7.2×19.5= 140.4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last week, a store sold laptops worth a total of $3,885. Each laptop cost $555. How many laptops did the store sell last week?

Answer: 7 Laptops.

Explanation: Total Laptops sold is $3885 and each laptop cost is $555, so 3885÷555= 7 laptops were sold by the store.

Question 4.
Kyle drives his truck 429 miles on 33 gallons of gas. How many miles can Kyle drive on 1 gallon of gas?

Answer: 13 miles.

Explanation: As Kyle drives 429 miles on 33 gallons gas, so 429÷33= 13 miles he can drive on 1 gallon of gas.

Question 5.
Seven busloads each carrying 35 students arrived at the game, joining 23 students who were already there. Evaluate the expression 23 + (7 × 35) to find the total number of students at the game.

Answer: 268 students.

Explanation: 23+(7×35)
=23+(245)
=268.
Total students are 268.

Unknown Digits Multiplication Lesson 1.7 Question 6.
A store is giving away a $10 coupon to every 7th person to enter the store and a $25 coupon to every 18th person to enter the store. Which person will be the first to get both coupons?

Answer: 126th person will get both coupons.

Explanation: LCM of 7 and 18 is 18×7= 126. So 126th person will get both coupons.

Estimate. Then find the quotient – Page No. 51

Question 2.
7)\(\overline { $17.15 } \)

Answer: 2.45

Explanation: $17.15÷7= 2.45

Question 3.
4)\(\overline { 1.068 } \)

Answer: 0.267

Explanation: 1.068÷4= 0.267

Question 4.
12)\(\overline { 60.84 } \)

Answer: 5.07

Explanation: 60.84÷12= 5.07

Question 5.
18.042 ÷ 6

Answer: 3.007

Explanation: 18.042÷6= 3.007

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 6.
$21.24 ÷ 6

Answer: 3.54

Explanation: $21.24 ÷ 6= 3.54

Question 7.
28.63 ÷ 7

Answer: 4.09

Explanation: 28.63 ÷ 7= 4.09

Question 8.
1.505 ÷ 35

Answer: 0.043

Explanation: 1.505 ÷ 35= 0.043

Question 9.
0.108 ÷ 18

Answer: 0.006

Explanation: 0.108 ÷ 18= 0.006

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 10.
(3.11 + 4.0) ÷ 9

Answer: 0.79

Explanation: (3.11 + 4.0) ÷ 9
= (7.11)+9
= 0.79

Question 11.
(6.18 − 1.32) ÷ 3

Answer: 1.62

Explanation: (6.18 − 1.32) ÷ 3
= (4.86)÷3
= 1.62

Question 12.
(18 − 5.76) ÷ 6

Answer: 2.04

Explanation: (18 − 5.76) ÷ 6
= (12.24)÷6
= 2.04

Question 13.
Use Appropriate Tools Find the length of a dollar bill to the nearest tenth of a centimeter. Then show how to use division to find the length of the bill when it is folded in half along the portrait of George Washington

Answer: 3.07 inches or 7.8 centimeter.

Explanation: As the length of a dollar bill to the nearest tenth of a centimeter is 15.6 cm, and length of the bill when it is folded in half along the portrait of George Washington is 3.07 inches or 7.8 centimeter.

Question 14.
Emilio bought 5.65 pounds of green grapes and 3.07 pounds of red grapes. He divided the grapes equally into 16 bags. If each bag of grapes has the same weight, how much does each bag weigh?

Answer: 0.545 pounds.

Explanation: Total weight of grapes is 5.65+3.07= 8.72 pounds, so each bag weight is 8.72÷16= 0.545 pounds.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 52

Pose a Problem

Question 15.
This table shows the average height in inches for girls and boys at ages 8, 10, 12, and 14 years. To find the average growth per year for girls from age 8 to age 12, Emma knew she had to find the amount of growth between age 8 and age 12, then divide that number by the number of years between age 8 and age 12.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 9
Emma used this expression: (60.50−50.75)÷4
She evaluated the expression using the order of operations.
Write the expression. (60.50−50.75)÷4
Perform operations in parentheses. 9.75÷4
Divide. 2.4375
So, the average annual growth for girls ages 8 to 12 is 2.4375 inches. Write a new problem using the information in the table for the average height for boys. Use division in your problem.

Answer: Find the average growth per year for girls 8 to 14.

Explanation: As (62.50-50.75)÷6
= (11.75)÷6
= 1.96
So the average annual growth for girls age 8 to age 14 is 1.96 inches.

Question 16.
The table shows the number of books each of three friends bought and the cost. On average, which friend spent the most per book? Use numbers and words to explain your answer
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 10

Answer: Nabil spent the most per book.

Explanation:
Joyce purchased 1 book which costs $10.95
Nabil purchased 2 books which costs $40.50, so 1 book cost is 40.50÷2= $20.26
Kenneth purchased 3 books for $51.15 , so 1 book cost is 51.15÷3= $17.05
So, Nabil spent the most per book.

Divide Decimals by Whole Numbers – Page No. 53

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 1.
1.284 ÷ 12

Answer: 0.107

Explanation: 1.284÷12= 0.107

Question 2.
9)\(\overline { 2.43 } \)

Answer: 0.27

Explanation: 2.43÷9 = 0.27

Question 3.
25.65 ÷ 15

Answer: 1.71

Explanation: 25.65÷15= 1.71

Question 4.
12)\(\overline { 2.436 } \)

Answer: 0.203

Explanation: 2.436÷12 = 0.203

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 5.
(8 − 2.96) ÷ 3

Answer: 1.68

Explanation: (8 − 2.96) ÷ 3
= (5.04)÷3
= 1.68

Question 6.
(7.772 − 2.38) ÷ 8

Answer: 0.674

Explanation: (7.772 − 2.38) ÷ 8
= (5.392)÷8
= 0.674

Question 7.
(53.2 + 35.7) ÷ 7

Answer: 12.7

Explanation: (53.2 + 35.7) ÷ 7
= (88.9)÷7
= 12.7

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Jake earned $10.44 interest on his savings account for an 18-month period. What was the average amount of interest Jake earned on his savings account per month?

Answer: $0.58.

Explanation: Jake earned $10.44 interest on his savings account for an 18 month period, so average amount interest is 10.44÷18= $0.58.

Question 9.
Gloria worked for 6 hours a day for 2 days at the bank and earned $114.24. How much did she earn per hour?

Answer: $9.52.

Explanation: As gloria worked for 6 hours for 2 days, so total hours is 6×2= 12 hours earned $114.24. So per hour she earns $114.24÷12= $9.52.

Question 10.
Explain the importance of correctly placing the decimal point in the quotient of a division problem.

Answer: If you don’t have the decimals in right spot your answer could be differ.

Lesson Check – Page No. 54

Estimate each quotient. Then find the exact quotient for each question.

Question 1.
Ron divided 67.6 fluid ounces of orange juice evenly among 16 glasses. How much did he pour into each glass?

Answer: 4.225 ounces.

Explanation: As there are 16 glasses, he pours into each glass 67.6÷16= 4.225 ounces.

Question 2.
The cost of a $12.95 pizza was shared evenly by 5 friends. How much did each person pay?

Answer: $2.59.

Explanation: The cost of pizza is $12.95 which was shared by 5 friends, so each person pays $12.95÷5= $2.59

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the value of the digit 6 in 968,743,220?

Answer: 60 Lakhs.

Explanation: The place value of 6 is 60,00,000.

Question 4.
The Tama, Japan, monorail carries 92,700 riders each day. If the monorail runs 18 hours each day, what is the average number of passengers riding each hour?

Answer: 5150 passengers.

Explanation: No. of riders each day is 92,700 and he runs for 18 hours in each day, so average no. of passengers riding each hour is 92,700÷18= 5150 passengers.

Question 5.
Ray paid $812 to rent music equipment that costs $28 per hour. How many hours did he have the equipment?

Answer: 29 hours.

Explanation: As Ray paid $812 which costs $28 per hour, so no.of hours did he have the equipment is
$812÷$28= 29 hours.

Question 6.
Jan has 35 teaspoons of chocolate cocoa mix and 45 teaspoons of french vanilla cocoa mix. She wants to put the same amount of mix into each jar, and she only wants one flavor of mix in each jar. She wants to fill as many jars as possible. How many jars of french vanilla cocoa mix will Jan fill?

Answer: 9 jars.

Explanation: By distributive property (35+45)
= (5×7)+(5×9)
= 5(7+9)
So she will fill 9 jars.

Share and Show – Page No. 57

Question 1.
Find the quotient.
14.8)\(\overline { 99.456 } \)

Answer: 6.72

Explanation: 99.456÷14.8= 6.72

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 2.
$10.80 ÷ $1.35

Answer: 8

Explanation:
$10.80 ÷ $1.35
= 8

Question 3.
26.4 ÷ 1.76

Answer: 15.113

Explanation:
26.4 ÷ 1.76
= 15.113

Question 4.
8.7)\(\overline { 53.07 } \)

Answer: 6.1

Explanation: 53.07÷8.7= 6.1

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 5.
75 ÷ 12.5

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Question 6.
544.6 ÷ 1.75

Answer: 311.2

Explanation:

Question 7.
0.78)\(\overline { 0.234 } \)

Answer: 0.3.

Explanation: 0.234÷0.78= 0.3.

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 8.
36.4 + (9.2 − 4.9 ÷ 7)

Answer: 44.9

Explanation: By the BODMAS rule
36.4+(9.2−4.9÷ 7)
= 36.4+(9.2−(4.9÷7))
= 36.4+(9.2-(0.7))
= 36.4+(8.5)
= 44.9

Question 9.
16 ÷ 2.5 − 3.2 × 0.043

Answer: 6.2624

Explanation: 16 ÷ 2.5 − 3.2 × 0.043
= (16÷2.5) − (3.2 × 0.043)
= (6.4)-(3.2 × 0.043)
= 6.4 – 0.1376
= 6.2624

Problem Solving Multiplication and Division Lesson 1.9 Question 10.
142 ÷ (42 − 6.5) × 3.9

Answer: 15.6

Explanation: 142 ÷ (42 − 6.5) × 3.9
= (142÷ 35.5) × 3.9
= 4×3.9
= 15.6

Question 11.
Marcus can buy 0.3 pound of sliced meat from a deli for $3.15. How much will 0.7 pound of sliced meat cost?

Answer: $7.35

Explanation: As 0.3 pound of sliced meat is $3.15, so cost of 1 pound of sliced meat is 3.15÷0.3= $10.5. And for 0.7 pound of sliced meat cost is 10.5×0.7= $7.35

Page No. 58

Question 12.
The table shows the earnings and the number of hours worked for three employees. Complete the table by finding the missing values. Which employee earned the least per hour? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 11

Answer: Employee 2 has earned least per hour.

Explanation:
1. No. of hours worked is 34.02÷ 9.72= 3.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is 42.75÷4.5= $9.5
3. No.of hours worked is 52.65÷9.75= 5.4 hours
Employee 2 has earned least per hour.

Amoebas

Amoebas are tiny one-celled organisms. Amoebas can range in size from 0.01 mm to 5 mm in length. You can study amoebas by using a microscope or by studying photographic enlargements of them.

Jacob has a photograph of an amoeba that has been enlarged 1,000 times. The length of the amoeba in the photo is 60 mm. What is the actual length of the amoeba?
Divide 60 ÷ 1,000 by looking for a pattern.
60 ÷ 1 = 60
60 ÷ 10 = 6.0 The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
60 ÷ 100 = ____ The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
60 ÷ 1000 =____ The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
So, the actual length of the amoeba is _____ mm.

Answer: 0.06mm

Explanation:
60 ÷ 10 = 6.0 The decimal point moves one place to the left.
60 ÷ 100 =0.6  The decimal point moves two place to the left.
60 ÷ 1000 =0.06 The decimal point moves three place to the left.
Actual length of amoeba is 0.06mm

Question 13.
Explain the pattern.

Answer: 0.06mm

Explanation: 60÷1000= 0.06mm.

Question 14.
Pelomyxa palustris is an amoeba with a length of 4.9 mm. Amoeba proteus has a length of 0.7 mm. How many Amoeba proteus would you have to line up to equal the length of three Pelomyxa palustris? Explain.

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Let N be the number, then
N×(proteus length)= 3× (palustris length)
N× 0.7= 3× 4.9
N×0.7= 14.7
N= 14.7÷0.7
N= 21

Divide with Decimals – Page No. 59

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 1.
43.18 ÷ 3.4

Answer: 12.7

Explanation: 43.18 ÷ 3.4= 12.7

Question 2.
4.185 ÷ 0.93

Answer: 4.5

Explanation: 4.185 ÷ 0.93= 4.5

Question 3.
6.3)\(\overline { 25.83 } \)

Answer: 0.244

Explanation: 6.3÷25.83= 0.244

Question 4.
0.143 ÷ 0.55

Answer: 0.26

Explanation: 0.143 ÷ 0.55= 0.26

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 5.
4.92 ÷ (0.8 – 0.12 ÷ 0.3)

Answer: 12.3

Explanation: 4.92 ÷ (0.8 – 0.12 ÷ 0.3)
= 4.92÷(0.8-(0.12÷0.3))
= 4.92÷(0.8-(0.4))
= 4.92÷(0.4)
= 12.3

Question 6.
0.86 ÷ 5 – 0.3 × 0.5

Answer: 0.022

Explanation: 0.86 ÷ 5 – 0.3 × 0.5
= (0.86÷5) – (0.3 × 0.5)
= (0.172)-(0.3 × 0.5)
= 0.172 – (0.15)
= 0.022

Question 7.
17.28 ÷ (1.32 – 0.24) × 0.6

Answer: 9.6

Explanation: 17.28 ÷ (1.32 – 0.24) × 0.6
= (17.28 ÷ (1.32 – 0.24))× 0.6
= (17.28 ÷( 1.08))×0.6
= (16)×0.6
= 9.6

Problem Solving

Question 8.
If Amanda walks at an average speed of 2.72 miles per hour, how long will it take her to walk 6.8 miles?

Answer: 2.5 hours.

Explanation: Amanda walks at an average speed of 2.72 miles per hour, so for 6.8 miles it will be
6.8÷2.72= 2.5 hours.

Question 9.
Chad cycled 62.3 miles in 3.5 hours. If he cycled at a constant speed, how far did he cycle in 1 hour?

Answer: 17.8 miles.

Explanation: Chad cycled 62.3 miles in 3.5 hours, so in 1 hour 62.3÷3.5= 17.8 miles.

Question 10.
Explain how dividing by a decimal is different from dividing by a whole number and how it is similar.

Answer: By moving the decimals first the dividing will be different, and after that it will be same.

Lesson Check – Page No. 60

Question 1.
Elliot drove 202.8 miles and used 6.5 gallons of gasoline. How many miles did he travel per gallon of gasoline?

Answer: 31.2 miles.

Explanation: Elliot drove 202.8 miles and used 6.5 gallons of gasoline, so per gallon of gasoline he will travel 202.8÷6.5= 31.2 miles.

Question 2.
A package of crackers weighing 8.2 ounces costs $2.87. What is the cost per ounce of crackers?

Answer: 0.35 per ounce.

Explanation: As 8.2 ounces costs $2.87, so per ounce of crackers it will be 2.87÷8.2= 0.35 per ounce.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Four bags of pretzels were divided equally among 5 people. How much of a bag did each person get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 0.8

Explanation: As 4 bags were divided equally among 5 people, so each person gets 4÷5= 0.8 of a bag

Question 4.
A zebra ran at a speed of 20 feet per second. What operation should you use to find the distance the zebra ran in 10 seconds?

Answer: Multiplication.

Explanation: Per second zebra ran at a speed of 20 feet, so for 10 seconds 20×10= 200 feet.

Question 5.
Nira has $13.50. She receives a paycheck for $55. She spends $29.40. How much money does she have now?

Answer: $39.10.

Explanation: As Nira has $13.50 and she receives a paycheck of $55, so total she had is $13.50+$55= $68.5. As she spent $29.40, so she has now $ 68.5-$ 29.40= $39.10.

Lesson 1.9 Problem Solving Multiplication and Division Question 6.
A piece of cardboard is 24 centimeters long and 15 centimeters wide. What is its area?
_____ cm2

Answer: 360 cm2

Explanation:
Area= Length×wide
= 24×15
= 360 cm2

Chapter 1 Review/Test – Page No. 61

Question 1.
Use the numbers to complete the factor tree. You may use a number more than once.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 12
Write the prime factorization of 54

Answer: 54=2×3×3×3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 2.
For numbers 2a–2d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the LCM of the two numbers is 15.
2a. 5, 3 Yes No
2b. 5, 10 Yes No
2c. 5, 15 Yes No
2d. 5, 20 Yes No

2a. 5, 3

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15
Multiples of 3: 53,6,9,12,15
LCM of 5,3 is 15

2b. 5, 10

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10
Multiples of 10: 10
LCM of 5,10 is 10

2c. 5, 15

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15
Multiples of 15: 15
LCM is 15

2d. 5, 20

Answer:  No

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15,20
Multiples of 20: 20
LCM is 20

Question 3.
Select two numbers that have 9 as their greatest common factor. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3, 9
b. 3, 18
c. 9, 18
d. 9, 36
e. 18, 27

Answer: c,d,e

Explanation:
a. 3,9
Factors of 3: 1,3.
Factors of 9: 1,3,9.
GCF is 3

b. 3,18
Factors of 3: 1,3
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 3

c. 9,18
Factors of 9: 1,3,9
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18.
GCF is 9

d. 9,36
Factors of 9: 1,3,9
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,18,36
GCF is 9

e. 18,27
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 9

Page No. 62

Question 4.
The prime factorization of each number is shown.
15 = 3 × 5
18 = 2 × 3 × 3
Part A
Using the prime factorization, complete the Venn diagram
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 13

Answer:
Prime factors of 15: 3×5
Prime factors of 18: 2×3×3
Common factors are: 3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 4.
Part B
Find the GCF of 15 and 18.

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 3

Practice and Homework Lesson 1.9 Answer Key Question 5.
For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether each equation is correct.
5a. 222.2 ÷ 11 = 22.2 Yes No
5b. 400 ÷ 50 = 8 Yes No
5c. 1,440 ÷ 36 = 40 Yes No
5d. 7,236 ÷ 9 = 804 Yes No

5a. 222.2 ÷ 11 = 22.2

Answer: No

Explanation:
222.2 ÷ 11 = 20.2

5b. 400 ÷ 50 = 8

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
400 ÷ 50 = 8

5c. 1,440 ÷ 36 = 40

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
1,440 ÷ 36 = 40

5d. 7,236 ÷ 9 = 804

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
7,236 ÷ 9 = 804

Page No. 63

Question 6.
For numbers 6a–6d, select True or False for each equation.
6a. 1.7 + 4.03 = 6 True False
6b. 2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08 True False
6c. 3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23 True False
6d. 14 − 1.3 = 0.01 True False

6a. 1.7 + 4.03 = 6

Answer: False

Explanation:
1.7 + 4.03 = 5.73

6b. 2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08

Answer: True

Explanation:
2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08

6c. 3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23

Answer: True

Explanation:
3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23

6d. 14 − 1.3 = 0.01

Answer: False

Explanation:
6d. 14 − 1.3 = 12.7

Question 7.
Four friends went shopping at a music store. The table shows the number of CDs each friend bought and the total cost. Complete the table to show the average cost of the CDs each friend bought.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 14
What is the average cost of all the CDs that the four friends bought? Show your work.

Answer: $8.94.

Explanation:
Lana purchased 4 CDs and total cost is $36.68, so cost of 1 CD is $36.68÷4= $9.17
Troy purchased 5 CDs and total cost is $40.55, so cost of 1 CD is $40.55÷5= $8.11
Juanita purchased 5 CDs and total cost is $47.15, so cost of 1 CD is $47.15÷5= $9.43
Alex purchased 6 CDs and total cost is $54.42, so cost of 1 CD is $54.42÷6= $9.07
Average cost of all CD’s i= (cost of all CD’s)÷(No.of CD’S)
=($36.68+$40.55+$47.15+$54.42)÷20
= (178.8) ÷20
= $8.94

Question 8.
The table shows the earnings and the number of hours worked for five employees. Complete the table by finding the missing values.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 15

Answer:
1. No. of hours worked is 2.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is $93.654.
3. No. of hours worked is 4.4 hours.
4. Earnings per hour is $302.5.
5. Earnings per hour is $150.

Explanation:
1. No. of hours worked is $23.75÷$9.50= 2.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is $28.38×3.3= $93.654.
3. No. of hours worked is $38.50÷8.75= 4.4 hours.
4. Earnings per hour is $55×5.5= $302.5.
5. Earnings per hour is $60×2.5= $150.

Page No. 64

Question 9.
The distance around the outside of Cedar Park is 0.8 mile. Joanie ran 0.25 of the distance during her lunch break. How far did she run? Show your work.

Answer: 0.2 miles.

Explanation: Joanie ran 0.25 miles and the distance around the outside of cedar park is 0.8 mile, so she ran
0.25×0.8= 0.2 miles.

Question 10.
A one-celled organism measures 32 millimeters in length in a photograph. If the photo has been enlarged by a factor of 100, what is the actual length of the organism? Show your work.

Answer: 3200 millimeters.

Explanation: Length of one celled organism is 32 millimeters, as the photo was enlarged by a factor of 100, it’s actual length is 32×100= 3200 millimeters.

Question 11.
You can buy 5 T-shirts at Baxter’s for the same price that you can buy 4 T-shirts at Bixby’s. If one T-shirt costs $11.80 at Bixby’s, how much does one T-shirt cost at Baxter’s? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.

Answer: $9.44.

Explanation: As one T-shirt costs $11.80, so 4 T-shirts cost is 4×$11.80= 47.2. So 5 T-shirts at Baxter’s is 47.2 and one T-shirt cost is 47.2÷5= $9.44.

Page No. 65

Question 12.
Crackers come in packages of 24. Cheese slices come in packages of 18. Andy wants one cheese slice for each cracker. Patrick made the statement shown.
If Andy doesn’t want any crackers or cheese slices left over, he needs to buy at least 432 of each.
Is Patrick’s statement correct? Use numbers and words to explain why or why not. If Patrick’s statement is incorrect, what should he do to correct it?

Answer: Patrick’s statement is wrong.

Explanation:
Multiples of 18: 18,36,54,72
Multiples of 24: 24,48,72
LCM is 72
So the least packages he need to buy is 72.

Question 13.
There are 16 sixth graders and 20 seventh graders in the Robotics Club. For the first project, the club sponsor wants to organize the club members into equal-size groups. Each group will have only sixth graders or only seventh graders.
Part A
How many students will be in each group if each group has the greatest possible number of club members? Show your work.

Answer: Each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Explanation: By distributive property 16+20
=(4×4)+(4×5)
=4×(4+5)
So each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Question 13.
Part B
If each group has the greatest possible number of club members, how many groups of sixth graders and how many groups of seventh graders will there be? Use numbers and words to explain your answer
__________ groups of sixth graders
__________ groups of seventh graders

Answer: Each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Explanation: By distributive property 16+20
=(4×4)+(4×5)
=4×(4+5)
So each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Page No. 66

Question 14.
The Hernandez family is going to the beach. They buy sun block for $9.99, 5 snacks for $1.89 each, and 3 beach toys for $1.49 each. Before they leave, they fill up the car with 13.1 gallons of gasoline at a cost of $3.70 per gallon.
Part A
Complete the table by calculating the total cost for each item.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 16

Answer: Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38

Explanation:
Gasoline 13.1×$3.70= $48.47
Snacks 5×$1.89= $9.45
Beach toys 3×$1.49= $4.47
Sun block 1×$9.99= $9.99
Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38

Question 14.
Part B
What is the total cost for everything before tax? Show your work.

Answer: $72.38.

Explanation: Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38.

Question 14.
Part C
Mr. Hernandez calculates the total cost for everything before tax using this equation.
Total cost = 13.1 + 3.70 × 5 + 1.89 × 3 + 1.49 × 9.99
Do you agree with his equation? Use numbers and words to explain why or why not. If the equation is not correct, write a correct equation.

Answer: No

Explanation: Mr. Hernandez calculated in a wrong way.
Total cost is (13.1×$3.70)+(5×$1.89)+(3×$1.49)+(1×$9.99)= $72.38.

Conclusion:

Refer our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Chapter 1 and score the highest marks in the exams. Students who are lagging in maths can click on the links and learn the concepts. The students who are unable to understand the concept can post your comments in the below section.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-11-surface-area-and-volume

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume contains 6th Standard Go Math solutions which will make students understand the concepts easily help the students to score well in the exams. This Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume. And in this, each and every question was explained intimately. The answers in this chapter are explained in a simple way that anyone can understand easily.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

This chapter 11 contains Three-Dimensional Figures and Nets, Explore Surface Area Using Nets, Surface Area of Prisms, etc. are explained clearly which makes the scholars learn quickly. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume. questions are explained in a basic way that students will never feel any difficulty in learning. By this, students can gain good knowledge and this is helpful in finish student’s assignments also.

Lesson 1: Three-Dimensional Figures and Nets

Lesson 2: Investigate • Explore Surface Area Using Nets

Lesson 3: Algebra • Surface Area of Prisms

Lesson 4: Algebra • Surface Area of Pyramids

 Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Fractions and Volume

Lesson 6: Algebra • Volume of Rectangular Prisms

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Geometric Measurements

Chapter 11 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 599

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 1

Answer: The base Square or Rectangle, and lateral faces are Triangle and the figure is a Square pyramid or Rectangular pyramid.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 2
Answer: Cube or Rectangular prism.

Explanation: The base is a square or rectangle and lateral faces are squares are rectangle. The figure is a Cube or Rectangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Identify and sketch the solid figure that could be formed by the net.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 3

Answer: Triangular pyramid.

Explanation: The net has four triangles, so it is a triangular pyramid.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Chapter 11 Lesson 1 Volume of Rectangular Prisms Answer Key Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 4
Answer: Cube

Explanation: The net has six squares.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

On Your Own

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 5

Answer: Triangular prism.

Explanation: The base is a rectangle and the lateral faces are triangles and rectangles, so it is a triangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 6

Answer:  Rectangular Prism.

Explanation: The base is a rectangle and the lateral faces are squares and rectangles. And it is a Rectangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 600

Solve.

Question 7.
The lateral faces and bases of crystals of the mineral galena are congruent squares. Identify the shape of a galena crystal.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 7
Answer: Cube

Explanation: The shape of the galena is Cube.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Rhianon draws the net below and labels each square. Can Rhianon fold her net into a cube that has letters A through G on its faces? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 8

Answer: No, she cannot fold her net into a cube. Rhianon’s net has seven squares but there are only six squares in the net of a cube.

Question 9.
Describe A diamond crystal is shown. Describe the figure in terms of the solid figures you have seen in this lesson.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 9

Answer: We can see that Diamond crystal consists of two square pyramids with congruent bases and the pyramids are reversed and placed base to base.

Explore Surface Area Using Nets Question 10.
Sasha makes a triangular prism from paper.
The bases are _____.
The lateral faces are _____.

Answer:
The bases are Triangle
The lateral faces are Rectangle

Three-Dimensional Figures and Nets – Page No. 601

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 10

Answer: Rectangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 11

Answer: Cube, Rectangular prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 12

Answer: Square Pyramid

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 13

Answer: Triangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Hobie’s Candies are sold in triangular pyramid-shaped boxes. How many triangles are needed to make one box?

Answer: 4

Explanation: As triangled pyramids have four faces.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 6.
Nina used plastic rectangles to make 6 rectangular prisms. How many rectangles did she use?

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
Describe how you could draw more than one net to represent the same three-dimensional figure. Give examples.

Answer:

Explanation:

Lesson Check – Page No. 602

Question 1.
How many vertices does a square pyramid have?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Each box of Fred’s Fudge is constructed from 2 triangles and 3 rectangles. What is the shape of each box?

Answer: Triangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bryan jogged the same distance each day for 7 days. He ran a total of 22.4 miles. The equation 7d = 22.4 can be used to find the distance d in miles he jogged each day. How far did Bryan jog each day?

Answer: 3.2 miles

Explanation: As given in equation 7d= 22.4,
d= 22.4÷7
= 3.2 miles.

Question 4.
A hot-air balloon is at an altitude of 240 feet. The balloon descends 30 feet per minute. What equation gives the altitude y, in feet, of the hot-air balloon after x minutes?

Answer: Y= 240- 30X.

Explanation: Given altitude Y, and the ballon was descended 30 feet per minute. So the equation is Y= 240- 30X.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Question 5.
A regular heptagon has sides measuring 26 mm and is divided into 7 congruent triangles. Each triangle has a height of 27 mm. What is the area of the heptagon?

Answer: 351 mm2

Explanation: Area of heptagon= 1/2 b×h
= 1/2 (26)×(27)
= 13×27
= 351 mm2

Question 6.
Alexis draws quadrilateral STUV with vertices S(1, 3), T(2, 2), U(2, –3), and V(1, –2). What name best classifies the quadrilateral?

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Share and Show – Page No. 605

Use the net to find the surface area of the prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 14

Answer:

Explanation: First we must find the area of each face
A= 4×3= 12
B= 4×3= 12
C= 5×4= 20
D= 5×4= 20
E= 5×3= 15
F= 5×3= 15
So, the surface area is 12+12+20+20+15+15= 94 cm2

Find the surface area of the rectangular prism.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 15

Answer: 222 cm2

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(7×9+ 3×9+ 3×7)
= 2(63+27+21)
= 2(111)
= 222 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 16

Answer:

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(10×10+ 10×10+ 10×10)
= 2(100+100+100)
= 2(300)
= 600 cm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 17

Answer: 350 cm2

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(15×5+ 5×5+ 15×5)
= 2(75+25+75)
= 2(175)
= 350 cm2

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 5.
A cereal box is shaped like a rectangular prism. The box is 20 cm long by 5 cm wide by 30 cm high. What is the surface area of the cereal box?

Answer: 1700 cm2

Explanation: The length of the box is 20 cm, the wide is 5 cm and the height is 30 cm. So surface area of the cereal box is 2(wl+hl+hw)= 2(20×5+30×20+30×5)
= 2(100+600+150)
= 2(850)
= 1700 cm2

Question 6.
Darren is painting a wooden block as part of his art project. The block is a rectangular prism that is 12 cm long by 9 cm wide by 5 cm high. Describe the rectangles that make up the net for the prism.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
In Exercise 6, what is the surface area, in square meters, that Darren has to paint?

Answer: 416 cm2

Explanation: Surface area = 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(9×12+5×12+ 5×9)
= 2(108+60+45)
= 2(213)
= 416 cm2

What’s the Error? – Page No. 606

Question 8.
Emilio is designing the packaging for a new MP3 player. The box for the MP3 player is 5 cm by 3 cm by 2 cm. Emilio needs to find the surface area of the box.
Look at how Emilio solved the problem. Find his error.
STEP 1: Draw a net.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 18
STEP 2: Find the areas of all the faces and add them.
Face A: 3 × 2 = 6 cm2.
Face B: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face C: 3 × 2 = 6 cm2.
Face D: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face E: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face F: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
The surface area is 6 + 15 + 6 + 15 + 15 + 15 = 72 cm2.
Correct the error. Find the surface area of the prism.

Answer: Emilio drew the net incorrectly Face D and F should have been 2 cm by 5 cm, not 3 cm by 5 cm

Explanation:
Face A: 3×2= 6 cm2
Face B: 3×5= 15 cm2
Face C: 3×2= 6 cm2
Face D: 2×5= 10 cm2
Face E: 3×5= 15 cm2
Face F: 2×5= 10 cm2
So, the surface area of the prism area is 6+15+6+10+15+10= 62 cm2.

Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Question 9.
For numbers 9a–9d, select True or False for each statement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 19
9a. The area of face A is 10 cm2.
9b. The area of face B is 10 cm2.
9c. The area of face C is 40 cm2.
9d. The surface area of the prism is 66 cm2.

9a. The area of face A is 10 cm2.

Answer: True

Explanation: The area of face A is 2×5= 10 cm2.

9b. The area of face B is 10 cm2.

Answer: False

Explanation: The area of face B is 2×8= 16  cm2.

9c. The area of face C is 40 cm2.

Answer: The area of face C is 8×5= 40 cm2.

9d. The surface area of the prism is 66 cm2.

Answer: 160 cm2.

Explanation: The surface area of the prism is
= 2×10+2×10+2×40
= 20+20+80
= 160 cm2.

Explore Surface Area Using Nets – Page No. 607

Use the net to find the surface area of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 20
_______ square units

Answer: 52 square units.

Explanation:
The area of face A is 6 squares.
The area of face B is 8 squares.
The area of face C is 6 squares.
The area of face D is 12 squares.
The area of face E is 8 squares.
The area of face F is 12 squares.
The surface area is 6+8+6+12+8+12= 52 square units.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 21
_______ square units

Answer: 112 square units.

Explanation:
The area of face A is 16 squares.
The area of face B is 8 squares.
The area of face C is 32 squares.
The area of face D is 16 squares.
The area of face E is 32 squares.
The area of face F is 8 squares.
The surface area is 112 square units.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 22

Answer: 102 mm2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(3×7+3×7+3×3)
= 2(21+21+9)
= 2(51)
= 102 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 23
_______ in.2

Answer: 58 in.2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(5×1+ 4×1+ 4×5)
= 2(5+4+20)
= 2(29)
= 58 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 24
_______ ft2

Answer: 77 ft2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(6.5×2+3×2+3×6.5)
= 2(13+6+19.5)
= 2(38.5)
= 77 ft2

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Jeremiah is covering a cereal box with fabric for a school project. If the box is 6 inches long by 2 inches wide by 14 inches high, how much surface area does Jeremiah have to cover?
_______ in.2

Answer: 248 in.2

Explanation: The surface area of a cereal box is 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(2×6+14×6+14×2)
= 2(12+84+28)
= 2(124)
= 248 in.2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Question 7.
Tia is making a case for her calculator. It is a rectangular prism that will be 3.5 inches long by 1 inch wide by 10 inches high. How much material (surface area) will she need to make the case?
_______ in.2

Answer: 97 in.2

Explanation: Surface Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(1×3.5+ 10×3.5+ 10×1)
= 2(3.5+35+10)
= 2(48.5)
= 97 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Explain in your own words how to find the surface area of a rectangular prism.

Answer: To find the surface area we must know the width, length, and height of the prism and then we can apply the formula which is
Surface area= 2(width ×length)+ 2(length×height)+ 2(height×width)
= 2(width ×length+ length×height+ 2(height×width)

Lesson Check – Page No. 608

Question 1.
Gabriela drew a net of a rectangular prism on centimeter grid paper. If the prism is 7 cm long by 10 cm wide by 8 cm high, how many grid squares does the net cover?
_______ cm2

Answer: 412 cm2.

Explanation: Surface area is 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(10×7+8×7+8×10)
= 2(70+56+80)
= 2(206)
= 412 cm2.

Question 2.
Ben bought a cell phone that came in a box shaped like a rectangular prism. The box is 5 inches long by 3 inches wide by 2 inches high. What is the surface area of the box?
_______ in.2

Answer: 62 in.2

Explanation: Surface area is 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(3×5+2×5+2×3)
= 2(15+10+6)
= 2(31)
= 62 in.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Katrin wrote the inequality x + 56 < 533. What is the solution of the inequality?

Answer: X<477.

Explanation: X+56<533
= X<533-56
= X<477.

Question 4.
The table shows the number of mixed CDs y that Jason makes in x hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 25
Which equation describes the pattern in the table?

Answer: y= 5x

Explanation:
y/x = 10/2= 15/4= 3
y= 5x
The pattern is y is x multiplied by 5.

Question 5.
A square measuring 9 inches by 9 inches is cut from a corner of a square measuring 15 inches by 15 inches. What is the area of the L-shaped figure that is formed?
_______ in.2

Answer: 144 in.2

Explanation: The area of a square A= a2, so we will find the area of each square.
Area= 92
= 9×9
= 81 in.2
And the area of another square is
A= 152
= 15×15
= 225 in.2
So the area of L shaped figure is 225-81= 144 in.2

Question 6.
Boxes of Clancy’s Energy Bars are rectangular prisms. How many lateral faces does each box have?

Answer: 4

Explanation: As Lateral faces are not included in the bases, so rectangular prism has 4.

Share and Show – Page No. 611

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 26
_______ ft2

Answer: 24 ft2

Explanation: The area of each face is 2 ft×2 ft= 4 ft and the number of faces is 6, so surface area is 6×4= 24 ft2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 27

Answer: 432 cm2

Explanation:
The area of face A is 16×6= 96 cm2
The area of face B is 16×8= 128 cm2
The area of face C and D is 1/2 × 6×8= 24 cm2
The area of face E is 16×10= 160 cm2
The surface 96+128+2×24+160= 432 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 28
_______ in.2

Answer: 155.5 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of faces A and E is  8 ½ × 3½
= 17/2 × 7/2
= 119/4
= 29.75 in.2
The area of faces B and F is 8 ½×4
= 17 ½ × 4
= 34 in.2
The area of faces C and D is 3 ½×4
7/2 × 4= 14 in.2
The surface area is 2×29.75+2×34+2×14
= 59.5+68+28
= 155.5 in.2

On Your Own

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 29
_______ m2

Answer:

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of face A and E is 8×3= 24 m2
The area of face B and F is 8×5= 40 m2
The area of face C and D is 3×5= 15 m2
The surface area is 2×24+2×40+2×15
= 48+80+30
= 158 m2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 30
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.2

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of each face is 7 1/2 × 7 1/2
= 15/2 × 15/2
= 225/4 in.2
The number of faces is 6 and the surface area is 6× 225/4
= 675/4
= 337 1/2 in.2

Go Math 6th Grade Chapter 11 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Answer Key Question 6.
Attend to Precision Calculate the surface area of the cube in Exercise 5 using the formula S = 6s2. Show your work.

Answer: 337 1/2 in.2

Explanation: As S= s2
= 6(7 1/2)2
= 6(15/2)2
= 6(225/4)
= 675/2
= 337 1/2 in.2

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 612

Question 7.
The Vehicle Assembly Building at Kennedy Space Center is a rectangular prism. It is 218 m long, 158 m wide, and 160 m tall. There are four 139 m tall doors in the building, averaging 29 m in width. What is the building’s outside surface area when the doors are open?
a. Draw each face of the building, not including the floor.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
b. What are the dimensions of the 4 walls?

Answer: The 2 walls measure 218 m ×160 m and 2 walls measure by 158 m×160 m.

Question 7.
c. What are the dimensions of the roof?

Answer: The dimensions of the roof are 218 m×158 m.

Question 7.
d. Find the building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are closed.
_______ m2

Answer: 1,54,764 m2

Explanation:
The area of two walls is 218×160= 34,880 m2
The area of the other two walls is 158×160= 25,280 m2
The area of the roof 158×218= 34,444 m2
The surface area is 2× 34,880+ 2× 25,280+ 34,444
= 69,760+ 50,560+ 34,444
= 1,54,764 m2

Question 7.
e. Find the area of the four doors.
_______ m2

Answer: 16,124 m2

Explanation: Area of a door is 139×29 = 4031 m2
And the area of 4 doors is 4×4031= 16,124 m2

Question 7.
f. Find the building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are open.
_______ m2

Answer: 1,38,640 m2

Explanation: The building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are open is
1,54,764 – 16,124= 1,38,640 m2

Go Math Lesson 11.3 Surface Area and Volume Question 8.
A rectangular prism is 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ft long, \(\frac{2}{3}\) ft wide, and \(\frac{5}{6}\) ft high. What is the surface area of the prism in square inches?
_______ in.2

Answer: 808 in.2

Explanation: The area of two faces is 1 1/2× 5/6
= 3/2 × 5/6
= 5/4 cm2
The area of two faces is 2/3 × 5/6
= 5/9 ft2
The area of two faces is 1 1/2× 2/3
= 3/2 × 2/3
= 1 ft2
The surface area of the prism is 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(5/4 + 5/9 + 1)
= 2( 1.25+0.55+1)
= 2.5+1.1+2
= 5.61 ft2
As 1 square foot = 144 square inches
so 5.61×144 = 807.84
= 808 in.2

Question 9.
A gift box is a rectangular prism. The box measures 8 inches by 10 inches by 3 inches. What is its surface area?
_______ in.2

Answer: 268 in.2

Explanation:
The area of face A and Face E is 8×10= 80 in.2
The area of face B and Face F is 8×3= 24 in.2
The area of face C and Face D is 10×3= 30 in.2
The surface area is 2×80+2×24+2×30
= 160+48+60
= 268 in.2

Surface Area of Prisms – Page No. 613

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 31
_______ cm2

Answer: 104 cm2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(6×5+2×5+2×6)
= 2(30+10+12)
= 2(52)
= 104 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 32
_______ in.2

Answer: 118 in.2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(3.5×4+6×4+6×3.5)
= 2(59)
= 118 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 33
_______ ft2

Answer: 486 ft2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(9×9+9×9+9×9)
= 2(81+81+81)
= 2(243)
= 486 ft2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 34
_______ cm2

Answer: 336 cm2.

Explanation: Area = 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (6)(8)
= 3×8
= 24.
As there are 2 triangles, so 2×24= 48.
Surface Area= (wl+hl+hw)
= (6×12+8×12+12×10)
= 228
Total Surface area = 228+48
= 336 cm2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
A shoe box measures 15 in. by 7 in. by 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. What is the surface area of the box?
_______ in.2

Answer: 408 in.2

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 15×7= 105 in.2
The area of two faces is 15× 4 1/2
= 15 × 9/2
= 15 × 4.5
= 67.5 in.2
The area of two faces is 7× 4 1/2
= 7× 9/2
= 7× 4.5
= 31.5 in.2
The surface area is 2×105+ 2×67.5+ 2×31.5
= 210+ 135+ 63
= 408 in.2

Mathematics Grade 6 Unit 11 Area and Volume Answers Question 6.
Vivian is working with a styrofoam cube for art class. The length of one side is 5 inches. How much surface area does Vivian have to work with?
_______ in.2

Answer: 150 in.2

Explanation:
The area of each face is 5×5= 25 in.2
The number of faces that styrofoam cube has is 6
So the surface area is 6×25= 150 in.2

Question 7.
Explain why a two-dimensional net is useful for finding the surface area of a three-dimensional figure.

Answer: Two-dimensional net is useful because by using a two-dimensional net you can calculate the surface area of each face and add them up to find the surface area of the three-dimensional figure.

Lesson Check – Page No. 614

Question 1.
What is the surface area of a cubic box that contains a baseball that has a diameter of 3 inches?
_______ in.2

Answer: 54 in.2

Explanation:
The area of each face is 3×3= 9 in.2
The number of faces for a cubic box is 6 in.2
The surface area of box that contains a baseball is 6×9= 54 in.2

Question 2.
A piece of wood used for construction is 2 inches by 4 inches by 24 inches. What is the surface area of the wood?
_______ in.2

Answer: 304 in.2

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 4×2= 8 in.2
The area of two faces is 2×24= 48 in.2
The area of two faces is 24×4= 96 in.2
So the surface area is 2×8+ 2×48+ 2×96
= 16+96+192
= 304 in.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Detergent costs $4 per box. Kendra graphs the equation that gives the cost y of buying x boxes of detergent. What is the equation?

Answer: Y= 4X.

Explanation: The total price Y and the price is equal to 4 × X, and X is the number of boxes that Kendra buys. So the equation is Y=4X.

Question 4.
A trapezoid with bases that measure 8 inches and 11 inches has a height of 3 inches. What is the area of the trapezoid?
_______ in.2

Answer: 28.5 in.2

Explanation:
Area of a trapezoid is 1/2(b1+b2)h
= 1/2(8+11)3
= 1/2(19)3
= 1/2 (57)
= 28.5 in.2

Question 5.
City Park is a right triangle with a base of 40 yd and a height of 25 yd. On a map, the park has a base of 40 in. and a height of 25 in. What is the ratio of the area of the triangle on the map to the area of City Park?

Answer: 1296:1.

Explanation:
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (40)(25)
= (20)(25)
= 500 yd2
So area of city park is 500 yd2
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (40)(25)
= (20)(25)
= 500 in2
So area on the map is 500 in
as 1 yd2= 1296 in2
So 500 in2 = 500×1296
= 648,000
So, the ratio of the area of the triangle on the map to the area of City Park is 648,000:500
= 1296:1.

Question 6.
What is the surface area of the prism shown by the net?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 35
Answer: 72 square units.

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 18 squares
The area of two faces is 6 squares
The area of two faces is 12 squares
So the surface area is 2×18+ 2×6+ 2×12
= 72 square units.

Share and Show – Page No. 617

Question 1.
Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 36
_______ cm2

Answer: 105 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
Area of the base 5×5= 25 ,
and area of one face is 1/2 × 5 × 8
= 5× 4
= 20 cm2
The surface area of a pyramid is 25+ 4×20
= 25+80
= 105 cm2

Question 2.
A triangular pyramid has a base with an area of 43 cm2 and lateral faces with bases of 10 cm and heights of 8.6 cm. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ cm2

Answer: 172 cm2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×10×8.6
= 5×8.6
= 43 cm2
The surface area of the pyramid is 43+3×43
= 43+ 129
= 172 cm2

Surface Area and Volume Test Answer Key Question 3.
A square pyramid has a base with a side length of 3 ft and lateral faces with heights of 2 ft. What is the lateral area of the pyramid?
_______ ft2

Answer: 12 ft2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×3×2= 3 ft2
The lateral area of the pyramid is 4×3= 12 ft2

On Your Own

Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 37
_______ ft2

Answer: 208 ft2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2 ×8×9
= 36 ft2
The surface area of the pyramid is 64+4×36
= 64+144
= 208 ft2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 38
_______ cm2

Answer: 220 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of base is 10×10= 100
The area of one place is 1/2×10×6
= 10×3
= 30
The surface area of the pyramid is 100+4×30
= 100+120
= 220 cm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 39
_______ in.2

Answer: 264 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2×8×12.5
= 4×12.5
= 50 in.2
The surface area of the pyramid is 64+ 4×50
= 64+200
= 264 in.2

Question 7.
The Pyramid Arena is located in Memphis, Tennessee. It is in the shape of a square pyramid, and the lateral faces are made almost completely of glass. The base has a side length of about 600 ft and the lateral faces have a height of about 440 ft. What is the total area of the glass in the Pyramid Arena?
_______ ft2

Answer: 5,28,000 ft2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×600×440= 1,32,000 ft2
The surface of tha lateral faces is 4× 1,32,000= 5,28,000 ft2
So, the total area of the glass in the arena is 5,28,000 ft2

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 618

Use the table for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 40

Question 8.
The Great Pyramids are located near Cairo, Egypt. They are all square pyramids, and their dimensions are shown in the table. What is the lateral area of the Pyramid of Cheops?
_______ m2

Answer: 82,800 m2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×230×180
= 230×90
= 20,700 m2
The lateral area of the pyramid of Cheops is 4×20,700= 82,800 m2

Question 9.
What is the difference between the surface areas of the Pyramid of Khafre and the Pyramid of Menkaure?
_______ m2

Answer: 93,338 m2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 215×215= 46,225
The area of one face is 1/2×215×174
= 215× 87
18,705 m2
The surface area of Pyramid Khafre is 46,225+4×18,705
= 46,225+ 74820
= 121,045 m2
The area of the base 103×103= 10,609
The area of one face is 1/2×103×83
= 8549÷2
= 4274.4 m2
The surface area of the Pyramid of Menkaure is 10,609+4×4274.5
= 10,609+ 17,098
= 27,707 m2

The difference between the surface areas of the Pyramid of Khafre and the Pyramid of Menkaure
= 121,405-27,707
= 93,338 m2

Unit 11 Volume and Surface Area Homework 6 Answer Key Question 10.
Write an expression for the surface area of the square pyramid shown.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 41

Answer: 6x+9 ft2.

Explanation: The expression for the surface area of the square pyramid is 6x+9 ft2.

Question 11.
Make Arguments A square pyramid has a base with a side length of 4 cm and triangular faces with a height of 7 cm. Esther calculated the surface area as (4 × 4) + 4(4 × 7) = 128 cm2. Explain Esther’s error and find the correct surface area

Answer: 72 cm2.

Explanation: Esther didn’t apply the formula correctly, she forgot to include 1/2 in the calculated surface area.
The correct surface area is (4×4)+4(1/2 ×4×7)
= 16+4(14)
= 16+56
= 72 cm2.

Question 12.
Jose says the lateral area of the square pyramid is 260 in.2. Do you agree or disagree with Jose? Use numbers and words to support your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 42

Answer: 160 in.2

Explanation: No, I disagree with Jose as he found surface area instead of the lateral area, so the lateral area is
4×1/2×10×8
= 2×10×8
= 160 in.2

Surface Area of Pyramids – Page No. 619

Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 43
_______ mm2

Answer: 95 mm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 5×5= 25 mm2
The area of one face is 1/2×5×7
= 35/2
= 17.5 mm2
The surface area is 25+4×17.5
= 25+4×17.5
= 25+70
= 95 mm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 612 cm2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 18×18= 324 cm2
The area of one face is 1/2×18×8
= 18×4
=  72 cm2
The surface area is 324+4×72
= 25+4×17.5
= 25+70
= 612 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 45
_______ yd2

Answer: 51.25 yd2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 2.5×2.5= 6.25  mm2
The area of one face is 1/2×2.5×9
= 22.5/2
= 11.25 yd2
The surface area is 25+4×17.5
= 6.25+4×11.25
= 6.25+45
= 51.25 yd2

Surface Area Test Grade 6 Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 46
_______ in.2

Answer: 180 in2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 10×10= 100 in2
The area of one face is 1/2×4×10
= 2×10
= 20 in2
The surface area is 100+4×20
= 100+4×20
= 100+80
= 180 in2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Cho is building a sandcastle in the shape of a triangular pyramid. The area of the base is 7 square feet. Each side of the base has a length of 4 feet and the height of each face is 2 feet. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ ft2

Answer: 19 ft2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×4×2= 4 ft2
The surface area of the triangular pyramid is 7+3×4
= 7+12
= 19 ft2

Question 6.
The top of a skyscraper is shaped like a square pyramid. Each side of the base has a length of 60 meters and the height of each triangle is 20 meters. What is the lateral area of the pyramid?
_______ m2

Answer: 2400 m2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×60×20
= 600 m2
The lateral area of the pyramid is 4×600= 2400 m2

Question 7.
Write and solve a problem finding the lateral area of an object shaped like a square pyramid.

Answer: Mary has a triangular pyramid with a base of 10cm and a height of 15cm. What is the lateral area of the pyramid?

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×10×15
= 5×15
= 75 cm2
The lateral area of the triangular pyramid is 3×75
= 225 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 620

Question 1.
A square pyramid has a base with a side length of 12 in. Each face has a height of 7 in. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ in.2

Answer: 312 in.2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 12×12= 144 in.2
The area of one face is 1/2×12×7
= 6×7
= 42 in.2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 144+4×42
= 144+ 168
= 312 in.2

Question 2.
The faces of a triangular pyramid have a base of 5 cm and a height of 11 cm. What is the lateral area of the pyramid?
_______ cm2

Answer: 82.5 cm2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×5×11
= 55/2
= 27.5 cm2
The lateral area of the triangular pyramid is 3×27.5= 82.5 cm2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the linear equation represented by the graph?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 47

Answer: y=x+1.

Explanation: As the figure represents that every y value is 1 more than the corresponding x value, so the linear equation is y=x+1.

Question 4.
A regular octagon has sides measuring about 4 cm. If the octagon is divided into 8 congruent triangles, each has a height of 5 cm. What is the area of the octagon?
_______ cm2

Answer:

Explanation:
Area is 1/2bh
= 1/2× 4×5
= 2×5
= 10 cm2
So the area of each triangle is 10 cm2
and the area of the octagon is 8×10= 80 cm2

Question 5.
Carly draws quadrilateral JKLM with vertices J(−3, 3), K(3, 3), L(2, −1), and M(−2, −1). What is the best way to classify the quadrilateral?

Answer: It is a Trapezoid.

Explanation: It is a Trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Surface Area and Volume Answer Key Question 6.
A rectangular prism has the dimensions of 8 feet by 3 feet by 5 feet. What is the surface area of the prism?
_______ ft2

Answer: 158 ft2

Explanation:
The area of the two faces of the rectangular prism is 8×3= 24 ft2
The area of the two faces of the rectangular prism is 8×5= 40 ft2
The area of the two faces of the rectangular prism is 3×5= 15 ft2
The surface area of the rectangular prism is 2×24+2×40+2×15
= 48+80+30
= 158 ft2

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 621

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 48

Question 1.
_____ is the sum of the areas of all the faces, or surfaces, of a solid figure.

Answer: Surface area is the sum of the areas of all the faces, or surfaces, of a solid figure.

Question 2.
A three-dimensional figure having length, width, and height is called a(n) _____.

Answer: A three-dimensional figure having length, width, and height is called a(n) solid figure.

Question 3.
The _____ of a solid figure is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces.

Answer: The lateral area of a solid figure is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces.

Concepts and Skills

Question 4.
Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 49

Answer: Triangular prism

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 5.
Use a net to find the lateral area of the square pyramid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 50
_______ in.2

Answer: 216 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of one face is 1/2×9×12
= 9×6
= 54 in.2
The lateral area of the square pyramid is 4×54= 216 in.2

Question 6.
Use a net to find the surface area of the prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 51
_______ cm2

Answer: 310 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of face A and E is 10×5= 50 cm2
The area of face B and F is 10×7= 70 cm2
The area of face C and D is 7×5= 35 cm2
The surface area of the prism is 2×50+2×70+2×35
= 100+140+70
= 310 cm2

Page No. 622

Question 7.
A machine cuts nets from flat pieces of cardboard. The nets can be folded into triangular pyramids and used as pieces in a board game. What shapes appear in the net? How many of each shape are there?

Answer: 4 triangles.

Explanation: There are 4 triangles.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Fran’s filing cabinet is 6 feet tall, 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet wide, and 3 feet deep. She plans to paint all sides except the bottom of the cabinet. Find the area of the sides she intends to paint.
_______ ft2

Answer: 56 ft2

Explanation:
The two lateral face area is 6×1 1/3
= 6× 4/3
= 2×4
= 8 ft2
The area of the other two lateral faces is 6×3= 18
The area of the top and bottom is 3× 1 1/3
= 3× 4/3
= 4 ft2
The area of the sides she intends to paint is 2×8+2×18+4
= 16+36+4
= 56 ft2

Question 9.
A triangular pyramid has lateral faces with bases of 6 meters and heights of 9 meters. The area of the base of the pyramid is 15.6 square meters. What is the surface area of the pyramid?

Answer: 96.6 m2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2× 6× 9
= 3×9
= 27 m2
The surface area of the triangular pyramid is 15.6+3×27
= 15.6+ 81
= 96.6 m2

Solving Surface Area Problems Lesson 11.4 Answer Key Question 10.
What is the surface area of a storage box that measures 15 centimeters by 12 centimeters by 10 centimeters?
_______ cm2

Answer: 900 cm2

Explanation:
The area of the two faces is 15×12= 180 cm2
The area of another two faces is 15×10= 150 cm2
The area of the other two faces is 10×12= 120 cm2
So the surface area of the storage box is 2×180+2×150+2×120 cm2
= 360+300+240
= 900 cm2

Question 11.
A small refrigerator is a cube with a side length of 16 inches. Use the formula S = 6s2 to find the surface area of the cube.
_______ in.2

Answer: 1,536 in.2

Explanation:
Area = s2
= 6×(16)2
= 6× 256
= 1,536 in.2

Share and Show – Page No. 625

Question 1.
A prism is filled with 38 cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 4.75 cubic units

Explanation:
The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 38 cubes so 38×0.125= 4.75 cubic units.

Question 2.
A prism is filled with 58 cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 7.25 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 58 cubes so 58×0.125= 7.25 cubic units.

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 52
_______ cubic units

Answer: 33 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism is= Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2 ×3×2
= 11/2 ×3×2
= 33 cubic units.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 53
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 91 1/8 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism is= Width×Height×Length
= 4 1/2 ×4 1/2×4 1/2
= 9/2 ×9/2×9/2
= 729/8
= 91 1/8 cubic units.

Question 5.
Theodore wants to put three flowering plants in his window box. The window box is shaped like a rectangular prism that is 30.5 in. long, 6 in. wide, and 6 in. deep. The three plants need a total of 1,200 in.3 of potting soil to grow well. Is the box large enough? Explain.

Answer: No, the box is not large enough as the three plants need a total of 1,200 in.3 and here volume is 1,098 in.3

Explanation:
Volume= Width×Height×Length
= 30.5×6×6
= 1,098 in.3

Question 6.
Explain how use the formula V = l × w × h to verify that a cube with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit has a volume of \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a cubic unit.

Answer: 1/8 cubic units

Explanation:
As length, width and height is 1/2′ so
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2
= 1/8 cubic units

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 626

Use the diagram for 7–10.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 54

Question 7.
Karyn is using a set of building blocks shaped like rectangular prisms to make a model. The three types of blocks she has are shown at right. What is the volume of an A block? (Do not include the pegs on top.)
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1× 1/2 ×1
= 1/2 cubic units

Volume and Surface Area Answer Key Question 8.
How many A blocks would you need to take up the same amount of space as a C block?
_______ A blocks

Answer: No of blocks required to take up the same amount of space as a C block is 4 A blocks.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×2×1
= 2 cubic unit
No of blocks required to take up the same amount of space as a C block is 1/2 ÷2
= 2×2
= 4 A blocks

Question 9.
Karyn puts a B block, two C blocks, and three A blocks together. What is the total volume of these blocks?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 6 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: The volume of A block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×1 ×1/2
= 1/2 cubic units.
As Karyn puts three A blocks together, so 3× 1/2= 3/2 cubic units.
The volume of the B block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×1 × 1
= 1 cubic unit.
As Karyn puts only one B, so 1 cubic unit.
The volume of the C block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 2×1×1
= 2 cubic units.
As Karyn puts two C blocks together, so 2× 2= 4 cubic units.
So, the total volume of these blocks is 3/2 + 1+ 4
= 3/2+5
= 13/2
= 6 1/2 cubic units

Question 10.
Karyn uses the blocks to make a prism that is 2 units long, 3 units wide, and 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units high. The prism is made of two C blocks, two B blocks, and some A blocks. What is the total volume of A blocks used?
_______ cubic units

Answer: 3 cubic units.

Explanation:
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 2×3×1 1/2
= 2×3× 3/2
= 9 cubic units.
The total volume of A block used is 9-(2×2)-(2×1)
= 9- 4- 2
= 9-6
= 3 cubic units.

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Jo says that you can use V = l × w × h or V = h × w × l to find the volume of a rectangular prism. Does Jo’s statement make sense? Explain.

Answer: Yes

Explanation: Yes, Jo’s statement makes sense because by the commutative property, we can change the order of the variables of length, width, and height and both will produce the same result.

Question 12.
A box measures 5 units by 3 units by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units. For numbers 12a–12b, select True or False for the statement.
12a. The greatest number of cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit that can be packed inside the box is 300.
12b. The volume of the box is 37 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cubic units.
12a. __________
12b. __________

Answer:
12a True.
12b True.

Explanation: The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8 cubic units
As there are 300 cubes so 300× 1/8= 75/2
= 37 1/2 cubic units.

Fractions and Volume – Page No. 627

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 55
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 6 3/4 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 3× 1 1/2× 1 1/2
= 3× 3/2 × 3/2
= 27/4
= 6 3/4 cubic units

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 56
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 22 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5×1× 4 1/2
= 5× 9/2
= 45/2
= 22 1/2 cubic units

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 57
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 16 1/2 cubic units.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2× 1 1/2× 2
= 11/2×3/2×2
= 33/2
= 16 1/2 cubic units.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 58
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 28 1/8 cubic units.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 2 1/2× 2 1/2 × 4 1/2
= 5/2 × 5/2 × 9/2
= 225/8
= 28 1/8 cubic units.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Miguel is pouring liquid into a container that is 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches long by 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches wide by 2 inches high. How many cubic inches of liquid will fit in the container?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 31 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 4 1/2 × 3 1/2 ×2
= 9/2 × 7/2 × 2
= 63/2
= 31 1/2 cubic units

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 11 Answer Key Pdf Question 6.
A shipping crate is shaped like a rectangular prism. It is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long by 3 feet wide by 3 feet high. What is the volume of the crate?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 49 1/2 ft3

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2 × 3 × 3
= 11/2 ×9
= 99/2
= 49 1/2 ft3

Question 7.
How many cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{4}\) unit would it take to make a unit cube? Explain how you determined your answer.

Answer: There will be 4×4×4= 64 cubes and 1/4 unit in the unit cube.

Explanation:
As the unit cube has a 1 unit length, 1 unit wide, and 1 unit height
So length 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
width 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
height 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
So there will be 4×4×4= 64 cubes and 1/4 unit in the unit cube.

Lesson Check – Page No. 628

Question 1.
A rectangular prism is 4 units by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units. How many cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit will completely fill the prism?

Answer: 120 cubes

Explanation:
No of cubes with a side length of 1/2 unit is
Length 8 cubes= 8× 1/2= 4 units
Width 5 cubes= 5× 1/2= 5/2= 2 1/2 units
Height 3 cubes= 3× 1/2= 3/2= 1 1/2 units
So there are 8×5×3= 120 cubes in the prism.

Question 2.
A rectangular prism is filled with 196 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 24 1/2 cubic units.

Explanation: As it takes 8 cubes with a side length of 1/2 to form a unit cube, so the volume of the prism in the cubic units is 196÷8= 24 1/2 cubic units.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A parallelogram-shaped piece of stained glass has a base measuring 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches and a height of 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches. What is the area of the piece of stained glass?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.2

Answer: 3 1/8 in.2

Explanation: Area of a parallelogram = base×height
= 2 1/2 × 1 1/4
= 5/2 × 5/4
= 25/8
= 3 1/8 in.2

Question 4.
A flag for the sports club is a rectangle measuring 20 inches by 32 inches. Within the rectangle is a yellow square with a side length of 6 inches. What is the area of the flag that is not part of the yellow square?
_______ in.2

Answer: 604 in.2

Explanation: Area of a flag= Length×width
= 20×32
= 640 in.2
Area of the yellow square= S2
= 6
= 36 in.2
So the area of the flag that is not a part of the yellow square is 640-36= 604 in.2

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the rectangular prism shown by the net?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 59
_______ square units

Answer: 80 square units

Explanation:
Area of two faces is 12 squares
Area of other two faces is 16 squares
Area of another two faces is 12 squares
So the surface area is 2×12+2×16+2×12
= 24+32+24
= 80 square units

Question 6.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 60
_______ cm2

Answer: 161 cm2

Explanation: The area of the base is 7×7= 49 cm2
And the area of one face is 1/2 × 7× 8
= 7×4
= 28 cm2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 49+4×28
= 49+112
= 161 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 631

Find the volume.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 61
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 3,937 1/2 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
= 10 1/2 ×15 × 25
= 11/2 × 15 × 25
= 4,125/2
= 3,937 1/2 in.3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 62
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 27/512 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
=3/8 ×3/8 × 3/8
= 27/512 in.3

On Your Own

Find the volume of the prism.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 63
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 690 5/8in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
= 8 1/2 × 6 1/2 × 12 1/2
= 17/2 × 13/2× 25/2
= 5525/2
= 690 5/8in.3

Chapter 11 Geometry Test Surface Area and Volume Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 64
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 125/4096 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
= 5/16 ×5/16 × 5/16
= 125/4096 in.3

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 65
_______ yd3

Answer: 20 yd3

Explanation:
Area= 3 1/3 yd2
So Area= wide×height
3 1/3= w × 1 1/3
10/3= w× 4/3
w= 10/3 × 3/4
w= 5/2
w= 2.5 yd
Volume= Length×width×height
= 6× 2.5× 1 1/3
= 6×2.5× 4/3
= 2×2.5×4
= 20 yd3

Question 6.
Wayne’s gym locker is a rectangular prism with a width and height of 14 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. The length is 8 inches greater than the width. What is the volume of the locker?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 4,730 5/8 in.3

Explanation: As length is 8 inches greater than width, so 14 1/2+ 8
= 29/2+8
= 45/2
= 22 1/2 in
Then volume= Length×width×height
= 22 1/2 × 14 1/2 × 14 1/2
= 45/2× 29/2× 29/2
= 37845/8
= 4,730 5/8 in.3

Question 7.
Abraham has a toy box that is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 66
The volume is _____.
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 33 3/4 ft3

Explanation: The volume of rectangular prism is= Length×width×height
= 4 1/2× 2 1/2× 3
= 9/2 × 5/2× 3
= 135/3
= 33 3/4 ft3

Aquariums – Page No. 632

Large public aquariums like the Tennessee Aquarium in Chattanooga have a wide variety of freshwater and saltwater fish species from around the world. The fish are kept in tanks of various sizes.
The table shows information about several tanks in the aquarium. Each tank is a rectangular prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 67
Find the length of Tank 1.
V = l w h
52,500 = l × 30 × 35
\(\frac{52,500}{1,050}\) = l
50 = l
So, the length of Tank 1 is 50 cm.

Solve.

Question 8.
Find the width of Tank 2 and the height of Tank 3.

Answer: Width of Tank 2= 8m, Height of the Tank 3= 10 m

Explanation:
The volume of Tank 2= 384 m3
so V= LWH
384=  12×W×4
W= 384/48
W= 8 m
So the width of Tank 2= 8m
The volume of Tank 3= 2160 m
So V= LWH
2160= 18×12×H
H= 2160/216
H= 10 m
So the height of Tank 3 = 10 m

Grade 6 Mathematics Unit 11 Area and Surface Area Answer Key Question 9.
To keep the fish healthy, there should be the correct ratio of water to fish in the tank. One recommended ratio is 9 L of water for every 2 fish. Find the volume of Tank 4. Then use the equivalencies 1 cm3 = 1 mL and 1,000 mL = 1 L to find how many fish can be safely kept in Tank 4.

Answer: 35 Fishes

Explanation:
Volume of Tank 4 = LWH
= 72×55×40
= 1,58,400 cm3
As 1 cm3 = 1 mL and 1,000 mL = 1 L
1,58,400 cm3 = 1,58,400 mL and 1,58,400 mL = 158.4 L
So the tank can keep safely (158.4÷ 9)×2
= (17.6)× 2 = 35.2
= 35 Fishes

Question 10.
Use Reasoning Give another set of dimensions for a tank that would have the same volume as Tank 2. Explain how you found your answer.

Answer: Another set of dimensions for a tank that would have the same volume as Tank 2 is 8m by 8m by 6m.
So when we multiply the product will be 384

Volume of Rectangular Prisms – Page No. 633

Find the volume.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 68
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m3

Answer: 150 5/16 m3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 5× 3 1/4× 9 1/4
= 5× 13/4 × 37/4
= 2405/16
= 150 5/16 m3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 69
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 27 1/2 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 5 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 2
= 11/2 × 5/2 × 2
= 55/2
= 27 1/2 in.3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 70
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mm3

Answer: 91 1/8 mm3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 4 1/2 × 4 1/2 × 4 1/2
= 9/2 × 9/2 × 9/2
= 729/8
= 91 1/8 mm3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 71
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 112 1/2 ft3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 7 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 6
= 15/2 × 5/2 × 6
= 225/2
= 112 1/2 ft3

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 72
_______ m3

Answer: 36 m3

Explanation:
The area of the shaded face is Length × width= 8 m2
The volume of the prism= Length×width×height
= 8 × 4 1/2
= 8 × 9/2
= 4 × 9
= 36 m3

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 73
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 30 3/8 ft3

Explanation: Volume of the prism= Length×width×height
= 2 1/4 × 6 × 2 1/4
= 9/4 × 6 × 9/4
= 243/8
= 30 3/8 ft3

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A cereal box is a rectangular prism that is 8 inches long and 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches wide. The volume of the box is 200 in.3. What is the height of the box?
_______ in.

Answer: H= 10 in

Explanation: As volume = 200 in.3. So
V= LWH
200= 8 × 2 1/2 × H
200= 8 × 5/2 × H
200= 20 × H
H= 10 in

Question 8.
A stack of paper is 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. long by 11 in. wide by 4 in. high. What is the volume of the stack of paper?
_______ in.3

Answer: 374 in.3

Explanation: The volume of the stack of paper = LWH
= 8 1/2 × 11 × 4
= 17/2 × 11 × 4
= 374 in.3

Question 9.
Explain how you can find the side length of a rectangular prism if you are given the volume and the two other measurements. Does this process change if one of the measurements includes a fraction?

Answer: We can find the side length of a rectangular prism if you are given the volume and the two other measurements by dividing the value of the volume by the product of the values of width and height of the prism. And the process doesn’t change if one of the measurements include a fraction.

Lesson Check – Page No. 634

Question 1.
A kitchen sink is a rectangular prism with a length of 19 \(\frac{7}{8}\) inches, a width of 14 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches, and height of 10 inches. Estimate the volume of the sink.

Answer: 3,000 in.3

Explanation: Length = 19 7/8 as the number was close to 20 and width 14 3/4 which is close to 15 and height is 10
So Volume= LBH
= 20 × 15 × 10
= 3,000 in.3

Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Answer Key Question 2.
A storage container is a rectangular prism that is 65 centimeters long and 40 centimeters wide. The volume of the container is 62,400 cubic centimeters. What is the height of the container?

Answer: H= 24 cm

Explanation: Volume of container= LBH
Volume= 62,400 cubic centimeters
62,400 = 65× 40 × H
62,400 = 2600 × H
H= 62,400/ 2600
H= 24 cm

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Carrie started at the southeast corner of Franklin Park, walked north 240 yards, turned and walked west 80 yards, and then turned and walked diagonally back to where she started. What is the area of the triangle enclosed by the path she walked?
_______ yd2

Answer: 9,600 yd2

Explanation:
Area of triangle= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 × 240 × 80
= 240 × 40
= 9,600 yd2

Question 4.
The dimensions of a rectangular garage are 100 times the dimensions of a floor plan of the garage. The area of the floor plan is 8 square inches. What is the area of the garage?

Answer: 80,000 in2

Explanation: As 1 in2= 10,000 in2, so area of the floor plan 8 in
= 8×10000
= 80,000 in2

Question 5.
Shiloh wants to create a paper-mâché box shaped like a rectangular prism. If the box will be 4 inches by 5 inches by 8 inches, how much paper does she need to cover the box?

Answer: 184 in2

Explanation: Area of the rectangular prism= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(4×5 + 5×8 + 8×4)
= 2(20+40+32)
= 2(92)
= 184 in2

Question 6.
A box is filled with 220 cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit. What is the volume of the box in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 27.5 cubic units.

Explanation: The volume of a cube side is (1/2)3 = 1/8
So 220 cubes= 220× 1/8
= 27.5 cubic units.

Share and Show – Page No. 637

Question 1.
An aquarium tank in the shape of a rectangular prism is 60 cm long, 30 cm wide, and 24 cm high. The top of the tank is open, and the glass used to make the tank is 1 cm thick. How much water can the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: So tank can hold 37,352 cm3

Explanation: As Volume= LBH
Let’s find the inner dimensions of the tank, so 60-2 × 30-2 × 24-1
= 58×28×23
= 37,352 cm3

Question 2.
What if, to provide greater strength, the glass bottom were increased to a thickness of 4 cm? How much less water would the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: 4,872 cm3

Explanation: As the glass bottom was increased to a thickness of 4 cm, 60-2 × 30-2 × 24-4
= 58×28×20
= 32,480 cm3
So the tank can hold 37,352- 32,480= 4,872 cm3

Question 3.
An aquarium tank in the shape of a rectangular prism is 40 cm long, 26 cm wide, and 24 cm high. If the top of the tank is open, how much tinting is needed to cover the glass on the tank? Identify the measure you used to solve the problem.
_______ cm3

Answer: 4,208 cm3  tinting needed to cover the glass on the tank.

Explanation:
The lateral area of the two faces is 26×24= 624 cm2
The lateral area of the other two faces is 40×24= 960 cm2
And the area of the top and bottom is 40×26= 1040 cm2
So the surface area of the tank without the top is 2×624 + 2×960 + 1040
= 1,248+1,920+1,040
= 4,208 cm3

Question 4.
The Louvre Museum in Paris, France, has a square pyramid made of glass in its central courtyard. The four triangular faces of the pyramid have bases of 35 meters and heights of 27.8 meters. What is the area of glass used for the four triangular faces of the pyramid?

Answer: 1946 m2

Explanation: The area of one face is 1/2 × 35 × 27.8= 486.5 m2
And the area of glass used for the four triangular faces of the pyramid is 4×486.5= 1946 m2

On Your Own – Page No. 638

Question 5.
A rectangular prism-shaped block of wood measures 3 m by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) m. How much of the block must a carpenter carve away to obtain a prism that measures 2 m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m3

Answer: 6 1/4 m3

Explanation: The volume of the original block= LWH
= 3 × 1 1/2 × 1 1/2
= 3× 3/2 × 3/2
= 27/4
= 6 3/4 m2
And volume of carpenter carve is 2× 1/2 × 1/2
= 1/2 m2
So, the carpenter must carve 27/4 – 1/2
= 25/2
= 6 1/4 m3

Question 6.
The carpenter (Problem 5) varnished the outside of the smaller piece of wood, all except for the bottom, which measures \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m. Varnish costs $2.00 per square meter. What was the cost of varnishing the wood?
$ _______

Answer: $8.50

Explanation: The area of two lateral faces are 2×1/2= 1 m2
The area of the other two lateral faces are 2×1/2= 1 m2
The area of the top and bottom is 1/2×1/2= 1/4 m2
And the surface area is 2×1 + 2×1 + 1/4
= 2+2+1/4
= 17/4
= 4.25 m2
And the cost of vanishing the wood is $2.00× 4.25= $8.50

Question 7.
A wax candle is in the shape of a cube with a side length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. What volume of wax is needed to make the candle?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer:

Explanation: The Volume of wax is needed to make the candle is= LWH
= 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 2 1/2
= 5/2 × 5/2 × 5/2
= 125/8
= 15 5/8 in.3

Question 8.
Describe A rectangular prism-shaped box measures 6 cm by 5 cm by 4 cm. A cube-shaped box has a side length of 2 cm. How many of the cube-shaped boxes will fit into the rectangular prismshaped box? Describe how you found your answer.

Answer: 12 cube-shaped boxes

Explanation: As 6 small boxes can fit on the base i.e 6 cm by 5 cm, as height is 4cm there can be a second layer of 6 small boxes. So, there will be a total of 12 cube-shaped boxes and will fit into a rectangular prism-shaped box

Question 9.
Justin is covering the outside of an open shoe box with colorful paper for a class project. The shoe box is 30 cm long, 20 cm wide, and 13 cm high. How many square centimeters of paper are needed to cover the outside of the open shoe box? Explain your strategy
_______ cm2

Answer: 1,900 cm2

Explanation:
The area of the two lateral faces of the shoebox is 20×13= 260 cm2
The area of another two lateral faces of the shoebox is 30×13= 390 cm2
The area of the top and bottom is 30×20= 600 cm2
So, the surface area of the shoebox without the top is 2×260 + 2× 390 + 600
= 520+780+600
= 1,900 cm2

Problem Solving Geometric Measurements – Page No. 639

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
The outside of an aquarium tank is 50 cm long, 50 cm wide, and 30 cm high. It is open at the top. The glass used to make the tank is 1 cm thick. How much water can the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: So water tank can hold 66,816 cm3

Explanation: The volume of inner dimensions of the aquarium is 50-2 × 50-2 × 30-1
= 48×48×29
= 66,816 cm3
So water tank can hold 66,816 cm3

Question 2.
Arnie keeps his pet snake in an open-topped glass cage. The outside of the cage is 73 cm long, 60 cm wide, and 38 cm high. The glass used to make the cage is 0.5 cm thick. What is the inside volume of the cage?
_______ cm3

Answer: The volume of the cage is 1,59,300 cm3

Explanation: The volume of inner dimensions is 73-1 × 60-1 × 38-0.5
= 72×59×37.5
= 1,59,300 cm3
So, the volume of the cage is 1,59,300 cm3

Question 3.
A display number cube measures 20 in. on a side. The sides are numbered 1–6. The odd-numbered sides are covered in blue fabric and the even-numbered sides are covered in red fabric. How much red fabric was used?
_______ in.2

Answer: 1200 in.2

Explanation: The area of each side of a cube is 20×20= 400 in.2, as there are 3 even-numbered sides on the cube. So there will be
3×400= 1200 in.2

Question 4.
The caps on the tops of staircase posts are shaped like square pyramids. The side length of the base of each cap is 4 inches. The height of the face of each cap is 5 inches. What is the surface area of the caps for two posts?
_______ in.2

Answer: 112 in.2

Explanation: The area of the base is 4×4= 16 in.2
The area of one face is 1/2×5×4= 10 in.2
The surface area of one cap is 16+4×10
= 16+40
= 56 in.2
And the surface area of the caps for two posts is 2×56= 112 in.2

Question 5.
A water irrigation tank is shaped like a cube and has a side length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet. How many cubic feet of water are needed to completely fill the tank?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 15 5/8 ft3

Explanation: Volume= LWH
= 2 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 2 1/2
= 5/2 × 5/2 × 5/2
= 125/8
= 15 5/8 ft3

Question 6.
Write and solve a problem for which you use part of the formula for the surface area of a triangular prism.

Answer: In a triangular prism, the triangular end has a base of 5cm and the height is 8 cm. The length of each side is 4 cm and the height of the prism is 10 cm. What is the lateral area of this triangular prism?

Explanation: The area of two triangular faces is 1/2 × 5 × 8
= 5×4
= 20 cm2
The area of two rectangular faces is 4×10= 40 cm2
The lateral area is 2×20+2×40
= 40+80
= 120 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 640

Question 1.
Maria wants to know how much wax she will need to fill a candle mold shaped like a rectangular prism. What measure should she find?

Answer: Maria needs to find the volume of the mold.

Question 2.
The outside of a closed glass display case measures 22 inches by 15 inches by \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. The glass is 12 inch thick. How much air is contained in the case?
_______ in.3

Answer: 3381 in.3

Explanation: The inner dimensions are 22-1× 15-1 × 12- 1/2
= 21 ×14×23/2
= 3381 in.3

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A trapezoid with bases that measure 5 centimeters and 7 centimeters has a height of 4.5 centimeters. What is the area of the trapezoid?
_______ cm2

Answer: 27 cm2

Explanation: Area of trapezoid= 1/2 ×(7+5)×4.5
= 6×4.5
= 27 cm2

Question 4.
Sierra has plotted two vertices of a rectangle at (3, 2) and (8, 2). What is the length of the side of the rectangle?
_______ units

Answer: 5 units.

Explanation: The length of the side of the rectangle is 8-3= 5 units.

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 74
_______ m2

Answer: 104 m2

Explanation: The area of the base 4×4= 16
The area of the one face is 1/2 × 4 × 11
= 2×11
= 22 m2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 16+4×22
= 16+88
= 104 m2

Question 6.
A shipping company has a rule that all packages must be rectangular prisms with a volume of no more than 9 cubic feet. What is the maximum measure for the height of a box that has a width of 1.5 feet and a length of 3 feet?
_______ feet

Answer: 2 feet.

Explanation: As given volume = 9 cubic feet
So 1.5×3×H < 9
4.5×H < 9
H< 9/4.5
and H<2
So maximum measure for the height of the box is 2 feet.

Chapter 11 Review/Test – Page No. 641

Question 1.
Elaine makes a rectangular pyramid from paper.
The base is a _____. The lateral faces are _____.
The base is a ___________ .
The lateral faces are ___________ .

Answer:
The base is a rectangle.
The lateral faces are triangles.

Question 2.
Darrell paints all sides except the bottom of the box shown below.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 75
Select the expressions that show how to find the surface area that Darrell painted. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 240 + 240 + 180 + 180 + 300 + 300
b. 2(20 × 12) + 2(15 × 12) + (20 × 15)
c. (20 × 12) + (20 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (20 × 15)
d. 20 × 15 × 12

Answer: b,c

Explanation: The expressions that show how to find the surface area is 2(20 × 12) + 2(15 × 12) + (20 × 15), (20 × 12) + (20 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (20 × 15)

Question 3.
A prism is filled with 44 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic unit

Answer:

Explanation:
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 44 cubes so 44×0.125=5.5 cubic units.

Question 4.
A triangular pyramid has a base with an area of 11.3 square meters, and lateral faces with bases of 5.1 meters and heights of 9 meters. Write an expression that can be used to find the surface area of the triangular pyramid.

Answer: 11.3+ 3 × 1/2+ 5.1×9

Explanation: The expression that can be used to find the surface area of the triangular pyramid is 11.3+ 3 × 1/2+ 5.1×9

Page No. 642

Question 5.
Jeremy makes a paperweight for his mother in the shape of a square pyramid. The base of the pyramid has a side length of 4 centimeters, and the lateral faces have heights of 5 centimeters. After he finishes, he realizes that the paperweight is too small and decides to make another one. To make the second pyramid, he doubles the length of the base in the first pyramid.
For numbers 5a–5c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
5a. The surface area of the second pyramid is 144 cm2.
5b. The surface area doubled from the first pyramid to the second pyramid.
5c. The lateral area doubled from the first pyramid to the second pyramid.
5a. ___________
5b. ___________
5c. ___________

Answer:
5a. True.
5b. False
5c. True.

Explanation:
The area of the base is 4×4= 16 cm2.
The area of one face is 1/2×4×5
= 2×5
= 10 cm2.
The surface area of the First pyramid is 16+ 4×10
= 16+40
= 56 cm2.
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2×8×5
= 4×5
= 20 cm2.
The surface area od the second pyramid is 64+ 4×20
= 64+80
= 144 cm2.

Question 6.
Identify the figure shown and find its surface area. Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 76

Answer: 369 in2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 9×9= 81 in2
The area of one face is 1//2 × 16× 9
= 8×9
= 72 in2
The surface area of a square pyramid is 81+ 4× 72
= 81+ 288
= 369 in2

Question 7.
Dominique has a box of sewing buttons that is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
The volume of the box is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. × 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. × _____ = _____.

Answer: 17.5 in3

Explanation: The volume of the box is 2 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 2
= 5/2 × 7/2 × 2
= 5/2 × 7
= 35/2
= 17.5 in3

Page No. 643

Question 8.
Emily has a decorative box that is shaped like a cube with a height of 5 inches. What is the surface area of the box?
_______ in.2

Answer: 150 in.2

Explanation: Surface area of the box is 6 a2
So 6 × 52
= 6×5×52
= 150 in.2

Question 9.
Albert recently purchased a fish tank for his home. Match each question with the geometric measure that would be most appropriate for each scenario.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 77

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 10.
Select the expressions that show the volume of the rectangular prism. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 78Options:
a. 2(2 units × 2 \(\frac{1}{2 }\) units) + 2(2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit) + 2(\(\frac{1}{2}\) unit × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units)
b. 2(2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit) + 4(2 units × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units)
c. 2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units
d. 2.5 cubic units

Answer: c, d

Explanation: 2 units ×1/2 unit × 2 1/2 units and 2.5 cubic units

Page No. 644

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for the statement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 79
11a. The area of face A is 8 square units.
11b. The area of face B is 10 square units.
11c. The area of face C is 8 square units.
11d. The surface area of the prism is 56 square units.
11a. ___________
11b. ___________
11c. ___________
11d. ___________

Answer:
11a. True.
11b. True.
11c. False.
11d. False.

Explanation:
The area of the face A is 4×2= 8 square units
The area of the face B is 5×2= 10 square units
The area of the face C is 5×4= 20 square units
So the surface area is 2×8+2×10+2×20
= 16+20+40
= 76 square units

Question 12.
Stella received a package in the shape of a rectangular prism. The box has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, a width of 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, and a height of 4 feet.
Part A
Stella wants to cover the box with wrapping paper. How much paper will she need? Explain how you found your answer

Answer: 39.5 ft2

Explanation:
The area of two lateral faces is 4 × 2 1/2
= 4 × 5/2
= 2×5
= 10 ft2
The area of another two lateral faces is 4 × 1 1/2
= 4 × 3/2
= 2×3
= 6 ft2
The area of the top and bottom is 2 1/2 × 1 1/2
= 5/2 × 3/2
= 15/4
= 3 3/4 ft2
So Stella need 2×10+ 2×6 + 2 × 15/4
= 20+ 12+15/2
= 20+12+7.5
= 39.5 ft2

Question 12.
Part B
Can the box hold 16 cubic feet of packing peanuts? Explain how you know

Answer: The box cannot hold 16 cubic feet of the packing peanuts

Explanation: Volume = LWH
= 2 1/2 ×1 1/2 × 4
= 5/2 × 3/2 ×4
= 5×3
= 15 ft3
So the box cannot hold 16 cubic feet of the packing peanuts.

Page No. 645

Question 13.
A box measures 6 units by \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units.
For numbers 13a–13b, select True or False for the statement.
13a. The greatest number of cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit that can be packed inside the box is 60.
13b. The volume of the box is 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cubic units.
13a. ___________
13b. ___________

Answer:
13a. True
13b. True.

Explanation:
Length is 12 × 1/2= 6 units
Width is 1× 1/2= 1/2 units
Height is 5× 1/2= 5/2 units
So, the greatest number of cubes with a side length of 1/2 unit that can be packed inside the box is 12×1×5= 60
The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 60 cubes so 60×0.125= 7.5cubic units.

Question 14.
Bella says the lateral area of the square pyramid is 1,224 in.2. Do you agree or disagree with Bella? Use numbers and words to support your answer. If you disagree with Bella, find the correct answer.

Answer: 900 in2

Explanation:
Area= 4× 1/2 bh
= 4× 1/2 × 18 × 25
= 2× 18 × 25
=  900 in2
So lateral area is 900 in2, so I disagree

Question 15.
Lourdes is decorating a toy box for her sister. She will use self-adhesive paper to cover all of the exterior sides except for the bottom of the box. The toy box is 4 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 2 feet high. How many square feet of adhesive paper will Lourdes use to cover the box?
_______ ft2

Answer: 40 ft2

Explanation:
The area of two lateral faces is 4×2= 8 ft2
The area of another two lateral faces is 3×2= 6 ft2
The area of the top and bottom is 4×3= 12 ft2
So Lourdes uses to cover the box is 2×8 + 2×6 + 12
= 16+12+12
= 40 ft2

Question 16.
Gary wants to build a shed shaped like a rectangular prism in his backyard. He goes to the store and looks at several different options. The table shows the dimensions and volumes of four different sheds. Use the formula V = l × w × h to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 80

Answer:
Length of shed 1= 12 ft
Width of shed 2= 12 ft
Height of shed 3= 6 ft
Volume of shed 4= 1200 ft3

Explanation: Volume= LWH
Volume of shed1= 960 ft
So 960= L×10×8
960= 80×L
L= 960/80
L= 12 ft
Volume of shed2= 2160 ft
So 2160= 18×W×10
960= 180×W
W= 2160/180
W= 12 ft
Volume of shed3= 288 ft
So 288= 12×4×H
288= 48×H
H= 288/48
W= 6 ft
Volume of shed2= 10×12×10
So V= 10×12×10
V= 1200 ft3

Page No. 646

Question 17.
Tina cut open a cube-shaped microwave box to see the net. How many square faces does this box have?
_______ square faces

Answer: The box has 6 square faces.

Question 18.
Charles is painting a treasure box in the shape of a rectangular prism.
Which nets can be used to represent Charles’ treasure box? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 81
b. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 82
c. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 83
d. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 84

Answer: a and b can be used to represent Charle’s treasure box.

Question 19.
Julianna is lining the inside of a basket with fabric. The basket is in the shape of a rectangular prism that is 29 cm long, 19 cm wide, and 10 cm high. How much fabric is needed to line the inside of the basket if the basket does not have a top? Explain your strategy.
_______ cm2

Answer: 1511 cm2

Explanation: The surface area= 2(WL+HL+HW)
The surface area of the entire basket= 2(19×29)+2(10×29)+2(10×19)
= 2(551)+2(290)+2(190)
= 1102+580+380
= 2,062 cm2
The surface area of the top is 29×19= 551
So Julianna needs 2062-551= 1511 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-8-solutions-of-equations

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations

If you are finding the resource to learn and practice Grade 6 math then you reach the correct place. Gomathanswerkey provides the study materials for Grade 6 Chapter 8 which assist students to score full marks in their exams. Our material contains a brief explanation along with the graphs here. The answers are created by subject matter experts. Our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations is helpful for quick revision and easy to understand.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations

Download Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Solution of Equations Answer Key PDF for free and start your practice. If you keep practicing you will never end to love the maths. So, to get the best way of learning must refer to Go Math 6th grade 8th Chapter Solutions of Equations Answer Key.

Click on the below attached links and then go through the detailed stepwise Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solution of Equations. Get the solutions for homework problems, Mid Chapter, and Review here.

Lesson 1: Solutions of Equations

Lesson 2: Write Equations

Lesson 3: Investigate • Model and Solve Addition Equations

Lesson 4: Solve Addition and Subtraction Equations

Lesson 5: Investigate • Model and Solve Multiplication Equations

Lesson 6: Solve Multiplication and Division Equations

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Equations with Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 8: Solutions of Inequalities

Lesson 9: Write Inequalities

Lesson 10: Graph Inequalities

Chapter 8 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 423

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 1.
x + 12 = 29; x = 7
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
x + 12 = 29
If x = 7
7 + 12 = 29
19 ≠ 29
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 2.
n − 13 = 2; n = 15
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
n = 15
n − 13 = 2
15 – 13 = 2
The variable is a solution.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)c = 14; c = 28
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
c = 28
\(\frac{1}{2}\)c = 14
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 28 = 14
14 = 14
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 4.
m + 2.5 = 4.6; m = 2.9
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
m + 2.5 = 4.6
m = 2.9
2.9 + 2.5 = 4.6
5.4 ≠ 4.6
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 5.
d − 8.7 = 6; d = 14.7
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
d = 14.7
d − 8.7 = 6
14.7 – 8.7 = 6
6 = 6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
k − \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\); k = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
k = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
k − \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

On Your Own

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 7.
17.9 + v = 35.8; v = 17.9
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
17.9 + v = 35.8
v = 17.9
17.9 + 17.9 = 35.8
35.8 = 35.8
Thus the variable is a solution.

Lesson 8.1 Answer Key 6th Grade Question 8.
c + 35 = 57; c = 32
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
c + 35 = 57
c = 32
32 + 35 = 57
67 ≠ 57
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 9.
18 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)h; h= 12
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
18 = \(\frac{2}{3}\)h
h = 12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 12 = 8
18 ≠ 8
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 10.
In the equation t + 2.5 = 7, determine whether t = 4.5, t = 5, or t = 5.5 is a solution of the equation.
The solution is ________.

Answer: t = 4.5

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation
t = 4.5
t + 2.5 = 7
4.5 + 2.5 = 7
7 = 7
t = 5
t + 2.5 = 7
5 + 2.5 = 7
7.5 ≠ 7
Not a solution
t = 5.5
t + 2.5 = 7
5.5 + 2.5 = 7
8 ≠ 7
Not a solution

Question 11.
Antonio ran a total of 9 miles in two days. The first day he ran 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles. The equation 9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) can be used to find the distance d in miles Antonio ran the second day. Determine whether d = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\), d = 4, or d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
The solution is ________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Substitute d = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) in the above equation
9 – 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ≠ 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Not a solution
Substitute d = 4
9 – 4 = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 ≠ 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Not a solution
Substitute d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
9 – 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
9 – d = 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\); d = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) is a solution.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 424

Use the table for 12–14.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 1

Question 12.
Connect Symbols and Words The length of a day on Saturn is 14 hours less than a day on Mars. The equation 24.7 − s = 14 can be used to find the length in hours s of a day on Saturn. Determine whether s = 9.3 or s = 10.7 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: s = 10.7

Explanation:
The length of a day on Saturn is 14 hours less than a day on Mars.
The equation 24.7 − s = 14 can be used to find the length in hours s of a day on Saturn.
24.7 − s = 14
Substitute s = 9.3 in the equation
24.7 – 9.3 = 14
15.4 ≠ 14
Not a solution
Substitute s = 10.7 in the equation
24.7 – 10.7 = 14
14 = 14
Therefore s = 10.7 is a solution to the equation.

Question 13.
A storm on one of the planets listed in the table lasted for 60 hours, or 2.5 of the planet’s days. The equation 2.5h = 60 can be used to find the length in hours h of a day on the planet. Is the planet Earth, Mars, or Jupiter? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Earth

Explanation:
A storm on one of the planets listed in the table lasted for 60 hours, or 2.5 of the planet’s days.
2.5h = 60
h = 60/2.5
h = 24 hours
By seeing the above table we can say that Earth is the answer.

Question 14.
A day on Pluto is 143.4 hours longer than a day on one of the planets listed in the table. The equation 153.3 − p = 143.4 can be used to find the length in hours p of a day on the planet. What is the length of a storm that lasts \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a day on this planet?
________ hours

Answer: 3.3 hours

Explanation:
A day on Pluto is 143.4 hours longer than a day on one of the planets listed in the table.
153.3 − p = 143.4
153.3 – 143.4 = p
p = 153.3 – 143.4
p = 9.9
Now p with \(\frac{1}{3}\) to find the length of a storm that lasts of a day on this planet
9.9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3.3 hours

Question 15.
What’s the Error? Jason said that the solution of the equation 2m = 4 is m = 8. Describe Jason’s error, and give the correct solution.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m = 2

Explanation:
Jason said that the solution of the equation 2m = 4 is m = 8.
2m = 4
m = 4/2 = 2
The error of Jason is he multiplied 2 and 4 but he should divide 4 by 2.

Question 16.
The marking period is 45 school days long. Today is the twenty-first day of the marking period. The equation x + 21 = 45 can be used to find the number of days x left in the marking period. Using substitution, Rachel determines there are _____ days left in the marking period.
Rachel determines there are _____________ days left.

Answer: 24

Explanation:
The marking period is 45 school days long. Today is the twenty-first day of the marking period.
The equation x + 21 = 45
x = 45 – 21 = 24 days
Using substitution, Rachel determines there are 24 days left in the marking period.
Thus Rachel determines there are 24 days left.

Solutions of Equations – Page No. 425

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 1.
x − 7 = 15; x = 8
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
x = 8
8 – 7 = 15
1 ≠ 15
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 2.
c + 11 = 20; c = 9
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
c = 9
9 + 11 = 20
20 = 20
Therefore the variable is a solution.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)h = 6; h = 2
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)h = 6
h = 2
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 2 = 6
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≠ 6
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 4.
16.1 + d = 22; d = 6.1
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
16.1 + d = 22
d = 6.1
16.1 + 6.1 = 22
22.2 ≠ 22
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Question 5.
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)e; e = 12
The variable is __________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)e
e = 12
9 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(12)
9 = 3 × 3
9 = 9
Therefore the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
15.5 – y = 7.9; y = 8.4
The variable is __________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the value in the given equation.
15.5 – y = 7.9
y = 8.4
15.5 – 8.4 = 7.9
7.1 ≠ 7.9
Therefore the variable is not a solution.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Terrance needs to score 25 points to win a game. He has already scored 18 points. The equation 18 + p = 25 can be used to find the number of points p that Terrance still needs to score. Determine whether p = 7 or p = 13 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p = 7

Explanation:
Terrance needs to score 25 points to win a game. He has already scored 18 points.
The equation is 18 + p = 25
Substitute p = 7 in the above equation.
18 + 7 = 25
25 = 25
The variable is a solution.
Substitute p = 13
18 + p = 25
18 + 13 = 25
31 ≠ 25
The variable is not a solution.
Therefore p = 7 is a solution for the equation.

Lesson 8 Problem Set 8.1 Answer Key Question 8.
Madeline has used 50 sheets of a roll of paper towels, which is \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the entire roll. The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)s = 50 can be used to find the number of sheets s in a full roll. Determine whether s = 32 or s = 80 is a solution of the equation, and tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Madeline has used 50 sheets of a roll of paper towels, which is \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the entire roll.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)s = 50
s = 50 × \(\frac{8}{5}\)
s = 80 because 80 × 5 = 400
400 ÷ 8 = 50

Question 9.
Use mental math to find the solution to 4x = 36. Then use substitution to check your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 9

Explanation:
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9

Lesson Check – Page No. 426

Question 1.
Sheena received a gift card for $50. She has already used it to buy a lamp for $39.99. The equation 39.99 + x = 50 can be used to find the amount x that is left on the gift card. What is the solution of the equation?
_____

Answer: 10.01

Explanation:
Given:
Sheena received a gift card for $50. She has already used it to buy a lamp for $39.99.
The equation 39.99 + x = 50
39.99 + x = 50
x = 50 – 39.99
x = 50.00 – 39.99
x = 10.01
Thus $10.01 is left on the gift card.

Question 2.
When Pete had a fever, his temperature was 101.4°F. After taking some medicine, his temperature was 99.2°F. The equation 101.4 – d = 99.2 can be used to find the number of degrees d that Pete’s temperature decreased. What is the solution of the equation?
_____

Answer: 2.2

Explanation:
Given,
When Pete had a fever, his temperature was 101.4°F.
After taking some medicine, his temperature was 99.2°F.
The equation 101.4 – d = 99.2
104.4 – 99.2 = d
d = 104.4 – 99.2
d = 2.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Melanie has saved $60 so far to buy a lawn mower. This is 20% of the price of the lawn mower. What is the full price of the lawn mower that she wants to buy?
$ _____

Answer: 300

Explanation:
Melanie has saved $60 so far to buy a lawn mower. This is 20% of the price of the lawn mower.
60 ÷ 20%
60 ÷ 20/100
60 × 100/20 = 6000/20 = 300
She wants to buy a $300 price of the lawn mower.

Chapter 8 Review Answer Key Question 4.
A team of scientists is digging for fossils. The amount of soil in cubic feet that they remove is equal to 6³. How many cubic feet of soil do the scientists remove?
_____ cubic feet

Answer: 216

Explanation:
A team of scientists is digging for fossils. The amount of soil in cubic feet that they remove is equal to 6³.
6 × 6 × 6 = 216
Thus the scientists removed 216 cubic feet of soil.

Question 5.
Andrew made p picture frames. He sold 2 of them at a craft fair. Write an expression that could be used to find the number of picture frames Andrew has left.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p – 2

Explanation:
Andrew made p picture frames. He sold 2 of them at a craft fair.
The expression is the difference of 9 and 2
The equation is p – 2

Question 6.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 4 + 3(5 + x).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4 + 15 + 3x

Explanation:
4 + 3(5 + x) = 4 + 15 + 3x
3x + 19
Thus the expression 4 + 3(5 + x) is equivalent to 4 + 15 + 3x or 3x + 19

Share and Show – Page No. 429

Question 1.
Write an equation for the word sentence “25 is 13 more than a number.”
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number. The phrase ‘more than’ indicates an addition operation.
Thus the equation is 25 = 13 + n.

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 2.
The difference of a number and 2 is 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “difference” indicates the subtraction operation.
The equation is n – 2 = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
Ten times the number of balloons is 120.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “times” indicates multiplication operation.
The equation is 10 × n = 120

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 4.
x − 0.3 = 1.7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The difference between x and 0.3 is 1.7

Question 5.
25 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)n
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 25 is n times \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 6.
The quotient of a number and 20.7 is 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “quotient” indicates the division operation.
Thus the equation is n ÷ 20.7 = 9.

Question 7.
24 less than the number of snakes is 35.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “less than” indicates a subtraction operation.
Thus the equation is n – 24 = 35

Question 8.
75 is 18 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more than a number.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “more than” indicates addition operation.
75 = 18 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + n

Question 9.
d degrees warmer than 50 degrees is 78 degrees.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represent the unknown number.
The phrase “warmer than” indicates additional operation.
The equation is d + 50 = 78 degrees

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 10.
15g = 135
Type below:
_____________

Answer: g times 15 is 135

Question 11.
w ÷ 3.3 = 0.6
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The quotient of w and 3.3 is 0.6

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 430

To find out how far a car can travel on a certain amount of gas, multiply the car’s fuel efficiency in miles per gallon by the gas used in gallons. Use this information and the table for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 2

Question 12.
Write an equation that could be used to find how many miles a hybrid SUV can travel in the city on 20 gallons of gas.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
From table 36 miles per gallon in the city.
A hybrid SUV uses 36 miles per gallon in the city.
So, no. of miles = y
x = no. of gallons
So, y = 36 × x
x = 20 gallons
Thus y = 36 × 20

Question 13.
A sedan traveled 504 miles on the highway on a full tank of gas. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of gallons the tank holds.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A sedan uses 28 miles per gallon on the highway.
The equation that could be used to find the number of gallons the tank holds is
504 = 28g

Question 14.
Connect Symbols to Words Sonya was born in 1998. Carmen was born 11 years after Sonya. If you wrote an equation to find the year in which Carmen was born, what operation would you use in your equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: In this equation, I would use addition or subtraction operations.

Question 15.
A magazine has 110 pages. There are 23 full-page ads and 14 half-page ads. The rest of the magazine consists of articles. Write an equation that can be used to find the number of pages of articles in the magazine.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation that can be used to find the number of pages of articles in the magazine is
23 + 14/2 + a = 110
where a represents the number of articles.

Question 16.
What’s the Error? Tony is traveling 560 miles to visit his cousins. He travels 313 miles on the first day. He says that he can use the equation m − 313 = 560 to find the number of miles m he has left on his trip. Describe and correct Tony’s error.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Tony subtracted the number of miles traveled from the number of miles left.
Tony should have written m + 313 = 560

Question 17.
Jamie is making cookies for a bake sale. She triples the recipe in order to have enough cookies to sell. Jamie uses 12 cups of flour to make the triple batch. Write an equation that can be used to find out how much flour f is needed for one batch of cookies.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation that can be used to find out how much flour f is needed for one batch of cookies is 3f = 12

Write Equations – Page No. 431

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 1.
18 is 4.5 times a number.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “times” indicates the multiplication operation.
The equation is 18 = 4.5n

Question 2.
Eight more than the number of children is 24.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let c represents the number of children.
The phrase “more than” indicates addition operation.
Thus the equation is 8 + c = 24.

Question 3.
The difference of a number and \(\frac{2}{3}\) is \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase “difference” indicates a subtraction operation.
The equation is n – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 4.
A number divided by 0.5 is 29.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let n represents the unknown number.
The phrase divided by indicates division operation.
The equation is n ÷ 0.5 = 29

Write a word sentence for the equation.

Question 5.
x − 14 = 52
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
14 less than x is 52
the difference of x and 14 is 52
14 fewer than a number is 52.

Question 6.
2.3m = 0.46
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The product of 2.3 and m is 0.46
2.3 times m is .46
2.3 of m is 0.46

Question 7.
25 = k ÷ 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 25 is the quotient of k and 5.

Question 8.
\(4 \frac{1}{3}+q=5 \frac{1}{6}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The sum of \(4 \frac{1}{3}\) and q is [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]
q is more than \(4 \frac{1}{3}\) and [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]
\(4 \frac{1}{3}\) increased by a number is [/latex]5 \frac{1}{6}[/latex]

Question 9.
An ostrich egg weighs 2.9 pounds. The difference between the weight of this egg and the weight of an emu egg is 1.6 pounds. Write an equation that could be used to find the weight w, in pounds, of the emu egg.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2.9 – w = 1.6

Explanation:
An ostrich egg weighs 2.9 pounds.
The difference between the weight of this egg and the weight of an emu egg is 1.6 pounds.
The phrase “difference” indicates the subtraction operation.
The equation will be 2.9 – w = 1.6

Question 10.
In one week, the number of bowls a potter made was 6 times the number of plates. He made 90 bowls during the week. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of plates p that the potter made.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6p = 90

Explanation:
Given,
In one week, the number of bowls a potter made was 6 times the number of plates.
He made 90 bowls during the week.
The phrase “times” indicates the multiplication operation.
The equation to find the number of plates p that the potter made will be 6p = 90

Question 11.
When writing a word sentence as an equation, explain when to use a variable.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In a word sentence, a variable represents “a number.”
The sum of a number and three = n + 3
The difference of five times a number and four = 5n – 4

Lesson Check – Page No. 432

Question 1.
Three friends are sharing the cost of a bucket of popcorn. The total cost of the popcorn is $5.70. Write an equation that could be used to find the amount a in dollars that each friend should pay.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3a = 5.70

Explanation:
Three friends are sharing the cost of a bucket of popcorn.
The total cost of the popcorn is $5.70.
The expression will be “5.70 is the product of 3 and a.
The equation is 3a = 5.70

Question 2.
Salimah had 42 photos on her phone. After she deleted some of them, she had 23 photos left. What equation could be used to find the number of photos p that Salimah deleted?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p + 23 = 42

Explanation:
Salimah had 42 photos on her phone. After she deleted some of them, she had 23 photos left.
The expression is the sum of p and 23 is 42.
Thus the equation is p + 23 = 42

Chapter 8 Test Answer Key Question 3.
A rope is 72 feet long. What is the length of the rope in yards?
______ yards

Answer: 24 yard

Explanation:
A rope is 72 feet long.
Convert from feet to yards.
1 yard = 3 feet
1 foot = 1/3 yards
72 feet = 72 × 1/3 = 24 yards
Thus the length of the rope is 24 yards.

Question 4.
Julia evaluated the expression 33 + 20 ÷ 22. What value should she get as her answer?
______

Answer: 32

Explanation:
The equation is 33 + 20 ÷ 22.
33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
22 = 2 × 2 = 4
27 + (20 ÷ 4)
27 + 5 = 32
The answer for the above equation is 32.

Question 5.
The sides of a triangle have lengths s, s + 4, and 3s. Write an expression in the simplest form that represents the perimeter of the triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5s + 4

Explanation:
The perimeter of the triangle is a + b + c
P = a + b + c
P = s + s + 4 + 3s
P = 5s + 4
Thus the perimeter of the triangle is 5s + 4

Question 6.
Gary knows that p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is a solution to one of the following equations. Which one has p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) as its solution?
\(p+2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)        \(p-2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
\(2+p=2 \frac{1}{2}\)       4 – p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5

Explanation:
\(p+2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
p + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
p = 5 – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(p-2 \frac{1}{2}=5\)
p – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
p = 5 + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(2+p=2 \frac{1}{2}\)
2 + p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 2
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 – p = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 4 – 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 435

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles or iTools.

Question 1.
x + 5 = 7
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 7 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 2.
8 = x + 1
x = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove one 1 tiles on the left side and one 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be seven 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 3.
x + 2 = 5
x = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 2 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove two 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be three 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 4.
x + 6 = 8
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 6 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove six 1 tiles on the left side and six 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 5.
5 + x = 9
x = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be four 1 tiles on the right sides.

Question 6.
5 = 4 + x
x = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 4 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove four 1 tiles on the left side and four 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be one 1 tiles on the right sides.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 7.
x + 1 = 5
x = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 5 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove one 1 tiles on the left side and one 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be four 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 8 solution img-6

Question 8.
3 + x = 4
x = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 3 in the left rectangle, and model 4 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove three 1 tiles on the left side and three 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be one 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key 8th chapter solution img-7

Question 9.
6 = x + 4
x = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 4 in the left rectangle, and model 6 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove four 1 tiles on the left side and four 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

HMH 6th Grade Go Math Answer Key solution img-8

Question 10.
8 = 2 + x
x = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 2 in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove two 1 tiles on the left side and two 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be six 1 tiles on the right sides.

6th Grade Go Math key solution img-9

Go Math Chapter 8 Review Test Answers Question 11.
Describe a Method Describe how you would draw a model to solve the equation x + 5 = 10.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 5

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 5 in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove five 1 tiles on the left side and five 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be five 1 tiles on the right sides.

Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6th Grade solution img-10

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 436

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 3

Question 12.
Interpret a Result The table shows how long several animals have lived at a zoo. The giraffe has lived at the zoo 4 years longer than the mountain lion. The equation 5 = 4 + y can be used to find the number of years y the mountain lion has lived at the zoo. Solve the equation. Then tell what the solution means.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The table shows how long several animals have lived in a zoo.
The giraffe has lived at the zoo 4 years longer than the mountain lion.
5 = 4 + y
y = 5 – 4
y = 1
The solution is y = 1
The solution means that the mountain lion has lived at the zoo for 1 year.

Question 13.
Carlos walked 2 miles on Monday and 5 miles on Saturday. The number of miles he walked on those two days is 3 miles more than the number of miles he walked on Friday. Write and solve an addition equation to find the number of miles Carlos walked on Friday
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given that,
Carlos walked 2 miles on Monday and 5 miles on Saturday.
The number of miles he walked on those two days is 3 miles more than the number of miles he walked on Friday.
The equation is f + 3 = 2 + 5
f + 3 = 7
f = 7 – 3
f = 4
The solution is f = 4
The solution means that Carlos walked 4 miles on Friday.

Question 14.
Sense or Nonsense? Gabriela is solving the equation x + 1 = 6. She says that the solution must be less than 6. Is Gabriela’s statement sense or nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Gabriela’s statement makes sense.
x + 1 = 6
x = 6 – 1
x = 5
Thus the solution is less than 6.

Question 15.
The Hawks beat the Tigers by 5 points in a football game. The Hawks scored a total of 12 points.
Use numbers and words to explain how this model can be used to solve the equation x + 5 = 12.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Remove 5 squares from each side. The rectangle is by itself on the left and 7 squares are on the right side.
So, the solution is x = 7

Model and Solve Addition Equations – Page No. 437

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
x + 6 = 9
x = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 6 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove six 1 tiles on the left side and six 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be three 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus x = 3

Question 2.
8 + x = 10
x = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 8 in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove eight 1 tiles on the left side and eight 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be two 1 tiles on the right sides.

8 + x = 10
x = 10 – 8 = 2
x = 2

Question 3.
9 = x + 1
x = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 1 in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove 1 tile on the left side and 1 tile on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be eight 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus x = 8

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 4.
x + 4 = 7
x = ________

Answer: 3

Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 solution img-1

Question 5.
x + 6 = 10
x = ________

Answer: 4
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 solution img-2

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The temperature at 10:00 was 10°F. This is 3°F warmer than the temperature at 8:00. Model and solve the equation x + 3 = 10 to find the temperature x in degrees Fahrenheit at 8:00.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = 7

Explanation:
The temperature at 10:00 was 10°F. This is 3°F warmer than the temperature at 8:00.
The equation is x + 3 = 10
x = 10 – 3 = 7

Go Math Chapter 8 Answer Key Grade 6 Question 7.
Jaspar has 7 more checkers left than Karen does. Jaspar has 9 checkers left. Write and solve an addition equation to find out how many checkers Karen has left.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c = 2

Explanation:
Jaspar has 7 more checkers left than Karen does. Jaspar has 9 checkers left.
The expression is c + 7 = 9
The equation to find out how many checkers Karen has left is c + 7 = 9.

Question 8.
Explain how to use a drawing to solve an addition equation such as x + 8 = 40.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 32

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model x + 8 in the left rectangle, and model 40 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the x tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove eight 1 tile on the left side and eight 1 tile on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be 32 1 tiles on the right side.

x + 8 = 40
x = 40 – 8
x = 32

Lesson Check – Page No. 438

Question 1.
What is the solution of the equation that is modeled by the algebra tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 5
x = ________

Answer: 1

The equation is x + 6 = 7
x = 7 – 6
x = 1

Question 2.
Alice has played soccer for 8 more years than Sanjay has. Alice has played for 12 years. The equation y + 8 = 12 can be used to find the number of years y Sanjay has played. How long has Sanjay played soccer?
________ years

Answer: 4 years

Explanation:
Alice has played soccer for 8 more years than Sanjay has. Alice has played for 12 years.
the equation is y + 8 = 12
y = 12 – 8
y = 4 years
Sanjay played soccer games for 4 years.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A car’s gas tank has a capacity of 16 gallons. What is the capacity of the tank in pints?
________ pints

Answer: 128 pints

Explanation:
A car’s gas tank has a capacity of 16 gallons.
Convert from gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
16 gallons = 16 × 8 = 128 pints
Thus the capacity of the tank is 128 pints.

Question 4.
Craig scored p points in a game. Marla scored twice as many points as Craig but 5 fewer than Nelson scored. How many points did Nelson score?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2p + 5

Explanation:
Craig scored p points in a game.
Marla scored twice as many points as Craig but 5 fewer than Nelson scored.
The equation will be 2p + 5.

Question 5.
Simplify 3x + 2(4y + x).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5x + 8y

Explanation:
The expression is 3x + 2(4y + x)
3x + 2 × 4y + 2 × x
3x + 8y + 2x
Combine the like terms.
5x + 8y
3x + 2(4y + x) = 5x + 8y

Question 6.
The Empire State Building in New York City is 443.2 meters tall. This is 119.2 meters taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris. Write an equation that can be used to find the height h in meters of the Eiffel Tower.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 119.2 + h = 443.2

Explanation:
The Empire State Building in New York City is 443.2 meters tall.
This is 119.2 meters taller than the Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Here we have to use the addition operation.
The equation is 119.2 + h = 443.2

Share and Show – Page No. 441

Question 1.
Solve the equation n + 35 = 80.
n = ________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
The given equation is
n + 35 = 80
n = 80 – 35
n = 45

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 2.
16 + x = 42
x = ________

Answer: 26

Explanation:
Given the equation 16 + x = 42
x + 16 = 42
x = 42 – 16
x = 26

Question 3.
y + 6.2 = 9.1
y = ________

Answer: 2.9

Explanation:
The given equation is
y + 6.2 = 9.1
y = 9.1 – 6.2
y = 2.9

Question 4.
m + \(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
m + \(\frac{3}{10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The denominators are common so subtract the numerators
m = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 5.
z – \(\frac{1}{3}=1 \frac{2}{3}\)
z = ________

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The given equation is
z – \(\frac{1}{3}=1 \frac{2}{3}\)
z = \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
z = 1 + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
z = 1 + \(\frac{3}{3}\)
z = 1 + 1 = 2
Thus the value of z is 2.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Answer Key Question 6.
12 = x − 24
x = ________

Answer: 36

Explanation:
The given equation is
12 = x − 24
x – 24 = 12
x = 12 + 24
x = 36
Thus the value of x is 36.

Question 7.
25.3 = w − 14.9
w = ________

Answer: 40.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
25.3 = w − 14.9
w – 14.9 = 25.3
w = 25.3 + 14.9
w = 40.2
The value of w is 40.2

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 8.
y − \(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{1}{2}\)
y = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
y − \(\frac{3}{4}=\frac{1}{2}\)
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
y = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Therefore the value of y is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 9.
75 = n + 12
n = ________

Answer: 63

Explanation:
The given equation is
75 = n + 12
n + 12 = 75
n = 75 – 12
n = 63
The value of n is 63.

Question 10.
m + 16.8 = 40
m = ________

Answer: 23.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
m + 16.8 = 40
m = 40 – 16.8
m = 23.2
The value of m is 23.2

Question 11.
w − 36 = 56
w = ________

Answer: 92

Explanation:
The given equation is
w − 36 = 56
w = 56 + 36
w = 92
The value of  is 92.

Question 12.
8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The given equation is
8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d + 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 2\(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 2 – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
d = 8 – 2 = 6
Thus the value of d is 6.

Question 13.
8.7 = r − 1.4
r = ________

Answer: 10.1

Explanation:
The given equation is
8.7 = r − 1.4
r − 1.4 = 8.7
r = 8.7 + 1.4
r = 10.1
The value of r is 10.1

Question 14.
The temperature dropped 8 degrees between 6:00 p.m. and midnight. The temperature at midnight was 26ºF. Write and solve an equation to find the temperature at 6:00 p.m.
________ ºF

Answer: 34ºF

Explanation:
The temperature dropped 8 degrees between 6:00 p.m. and midnight.
The temperature at midnight was 26ºF.
26ºF + 8ºF = 34ºF
The equation to find the temperature at 6:00 p.m is 34ºF

Question 15.
Reason Abstractly Write an addition equation that has the solution x = 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x + 4 = 13

Explanation:
Let the equation be x + 4 = 13
x = 13 – 4
x = 9

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 442

Question 16.
In July, Kimberly made two deposits into her bank account. She made no withdrawals. At the end of July, her account balance was $120.62. Write and solve an equation to find Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 6
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: We need to find Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.

Question 16.
b. What information do you need from the bank statement?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: We need the information about the deposit on July 12 and July 25 from the bank statement.

Question 16.
c. Write an equation you can use to solve the problem. Explain what the variable represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
x = bank account balance
y = deposit 1
z = deposit 2
x = y + z

Question 16.
d. Solve the equation. Show your work and describe each step.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 120.62 = y + z
Where y is the deposit 1 and z represents the deposit 2.
y = $45.50, z = $43.24
45.50 + 43.24 = 88.74
x + 88.74 = 120.62

Question 16.
e. Write Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July.
$ _______

Answer: 31.88

Explanation:
x + 88.74 = 120.62
x = 120.62 – 88.74
x = $31.88
Kimberly’s balance at the beginning of July is $31.88

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Review Test Answer Key Question 17.
If x + 6 = 35, what is the value of x + 4? Explain how to find the value without solving the equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
x + 6 = 35
x + 4 + 2 = 35
x  + 4 = 35 – 2
x + 4 = 33
Thus the value of x + 4 = 33

Question 18.
Select the equations that have the solution n = 23. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 16 + n = 39
b. n – 4 = 19
c. 25 = n – 2
d. 12 = n – 11

Answer: A, B, D

Explanation:
a. 16 + n = 39
n = 23
16 + 23 = 39
39 = 39
The variable is a solution.
b. n – 4 = 19
n = 23
23 – 4 = 19
19 = 19
The variable is a solution.
c. 25 = n – 2
25 = 23 – 2
25 ≠ 21
The variable is not a solution.
d. 12 = n – 11
n = 23
12 = 23 – 11
12 = 12
The variable is a solution.
Thus the correct answers are options A, B, D.

Solve Addition and Subtraction Equations – Page No. 443

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 1.
y − 14 = 23
y = _______

Answer: 37

Explanation:
y − 14 = 23
y = 23 + 14
y = 37
Thus the solution is 37.

Question 2.
x + 3 = 15
x = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The equation is x + 3 = 15
x = 15 – 3
x = 12
The solution is 12.

Question 3.
n + \(\frac{2}{5}=\frac{4}{5}\)
n = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
The equation is n + \(\frac{2}{5}=\frac{4}{5}\)
n + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
n = \(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
n = (4 – 2)/5
n = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the solution is \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 4.
16 = m − 14
m = _______

Answer: 30

Explanation:
The equation is 16 = m − 14
m – 14 = 16
m = 16 + 14
m = 30
The solution is m = 30

Question 5.
w − 13.7 = 22.8
w = _______

Answer: 36.5

Explanation:
The equation is w − 13.7 = 22.8
w = 22.8 + 13.7
w = 36.5
The solution is w = 36.5

Question 6.
s + 55 = 55
s = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The equation is s + 55 = 55
s = 55 – 55
s = 0
The solution is s = 0

Question 7.
23 = x − 12
x = _______

Answer: 35

Explanation:
The given equation is 23 = x – 12
x – 12 = 23
x = 23 + 12
x = 35
The solution is x = 35.

Question 8.
p − 14 = 14
p = _______

Answer: 28

Explanation:
The given equation is p − 14 = 14
p = 14 + 14
p = 28
The solution is p = 28.

Question 9.
m − \(2 \frac{3}{4}=6 \frac{1}{2}\)
m = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is m − \(2 \frac{3}{4}=6 \frac{1}{2}\)
m – 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
m = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
m = 6 + 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
m = 8 + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
m = 9 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A recipe calls for 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. Lorenzo only has 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of flour. Write and solve an equation to find the additional amount of flour Lorenzo needs to make the recipe.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
A recipe calls for 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour.
Lorenzo only has 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of flour.
x + 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
x = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
x =  1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 11.
Jan used 22.5 gallons of water in the shower. This amount is 7.5 gallons less than the amount she used for washing clothes. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Jan used 22.5 gallons of water in the shower.
This amount is 7.5 gallons less than the amount she used for washing clothes.
Let the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes be x
x – 7.5 = 22.5
x = 22.5 + 7.5
x = 30
Therefore the amount of water Jan used to wash clothes is 30 gallons.

Question 12.
Explain how to check if your solution to an equation is correct.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
i. Evaluate the left-hand side expression at the given value to get a number.
ii. Evaluate the right-hand side expression at the given value to get a number.
iii. See if the numbers match.

Lesson Check – Page No. 444

Question 1.
The price tag on a shirt says $21.50. The final cost of the shirt, including sales tax, is $23.22. The equation 21.50 + t = 23.22 can be used to find the amount of sales tax t in dollars. What is the sales tax?
$ _______

Answer: 1.72

Explanation:
The price tag on a shirt says $21.50.
The final cost of the shirt, including sales tax, is $23.22.
The equation is 21.50 + t = 23.22
t = 23.22 – 21.50
t = 1.72
Therefore the sales tax is $1.72 dollars.

Question 2.
The equation l – 12.5 = 48.6 can be used to find the original length l in centimeters of a wire before it was cut. What was the original length of the wire?
_______ centimeters

Answer: 61.1 centimeters

Explanation:
The equation l – 12.5 = 48.6 can be used to find the original length l in centimeters of a wire before it was cut.
l – 12.5 = 48.6
l = 48.6 + 12.5
l = 61.1 centimeters
Thus the original length of the wire is 61.1 centimeters.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
How would you convert a mass in centigrams to a mass in milligrams?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The conversion factor is 10; so 1 centigram = 10 milligrams. In other words, the value in cg multiplies by 10 to get a value in mg.

Question 4.
In the expression 4 + 3x + 5y, what is the coefficient of x?
The coefficient is _______

Answer:
A numerical or constant quantity is placed before and multiplied by the variable in an algebraic expression.
Thus the coefficient of 3x is 3.

Question 5.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 10c.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
-2(-5c) expand the brackets
-2 × -5c
= 10c

Question 6.
Miranda bought a $ 7 movie ticket and popcorn for a total of $10. The equation 7 + x = 10 can be used to find the cost x in dollars of the popcorn. How much did the popcorn cost?
$ _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Miranda bought a $ 7 movie ticket and popcorn for a total of $10.
The equation is 7 + x = 10
x = 10 – 7
x = 3
Therefore the cost of the popcorn is $3.

Share and Show – Page No. 447

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
4x = 16
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 4x in the left rectangle, and model 16 in the right rectangle.
  • There are four x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 4 equal groups.

Question 2.
3x = 12
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 12 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 3 equal groups.

Question 3.
4 = 4x
x = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 4x in the left rectangle, and model 4 in the right rectangle.
  • There are four x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 4 equal groups.

Question 4.
3x = 9
x = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 9 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into 3 equal groups.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Test Pdf Question 5.
2x = 10
x = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 2x in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • There are two x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into two equal groups.

Question 6.
15 = 5x
x = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 15 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 7.
4x = 8
x = _______

Answer: 2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key 8th chapter solution img-11

Question 8.
3x = 18
x = _______

Answer: 6
6th Grade Go Math Solution Key solution img-12

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 9.
Communicate Explain the steps you use to solve a multiplication equation with algebra tiles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
To solve an equation, model the terms of the equation on both sides of an equals sign.
Isolate the variable on one side by adding opposites and creating zero pairs.
To remove a factor from the variable, divide the sides into rows equal to the factor, and distribute the terms equally among all the rows.

Page No. 448

The bar graph shows the number of countries that competed in the first four modern Olympic Games. Use the bar graph for 10–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 7

Question 10.
Naomi is doing a report about the 1900 and 1904 Olympic Games. Each page will contain info7rmation about 4 of the countries that competed each year. Write and solve an equation to find the number of pages Naomi will need.
_______ pages

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can say that the equation is 4x = 36
The number of countries that competed in the 1900 summer Olympic games is 24.
The number of countries that competed in the 1904 summer Olympic games is 12.
The total number of countries competed in total is 36.
Each page of Naomi’s report contains information about 4 of the countries that competed each year.
4x = 36
x = 36/4
x = 9
Thus Naomi would require 9 pages to complete her report.

Question 11.
Pose a Problem Use the information in the bar graph to write and solve a problem involving a multiplication equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above table we can say that the equation is 4x = 72
The number of countries that competed in the 1900 summer Olympic games is 24.
The number of countries that competed in the 1904 summer Olympic games is 12.
The number of countries that competed in the 1896 summer Olympic games is 14.
The number of countries that competed in the 1908 summer Olympic games is 22.
The total number of countries competed in total is 72.
4x = 72
x = 72/4
x = 18

Question 12.
The equation 7s = 21 can be used to find the number of snakes s in each cage at a zoo. Solve the equation. Then tell what the solution means.
s = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The equation 7s = 21 can be used to find the number of snakes s in each cage at a zoo. Solve the equation.
7 × s = 21
s = 21/7 = 3
The solution s is 3.

Question 13.
A choir is made up of 6 vocal groups. Each group has an equal number of singers. There are 18 singers in the choir. Solve the equation 6p = 18 to find the number of singers in each group. Use a model.
_______ singers

Answer: 3 singers

Explanation:
A choir is made up of 6 vocal groups. Each group has an equal number of singers.
There are 18 singers in the choir.
The equation 6p = 18
p = 18/6 = 3
p = 3
The solution p is 3.

Model and Solve Multiplication Equations – Page No. 449

Model and solve the equation by using algebra tiles.

Question 1.
2x = 8
x = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 2x in the left rectangle, and model 8 in the right rectangle.
  • There are two x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into two equal groups.

Question 2.
5x = 10
x = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 10 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Question 3.
21 = 3x
x = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 3x in the left rectangle, and model 21 in the right rectangle.
  • There are three x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into three equal groups.

Solve the equation by drawing a model.

Question 4.
6 = 3x

Answer: 2
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 8 solution img-13

Question 5.
4x = 12
x = _______

Answer: 3
Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key chapter 8 solution img-14

Problem Solving

Question 6.
A chef used 20 eggs to make 5 omelets. Model and solve the equation 5x = 20 to find the number of eggs x in each omelet.
_______ eggs

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A chef used 20 eggs to make 5 omelets.
The equation is 5x = 20
x = 50/5 = 4
Thus there are 4 eggs in each omelet.

Question 7.
Last month, Julio played 3 times as many video games as Scott did. Julio played 18 video games. Write and solve an equation to find the number of video games Scott played.
_______ video games

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Last month, Julio played 3 times as many video games as Scott did. Julio played 18 video games.
The equation will be 3x = 18
x = 18/3 = 6
x = 6
The number of video games Scott played is 6.

Question 8.
Write a multiplication equation, and explain how you can solve it by using a model.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
15 = 5x
Explanation:

  • Draw 2 rectangles on your Mathboard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model 5x in the left rectangle, and model 15 in the right rectangle.
  • There are five x tiles on the left side of your model. To solve the equation by using the model, you need to find the value of one x tile.
  • To do this, divide each side of your model into five equal groups.

Lesson Check – Page No. 450

Question 1.
What is the solution of the equation that is modeled by the algebra tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 8
x = 1 _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The equation for the above figure is 3x = 3
Substitute x = 1
3(1) = 3
3/3 = 1
Thus the solution is 1.

Question 2.
Carlos bought 5 tickets to a play for a total of $20. The equation 5c = 20 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of each ticket. How much does each ticket cost?
$ _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Carlos bought 5 tickets to a play for a total of $20.
The equation is 5c = 20
c = 20/5 = 4
c = 4
The cost of each ticket is $4.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A rectangle is 12 feet wide and 96 inches long. What is the area of the rectangle?
_______ square feet

Answer: 1152

Explanation:
A rectangle is 12 feet wide and 96 inches long.
Area of rectangle is l × w
A = 12 × 96
A = 1152 square feet.
Thus the area of the rectangle is 1152 square feet.

Question 4.
Evaluate the algebraic expression 24 – x ÷ y for x = 8 and y = 2.
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
24 – x ÷ y for x = 8 and y = 2.
Substitute the value of x and y in the equation.
24 – (8 ÷ 2)
24 – 4 = 20

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Review Test Question 5.
Ana bought a 15.5-pound turkey at the grocery store this month. The equation p – 15.5 = 2.5 can be used to find the weight p, in pounds, of the turkey she bought last month. What is the solution of the equation?
p = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Ana bought a 15.5-pound turkey at the grocery store this month.
The equation is p – 15.5 = 2.5
p = 2.5 + 15.5
p = 18
The solution for the equation is 18.

Question 6.
A pet store usually keeps 12 birds per cage, and there are 7 birds in the cage now. The equation 7 + x = 12 can be used to find the remaining number of birds x that can be placed in the cage. What is the solution of the equation?
x = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
A pet store usually keeps 12 birds per cage, and there are 7 birds in the cage now.
The equation is 7 + x = 12
x = 12 – 7
x = 5
Thus the solution of the equation is 5.

Share and Show – Page No. 453

Question 1.
Solve the equation 2.5m = 10.
m = _______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
2.5m = 10
m = 10/2.5
m = 4

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 2.
3x = 210
x = _______

Answer: 70

Explanation:
3x = 210
x = 210/3
x = 70

Question 3.
2.8 = 4t
t = _______

Answer: 0.7

Explanation:
2.8 = 4t
4t = 2.8
t = 2.8/4
t = 0.7

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)n = 15
n = _______

Answer: 45

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)n = 15
n = 15 × 3
n = 45

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)y = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
y = _______

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)y = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
y = \(\frac{1}{10}\) × 2
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
25 = \(\frac{a}{5}\)
a = _______

Answer: 125

Explanation:
25 = \(\frac{a}{5}\)
a = 25 × 5
a = 125

Question 7.
1.3 = \(\frac{c}{4}\)
c = _______

Answer: 5.2

Explanation:
1.3 = \(\frac{c}{4}\)
c = 1.3 × 4
c = 5.2

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 8.
150 = 6m
m = _______

Answer: 25

Explanation:
6m = 150
m = 150/6
m = 25

Question 9.
14.7 = \(\frac{b}{7}\)
b = _______

Answer: 102.9

Explanation:
14.7 = \(\frac{b}{7}\)
b = 14.7 × 7
b = 102.9

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)s
s = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)s
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{3}\) = s
s = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 11.
There are 100 calories in 8 fluid ounces of orange juice and 140 calories in 8 fluid ounces of pineapple juice. Tia mixed 4 fluid ounces of each juice. Write and solve an equation to find the number of calories in each fluid ounce of Tia’s juice mixture.
_______ calories

Answer: 15 calories

Explanation:
Number of calories in 8 ounces of orange juice = 100
Number of calories in 1 ounce of juice = 100/8
Number of calories in 4 ounces of juice 100/8 × 4 = 50 calories
Number of calories in 8 ounces of pineapple juice = 140
Number of calories in 1 ounce of juice = 140/8
Number of calories in 4 ounces of pineapple juice = 140/8 × 4 =70 calories
Now the mixture has 50 + 70 calories = 120 calories in 8 ounces
So, 1 ounce of the mixture has 120/8 = 15 calories.

Question 12.
Write a division equation that has the solution x = 16.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
2x = 32
x = 32/2
x = 16
Thus the equation is x = 16.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 454

What’s the Error?

Question 13.
Melinda has a block of clay that weighs 14.4 ounces. She divides the clay into 6 equal pieces. To find the weight w in ounces of each piece, Melinda solved the equation 6w = 14.4.
Look at how Melinda solved the equation. Find her error.
6w = 14.4
\(\frac{6 w}{6}\) = 6 × 14.4
w = 86.4
Correct the error. Solve the equation, and explain your steps.
Describe the error that Melinda made
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Melinda has a block of clay that weighs 14.4 ounces. She divides the clay into 6 equal pieces.
The equation is 6w = 14.4
The error of Melinda is she used the multiplication equation to solve the equation.
She must have used the division equation to get the solution.
6w = 14.4
w = 14.4/6
w = 2.4

Question 14.
For numbers 14a−14d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation has the solution x = 15.
14a. 15x = 30
14b. 4x = 60
14c. \(\frac{x}{5}\) = 3
14d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 5
14a. _____________
14b. _____________
14c. _____________
14d. _____________

Answer:
Given the value of x is 15
14a. 15x = 30
15 × 15 = 30
225 ≠ 30
The answer is No.
14b. 4x = 60
4 × 15 = 60
60 = 60
The answer is yes.
14c. \(\frac{x}{5}\) = 3
x/5 = 3
15/5 = 3
3 = 3
The answer is yes.
14d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 5
x/3 = 5
15/3 = 5
5 = 5
The answer is yes.

Solve Multiplication and Division Equations – Page No. 455

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 1.
8p = 96
p = ________

Answer: 12

Explanation:
8p = 96
8 × p = 96
p = 96/8
p = 12
The solution is 12

Question 2.
\(\frac{z}{16}\) = 8
z = ________

Answer: 128

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{z}{16}\) = 8
z = 8 × 16
z = 128
The solution is 128.

Question 3.
3.5x = 14.7
x = ________

Answer: 4.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
3.5x = 14.7
x = 14.7/3.5
x = 4.2
The solution x is 4.2

Question 4.
32 = 3.2c
c = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
The given equation is
32 = 3.2c
3.2 × c = 32
c = 32/3.2
c = 1/0.1 = 10
The solution c is 10.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)w = 40
w = ________

Answer: 100

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{2}{5}\)w = 40
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × w = 40
w = 40 × 5/2
w = 200/2
w = 100

Question 6.
\(\frac{a}{14}\) = 6.8
a = ________

Answer: 95.2

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{a}{14}\) = 6.8
a = 6.8 × 14
a = 95.2

Question 7.
1.6x = 1.6
x = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The given equation is
1.6x = 1.6
x = 1.6/1.6
x = 1
The solution x is 1

Question 8.
23.8 = 3.5b
b = ________

Answer: 6.8

Explanation:
The given equation is
23.8 = 3.5b
3.5b = 23.8
b = 23.8/3.5
b = 6.8
Thus the solution of the variable b is 6.8

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)t
t = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given equation is
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)t
t = \(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
t = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Thus the solution of the variable t is \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Anne runs 6 laps on a track. She runs a total of 1 mile, or 5,280 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the distance, in feet, that she runs in each lap.
________ feet

Answer: 880

Explanation:
Anne runs 6 laps on a track. She runs a total of 1 mile, or 5,280 feet.
Let the l represents the runs in each lap.
6 × l = 5280 feet
l = 5280/6
l = 880 feet
Therefore Anne runs 880 feets in each lap.

Question 11.
In a serving of 8 fluid ounces of pomegranate juice, there are 32.8 grams of carbohydrates. Write and solve an equation to find the amount of carbohydrates in each fluid ounce of the juice.
________ grams

Answer: 4.1

Explanation:
Given, In a serving of 8 fluid ounces of pomegranate juice, there are 32.8 grams of carbohydrates.
Let c represents the amount of carbohydrates in each fluid ounce of the juice
8 × c = 32.8 grams
c = 32.8/8
c = 4.1 grams

Question 12.
Write and solve a word problem that can be solved by solving a multiplication equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The quotient of 6 and p is 12
6 ÷ p = 12
p = 6/12
p = 1/2

Lesson Check – Page No. 456

Question 1.
Estella buys 1.8 pounds of walnuts for a total of $5.04. She solves the equation 1.8p = 5.04 to find the price p in dollars of one pound of walnuts. What does one pound of walnuts cost?
$ ________

Answer: 2.8

Explanation:
Given that, Estella buys 1.8 pounds of walnuts for a total of $5.04.
p represents the price in dollars of one pound of walnuts.
The equation to find one pound of walnuts cost is 1.8p = 5.04
1.8p = 5.04
p = 5.04/1.8
p = 2.8
Therefore the cost of one pound of walnuts is $2.8

Question 2.
Gabriel wants to solve the equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25. What step should he do to get m by itself on one side of the equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Gabriel wants to solve the equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)m = 25
5m = 25 × 8
5 × m = 200
m = 200/5 = 40
Thus m = 40

Spiral Review

Question 3.
At top speed, a coyote can run at a speed of 44 miles per hour. If a coyote could maintain its top speed, how far could it run in 15 minutes?
________ miles

Answer: 11

Explanation:
At top speed, a coyote can run at a speed of 44 miles per hour.
Convert from minutes to hour.
60 minutes = 1 hour
15 minutes = 15 × 1/60 = 0.25 = 1/4
44 × 1/4 = 11 miles
A coyote can run at a speed of 11 miles for 15 minutes.

Question 4.
An online store sells DVDs for $10 each. The shipping charge for an entire order is $5.50. Frank orders d DVDs. Write an expression that represents the total cost of Frank’s DVDs.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10d + $5.50

Explanation:
An online store sells DVDs for $10 each.
The shipping charge for an entire order is $5.50. Frank orders d DVDs.
The expression will be the product of 10 and d more than 5.50
The expression is 10d + $5.50

Question 5.
A ring costs $27 more than a pair of earrings. The ring costs $90. Write an equation that can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the earrings.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: $90 – $27 = c

Explanation:
A ring costs $27 more than a pair of earrings.
The ring costs $90.
c represents the cost in dollars of the earrings.
Thus the equation is c + $27 = $90
c = $90 – $27.

Question 6.
The equation 3s = 21 can be used to find the number of students s in each van on a field trip. How many students are in each van?
________ students

Answer: 7 students

Explanation:
The equation 3s = 21 can be used to find the number of students s in each van on a field trip.
3s = 21
s = 21/3 = 7
s = 7
Thus there are 7 students in each van.

Share and Show – Page No. 459

Question 1.
Connor ran 3 kilometers in a relay race. His distance represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total distance of the race. The equation \(\frac{3}{10}\)d = 3 can be used to find the total distance d of the race in kilometers. What was the total distance of the race?
________ kilometers

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Connor ran 3 kilometers in a relay race.
His distance represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total distance of the race.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)d = 3
3 × d = 3 × 10
3 × d = 30
d = 30/3 = 10 kilometers
Therefore the total distance of the race is 10 kilometers.

Question 2.
What if Connor’s distance of 3 kilometers represented only \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the total distance of the race. What would the total distance of the race have been?
________ kilometers

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Connor’s distance of 3 kilometers represented only \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the total distance of the race.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) × d = 3
2 × d = 3 × 10
d = 30/2
d = 15 kilometers
Therefore the total distance of the race has been 15 kilometers.

Question 3.
The lightest puppy in a litter weighs 9 ounces, which is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the weight of the heaviest puppy. The equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)w = 9 can be used to find the weight w in ounces of the heaviest puppy. How much does the heaviest puppy weigh?
________ ounces

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The lightest puppy in a litter weighs 9 ounces, which is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the weight of the heaviest puppy.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)w = 9
3 × w = 9 × 4
3 × w = 36
w = 36/3
w = 12
The heaviest puppy weighs 12 ounces.

Question 4.
Sophia took home \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the pizza that was left over from a party. The amount she took represents \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a whole pizza. The equation \(\frac{2}{5}\)p = \(\frac{1}{2}\) can be used to find the number of pizzas p left over from the party. How many pizzas were left over?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pizzas

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas

Explanation:
Sophia took home \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the pizza that was left over from a party.
The amount she took represents \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a whole pizza.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
p = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pizzas were leftover.

Question 5.
A city received \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch of rain on July 31. This represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total amount of rain the city received in July. The equation \(\frac{3}{10}\)r = \(\frac{3}{4}\) can be used to find the amount of rain r in inches the city received in July. How much rain did the city receive in July?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches of rain

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches of rain

Explanation:
A city received \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch of rain on July 31.
This represents \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the total amount of rain the city received in July.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)r = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
r = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{3}\)
r = \(\frac{30}{12}\)
r = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
r = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The city received 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches of rain in July.

On Your Own – Page No. 460

Question 6.
Carole ordered 4 dresses for $80 each, a $25 sweater, and a coat. The cost of the items without sales tax was $430. What was the cost of the coat?
$ _______

Answer: 85

Explanation:
Carole ordered 4 dresses for $80 each, a $25 sweater, and a coat.
The cost of the items without sales tax was $430.
Cost of 4 dresses is 4 × 80 = $320
$320 + $25 = $345
c + 345 = 430
c = 430 – 345
c = 85
Therefore the cost of the coat is $85

Question 7.
A dog sled race is 25 miles long. The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25 can be used to estimate the race’s length k in kilometers. Approximately how many hours will it take a dog sled team to finish the race if it travels at an average speed of 30 kilometers per hour?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours

Explanation:
A dog sled race is 25 miles long.
The equation \(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25
k represents race length in kilometers.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)k = 25
5 × k = 25 × 8
5k = 200
k = 200/5 = 40
k = 40
Average speed is k/30
40/30 = 4/3
The average speed of 30 kilometers per hour is 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours.

Question 8.
Explain a Method Explain how you could use the strategy solve a simpler problem to solve the equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = \(\frac{3}{10}\).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)x = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
x = \(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
x = \(\frac{12}{30}\)
x = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 9.
In a basket of fruit, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the pieces of fruit are apples. There are 20 apples in the display. The equation \(\frac{5}{6}\)f = 20 can be used to find how many pieces of fruit f are in the basket. Use words and numbers to explain how to solve the equation to find how many pieces of fruit are in the basket.
_______ pieces of fruit

Answer: 24

Explanation:
In a basket of fruit, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the pieces of fruit are apples.
There are 20 apples in the display.
\(\frac{5}{6}\)f = 20
5 × f = 20 × 6
5 × f = 120
f = 120/5
f = 24
There are 24 pieces of friut in the basket.

Problem Solving Equations with Fractions – Page No. 461

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Stu is 4 feet tall. This height represents \(\frac{6}{7}\) of his brother’s height. The equation \(\frac{6}{7}\)h = 4 can be used to find the height h, in feet, of Stu’s brother. How tall is Stu’s brother?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Explanation:
Stu is 4 feet tall. This height represents \(\frac{6}{7}\) of his brother’s height.
The equation \(\frac{6}{7}\)h = 4
6/7 × h = 4
6 × h = 4 × 7
6 × h =28
h = 28/6
h = 14/3
h = 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet
Thus the height of Stu’s brother in feet is 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet.

Question 2.
Bryce bought a bag of cashews. He served \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of cashews at a party. This amount represents \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire bag. The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)n = \(\frac{7}{8}\) can be used to find the number of pounds n in a full bag. How many pounds of cashews were in the bag that Bryce bought?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\)

Explanation:
Bryce bought a bag of cashews.
He served \(\frac{7}{8}\) pound of cashews at a party.
This amount represents \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire bag.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)n = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
n = \(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
n = \(\frac{21}{16}\)
n = 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\)
Bryce bought 1 \(\frac{5}{16}\) pounds of cashews were in the bag.

Question 3.
In Jaime’s math class, 9 students chose soccer as their favorite sport. This amount represents \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the entire class. The equation \(\frac{3}{8}\)s = 9 can be used to find the total number of students s in Jaime’s class. How many students are in Jaime’s math class?
______ students

Answer: 24 students

Explanation:
In Jaime’s math class, 9 students chose soccer as their favorite sport.
This amount represents \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the entire class.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)s = 9
3 × s = 9 × 8
3 × s = 72
s = 72/3
s = 24 students
24 students are in Jaime’s math class.

Question 4.
Write a math problem for the equation \(\frac{3}{4}\)n = \(\frac{5}{6}\). Then solve a simpler problem to find the solution.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)n = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
n = \(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
n = \(\frac{20}{18}\)
n = \(\frac{10}{9}\)
n = 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Lesson Check – Page No. 462

Question 1.
Roger served \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of crackers, which was \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the entire box. What was the weight of the crackers originally in the box?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds

Explanation:
Roger served \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of crackers, which was \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × p = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
p = \(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds
\(\frac{15}{16}\) was the weight of the crackers originally in the box.

Question 2.
Bowser ate 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of dog food. That amount is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the entire bag of dog food. How many pounds of dog food were originally in the bag?
______ pounds

Answer 6 pounds

Explanation:
Bowser ate 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of dog food.
That amount is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the entire bag of dog food.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) p = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
p = \(\frac{9}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
p = 6 pounds
6 pounds of dog food were originally in the bag.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the quotient 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{14}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{21}{5}\)
= \(\frac{70}{63}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{70}{63}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Question 4.
Miranda had 4 pounds, 6 ounces of clay. She divided it into 10 equal parts. How heavy was each part?
_______ ounces

Answer: 7 ounces

Explanation:
Miranda had 4 pounds, 6 ounces of clay.
She divided it into 10 equal parts.
Convert from pounds to ounces
We know that
1 pound = 16 ounces
4 pounds = 4 × 16 ounces = 64 ounces
64 ounces + 6 ounces = 70 ounces
Now divide 70 ounces into 10 equal parts.
70 ÷ 10 = 7 ounces.
Thus each part was 7 ounces.

Question 5.
The amount Denise charges to repair computers is $50 an hour plus a $25 service fee. Write an expression to show how much she will charge for h hours of work.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 50h + 25

Explanation:
The amount Denise charges to repair computers is $50 an hour plus a $25 service fee.
The expression will be product of 50 and h more than 25.
The expression is 50h + 25.

Question 6.
Luis has saved $14 for a skateboard that costs $52. He can use the equation 14 + m = 52 to find how much more money m he needs. How much more does he need?
$ _______

Answer: 38

Explanation:
Luis has saved $14 for a skateboard that costs $52. He can use the equation 14 + m = 52
14 + m = 52
m = 52 – 14
m = 38
He needs $38 more.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 463

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 9

Question 1.
A(n) _____ is a statement that two mathematical expressions are equal.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: An equation is a mathematical statement that two expressions are equal.

Question 2.
Adding 5 and subtracting 5 are _____.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Solution of an equation.

Concepts and Skills

Write an equation for the word sentence.

Question 3.
The sum of a number and 4.5 is 8.2.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase “sum” indicates an addition operation.
So, the equation is n + 4.5 = 8.2

Question 4.
Three times the cost is $24.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase “times” indicates multiplication.
Multiply 3 with c.
3c = 24

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.

Question 5.
x − 24 = 58; x = 82
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
82 – 24 = 58
58 = 58
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)c = \(\frac{3}{8}\), c = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)c = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) ≠ \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Solve the equation, and check the solution.

Question 7.
a + 2.4 = 7.8
a = _____

Answer: 5.4

Explanation:
Given the equation is a + 2.4 = 7.8
a + 2.4 = 7.8
a = 7.8 – 2.4
a = 5.4

Question 8.
\(b-\frac{1}{4}=3 \frac{1}{2}\)
b = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(b-\frac{1}{4}=3 \frac{1}{2}\)
b – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b = 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
b = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 9.
3x = 27
x = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Given the equation is 3x = 27
x = 27/3
x = 9

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{3} s=\frac{1}{5}\)
s = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(\frac{1}{3} s=\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\)s = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{t}{4}\) = 16
t = _______

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given the equation is \(\frac{t}{4}\) = 16
t = 16 × 4
t = 64

Question 12.
\(\frac{w}{7}\) = 0.3
w = _______

Answer: 2.1

Explanation:
\(\frac{w}{7}\) = 0.3
w/7 = 0.3
w = 0.3 × 7
w = 2.1

Page No. 464

Question 13.
A stadium has a total of 18,000 seats. Of these, 7,500 are field seats, and the rest are grandstand seats. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of grandstand seats s.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: s + 7500 = 18000

Explanation:
A stadium has a total of 18,000 seats.
Of these, 7,500 are field seats, and the rest are grandstand seats.
Let s be the number of grandstand seats.
s + 7,500 = 18,000

Question 14.
Aaron wants to buy a bicycle that costs $128. So far, he has saved $56. The equation a + 56 = 128 can be used to find the amount a in dollars that Aaron still needs to save. What is the solution of the equation?
The solution is _______

Answer: 72

Explanation:
Aaron wants to buy a bicycle that costs $128. So far, he has saved $56.
The equation a + 56 = 128
a = 128 – 56
a = 72
The solution of the equation a + 56 = 128 is 72.

Question 15.
Ms. McNeil buys 2.4 gallons of gasoline. The total cost is $7.56. Write and solve an equation to find the price p in dollars of one gallon of gasoline.
$ _______

Answer: $3.15

Explanation:
Ms. McNeil buys 2.4 gallons of gasoline.
The total cost is $7.56.
2.4p = 7.56
p = 7.56/2.4
p = $3.15
The price of one gallon of gasoline is $3.15

Question 16.
Crystal is picking blueberries. So far, she has filled \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her basket, and the blueberries weigh \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound. The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)w = \(\frac{3}{4}\) can be used to estimate the weight w in pounds of the blueberries when the basket is full. About how much will the blueberries in Crystal’s basket weigh when it is full?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Crystal is picking blueberries. So far, she has filled \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her basket, and the blueberries weigh \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound.
The equation \(\frac{2}{3}\)w = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
w = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
w = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{8}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pounds

Share and Show – Page No. 467

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the inequality.

Question 1.
a ≥ −6, a = −3
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution a in the inequality.
a = -3
-3 ≥ -6
-3 is greater than -6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 2.
y < 7.8, y = 8 The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution y in the inequality.
y = 8
8 is less than 7.8
8<7.8
The variable is not the solution.

Question 3.
c > \(\frac{1}{4}\), c = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution c in the inequality.
c = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) is greater than \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) > \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 4.
x ≤ 3, x = 3
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution x in the inequality.
x = 3
3 ≤ 3
3 is less than or equal to 3.
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 5.
d < 0.52, d = 0.51
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution d in the inequality.
-0.51 < -0.52
-0.51 is greater than -0.52
The variable is not the solution.

Question 6.
t ≥ \(\frac{2}{3}\), t = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
Substitute the solution t in the inequality.
t = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≥ \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is greater than \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Determine whether s = \(\frac{3}{5}\), s = 0, or s = 1.75 are solutions of the inequality.

Question 7.
s > 1
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s > 1
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) > -1
\(\frac{3}{5}\) is greater than -1.
The variable is the solution.
s = 0
0 > -1
0 is greater than -1
Thus the variable is a solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 > -1
1.75 is greater than -1
s > -1
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 8.
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
s = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) is less than but not equal to 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.
s ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
s = 0
0 ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 ≤ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is not the solution.

Question 9.
s < 0.43
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
s < 0.43
\(\frac{3}{5}\) < 0.43
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
0.6 is not less than 0.43
Thus the variable is not the solution.
s = 0
0 < 0.43
0 is less than 0.43
Thus the variable is the solution.
s = 1.75
1.75 < 0.43
1.75 is greater than 0.43
Thus the variable is not the solution.

Give two solutions of the inequality.

Question 10.
e < 3
Type below: _____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers less than 3.
e = 1 and 2 are the solutions because 1 and 2 are less than 3.
Thus the 2 solutions are 1 and 2.

Question 11.
p > 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers greater than -12
p = 0 and -5 are the solutions because 0 and -5 are greater than -12.
Thus the 2 solutions are 0 and -5.

Question 12.
y ≥ 5.8
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The solution to the inequality must be whole numbers greater than or equal to 5.8
y = 5.8 and 5.9 are the solutions because 5.8 and 5.9 greater than or equal to 5.8
Thus the 2 solutions are 5.8 and 5.9

Question 13.
Connect Symbols and Words A person must be at least 18 years old to vote. The inequality a ≥ 18 represents the possible ages a in years at which a person can vote. Determine whether a = 18, a = 17\(\frac{1}{2}\), and a = 91.5 are solutions of the inequality, and tell what the solutions mean.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
a ≥ 18
Substitute the values of a in the inequality
a = 18
18 ≥ 18
Thus the variable is the solution.
a = 17\(\frac{1}{2}\)
17\(\frac{1}{2}\) ≥ 18
17\(\frac{1}{2}\) is less than 18.
The variable is not the solution.
a = 91.5
91.5 > 18
The solution is mean.

Problem Solving + Applcations – Page No. 468

The table shows ticket and popcorn prices at five movie theater chains. Use the table for 14–15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 10

Question 14.
The inequality p < 4.75 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for popcorn. The inequality p < 8.00 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for a movie ticket. At how many theaters would Paige be willing to buy a ticket and popcorn? ______ theater

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The inequality p < 4.75 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for popcorn. The inequality p < 8.00 represents the prices p in dollars that Paige is willing to pay for a movie ticket.
From the above table, we can see that there is the only theatre with 8.00 and 4.75
So, Paige is willing to buy a ticket and popcorn from 1 theatre.

Question 15.
Sense or Nonsense? Edward says that inequality d ≥ 4.00 represents the popcorn prices in the table, where d is the price of popcorn in dollars. Is Edward’s statement sense or nonsense? Explain. Type below: _____________

Answer: Edward’s statement makes sense because all of the popcorn prices in the table are greater than or equal to $4.00.

Question 16.
Use Math Vocabulary Explain why the statement t > 13 is an inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The statement is equality because it compares two amounts t and 13 using an inequality symbol.

Question 17.
The minimum wind speed for a storm to be considered a hurricane is 74 miles per hour. The inequality w ≥ 74 represents the possible wind speeds of a hurricane.
Two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are _____ and _____.
Two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are _____ and _____

Answer: 75 and 80

Explanation:
Given that w is greater than or equal to 74.
The two possible solutions for the inequality w ≥ 74 are 75 and 80.

Solutions of Inequalities – Page No. 469

Determine whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the inequality.

Question 1.
s ≥ 1, s = 1
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is s ≥ 1
s = 1
1 ≥ 1
1 is a positive number so 1 will be greater than or equal to -1
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 2.
p < 0, p = 4
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is p < 0
Given p = 4
Substitute p = 4 in the inequality.
4 < 0
4 is not less than 0
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 3.
y ≤ 3, y = 1
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is y ≤ 3
y = -1
-1 ≤ 3
– 1 is greater than -3
Thus the variable is not a solution.

Question 4.
u > \(\frac{-1}{2}\), u = 0
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is u > \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
u = 0
0 > \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
0 is greater than \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 5.
q ≥ 0.6, q = 0.23
The variable is _____________

Answer: not a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is q ≥ 0.6
q = 0.23
0.23 is less than 0.6
Thus the variable is a solution.

Question 6.
b < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\), b = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The variable is _____________

Answer: a solution

Explanation:
The inequality is b < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) < 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is less than 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the variable is a solution.

Give two solutions of the inequality.

Question 7.
k < 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
k = 0 and 1 because they are less than 2.
Thus the two possible inequalities for k < 2 are 0 and 1.

Question 8.
z ≥ 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
z = -3 and -2 because -3 and -2 are greater than or equal to -3
Thus the two solutions of the inequality are -3 and -2

Question 9.
f ≤ 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
f = -5 and -6 because -5 and -6 are less than or equal to -5
Thus the two solutions of the inequality are -5 and -6.

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The inequality s ≥ 92 represents the score s that Jared must earn on his next test to get an A on his report card. Give two possible scores that Jared could earn to get the A.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two possible scores that Jared could earn to get the A are 92 and 100.

Question 11.
The inequality m ≤ $20 represents the amount of money that Sheila is allowed to spend on a new hat. Give two possible money amounts that Sheila could spend on the hat.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two possible money amounts that Sheilla could spend on the hat are $15 or $10.

Question 12.
Describe a situation and write an inequality to represent the situation. Give a number that is a solution and another number that is not a solution of the inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In the United States, the minimum age required to run for president is 35. This can be represented by the inequality a ≥ 35.
A number that is a solution is 55 and a number that is not a solution is 29.

Lesson Check – Page No. 470

Question 1.
Three of the following are solutions of g < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\). Which one is not a solution?
g = 4     g = 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)   g = 0    g = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: g = 0

Explanation:
g < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\).
g = 4
-4 < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
g = 7\(\frac{1}{2}\)
7\(\frac{1}{2}\) < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\).
g = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
2\(\frac{1}{2}\) < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
g = 0
0 < 1\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus 0 is not the solution.

Question 2.
The inequality w ≥ 3.2 represents the weight of each pumpkin, in pounds, that is allowed to be picked to be sold. The weights of pumpkins are listed. How many pumpkins can be sold? Which pumpkins can be sold?
3.18 lb, 4 lb, 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb, 3.15 lb
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb

Explanation:
The inequality w ≥ 3.2 represents the weight of each pumpkin, in pounds, that is allowed to be picked to be sold.
Substitute the solutions in the inequality.
w = 3.18
3.18 ≥ 3.2
3.18 is less than 3.2
3.18 < 3.2 lb
w = 4 lb
4 ≥ 3.2
4 is greater than 3.2
4 > 3.2
w = 3.2 lb
3.2 ≥ 3.2
3.2 lb is greater than 3.2 lb
w = 3.4 lb
3.4 ≥ 3.2
3.4 lb is greater than 3.2 lb
w = 3.15 lb
3.15 < 3.2
Thus 3.2 lb, 3.4 lb pumpkins can be sold.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the value of 8 + (27 ÷ 9)2?
_______

Answer: 17

Explanation:
8 + (27 ÷ 9)2?
8 + (3)2
8 + 9 = 17

Question 4.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 5(3x + 2z).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 15x + 10z

Explanation:
5(3x + 2z)
5 × 3x + 5 × 2z
15x + 10z
The expression equivalent to 5(3x + 2z) is 15x + 10z

Question 5.
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95. The equation 8.95 + c = 41.50 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the sandals. How much did the sandals cost?
$ _______

Answer: $32.55

Explanation:
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95.
The equation is 8.95 + c = 41.50
c = 41.50 – 8.95
c = $32.55
The cost of the sandal is 32.55

Question 6.
Two-thirds of a number is equal to 20. What is the number?
_______

Answer: 30

Explanation:
2/3 × n = 20
n = 3/2 × 20
n =  3 × 10
n = 30
The number is 30.

Share and Show – Page No. 473

Write an inequality for the word sentence. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.

Question 1.
The elevation e is greater than or equal to 15 meters.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase greater than or equal to represents “≥”
Thus the inequality is e ≥ 15

Question 2.
A passenger’s age a must be more than 4 years.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase more than represents the greater than symbol “>”
Thus the inequality is a > 4

Write a word sentence for the inequality.

Question 3.
b < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above inequality we can write the word sentence for inequality as,
b is less than \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
m ≥ 55
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above inequality we can write the word sentence for inequality as,
m is greater than or equal to 55.

On Your Own

Question 5.
Compare Explain the difference between t ≤ 4 and t < 4.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
t ≤ 4 is t is less than or equal to 4 which means t is equal to 4 or 3.9.
t < 4 is t is less than 4 which means t is equal to 3, 2, or 1 or 0.

Question 6.
A children’s roller coaster is limited to riders whose height is at least 30 inches and at most 48 inches. Write two inequalities that represent the height h of riders for the roller coaster.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
h represents the height of riders for the roller coaster.
A children’s roller coaster is limited to riders whose height is at least 30 inches and at most 48 inches.
ar least 30 inches means h must be greater than or equal to 30 inches.
i.e., h ≥ 30 inches
at most 48 inches means h must be less than 48 inches.
i.e., h < 48 inches

Question 7.
Match the inequality with the word sentence it represents.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 11
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-11

Make Generalizations – Page No. 474

The reading skill make generalizations can help you write inequalities to represent situations. A generalization is a statement that is true about a group of facts.

Sea otters spend almost their entire lives in the ocean. Their thick fur helps them to stay warm in cold water. Sea otters often float together in groups called rafts. A team of biologists weighed the female sea otters in one raft off the coast of Alaska. The chart shows their results.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 12

Question 8.
Write two inequalities that represent generalizations about the sea otter weights.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, list the weights in pounds in order from least to greatest.
50, 51, 54, 58, 61, 61, 62, 62, 66, 68, 69, 71
Next, write an inequality to describe the weights by using the least weight on the list. Let w represent weights of the otters in the pounds.
The least weight is 50 pounds, so all of the weights are greater than or equal to 50 pounds.
w ≥ 50
Now write an inequality to describe the weights by using the greatest weights in the list.
The greatest weight is 71 pounds, so all of the weights are less than or equal to 71 pounds.
w ≤ 71

Question 9.
Use the chart at the right to write two inequalities that represent generalizations about the number of sea otter pups per raft.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 13
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, list the number of pups in order from least to greatest.
6, 6, 7, 10, 15, 16, 20, 23
Next, write an inequality to describe the number of pups by using the least number of pups on the list. Let n represent the number of pups.
The least weight is 6 pups. So all of the pups will be greater than or equal to 6.
n ≥ 6
Now write an inequality to describe the number of pups by using the greatest weights in the list.
The greatest weight is 23 pups so all of the weights are less than or equal to 23 pups.
n ≤ 23 pups

Write Inequalities – Page No. 475

Write an inequality for the word sentence. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.

Question 1.
The width w is greater than 4 centimeters.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than” is >. w > 4, where w is the width in centimeters. w is a positive number.

Question 2.
The score s in a basketball game is greater than or equal to 10 points
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than or equal to” is ≥. s ≥ 10, where s is the score in the basketball game. s is a positive number.

Question 3.
The mass m is less than 5 kilograms
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “less than” is <. m < 5, where m is the mass in kilograms. m is a positive number.

Question 4.
The height h is greater than 2.5 meters
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “greater than” is >. h > 2.5, where h is the height in meters. h is a positive number.

Question 5.
The temperature t is less than or equal to −3°.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality symbol for “less than or equal to” is ≤. t ≤  −3° where t is the temperature in degrees. t is a negative number.

Write a word sentence for the inequality.

Question 6.4
k < 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The word sentence for the inequality is k is less than -7.

Question 7.
z ≥ 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The word sentence for the inequality is z is greater than or equal to 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Tabby’s mom says that she must read for at least 30 minutes each night. If m represents the number of minutes reading, what inequality can represent this situation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m ≥ 30

Explanation:
Tabby’s mom says that she must read for at least 30 minutes each night.
m represents the number of minutes of reading.
m is greater than or equal to 30.
Thus the inequality is m ≥ 30.

Question 9.
Phillip has a $25 gift card to his favorite restaurant. He wants to use the gift card to buy lunch. If c represents the cost of his lunch, what inequality can describe all of the possible amounts of money, in dollars, that Phillip can spend on lunch?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c ≤ 25

Explanation:
Phillip has a $25 gift card to his favorite restaurant.
He wants to use the gift card to buy lunch.
c represents the cost of his lunch
c is less than or equal to 25.
Thus the inequality is c ≤ 25.

Question 10.
Write a short paragraph explaining to a new student how to write an inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Inequality is a statement that two quantities are not equal.
To know which direction to shade a graph, I write inequalities with the variable on the left side of the inequality symbol. I know that the symbol has to point to the same number after I rewrite the inequality.
For example, I write 4 < y as y > 4
Now the inequality symbol points in the direction that I should draw the shaded arrow on my graph.

Lesson Check – Page No. 476

Question 1.
At the end of the first round in a quiz show, Jeremy has at most −20 points. Write an inequality that means “at most −20”.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The phrase at most refers to less than or equal to.
Thus the inequality is J ≤ -20

Question 2.
Describe the meaning of y ≥ 7.9 in words.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y ≥ 7.9 means y is greater than or equal to 7.9

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Let y represent Jaron’s age in years. If Dawn were 5 years older, she would be Jaron’s age. Which expression represents Dawn’s age?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y – 5

Explanation:
Let y represent Jaron’s age in years.
If Dawn were 5 years older, she would be Jaron’s age.
We have to subtract 5 years to know the age of Jaron.
Thus the expression is y – 5.

Question 4.
Simplify the expression 7 × 3g.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 21g

Question 5.
What is the solution of the equation 8 = 8f?
f = ________

Answer:
8 = 8f
f = 8/8 = 1
f = 1
The solution for the equation 8 = 8f is 1.

Question 6.
Which of the following are solutions of the inequality k ≤ 2?
k = 0   k = 2   k = 4   k = 1   k = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: k = -2 k = -4

Explanation:
k = 0 in the inequality
k ≤ 2
0 ≤ 2
0 is less than but not equal to -2
Thus 0 is not the solution.
k = 2
k ≤ 2
-2 ≤ 2
Thus -2 is the solution.
k = 4
k ≤ 2
-4 ≤ 2
Thus -4 is the solution.
k = 1
1 ≤ 2
1 ≤ 2
1 is greater than but not equal to -2
Thus 1 is not the solution.
k = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ≤ 2
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ≤ 2
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is less than but not equal to -2
Thus 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is not the solution.

Share and Show – Page No. 479

Graph the inequality.

Question 1.
m < 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Grap the inequality solution img-1

Question 2.
c ≥ 1.5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-2

Question 3.
b ≤ \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Solution Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-3

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Graph the inequality.

Question 4.
a < \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph the inequalities img-4

Question 5.
x > 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 graph inequalities img-5

Question 6.
k ≥ 0.3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 8 answer key graph inequalities img-6

Question 7.
t ≤ 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go math key grade 6 chapter 8 graph inequalities img-7

Write the inequality represented by the graph.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m < 6

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n ≥ -7

Question 10.
Model Mathematics The inequality w ≥ 60 represents the wind speed w in miles per hour of a tornado. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:

Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities img-8

Question 11.
Graph the solutions of the inequality c < 12 ÷ 3 on the number line
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
c < 12 ÷ 3
c < 4
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Answer Key Graph inequalities img-9

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 480

The table shows the height requirements for rides at an amusement park. Use the table for 12–16
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 16

Question 12.
Write an inequality representing t, the heights in inches of people who can go on Twirl & Whirl.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The minimum height of people who can go on Twirl and Whirl is 48 inches.
So, inequality is t ≥ 48.

Question 13.
Graph your inequality from Exercise 12.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Draw a full circle at 48 to show that 48 is a solution.
Shade to the right of 48 to show that values greater than or equal to 48 are solutions.

Question 14.
Write an inequality representing r, the heights in inches of people who can go on Race Track.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The minimum height of people who can go on Race track is 24 inches.
So, the inequality is r ≥ 42.

Question 15.
Graph your inequality from Exercise 14.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Draw a full circle at 42 to show that 42 is a solution.
Shade to the right of 42 to show that values greater than or equal to 48 are solutions.

Question 16.
Write an inequality representing b, the heights in inches of people who can go on both River Rapids and Mighty Mountain. Explain how you determined your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You need to be at least 38 inches tall to go on River Rapids and at least 44 inches tall to go on Mighty mountain.
So, you need to be at least 44 inches tall to go on both rides.
The inequality is b ≥ 44.

Question 17.
Alena graphed the inequality c ≤ 25. Darius said that 25 is not part of the solution of the inequality. Do you agree or disagree with Darius? Use numbers and words to support your answer
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 17
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Yes I agree with Darius.
That dark circle and the arrow to the left indicates that c ≤ 25

Graph Inequalities – Page No. 481

Graph the inequality.

Question 1.
h ≥ 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities image-1

Question 2.
x < \(\frac{-4}{5}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Key Graph Inequalities image-2

Question 3.
y > 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graph inequalities image-3

Question 4.
n ≥ 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Key for Grade 6 Chapter 8 Graoh inequalities image-4

Question 5.
c ≤ 0.4
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key chapter 8 graph inequalities image-5

Write the inequality represented by the graph.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 18
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n > 3

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 19
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n > -5

Problem Solving

Question 8.
The inequality x ≤ 2 represents the elevation x of a certain object found at a dig site. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality x ≤ 2 represents the elevation x of a certain object found at a dig site.
Go math answer key grade 6 chapter 8 graph inequalities image-6

Question 9.
The inequality x ≥ 144 represents the possible scores x needed to pass a certain test. Graph the solutions of the inequality on the number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Answer Key Graph inequalities image-7

Question 10.
Write an inequality and graph the solutions on a number line.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The inequality is n ≥ -7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 15

Lesson Check – Page No. 482

Question 1.
Write the inequality that is shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 20
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x ≥ -2
The number line at right shows the solutions of the inequality x ≥ -2

Question 2.
Describe the graph of g < 0.6.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 solution img-5

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write an expression that shows the product of 5 and the difference of 12 and 9.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The equation for the product of 5 and the difference of 12 and 9
5 × 12 – 9
The equation is 5(12 – 9).

Question 4.
What is the solution of the equation 8.7 + n = 15.1?
n = ________

Answer: 6.4

Explanation:
The equation is 8.7 + n = 15.1
n + 8.7 = 15.1
n = 15.1 – 8.7
n = 6.4

Question 5.
The equation 12x = 96 gives the number of egg cartons x needed to package 96 eggs. Solve the equation to find the number of cartons needed.
________ cartons

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Given,
The equation 12x = 96 gives the number of egg cartons x needed to package 96 eggs.
12x = 96
x = 96/12 = 8
Thus 8 number of cartons are needed.

Question 6.
The lowest price on an MP3 song is $0.35. Write an inequality that represents the cost c of an MP3 song.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given that,
The lowest price on an MP3 song is $0.35.
c ≥ 0.35
That is an inequality to represent the cost of an MP3 song.

Chapter 8 Review/Test – Page No. 483

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the given value of the variable is a solution of the equation.
1a. \(\frac{2}{5}\)v=10; v = 25
1b. n + 5 = 15; n = 5
1c. 5z = 25; z = 5
1a. _____________
1b. _____________
1c. _____________

Answer:
1a. \(\frac{2}{5}\)v=10; v = 25
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × 25=10
2 × 5 = 10
10 = 10
The variable is a solution.
Thus the answer is yes.
1b. n + 5 = 15; n = 5
Substitute n = 5
5 + 5 = 15
10 ≠ 15
The variable is not a solution.
The answer is no.
1c. 5z = 25; z = 5
Substitute z = 5
5 × 5 = 25
25 = 25
The variable is a solution.
Thus the answer is yes.

Question 2.
The distance from third base to home plate is 88.9 feet. Romeo was 22.1 feet away from third base when he was tagged out. The equation 88.9 − t = 22.1 can be used to determine how far he needed to run to get to home plate. Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run _____ feet to get to home plate.
Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run _____________ feet to get to home plate

Answer: 66.8 feet

Explanation:
The distance from third base to home plate is 88.9 feet.
Romeo was 22.1 feet away from third base when he was tagged out.
The equation is 88.9 − t = 22.1
88.9 − t = 22.1
88.9 – 22.1 = t
t = 66.8 feet
Thus Using substitution, the coach determines that Romeo needed to run 66.8 feet to get to the home plate.

Question 3.
There are 84 grapes in a bag. Four friends are sharing the grapes. Write an equation that can be used to find out how many grapes g each friend will get if each friend gets the same number of grapes.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
84 = 4g
84 is the total amount of grapes
4 is the number of friends
g = how many grapes each friend will get

Question 4.
Match each scenario with the equation that can be used to solve it.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 21
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-21

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 484

Question 5.
Frank’s hockey team attempted 15 more goals than Spencer’s team. Frank’s team attempted 23 goals. Write and solve an equation that can be used to find how many goals Spencer’s team attempted.
______ goals

Answer: 8 goals

Explanation:
Frank’s hockey team attempted 15 more goals than Spencer’s team.
Frank’s team attempted 23 goals.
Let x be the Spencer’s team
The phrase more than indicates addition operation.
x + 15 = 23
x = 23 – 15
x = 8 goals

Question 6.
Ryan solved the equation 10 + y = 17 by drawing a model. Use numbers and words to explain how Ryan’s model can be used to find the solution
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 22
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y = 7

Explanation:

  • Draw 11 rectangles on your MathBoard to represent the two sides of the equation.
  • Use algebra tiles to model the equation. Model y + 10 in the left rectangle, and model 17 in the right rectangle.
  • To solve the equation, get the y tile by itself on one side. If you remove a tile from one side, you can keep the two sides equal by removing the same type of tile from the other side.
  • Remove ten 1 tiles on the left side and ten 1 tiles on the right side.
  • The remaining titles will be seven 1 tiles on the right sides.

Thus 10 + y = 17
y = 17 – 10 = 7
y = 7

Question 7.
Gabriella and Max worked on their math project for a total of 6 hours. Max worked on the project for 2 hours by himself. Solve the equation x + 2 = 6 to find out how many hours Gabriella worked on the project.
______ hours

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation:
Gabriella and Max worked on their math project for a total of 6 hours.
Max worked on the project for 2 hours by himself.
x + 2 = 6
x = 6 – 2
x = 4
Gabriella worked 4 hours on the project.

Question 8.
Select the equations that have the solution m = 17. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 + m = 21
b. m − 2 = 15
c. 14 = m − 3
d. 2 = m − 15

Answer: B, C, D

Explanation:
a. 3 + m = 21
3 + 17 = 21
20 ≠ 21
b. m − 2 = 15
17 – 2 = 15
15 = 15
c. 14 = m − 3
14 = 17 – 3
14 = 14
d. 2 = m − 15
2 = 17 – 15
2 = 2
Thus the correct answers are B, C and D.

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 485

Question 9.
Describe how you could use algebra tiles to model the equation 4x = 20.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
4x = 20
x = 20/4 = 5
x = 5
Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key Chapter 8 solution img-3

Question 10.
For numbers 10a–10d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation has the solution x = 12.
10a. \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = 9
10b. 3x = 36
10c. 5x = 70
10d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 4
10a. _____________
10b. _____________
10c. _____________
10d. _____________

Answer:
10a. Yes
10b. Yes
10c. No
10d. Yes

Explanation:
10a. \(\frac{3}{4}\)x = 9
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 9
3 × 3 = 9
9 = 9
Thus the answer is yes.
10b. 3x = 36
x = 12
3 × 12 = 36
36 = 36
Thus the answer is yes.
10c. 5x = 70
x = 12
5 × 12 = 70
60 ≠ 70
Thus the answer is no.
10d. \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 4
x/3 = 4
x = 4 × 3
x = 12
Thus the answer is yes.

Question 11.
Bryan rides the bus to and from work on the days he works at the library. In one month, he rode the bus 24 times. Solve the equation 2x = 24 to find the number of days Bryan worked at the library. Use a model.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
2x = 24
x = 24/2 = 12
Thus x = 12
Go Math Grade 6 Key chapter 8 solution img-4

Chapter 8 Review/Test – Page No. 486

Question 12.
Betty needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a yard of fabric to make a skirt. She bought 9 yards of fabric.
Part A
Write and solve an equation to find how many skirts x she can make from 9 yards of fabric.
________ skirts

Answer: 12 skirts

Explanation:
Betty needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a yard of fabric to make a skirt.
She bought 9 yards of fabric.
x × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 9
x = 9 × \(\frac{4}{3}\)
x = 3 × 4 = 12
x = 12
she can make 12 skirts from 9 yards of fabric.

Question 12.
Part B
Explain how you determined which operation was needed to write the equation
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Division operation is needed to write the equation to know how many x skirts she can make from 9 yards of fabric.

Question 13.
Karen is working on her math homework. She solves the equation \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 56 and says that the solution is b = 7. Do you agree or disagree with Karen? Use words and numbers to support your answer. If her answer is incorrect, find the correct answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Karen is working on her math homework.
She solves the equation \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 56 and says that the solution is b = 7.
I Disagree with Karen.
b/8 = 56; multiply both sides by 8 to solve for b, and you get b = 448

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 487

Question 14.
There are 70 historical fiction books in the school library. Historical fiction books make up \(\frac{1}{10}\) of the library’s collection. The equation \(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70 can be used to find out how many books the library has. Solve the equation to find the total number of books in the library’s collection. Use numbers and words to explain how to solve \(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Given
Number of historical books = 70
The equation used to find the totals number of books in the library collection.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)b = 70
b = 70 × 10
b = 700
Hence there are 700 books in the library collection.

Question 15.
Andy drove 33 miles on Monday morning. This was \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the total number of miles he drove on Monday. Solve the equation \(\frac{3}{7}\)m = 33 to find the total number of miles Andy drove on Monday.
______ miles

Answer: 77 miles

Explanation:
Andy drove 33 miles on Monday morning.
This was \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the total number of miles he drove on Monday.
\(\frac{3}{7}\)m = 33
3 × m = 33 × 7
3 × m = 231
m = 231/3
m = 77 miles
Therefore the total number of miles Andy drove on Monday is 77 miles.

Question 16.
The maximum number of players allowed on a lacrosse team is 23. The inequality t≤23 represents the total number of players t allowed on the team.
Two possible solutions for the inequality are _____ and _____.
Two possible solutions for the inequality are _____ and _____

Answer:
The maximum number of players allowed on a lacrosse team is 23.
t ≤ 23
Thus the two possible solutions for the inequality are 22 and 23.

Question 17.
Mr. Charles needs to have at least 10 students sign up for homework help in order to use the computer lab. The inequality h ≥ 10 represents the number of students h who must sign up. Select possible solutions of the inequality. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 10
e. 11
f. 12

Answer: D, E

Explanation:
Mr. Charles needs to have at least 10 students sign up for homework help in order to use the computer lab.
h ≥ 10
The number near to 10 is 10 and 11
Thus the correct answers are options D and E.

Chapter 8 Review/Test Page No. 488

Question 18.
The maximum capacity of the school auditorium is 420 people. Write an inequality for the situation. Tell what type of numbers the variable in the inequality can represent.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The maximum capacity of the school auditorium is 420 people
Let x be the maximum people
The inequality is x is less than or equal to 420.
x ≤ 420

Question 19.
Match the inequality to the word sentence it represents
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 23
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Solutions-of-Equations-img-23

Question 20.
Cydney graphed the inequality d ≤ 14.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations img 24
Part A
Dylan said that 14 is not a solution of the inequality. Do you agree or disagree with Dylan? Use numbers and words to support your answer
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Agree with Dylan. Because the dark circle shows that it is not the solution.

Question 20.
Part B
Suppose Cydney’s graph had an empty circle at 14. Write the inequality represented by this graph.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y < 14
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter Key solution img-10

Conclusion:

Grow through a daily set of highly focused practice questions present on Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 8 Solution Key. We have included the advice of expert professionals to help the students for a better understanding of solving problems. Test your knowledge by solving the problems in the Review test. Stay tuned to our Go Math Answer Key to get the study materials of all grade 6 chapters.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 8 Solutions of Equations Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-2-fractions-and-decimals

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Do you want the best learning material for your students? Then, you are at the correct place. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals PDF is included here for free. All the solutions and explanations will let you understand the easy way of learning and practice the maths in an easy way. Get the support by referring Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Solution Key. Every individual’s first preference to reach their target is HMH Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key.

Improve your student’s maths-solving skills with the help of Go Math 6th Standard Answer Key. Unlimited practice access with all the maths questions and answers along with the practice questions. Use Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key handy solutions to learn the deep maths online. You can also download Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals for free.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Answer Key

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Solution Key helps you to assess your preparation level. You can easily know which concepts are difficult for preparation and find a simple way to solve the problems using Grade 6 Go Math Answer Key. Learn the concepts easily and apply them to real-life to have a smooth life.

Lesson 1: Fractions and Decimals

Lesson 2: Compare and Order Fractions and Decimals

Lesson 3: Multiply Fractions

Lesson 4: Simplify Factors

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Model Fraction Division

Lesson 6: Estimate Quotients

Lesson 7: Divide Fractions

Lesson 8: Investigate • Model Mixed Number Division

Lesson 9: Divide Mixed Numbers

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Fraction Operations

Chapter 2 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 71

Write as a fraction or as a mixed number in simplest form.

Question 1.
95.5
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
95.5
95.5 is 95 ones and 5 tenths.
5 tenths = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 5 and 10 is 10.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 10
\(\frac{5 ÷ 10}{10 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
0.6
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
0.6
6 tenths = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 6 and 10 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 10
\(\frac{6 ÷ 2}{10 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Compare Fractions and Decimals Lesson 1 Question 3.
5.75
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
5.75 is 5 ones and 75 hundredths.
75 hundredths = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 75 and 100 is 25.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 25
5\(\frac{75 ÷ 25}{100 ÷ 25}\) = 5\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Write as a decimal.

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)
_____

Answer:
0.875

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
7/8 = 0.875
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.875 = 0.875.
So, \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875

Question 5.
\(\frac{13}{20}\)
_____

Answer:
0.65

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{13}{20}\) = 0.65
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.65 = 0.65.
So, \(\frac{13}{20}\) = 0.65

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{25}\)
_____

Answer:
0.12

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{3}{25}\) = 0.12
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.12 = 0.12.
So, \(\frac{3}{25}\)= 0.12

On Your Own

Write as a fraction or as a mixed number in simplest form.

Question 7.
0.27
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{27}{100}\)

Explanation:
0.27 is 0 ones and 27 hundredths.
27 hundredths = \(\frac{27}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 27 and 100 is 1.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 1
\(\frac{27 ÷ 1}{100 ÷ 1}\) = \(\frac{27}{100}\)

Question 8.
0.055
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{200}\)

Explanation:
0.055 is 0 ones and 55 thousandths.
55 thousandths = \(\frac{55}{1000}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 55 and 1000 is 5.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 5
\(\frac{55 ÷ 5}{1000 ÷ 5}\) = \(\frac{11}{200}\)

Question 9.
2.45
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{20}\)

Explanation:
2.45 is 2 ones and 45 hundredths.
45 hundredths = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 45 and 100 is 5.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 1
\(\frac{45 ÷ 5}{100 ÷ 5}\) = \(\frac{9}{20}\)

Write as a decimal.

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
_____

Answer:
0.375

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.375 = 0.375.
So, \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375

Decimal Questions and Answers for Grade 6 Question 11.
3 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
_____

Answer:
3.2

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2
The quotient has 1 decimal place.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
3 + 0.2 = 3.2.
So, 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 3.2

Question 12.
2 \(\frac{11}{20}\)
_____

Answer:
2.55

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{11}{20}\) = 0.55
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
2 + 0.55 = 2.55.
So, 2 \(\frac{11}{20}\) = 2.55

Identify a decimal and a fraction in simplest form for the point.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 1

Question 13.
Point A
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.2

Question 14.
Point B
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.9

Explanation:
Point B is between 0.8 and 1.0. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point B is at 0.9

Question 15.
Point C
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.5

Explanation:
Point C is between 0.4 and 0.6. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point C is at 0.5

Question 16.
Point D
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.1

Explanation:
Point D is between 0 and 0.2. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point D is at 0.1

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 72

Use the table for 17 and 18.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 2

Question 17.
Members of the Ozark Trail Hiking Club hiked a steep section of the trail in June and July. The table shows the distances club members hiked in miles. Write Maria’s July distance as a decimal.
_____ miles

Answer:
2.625 miles

Explanation:
Maria’s July distance = 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) = 0.625
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
2 + 0.625 = 2.625.
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 2.625

Question 18.
How much farther did Zoey hike in June and July than Maria hiked in June and July? Explain how you found your answer.
_____ miles

Answer:
0.7 miles

Explanation:
Maria: June = 2.95, July = 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 2.58
Zoey: June = 2.85, July = 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 3.38
[2.85 + 3.38] – [2.95 + 2.58] = 0.7 miles

Question 19.
What’s the Error? Tabitha’s hiking distance in July was 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles. She wrote the distance as 2.02 miles. What error did she make?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Tabitha’s hiking distance in July was 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles.
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{1}{5}\)  = 0.2
The quotient has 1 decimal place.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
2 + 0.2 = 2.2.
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 2.2
She wrote the distance as 2.02 miles in mistake.

Question 20.
Use Patterns Write \(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{4}{8}, \text { and } \frac{5}{8}\) as decimals. What pattern do you see? Use the pattern to predict the decimal form of \(\frac{6}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{8}\).
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{4}{8}, \text { and } \frac{5}{8}\) as decimals.
0.375, 0.5, 0.625
Each decimal is separated by 0.125.
So, 6/8 = 0.625 + 0.125 = 0.75
7/8 = 0.75 + 0.125 = 0.875

Question 21.
Identify a decimal and a fraction in simplest form for the point.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 3
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Point A: 0.5
Point B: 0.7
Point C: 0.3
Point D: 0.8

Explanation:
Every point is differentiated by 0.1 distance.
The A is between 0.4 and 0.6 which is 0.5
The B is between 0.6 and 0.8 which is 0.7
The C is between 0.1 and 0.6 which is 0.53

Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 73

Write as a fraction or as a mixed number in simplest form.

Question 1.
0.52
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{13}{25}\)

Explanation:
0.52
0.52 is 52 hundredths.
52 hundredths = \(\frac{52}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 52 and 100 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4
\(\frac{52 ÷ 4}{100 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{13}{25}\)

Question 2.
0.02
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{50}\)

Explanation:
0.02
0.02 is 2 hundredths.
2 hundredths = \(\frac{2}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 2 and 100 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2
\(\frac{2 ÷ 2}{100 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{1}{50}\)

Question 3.
4.8
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
4.8
4.8 is 4 ones and 8 tenths.
8 tenths = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 8 and 10 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2
\(\frac{8 ÷ 2}{10 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 4.
6.025
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{40}\)

Explanation:
6.025 is 6 ones and 25 thousandths.
25 thousandths = \(\frac{25}{1000}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 25 and 1000 is 25.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 25
\(\frac{25 ÷ 25}{1000 ÷ 25}\) = \(\frac{1}{40}\)

Write as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{17}{25}\)
______

Answer:
0.68

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
17/25 = 0.68
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.68 = 0.68.
So, \(\frac{17}{25}\) = 0.68

Question 6.
\(\frac{11}{20}\)
______

Answer:
0.55

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
11/20 = 0.55
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.55 = 0.55.
So, \(\frac{11}{20}\) = 0.55

Question 7.
4 \(\frac{13}{20}\)
______

Answer:
4.65

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{13}{20}\) = 0.65
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
4 + 0.65 = 4.65.
So, 4 \(\frac{13}{20}\) = 4.65

Question 8.
7 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
______

Answer:
7.375

Explanation:
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
7 + 0.375 = 7.375.
So, 7 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 7.375

Identify a decimal and a fraction or mixed number in simplest form for each point.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 4

Question 9.
Point A
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:

Point A is between 0 and 0.5. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point A is at 0.4

Question 10.
Point D
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1.9

Explanation:
Point D is between 1.5 and 2. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point D is at 1.9

Question 11.
Point C
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1.2

Explanation:
Point C is between 1 and 1.5. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point C is at 1.2

Question 12.
Point B
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.6

Explanation:
Point C is between 0.5 and 1. Every point is separated by 0.1. So, Point C is at 0.6

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Grace sold \(\frac{5}{8}\) of her stamp collection. What is this amount as a decimal?
______

Answer:
0.625

Explanation:
Grace sold \(\frac{5}{8}\) of her stamp collection.
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)  = 0.625
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.625 = 0.625.
So, \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 0.625

Question 14.
What if you scored an 0.80 on a test? What fraction of the test, in simplest form, did you answer correctly?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
0.80 is 0 ones and 8 tenths.
8 tenths = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 8 and 10 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2
\(\frac{8 ÷ 2}{10 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Chapter 2 Fractions Decimals and Percents Question 15.
What fraction in simplest form is equivalent to 0.45? What decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{17}{20}\)? Explain how you found your answers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.45 is 0 ones and 45 hundredths.
45 hundredths = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 45 and 100 is 5.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 5
\(\frac{45 ÷ 5}{100 ÷ 5}\) = \(\frac{9}{20}\)
\(\frac{17}{20}\)
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{17}{20}\) = 0.85
The quotient has 2 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
0 + 0.85 = 0.85.
So, \(\frac{17}{20}\) = 0.85

Lesson Check – Page No. 74

Question 1.
After a storm, Michael measured 6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) inches of snow. What is this amount as a decimal?
______ inches

Answer:
6.875 inches

Explanation:
Michael measured 6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) inches of snow.
Use division to rename the fraction part as a decimal.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
The quotient has 3 decimal places.
Add the whole number to the decimal.
6 + 0.875 = 6.875.
So, 6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 6.875.

Question 2.
A recipe calls for 3.75 cups of flour. What is this amount as a mixed number in simplest form?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups

Answer:
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups

Explanation:
A recipe calls for 3.75 cups of flour.
3 + 0.75
0.75 is 0 ones and 75 hundredths.
75 hundredths = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 75 and 100 is 25.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 25
\(\frac{75 ÷ 25}{100 ÷ 25}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Gina bought 2.3 pounds of red apples and 2.42 pounds of green apples. They were on sale for $0.75 a pound. How much did the apples cost altogether?
$ ______

Answer:
$3.54

Explanation:
Gina bought 2.3 pounds of red apples and 2.42 pounds of green apples. They were on sale for $0.75 a pound.
$0.75 x 2.3 = 1.725
$0.75 x 2.42 = 1.815
1.725 + 1.815 = 3.54
So the apples cost $3.54

Question 4.
Ken has 4.66 pounds of walnuts, 2.1 pounds of cashews, and 8 pounds of peanuts. He mixes them together and divides them equally among 18 bags. How many pounds of nuts are in each bag?
______ pounds

Answer:
0.82 pounds

Explanation:
Ken has 4.66 pounds of walnuts, 2.1 pounds of cashews, and 8 pounds of peanuts.
4.66 + 2.1 + 8 = 14.76
He mixes them together and divides them equally among 18 bags.
14.76/18 = 0.82

Question 5.
Mia needs to separate 270 blue pens and 180 red pens into packs. Each pack will have the same number of blue pens and the same number of red pens. What is the greatest number of packs she can make? How many red pens and how many blue pens will be in each pack?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
There are 2 red pens and 3 blue pens in each pack.

Explanation:
Mia needs to separate 270 blue pens and 180 red pens into packs.
The GCF of 270 and 180 is 90
The greatest number of packs she can make is 90.
Divide the total number of red pens by the total number of packs.
180/90 = 2
Divide the total number of blue pens by the total number of packs.
270/90 = 3
There are 2 red pens and 3 blue pens in each pack.

Question 6.
Evan buys 19 tubes of watercolor paint for $50.35. What is the cost of each tube of paint?
$ ______

Answer:
$2.65

Explanation:
Evan buys 19 tubes of watercolor paint for $50.35.
$50.35/19 = $2.65

Share and Show – Page No. 77

Order from least to greatest.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{3}{6}, 3 \frac{5}{8}, 2 \frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) < 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) < 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(3 \frac{3}{6}, 3 \frac{5}{8}, 2 \frac{9}{10}\)
Compare the whole numbers first.
2 < 3
If the whole numbers are the same, compare the fractions.
3 \(\frac{3}{6}\), 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
6 and 8 are multiples of 48.
So, 48 is a common denominator.
3 \(\frac{3 x 8}{6 x 8}\) = 3 \(\frac{24}{48}\), 3 \(\frac{5 x 6}{8 x 6}\) = 3 \(\frac{30}{48}\)
3 \(\frac{24}{48}\) < 3 \(\frac{30}{48}\)
So, 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) < 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Order the fractions from least to greatest.
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) < 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) < 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Write <, >, or =.

Question 2.
0.8 _____ \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Answer:
0.8 < latex]\frac{4}{12}[/latex]

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{4}{12}\) = 0.3333
0.8 > 0.333
So, 0.8 < latex]\frac{4}{12}[/latex]

Question 3.
0.22 _____ \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
0.22 < \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25
0.22 < 0.25
So, 0.22 < \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{20}\) _____ 0.06

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{20}\) < 0.06

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{1}{20}\) = 0.05
0.05 < 0.06
So, \(\frac{1}{20}\) < 0.06

Use a number line to order from least to greatest.

Question 5.
\(1 \frac{4}{5}, 1.25, 1 \frac{1}{10}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{10}\), 1.25, 1\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 1\(\frac{4}{5}\) = 1.8
Write the decimal form of 1\(\frac{1}{10}\) = 1.1
1.8, 1.25, 1.1
Locate each decimal on a number line.
So, from least to greatest, the order is 1.1, 1.25, 1.8
1\(\frac{1}{10}\), 1.25, 1\(\frac{4}{5}\)

On Your Own

Order from least to greatest.

Question 6.
0.6, \(\frac{4}{5}\), 0.75
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.6, 0.75, \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 0.8
0.6, 0.8, 0.75
Compare decimals.
All ones are equal.
Compare tenths: 6 < 7 < 8
So, from least to greatest, the order is 0.6, 0.75, 0.8
So, 0.6, 0.75, \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Practice and Homework Lesson 2.2 Answer Key Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{5}\), \(\frac{7}{15}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\), \(\frac{7}{15}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0.5
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 0.4
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{7}{15}\) = 0.466
0.5, 0.4, 0.466
Compare decimals.
All ones are equal.
Compare tenths: 4 < 5
Compare hundredths of 0.4 and 0.466; 0 < 6
So, from least to greatest, the order is 0.4 < 0.466 < 0.5
So, \(\frac{2}{5}\), \(\frac{7}{15}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 8.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 5.05, 5 \(\frac{5}{9}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
5.05, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 5 \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5.5
Write the decimal form of 5 \(\frac{5}{9}\) = 5.555
5.5, 5.05, 5.5555
Compare decimals.
All ones are equal.
Compare tenths: 0 < 5
Compare hundredths of 5.5 and 5.55; 0 < 5
So, from least to greatest, the order is 5.05 < 5.5 < 5.55
So, 5.05, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 5 \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\), \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\), \(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\), \(\frac{5}{12}\)
To compare fractions with the same numerators, compare the denominators.
So, from least to greatest, the order is \(\frac{5}{12}\), \(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{15}\) _____ \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{15}\) < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{15}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
To compare fractions with the same numerators, compare the denominators.
So, \(\frac{7}{15}\) < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) _____ 0.125

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\) = 0.125

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 0.125
0.125 = 0.125

Question 12.
7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) _____ 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) > 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Compare the whole numbers first.
7 > 6.
So, 7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) > 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 13.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) _____ 1 \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Answer:
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) < 1 \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) _____ 1 \(\frac{7}{15}\)
If the whole numbers are the same, compare the fractions.
Compare \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{7}{15}\)
5 and 15 are multiples of 15.
So, \(\frac{2 x 3}{5 x 3}\) = \(\frac{6}{15}\)
\(\frac{6}{15}\) < \(\frac{7}{15}\)
Use common denominators to write equivalent fractions.
1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) < 1 \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Question 14.
Darrell spent 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) hours on a project for school. Jan spent 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours and Maeve spent 3.7 hours on the project. Who spent the least amount of time? Show how you found your answer. Then describe another possible method.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Jan spent the least amount of time.

Explanation:
Darrell spent 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) hours on a project for school. Jan spent 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours and Maeve spent 3.7 hours on the project.
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 3.4
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3.25
3.4, 3.25, 3.7
3.25 is the least one.
So, Jan spent the least amount of time.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 78

Use the table for 15–18.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 5

Question 15.
In one week, Altoona, PA, and Bethlehem, PA, received snowfall every day, Monday through Friday. On which days did Altoona receive over 0.1 inch more snow than Bethlehem?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Altoona received over 1 inch more snow than Bethlehem on Friday

Explanation:
Altoona (converted to decimal form): 2.25, 3.25, 2.625, 4.6, 4.75
Bethlehem: 2.6, 3.2, 2.5, 4.8, 2.7
Altoona received over 1 inch more snow than Bethlehem on Friday

Question 16.
What if Altoona received an additional 0.3 inch of snow on Thursday? How would the total amount of snow in Altoona compare to the amount received in Bethlehem that day?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Altoona received 0.1 inches more snow than Bethlehem on Thursday

Explanation:
Altoona received an additional 0.3 inch of snow on Thursday = 4.6 + 0.3 = 4.9
Bethlehem received on Thursday = 4.8
Altoona received 0.1 inches more snow than Bethlehem on Thursday

Question 17.
Explain two ways you could compare the snowfall amounts in Altoona and Bethlehem on Monday.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:
Altoona received on Monday = 2.25
Bethlehem received on Monday = 2.6
Bethlehem received 0.35 inches more snow than Altoona on Monday.
As the whole numbers are equal compare 1/4 and 0.6.
0.25 < 0.6
So, Altoona received less snow compared to Bethlehem on Monday.

Question 18.
Explain how you could compare the snowfall amounts in Altoona on Thursday and Friday.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Altoona received on Thursday = 4.6
Altoona received on Friday = 4.75
4.6 < 4.75
Altoona received less snow on Thursday compared to Friday.

Question 19.
Write the values in order from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1/3, 0.39, 2/5, 0.45

Explanation:
1/3 = 0.333
0.45
0.39
2/5 = 0.4
Compare tenths: 3 < 4
Compare hundredths:
0.33 < 0.39
0.4 < 0.45
So, 1/3, 0.39, 2/5, 0.45

Compare and Order Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 79

Write <, >, =.

Question 1.
0.64 _____ \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer:
0.64 < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{7}{10}\) = 0.7
Compare tenths: 6 < 7
So, 0.64 < 0.7
0.64 < \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 2.
0.48 _____ \(\frac{6}{15}\)

Answer:
0.48 > \(\frac{6}{15}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{6}{15}\) = 0.4
Compare hundredths:
0.48 > 0.4
0.48 > \(\frac{6}{15}\)

Question 3.
0.75 _____ \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer:
0.75 < \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
Compare tenths:
7 < 8
0.75 < \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Practice and Homework Lesson 2.2 Question 4.
7 \(\frac{1}{8}\) _____ 7.025

Answer:
7 \(\frac{1}{8}\) > 7.025

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 7 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 7.125
Compare tenths:
1 > 0
7 \(\frac{1}{8}\) > 7.025

Order from least to greatest.

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{15}\), 0.75, \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{15}\), 0.75, \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{7}{15}\) = 0.466
0.75
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 0.833
Order from least to greatest: \(\frac{7}{15}\), 0.75, \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
0.5, 0.41, \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.41, 0.5, \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
Compare tenths:
0.41, 0.5, 0.6
Order from least to greatest: 0.41, 0.5, \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 7.
3.25, 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3.25, 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 3.4
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 3.375
Compare tenths:
Order from least to greatest: 3.25, 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 8.
0.9, \(\frac{8}{9}\), 0.86
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.86, \(\frac{8}{9}\), 0.9

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 0.88
Compare tenths:
0.86, 0.88, 0.9
Order from least to greatest: 0.86, \(\frac{8}{9}\), 0.9

Order from greatest to least.

Question 9.
0.7, \(\frac{7}{9}\), \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}\), \(\frac{7}{9}\), 0.7

Explanation:
0.7 = 7/10
To compare fractions with the same numerators, compare the denominators.
7/10, 7/9, 7/8
Order from greatest to least: 7/8, 7/9, 7/10

Question 10.
0.2, 0.19, \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\), 0.2, 0.19

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
Compare tenths:
0.6, 0.2, 0.19
Order from greatest to least: \(\frac{3}{5}\), 0.2, 0.19

Question 11.
6\(\frac{1}{20}\), 6.1, 6.07
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 6\(\frac{1}{20}\) = 121/20 = 6.05
Compare tenths:
6.1, 6.07, 6.05
Order from greatest to least: 6.1, 6.07, 6\(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 12.
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 2.4, 2.35, 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 2.4, 2.35, 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2.5
Write the decimal form of 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 2.125
Compare tenths: 2.5, 2.4, 2.35, 2.125
Order from greatest to least: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 2.4, 2.35, 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 13.
One day it snowed 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches in Altoona and 3.45 inches in Bethlehem. Which city received less snow that day?
__________

Answer:
Altoona

Explanation:
One day it snowed 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches in Altoona and 3.45 inches in Bethlehem.
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 27/8 = 3.375
3.375 < 3.45.
Altoona received less snow that day

Question 14.
Malia and John each bought 2 pounds of sunflower seeds. Each ate some seeds. Malia has 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds left, and John has 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds left. Who ate more sunflower seeds?
__________

Answer:
Malia

Explanation:
Malia and John each bought 2 pounds of sunflower seeds. Each ate some seeds. Malia has 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds left, and John has 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds left.
2 – 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0.667
2 – 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 0.6
0.667 > 0.6
So, Malia ate more sunflower seeds

Question 15.
Explain how you would compare the numbers 0.4 and \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375
Compare tenths:
0.4 > 0.375

Lesson Check – Page No. 80

Question 1.
Andrea has 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of purple ribbon, 3.7 yards of pink ribbon, and 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) yards of blue ribbon. List the numbers in order from least to greatest.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Andrea has 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of purple ribbon, 3.7 yards of pink ribbon, and 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) yards of blue ribbon.
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 3.875
3.7
Write the decimal form of 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 3.8
Least to greatest : 3.7, 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 2.
Nassim completed \(\frac{18}{25}\) of the math homework. Kara completed 0.7 of it. Debbie completed \(\frac{5}{8}\) of it. List the numbers in order from greatest to least.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
$1.39, $0.70, $0.63

Explanation:
Nassim completed \(\frac{18}{25}\) of the math homework. Kara completed 0.7 of it. Debbie completed \(\frac{5}{8}\) of it.
Write the decimal form of 18/25 = 1.39
0.7
Write the decimal form of 5/8 = 0.63
They are now in order from greatest to least.
Think of the amounts as money:
$1.39, $0.70, $0.63

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tyler bought 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds of oranges. Graph 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) on a number line and write this amount using a decimal.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 1
Tyler bought 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds of oranges.
Decimal Form: 17/5 = 3.4

Question 4.
At the factory, a baseball card is placed in every 9th package of cereal. A football card is placed in every 25th package of the cereal. What is the first package that gets both a baseball card and a football card?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
225th package

Explanation:
Look for the first number where both 25 and 9 are a factor of.
25 x 1 = 25 which isn’t a factor of 9, so it won’t be 25.
25 x 2 = 50, which isn’t a factor of 9.
75 is not a factor of 9. (you know because you don’t get a whole number when you divide 75 into 9.)
100 is not a factor of 9, nor is 125, 150, 175, or 200.
However, 225 is a factor of both 25 and 9. This makes sense because 25 x 9 is 225.
This means that the first package with both will be the 225th package.

Question 5.
$15.30 is divided among 15 students. How much does each student receive?
$ _____

Answer:
$1.02

Explanation:
$15.30 is divided among 15 students.
$15.30/15 = $1.02
Each student receives $1.02

Question 6.
Carrie buys 4.16 pounds of apples for $5.20. How much does 1 pound cost?
$ _____

Answer:
$1.25

Explanation:
Carrie buys 4.16 pounds of apples for $5.20.
$5.20/4.16 = $1.25
1 pound cost = $1.25

Share and Show – Page No. 83

Find the product. Write it in simplest form.

Question 1.
6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6 × 3}{1 × 8}\)
\(\frac{18}{8}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 18 and 8 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{18 ÷ 2}{8 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{9}{4}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 8}{8 × 9}\) = \(\frac{24}{72}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 24 and 72 is 24.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 24.
\(\frac{24 ÷ 24}{72 ÷ 24}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Practice and Homework Lesson 2.3 Answer Key Question 3.
Sam and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) bags of fruit snacks. If each bag contained 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces, how many ounces of fruit snacks did Sam and his friends eat?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{75}{8}\) ounces

Explanation:
Sam and his friends ate 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) bags of fruit snacks. If each bag contained 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) x 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{15}{4}\) x \(\frac{5}{2}\)
\(\frac{15 x 5}{4 x 2}\) = \(\frac{75}{8}\)

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Write the answer in the simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\left(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{2}\right) \times \frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{20}\)

Explanation:
\(\left(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{2}\right) \times \frac{3}{5}\)
Perform operations in parentheses.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) x \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1 x 3}{4 x 5}\) = \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{9} \times 12\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{28}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\)
\(\frac{7 x 12}{9 x 1}\) = \(\frac{84}{9}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 84 and 9 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{84 ÷ 3}{9 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{28}{3}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{7}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{16}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5 x 7}{8 x 10}\) = \(\frac{35}{80}\)
\(\frac{35}{80}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{16}\)

Question 7.
3 × (\(\frac{5}{18}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{38}{15}\)

Explanation:
3 x \(\frac{4}{9}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)
3 x \(\frac{38}{45}\) = \(\frac{38}{15}\)

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the product. Write it in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{2}{3} \times 2 \frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{35}{8}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{21}{8}\)
\(\frac{5 × 21}{3 × 8}\) = \(\frac{105}{24}\)
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 105 and 24 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{105 ÷ 3}{24 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{35}{8}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{16}{45}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4 × 4}{9 × 5}\) = \(\frac{16}{45}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1 × 2}{6 × 3}\) = \(\frac{2}{18}\)
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 2 and 18 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{2 ÷ 2}{18 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Question 11.
\(4 \frac{1}{7} \times 3 \frac{1}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{116}{7}\)

Explanation:
4\(\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{29}{7}\)
3\(\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{28}{9}\)
\(\frac{29 × 28}{7 × 9}\) = \(\frac{812}{63}\)
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 812 and 63 is 7.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 7.
\(\frac{812 ÷ 7}{63 ÷ 7}\) = \(\frac{116}{7}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) of the 90 pets in the pet show are cats. \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the cats are calico cats. What fraction of the pets are calico cats? How many of the pets are calico cats?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
60 calico cats

Explanation:
5/6 x 90 = 450/6 = 150/2
150/2 x 4/5 = 60

Question 13.
Five cats each ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of cat food. Four other cats each ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of cat food. How much food did the nine cats eat?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{31}{12}\)

Explanation:
5 x 1/4 = 5/4
4 x 1/3 = 4/3
5/4 + 4/3 = 31/12

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Write the answer in the simplest form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{4} \times\left(\frac{3}{9}+5\right)\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{3}\)

Explanation:
3/9 + 5 = 16/3
1/4 x 16/3
1 x 16 = 16
4 x 3 = 12
16/12
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 16 and 12 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{16 ÷ 4}{12÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
3/5 x 1/2 = 3/10
9/10 – 3/10 = 6/10
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 6 and 10 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{6 ÷ 2}{10 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{4}{5}+\left(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{7}\right) \times 2\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{33}{35}\)

Explanation:
1/2 – 3/7 = 1/14
1/14 x 2 = 1/7
4/5 + 1/7 = 33/35

Question 17.
\(15 \times \frac{3}{10}+\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{141}{8}\)

Explanation:
3/10 + 7/8 = 47/40
15 x 47/40 = 141/8
\(\frac{141}{8}\)

Page No. 84

Question 18.
Write and solve a word problem for the expression \(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\). Show your work.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1 X 2}{4 X 3}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Simplify using the GCF
The GCF of 2 and 12 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{2 ÷ 2}{12 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 19.
Michelle has a recipe that asks for 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of vegetable oil. She wants to use \(\frac{2}{3}\) that amount of oil and use applesauce to replace the rest. How much applesauce will she use?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{6}\)

Explanation:
2 1/2 * 2/3 = 5/2 * 2/3 = 10/6 She will use 10/6 or 1 2/3 cups of vegetable oil

Question 20.
Cara’s muffin recipe asks for 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour for the muffins and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of flour for the topping. If she makes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the original recipe, how much flour will she use for the muffins and topping?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Cara will use 1\(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of flour.

Explanation:
For first we will find how many cups of flours need to makes the original recipe. Cara uses 1 1/2 cups of flour for the muffins and 1/4 cup off flour for the topping.
So, 1 1/2 + 1/4 cups of flour to make the original recipe.
1 1/2 = 3/2
3/2 + 1/4 = 7/4
To make the original recipe Cara needs 7/4 cups of flour.
If she makes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the original recipe, then
7/4 x 1/2 = 7/8 = 1 1/8
Cara will use 1 1/8 cups of flour.

Multiply Fractions – Page No. 85

Find the product. Write it in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{4 × 7}{5 × 8}\) = \(\frac{28}{40}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 28 and 40 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{28 ÷ 4}{40 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{8} \times 20\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1 × 20}{1 × 8}\)
\(\frac{20}{8}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 20 and 8 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{20 ÷ 4}{8 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{4 × 3}{5 × 8}\) = \(\frac{12}{40}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 12 and 40 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{12 ÷ 4}{40 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 4.
\(1 \frac{1}{8} \times \frac{1}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
1\(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{9 × 1}{8 × 9}\) = \(\frac{9}{72}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 9 and 72 is 9.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 9.
\(\frac{9 ÷ 9}{72 ÷ 9}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{3} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 1 × 2}{4 × 3 × 5}\) = \(\frac{6}{60}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 6 and 60 is 6.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 6.
\(\frac{6 ÷ 6}{60 ÷ 6}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 6.
Karen raked \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the yard. Minni raked \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the amount Karen raked. How much of the yard did Minni rake?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Minni raked 1/5 of the yard.
So, minni raked 3/5 of 1/3 means 3/5 x 1/3
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 1}{5 × 3}\) = \(\frac{3}{15}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 3 and 15 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{3 ÷ 3}{15 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pets in the pet show are dogs. \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the dogs have long hair. What fraction of the pets are dogs with long hair?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) are dogs with long hair

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pets in the pet show are dogs. \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the dogs have long hair.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) of \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3 × 2}{8 × 3}\) = \(\frac{6}{24}\)
The GCF of 6 and 24 is 6.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 6.
\(\frac{6 ÷ 6}{24 ÷ 6}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) are dogs with long hair

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 8.
\(\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{8}\right) \times 8\)
______

Answer:
7

Explanation:
1/2 + 3/8 = 7/8
7/8 × 8 = 7

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times\left(1-\frac{1}{9}\right)\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
1 – 1/9 = 8/9
3/4 × 8/9 = 24/36
The GCF of 24 and 36 is 12.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 12.
\(\frac{24 ÷ 12}{36 ÷ 12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 10.
\(4 \times \frac{1}{8} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{20}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{4 × 1 × 3}{1 × 8 × 10}\) = \(\frac{12}{80}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 12 and 80 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{12 ÷ 4}{80 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Question 11.
\(6 \times\left(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{2}{10}\right) \times \frac{2}{3}\)
______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
4/5 + 2/10 = 1
6 × 1 × 2/3 = 12/3
The GCF of 12 and 3 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{12 ÷ 3}{3 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 4

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Jason ran \(\frac{5}{7}\) of the distance around the school track. Sara ran \(\frac{4}{5}\) of Jason’s distance. What fraction of the total distance around the track did Sara run?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
Jason ran \(\frac{5}{7}\) of the distance around the school track. Sara ran \(\frac{4}{5}\) of Jason’s distance.
\(\frac{5}{7}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 20/35
The GCF of 20 and 35 is 5.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 5.
\(\frac{20 ÷ 5}{35 ÷ 5}\) = \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Question 13.
A group of students attend a math club. Half of the students are boys and \(\frac{4}{9}\) of the boys have brown eyes. What fraction of the group are boys with brown eyes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{9}\) group are boys with brown eyes

Explanation:
A group of students attend a math club. Half of the students are boys and \(\frac{4}{9}\) of the boys have brown eyes.
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4/18 = 2/9
2/9 group are boys with brown eyes

Question 14.
Write and solve a word problem that involves multiplying by a fraction.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
A group of students attends a math club. Half of the students are boys and \(\frac{6}{9}\) of the boys have brown eyes. What fraction of the group are boys with brown eyes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Answer:
A group of students attends a math club. Half of the students are boys and \(\frac{6}{9}\) of the boys have brown eyes.
\(\frac{6}{9}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 6/18 = 1/3
1/3 group are boys with brown eyes.

Lesson Check – Page No. 86

Question 1.
Veronica’s mom left \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a cake on the table. Her brothers ate \(\frac{1}{2}\) of it. What fraction of the cake did they eat?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
Veronica’s mom left \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a cake on the table. Her brothers ate \(\frac{1}{2}\) of it.
Since the fraction of the eaten cake is 1/2, you can multiply the numerator and denominator by and get an equivalent fraction, which is 2/4.

Question 2.
One lap around the school track is \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile. Carin ran 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) laps. How far did she run?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{3}{16}\)

Explanation:
One lap around the school track is \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile. Carin ran 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) laps.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Therefore, the total distance covered = 7/2 × 5/8 = 35/16 = 2 3/16

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tom bought 2 \(\frac{5}{16}\) pounds of peanuts and 2.45 pounds of cashews. Which did he buy more of? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:
Tom bought 2 \(\frac{5}{16}\) pounds of peanuts and 2.45 pounds of cashews.
2 \(\frac{5}{16}\) = 2.3125
2.3125 < 2.45
He buys more cashews.

Question 4.
Eve has 24 stamps each valued at $24.75. What is the total value of her stamps?
$ _____

Answer:
$594

Explanation:
Eve has 24 stamps each valued at $24.75.
24 x $24.75 = $594

Question 5.
Naomi went on a 6.5-mile hike. In the morning, she hiked 1.75 miles, rested, and then hiked 2.4 more miles. She completed the hike in the afternoon. How much farther did she hike in the morning than in the afternoon?
_____ miles

Answer:
Naomi went on a 6.5-mile hike. In the morning, she hiked 1.75 miles, rested, and then hiked 2.4 more miles. She completed the hike in the afternoon.
To find how many miles she walked in the afternoon you just subtract the morning miles 4.15 from the total miles 6.5.
6.5 – 4.15  = 2.35
To find how many more miles she walked in the morning you just subtract the morning from the afternoon 4.15 – 2.35=1.8 miles.
She hiked 1.8 more miles in the morning

Question 6.
A bookstore owner has 48 science fiction books and 30 mysteries he wants to sell quickly. He will make discount packages with one type of book in each. He wants the most books possible in each package, but all packages must contain the same number of books. How many packages can he make? How many packages of each type of book does he have?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18 packages

Explanation:
The bookstore owner can make 18 possible packages
48 – 30 = 18 packages

Share and Show – Page No. 89

Find the product. Simplify before multiplying.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{5 × 3}{6 × 10}\) = \(\frac{15}{60}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 15 and 60 is 15.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 15.
\(\frac{15 ÷ 15}{60 ÷ 15}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{5}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{5}{9}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 5}{4 × 9}\) = \(\frac{15}{36}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 15 and 36 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{15 ÷ 3}{36 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{9}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{9}{10}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{2 × 9}{3 × 10}\) = \(\frac{18}{30}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 18 and 30 is 6.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 6.
\(\frac{18 ÷ 6}{30 ÷ 6}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 4.
After a picnic, \(\frac{5}{12}\) of the cornbread is left over. Val eats \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the leftover cornbread. What fraction of the cornbread does Val eat?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
After a picnic, \(\frac{5}{12}\) of the cornbread is left over. Val eats \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the leftover cornbread.
\(\frac{5}{12} \times \frac{3}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{5 × 3}{12 × 5}\) = \(\frac{15}{60}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 15 and 60 is 15.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 15.
\(\frac{15 ÷ 15}{60 ÷ 15}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 5.
The reptile house at the zoo has an iguana that is \(\frac{5}{6}\) yd long. It has a Gila monster that is \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the length of the iguana. How long is the Gila monster?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The reptile house at the zoo has an iguana that is \(\frac{5}{6}\) yd long. It has a Gila monster that is \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the length of the iguana.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{4}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{5 × 4}{6× 5}\) = \(\frac{20}{30}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 20 and 30 is 10.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 10.
\(\frac{20 ÷ 10}{30 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

On Your Own

Find the product. Simplify before multiplying.

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{6}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 1}{4 × 6}\) = \(\frac{3}{24}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 3 and 24 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{3 ÷ 3}{24 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{10} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{15}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{10} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{7 × 2}{10 × 3}\) = \(\frac{14}{30}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 14 and 30 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{14 ÷ 2}{30 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{5 × 2}{8 × 5}\) = \(\frac{10}{40}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 10 and 40 is 10.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 10.
\(\frac{10 ÷ 10}{40 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{10} \times \frac{5}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{10} \times \frac{5}{6}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{9 × 5}{10 × 6}\) = \(\frac{45}{60}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 45 and 60 is 15.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 15.
\(\frac{45 ÷ 15}{60 ÷ 15}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{11}{12} \times \frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{28}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{11}{12} \times \frac{3}{7}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{11 × 3}{12 × 7}\) = \(\frac{33}{84}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 33 and 84 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{33 ÷ 3}{84 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{11}{28}\)

Question 11.
Shelley’s basketball team won \(\frac{3}{4}\) of their games last season. In \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the games they won, they outscored their opponents by more than 10 points. What fraction of their games did Shelley’s team win by more than 10 points?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Let the total number of games be x.
Number of games Shelley’s team won = 3/4x
The number of games they outscored their opponents by more than 10 points = 1/6 X 3/4x = 1/8x
Hence, in 1/8 of the total games, Shelley’s team won by 10 points.

Question 12.
Mr. Ortiz has \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of oatmeal. He uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the oatmeal to bake muffins. How much oatmeal does Mr. Ortiz have left?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Mr. Ortiz has \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of oatmeal. He uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the oatmeal to bake muffins.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 2}{4 × 3}\) = \(\frac{6}{12}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 6 and 12 is 6.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 6.
\(\frac{6 ÷ 6}{12 ÷ 6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
Compare Strategies To find \(\frac{16}{27}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\), you can multiply the fractions and then simplify the product or you can simplify the fractions and then multiply. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{16}{27}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{16 × 3}{27 × 4}\) = \(\frac{16 × 3}{4 × 27}\)
\(\frac{48}{96}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 48 and 96 is 48.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 48.
\(\frac{48 ÷ 48}{96 ÷ 48}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 90

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 7

Question 14.
Three students each popped \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of popcorn kernels. The table shows the fraction of each student’s kernels that did not pop. Which student had \(\frac{1}{16}\) cup unpopped kernels?
__________

Answer:
Mirza

Explanation:
Three students each popped \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of popcorn kernels. The table shows the fraction of each student’s kernels that did not pop.
Katie = 3/4 x 1/10 = 3/40
Mirza = 3/4 x 1/12 = 1/16

Question 15.
The jogging track at Francine’s school is \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile long. Yesterday Francine completed two laps on the track. If she ran \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the distance and walked the remainder of the way, how far did she walk?
____ mile

Answer:
1 mile

Explanation:
Length of jogging track at Francine’s school = 3/4 mile
Let the distance covered by running be = x
Let the distance covered by walking be = y
Total number of laps completed by Francine = 2
Total distance covered by Francine = number of laps X distance covered in one lap
2 x 3/4 = 3/25 mile
Now,
distance covered by running = 1/3 of the total distance
x = 1/3 x 3/2
distance covered by walking y = total distance – distance covered by running
3/2 – x = 3/2 – 1/2 = 1 mile
Hence, Francine walked for 1 mile.

Question 16.
At a snack store, \(\frac{7}{12}\) of the customers bought pretzels and \(\frac{3}{10}\) of those customers bought low-salt pretzels. Bill states that \(\frac{7}{30}\) of the customers bought low-salt pretzels. Does Bill’s statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Bill’s statement does not make sense because it is incorrect:
7/12 customers bought pretzels.
3/10 Of those customers bought low-salt pretzels (x)
3/10 of 7/12 = x
21/120 = x
Simplify: 7/40
To be correct, Bill would have to say that 7/40 of the customers bought low-salt pretzels, but instead, he had said 7/30.

Question 17.
The table shows Tonya’s homework assignment. Tonya’s teacher instructed the class to simplify each expression by dividing the numerator and denominator by the GCF. Complete the table by simplifying each expression and then finding the value.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Garde 6 chapter 2 image 1

Simplify Factors – Page No. 91

Find the product. Simplify before multiplying.

Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{9} \times \frac{5}{12}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{27}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{9} \times \frac{5}{12}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{8 × 5}{9 × 12}\) = \(\frac{40}{108}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 40 and 108 is 4.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 4.
\(\frac{40 ÷ 4}{108 ÷ 4}\) = \(\frac{10}{27}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{16}{21}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{16}{21}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 16}{4 × 21}\) = \(\frac{48}{84}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 48 and 84 is 12.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 12.
\(\frac{48 ÷ 12}{84 ÷ 12}\) = \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{15}{20} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{15}{20} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{15 × 2}{20 × 5}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 30 and 100 is 10.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 10.
\(\frac{30 ÷ 10}{100 ÷ 10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{9}{18} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{18} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{9 × 2}{18 × 3}\) = \(\frac{18}{54}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 18 and 54 is 18.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 18.
\(\frac{18 ÷ 18}{54 ÷ 18}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{7}{30}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{40}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{7}{30}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{3 × 7}{4 × 30}\) = \(\frac{21}{120}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 21 and 120 is 3.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.
\(\frac{21 ÷ 3}{120 ÷ 3}\) = \(\frac{7}{40}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{15} \times \frac{15}{32}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{15} \times \frac{15}{32}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{8 × 15}{15 × 32}\) = \(\frac{120}{480}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 120 and 480 is 120.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 120.
\(\frac{120 ÷ 120}{480 ÷ 120}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{12}{21} \times \frac{7}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{12}{21} \times \frac{7}{9}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{12 × 7}{21 × 9}\) = \(\frac{84}{189}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 84 and 189 is 21.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 21.
\(\frac{84 ÷ 21}{189 ÷ 21}\) = \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{18}{22} \times \frac{8}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{11}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{18}{22} \times \frac{8}{9}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{18 × 8}{22 × 9}\) = \(\frac{144}{198}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 144 and 198 is 18.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 18.
\(\frac{144 ÷ 18}{198 ÷ 18}\) = \(\frac{8}{11}\)

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Amber has a \(\frac{4}{5}\)-pound bag of colored sand. She uses \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the bag for an art project. How much sand does she use for the project?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds

Explanation:
Amber has a \(\frac{4}{5}\)-pound bag of colored sand. She uses \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the bag for an art project.
4/5 X 1/2 = 2/5

Question 10.
Tyler has \(\frac{3}{4}\) month to write a book report. He finished the report in \(\frac{2}{3}\) at that time. How much time did it take Tyler to write the report?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) month

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) month

Explanation:
Tyler has \(\frac{3}{4}\) month to write a book report. He finished the report in \(\frac{2}{3}\) at that time.
3/4 X 2/3 = 1/2

Question 11.
Show two ways to multiply \(\frac{2}{15} \times \frac{3}{20}\). Then tell which way is easier and justify your choice.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{15} \times \frac{3}{20}\)
2/15 X 3/20 = 2/20 X 3/15 = 1/10 X 1/5 = 1/50

Lesson Check – Page No. 92

Find each product. Simplify before multiplying.

Question 1.
At Susie’s school, \(\frac{5}{8}\) of all students play sports. Of the students who play sports, \(\frac{2}{5}\) play soccer. What fraction of the students in Susie’s school play soccer?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
At Susie’s school, \(\frac{5}{8}\) of all students play sports. Of the students who play sports, \(\frac{2}{5}\) play soccer.
Multiply 5/8 X 2/5, and the answer is 0.25, which converts to 25/100 or 1/4

Question 2.
A box of popcorn weighs \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds. The box contains \(\frac{1}{3}\) buttered popcorn and \(\frac{2}{3}\) cheesy popcorn. How much does the cheesy popcorn weigh?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Total weight of a box of popcorn = 15/16 pounds.
We are given two types of popcorn are there, butter popcorn and cheesy popcorn.
Butter popcorn is one-third of the total weight = 1/3 of the Total weight
Plugging the value of the total weight, we get
= 1/3 * 15/16 = 5/16 pounds.
Cheesy popcorn = 2/3 of Total weight
Plugging the value of the total weight, we get
= 2/3 * 15/16 = 10/16 or 5/8 pounds.
Therefore, cheesy popcorn weighs is 5/8 pounds.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ramòn bought a dozen ears of corn for $1.80. What was the cost of each ear of corn?
$ ______

Answer:
$0.15

Explanation:
Ramòn bought a dozen ears of corn for $1.80.
So, for the cost of each ear of corn, $1.80/12 = $0.15

Question 4.
A 1.8-ounce jar of cinnamon costs $4.05. What is the cost per ounce?
$ ______

Answer:
$2.25 per ounce

Explanation:
If a 1.8-ounce jar costs $4.05, do $4.05 divided by 1.8.
$4.05 / 1.8 = $2.25 per ounce.

Question 5.
Rose bought \(\frac{7}{20}\) kilogram of ginger candy and 0.4 kilogram of cinnamon candy. Which did she buy more of? Explain how you know.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Rose bought ginger candy = 7/20 kilogram = 0.35 Kilogram
She bought cinnamon candy = 0.4 kilogram
0.4 > 0.35
Therefore, She bought cinnamon candy.

Question 6.
Don walked 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles on Friday, 3.7 miles on Saturday, and 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles on Sunday. List the distances from least to greatest.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3 \(\frac{3}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\), 3.7

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 18/5 = 3.6
3 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 29/8 = 3.625
3.6 < 3.625 < 3.7
3 \(\frac{3}{5}\), 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\), 3.7

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 93

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 9

Question 1.
The fractions \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{5}{10}\) are _____.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Equivalent fractions

Question 2.
A _____ is a denominator that is the same in two or more fractions.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Common Denominator

Concepts and Skills

Write as a decimal. Tell whether you used division, a number line, or some other method.

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{20}\)
_____

Answer:
0.35

Explanation:
By using Division,
\(\frac{7}{20}\) = 0.35

Question 4.
8 \(\frac{39}{40}\)
_____

Answer:
8.975

Explanation:
By using Division,
8 \(\frac{39}{40}\) = 359/40 = 8.975

Question 5.
1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
_____

Answer:
1.625

Explanation:
By using Division,
1 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 13/8 = 1.625

Question 6.
\(\frac{19}{25}\)
_____

Answer:
0.76

Explanation:
By using Division,
\(\frac{19}{25}\) = 0.76

Order from least to greatest.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{5}, \frac{3}{4}, 0.88\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\), \(\frac{4}{5}\),0.88

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 4/5 = 0.8
Write the decimal form of 3/4 = 0.75
0.88
0.75 < 0.8 < 0.88

Question 8.
0.65, 0.59, \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.59, \(\frac{3}{5}\), 0.65

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 3/5 = 0.6
0.59 < 0.6 < 0.65

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{2}{3}, \frac{11}{12}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{12}\), 1\(\frac{1}{4}\), 1\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of 1 1/4 = 5/4 = 1.25
Write the decimal form of 1 2/3 = 5/3 = 1.66
Write the decimal form of 11/12 = 0.916
0.916 < 1.25 < 1.66

Question 10.
0.9, \(\frac{7}{8}\), 0.86
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.86, \(\frac{7}{8}\), 0.9

Explanation:
Write the decimal form of \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
0.86 < 0.875 < 0.9

Find the product. Write it in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{1}{8}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{2 × 1}{3 × 8}\) = \(\frac{2}{24}\)
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 2 and 24 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
\(\frac{2 ÷ 2}{24 ÷ 2}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{25}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{4 × 2}{5 × 5}\) = \(\frac{8}{25}\)

Question 13.
12 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
_____

Answer:
9

Explanation:
12 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Multiply the numerators and Multiply the denominators.
\(\frac{12 × 3}{1 × 4}\) = \(\frac{36}{4}\) = 9

Question 14.
Mia climbs \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the height of the rock wall. Lee climbs \(\frac{4}{5}\) of Mia’s distance. What fraction of the wall does Lee climb?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{40}\)

Explanation:
find the LCM (least common denominator) for 5/8 and 4/5.
5/8= 25/40 and 4/5= 32/40.
Subtract and you get 7/40.

Page No. 94

Question 15.
In Zoe’s class, \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the students have pets. Of the students who have pets, \(\frac{1}{8}\) have rodents. What fraction of the students in Zoe’s class have pets that are rodents? What fraction of the students in Zoe’s class have pets that are not rodents?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) of the students in Zoe’s class have pets that are rodents
\(\frac{7}{10}\) of the students in Zoe’s class have pets that are not rodents

Explanation:
In Zoe’s class, \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the students have pets. Of the students who have pets, \(\frac{1}{8}\) have rodents.
4/5 X 1/8 = 1/10
4/5 – 1/10 = 7/10

Question 16.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of flour. Terell wants to make \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the recipe. How much flour should he use?
_____ cups

Answer:
2 cups

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
8/3 * 3/4 = 2

Question 17.
Following the Baltimore Running Festival in 2009, volunteers collected and recycled 3.75 tons of trash. Graph 3.75 on a number line and write the weight as a mixed number.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Volunteers collected and recycled 3.75 tons of trash.
We need to convert 3.75 as a mixed number.
The mixed number consists of a whole number and a proper fraction.
In the given number 3.75, 3 as the whole number and convert 0.75 to a fraction.
3.75 = 3 + 0.75 = 3 + 75/100
We can reduce the fraction 75/ 100 = 3+ 3/4 = 3 3/4

Question 18.
Four students took an exam. The fraction of the total possible points that each received is given. Which student had the highest score? If students receive a whole number of points on every exam item, can the exam be worth a total of 80 points? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 10
Type below:
__________

Answer:
22/25 = 0.88
17/20 = 0.85
4/5 = 0.8
3/4 = 0.75
Monica had the highest score
Let x be the total number of points:
(22/25 + 17/20 + 4/5 + 3/4)x = 80
x = 24.39
That is not a whole number of points.

Share and Show – Page No. 97

Use the model to find the quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 11
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
1/2 groups of 3
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3
1/2 × 1/3 = 1/6

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div \frac{3}{8}\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 12
______

Answer:
2

Explanation:
3/4 groups of 3/8
3/4 × 8/3 = 2

Use fraction strips to find the quotient. Then draw the model.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)
Garde 6 chapter 2 image 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
______

Answer:
2

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{10}{3}\)
2

Draw a model to solve. Then write an equation for the model. Interpret the result.

Question 5.
How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup servings of raisins are in \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup of raisins?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
1.5

Explanation:
3/8 × 1/4 = 1.5

Question 6.
How many \(\frac{1}{3}\) lb bags of trail mix can Josh make from \(\frac{5}{6}\) lb of trail mix?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
2

Explanation:
Multiply 1/3 with 2
1/3 × 2 = 2/6. 2/6 can go into 5/6 twice so the answer is two bags.

Additional Practice 2.5 Compare Decimals Question 7.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a problem for \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 3 that represents how much in each of 3 groups.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1/4

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 98

The table shows the amount of each material that students in a sewing class need for one purse.

Use the table for 8–10. Use models to solve.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 13

Question 8.
Mrs. Brown has \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd of blue denim and \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of black denim. How many purses can be made using denim as the main fabric?
_____ purses

Answer:
5 purses

Explanation:
Mrs. Brown has \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd of blue denim and \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of black denim.
3 + 2 = 5

Question 9.
One student brings \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of ribbon. If 3 students receive an equal length of the ribbon, how much ribbon will each student receive? Will each of them have enough ribbon for a purse? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
One student brings \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of ribbon. If 3 students receive an equal length of the ribbon,
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3
1/2 × 1/3 = 1/6
They don’t have enough ribbon for a purse

Question 10.
Make Arguments There was \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of purple and pink striped fabric. Jessie said she could only make \(\frac{1}{24}\) of a purse using that fabric as the trim. Is she correct? Use what you know about the meanings of multiplication and division to defend your answer.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
There was \(\frac{1}{2}\) yd of purple and pink striped fabric. Jessie said she could only make \(\frac{1}{24}\) of a purse using that fabric as the trim.
1/2 × 12 = 1/24
So, 12 is the answer

Question 11.
Draw a model to find the quotient.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4 =
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Garde 6 chapter 2 image 3

Explanation:
1/2 × 1/4 = 1/8

Model Fraction Division – Page No. 99

Use the model to find the quotient

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3 =
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 14
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{2}{12}=\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 15
______

Answer:
3

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{2}{12}=\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{12}{2}\) = \(\frac{12}{4}\) = 3

Use fraction strips to find the quotient.

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{1}{2}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{1}{2}=\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\) = 1/6

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6 =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 6
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{12}\)
______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{12}{1}\) = \(\frac{12}{3}\) = 4

Draw a model to solve. Then write an equation for the model. Interpret the result.

Question 7.
If Jerry runs \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile each day, how many days will it take for him to run \(\frac{4}{5}\) mile?
______ days

Answer:
8 days

Explanation:
If Jerry runs \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile each day,
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\) = \(\frac{40}{5}\) = 8

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Mrs. Jennings has \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallon of paint for an art project. She plans to divide the paint equally into jars. If she puts \(\frac{1}{8}\) gallon of paint into each jar, how many jars will she use?
______ jars

Answer:
6 jars

Explanation:
Mrs. Jennings has 3/4 Gallons of paint for an art project.
In 1 jar she puts 1/8 gallon of paint.
The number of jars in which she plans to divide the paint equally is given by,
n= 3/4 ÷ 1/8
n = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{8}{1}\) = \(\frac{24}{4}\) = 6

Question 9.
If one jar of glue weighs \(\frac{1}{12}\) pound, how many jars can Rickie get from \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of glue?
______ jars

Answer:
8 jars

Explanation:
The weight of glue in one jar = 1/12 pound
To get 2/3 pound of glue Rickie can get the number of jars
2/3 ÷ 1/12
2/3 × 12/1 = 24/3 = 8

Question 10.
Explain how to use a model to show \(\frac{2}{6} \div \frac{1}{12}\) and \(\frac{2}{6}\) ÷ 4.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Garde 6 chapter 2 image 4
Garde 6 chapter 2 image 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{6} \div \frac{1}{12}\)
2/6 = 1/3
1/3 x 12/1 = 4
\(\frac{2}{6}\) ÷ 4
1/3 x 1/4 = 1/12

Lesson Check – Page No. 100

Question 1.
Darcy needs \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of fabric to make a banner. She has 2 yards of fabric. How many banners can she make?
______ banners

Answer:
8 banners

Explanation:
Darcy needs \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard of fabric to make a banner. She has 2 yards of fabric.
2 ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 x 4 = 8

Question 2.
Lorenzo bought \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds of ground beef. He wants to make hamburgers that weigh \(\frac{3}{16}\) pound each. How many hamburgers can he make?
______ hamburgers

Answer:
5 hamburgers

Explanation:
Lorenzo bought \(\frac{15}{16}\) pounds of ground beef. He wants to make hamburgers that weigh \(\frac{3}{16}\) pound each.
\(\frac{15}{16}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{16}\)
15/3 = 5

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Letisha wants to read 22 pages a night. At that rate, how long will it take her to read a book with 300 pages?
______ nights

Answer:
14 nights

Explanation:
Letisha wants to read 22 pages a night. It takes her to read a book with 300 pages
300/22 = 13.6
13.6 is near to 14
So, it is for 2 weeks.

Question 4.
A principal wants to order enough notebooks for 624 students. The notebooks come in boxes of 28. How many boxes should he order?
______ boxes

Answer:
22 boxes

Explanation:
A principal wants to order enough notebooks for 624 students. The notebooks come in boxes of 28.
624/28 = 22.2857
22.2857 is closer to 22
22 boxes.

Question 5.
Each block in Ton’s neighborhood is \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile long. If he walks 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) blocks, how far does he walk?
______ miles

Answer:
3 miles

Explanation:
If each block is 2/3 miles long, and he walks 4 1/2 blocks, we can simply multiply to two. It looks like this:
(2/3)(4 1/2)
to multiply, make 4 1/2 into an improper fraction and multiply normally
(2/3)(9/4)
Ton walks 3 miles total.

Question 6.
In Cathy’s garden, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the area is planted with flowers. Of the flowers, \(\frac{3}{10}\) of them are red. What fraction of Cathy’s garden is planted with red flowers?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
In Cathy’s garden, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the area is planted with flowers. Of the flowers, \(\frac{3}{10}\) of them are red.
5/6 x 3/10 = 1/4

Share and Show – Page No. 103

Estimate using compatible numbers.

Question 1.
\(22 \frac{4}{5} \div 6 \frac{1}{4}\)
_______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
22 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 114/5 = 22.8
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 25/4 = 6.25
22.8 is closer to 24
6.25 is closer to 6
24/6 = 4

Question 2.
\(12 \div 3 \frac{3}{4}\)
_______

Answer:
3

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 15/4 = 3.75
3.75 is closer to 4
12/4 = 3

Question 3.
\(33 \frac{7}{8} \div 5 \frac{1}{3}\)
_______

Answer:
7

Explanation:
33 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 271/8 = 33.875
5 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 16/3 = 5.333
33.875 is closer to 35
5.333 is closer to 5
35/5 = 7

Question 4.
\(3 \frac{7}{8} \div \frac{5}{9}\)
_______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 31/8 = 3.875
\(\frac{5}{9}\) = 0.555
3.875 is closer to 4
0.555 is closer to 1
4/1 = 4

Additional Practice 2.6 Round Decimals Answer Key Question 5.
\(34 \frac{7}{12} \div 7 \frac{3}{8}\)
_______

Answer:
5

Explanation:
34 \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 415/12 = 34.583
7 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 59/8 = 7.375
34.583 is closer to 35
7.375 is closer to 7
35/7 = 5

Question 6.
\(1 \frac{2}{9} \div \frac{1}{6}\)
_______

Answer:
5

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{9}\) = 11/9 = 1.222
\(\frac{1}{6}\) = 0.1666
1.222 is closer to 1
0.1666 is closer to 0.2
1/0.2 = 5

On Your Own

Estimate using compatible numbers.

Question 7.
\(44 \frac{1}{4} \div 11 \frac{7}{9}\)
_______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
44 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 177/4 = 44.25
11 \(\frac{7}{9}\) = 106/9 = 11.77
44.25 is closer to 44
11.77 is closer to 11
44/11 = 4

Question 8.
\(71 \frac{11}{12} \div 8 \frac{3}{4}\)
_______

Answer:
8

Explanation:
71 \(\frac{11}{12}\) = 863/12 = 71.916
8 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 35/4 = 8.75
71.916 is closer to 72
8.75 is closer to 9
72/9 = 8

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{1}{8}\)
_______

Answer:
12

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 7/6 = 1.166
\(\frac{1}{8}\) = 0.125
1.166 is closer to 1.2
0.125 is closer to 0.1
1.2/0.1 = 12

Estimate to compare. Write <, >, or =.

Question 10.
\(21 \frac{3}{10} \div 2 \frac{5}{6}\) _______ \(35 \frac{7}{9} \div 3 \frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
\(21 \frac{3}{10} \div 2 \frac{5}{6}\) < \(35 \frac{7}{9} \div 3 \frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
21 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 213/10 = 21.3
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 17/6 = 2.833
21.3 is closer to 21
2.833 is closer to 3
21/3 = 7
35 \(\frac{7}{9}\) = 322/9 = 35.777
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 11/3 = 3.666
35.777 is closer to 36
3.666 is closer to 4
36/4 = 9
7 < 9
So, \(21 \frac{3}{10} \div 2 \frac{5}{6}\) < \(35 \frac{7}{9} \div 3 \frac{2}{3}\)

Question 11.
\(29 \frac{4}{5} \div 5 \frac{1}{6}\) _______ \(27 \frac{8}{9} \div 6 \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(29 \frac{4}{5} \div 5 \frac{1}{6}\) > \(27 \frac{8}{9} \div 6 \frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
29 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 149/5 = 29.8
5 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 31/6 = 5.1666
29.8 is closer to 30
5.1666 is closer to 5
30/5 = 6
27 \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 251/9 = 27.888
6 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 53/8 = 6.625
27.888 is closer to 30
6.625 is closer 7
30/7 = 5
6 > 5
\(29 \frac{4}{5} \div 5 \frac{1}{6}\) > \(27 \frac{8}{9} \div 6 \frac{5}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(55 \frac{5}{6} \div 6 \frac{7}{10}\) _______ \(11 \frac{5}{7} \div \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
\(55 \frac{5}{6} \div 6 \frac{7}{10}\) < \(11 \frac{5}{7} \div \frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
55 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 335/6 = 55.833
6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = 67/10 = 6.7
55.833 is closer to 56
6.7 is closer to 7
56/7 = 8
11 \(\frac{5}{7}\) = 82/7 = 11.714
\(\frac{5}{8}\) = 0.625
11.714 is closer to 12
0.625 is closer to 1
12/1 = 12
8 < 12

Question 13.
Marion is making school flags. Each flag uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards of felt. Marion has 24 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards of felt. About how many flags can he make?
About _______ flags

Answer:
About 8 flags

Explanation:
Marion is making school flags. Each flag uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards of felt. Marion has 24 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards of felt.
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 11/4
24 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 193/8
193/8 ÷ 11/4
193/8 x 4/11 = 8.77
About 8 flags

Question 14.
A garden snail travels about 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) feet in 1 minute. At that speed, about how many hours would it take the snail to travel 350 feet?
About _______ hours

Answer:
About 2 hours

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 2.6
That’s how long he travels in one minute. There are 60 minutes in an hour so multiply it by 60 and see if that gets you close to 350.
60 x 2.6 = 156
Now let’s add one more hour.
156 + 156 = 312
14 x 2.6 = 36.4
312 + 36.4 = 348.4
348.4 + 2.6 = 351
So two hours and fourteen minutes

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 104

What’s the Error?

Question 15.
Megan is making pennants from a piece of butcher paper that is 10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards long. Each pennant requires \(\frac{3}{8}\) yard of paper. To estimate the number of pennants she could make, Megan estimated the quotient 10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\).
Look at how Megan solved the problem. Find her error
Estimate:
10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
10 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
Correct the error. Estimate the quotient.
So, Megan can make about _____ pennants.
Describe the error that Megan made
Explain Tell which compatible numbers you used to estimate 10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\). Explain why you chose those numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
10 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 83/8 = 10.375
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375
She had written 10 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 5
10.375 is closer to 10
0.375 is closer to 0.5
10/0.5 = 20
But she has written 5 instead of 20.
Megan can make about 20 pennants.

For numbers 16a–16c, estimate to compare. Choose <, >, or =.

Question 16.
16a. 18 \(\frac{3}{10} \div 2 \frac{5}{6}\) ? \(30 \frac{7}{9} \div 3 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____

Answer:
16a. 18 \(\frac{3}{10} \div 2 \frac{5}{6}\) < \(30 \frac{7}{9} \div 3 \frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
18 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 183/10 = 18.3
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 17/6 = 2.833
18.3 is closer to 18
2.833 is closer to 3
18/3 = 6
30 \(\frac{7}{9}\) = 277/9 = 30.777
3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 10/3 = 3.333
30.777 is closer to 30
3.333 is closer to 3
30/3 = 10
6 < 10

Question 16.
16b. 17 \(\frac{4}{5} \div 6 \frac{1}{6}\) ? \(19 \frac{8}{9} \div 4 \frac{5}{8}\)
_____

Answer:
17 \(\frac{4}{5} \div 6 \frac{1}{6}\) < \(19 \frac{8}{9} \div 4 \frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
17 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 89/5 = 17.8
6 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 37/6 = 6.1666
17.8 is closer to 18
6.1666 is closer to 6
18/6 = 3
19 \(\frac{8}{9}\) = 179/9 = 19.888
4 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 37/8 = 4.625
19.888 is closer to 20
4.625 is closer to 5
20/5 = 4
3 < 4
17 \(\frac{4}{5} \div 6 \frac{1}{6}\) < \(19 \frac{8}{9} \div 4 \frac{5}{8}\)

Question 16.
16c. 17 \(\frac{5}{6} \div 6 \frac{1}{4}\) ? \(11 \frac{5}{7} \div 2 \frac{3}{4}\)
_____

Answer:
17 \(\frac{5}{6} \div 6 \frac{1}{4}\) < \(11 \frac{5}{7} \div 2 \frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
17 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 107/6 = 17.833
6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 25/4 = 6.25
17.833 is closer to 18
6.25 is closer to 6
18/6 = 3
11 \(\frac{5}{7}\) = 82/7 = 11.714
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 11/4 = 2.75
11.714 is closer to 12
2.75 is closer to 3
12/3 = 4
3 < 4
17 \(\frac{5}{6} \div 6 \frac{1}{4}\) < \(11 \frac{5}{7} \div 2 \frac{3}{4}\)

Estimate Quotients – Page No. 105

Estimate using compatible numbers.

Question 1.
\(12 \frac{3}{16} \div 3 \frac{9}{10}\)
______

Answer:
3

Explanation:
12 \(\frac{3}{16}\) = 195/16 = 12.1875
3 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = 39/10 = 3.9
12.1875 is closer to 12
3.9 is closer to 4
12/4 = 3

Question 2.
\(15 \frac{3}{8} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
______

Answer:
30

Explanation:
15 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 123/8 = 15.375
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0.5
15.375 is closer to 15
0.5 is closer to 0.5
15/0.5 = 30

Question 3.
\(22 \frac{1}{5} \div 1 \frac{5}{6}\)
______

Answer:
11

Explanation:
22 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 111/5 = 22.2
1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 11/6 = 1.8333
22.2 is closer to 22
1.8333 is closer to 2
22/2 = 11

Question 4.
\(7 \frac{7}{9} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
______

Answer:
16

Explanation:
7 \(\frac{7}{9}\) = 70/9 = 7.777
\(\frac{4}{7}\) = 0.571
7.777 is closer to 8
0.571 is closer to 0.5
8/0.5 = 16

Question 5.
\(18 \frac{1}{4} \div 2 \frac{4}{5}\)
______

Answer:
6

Explanation:
18 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 73/4 = 18.25
2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 14/5 = 2.8
18.25 is closer to 18
2.8 is closer to 3
18/3 = 6

Question 6.
\(\frac{15}{16} \div \frac{1}{7}\)
______

Answer:
10

Explanation:
\(\frac{15}{16}\) = 0.9375
\(\frac{1}{7}\) = 0.1428
0.9375 is closer to 1
0.1428 is closer to 0.1
1/0.1 = 10

Question 7.
\(14 \frac{7}{8} \div \frac{5}{11}\)
______

Answer:
30

Explanation:
14 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 119/8 = 14.875
\(\frac{5}{11}\) = 0.4545
14.875 is closer to 15
0.4545 is closer to 0.5
15/0.5 = 30

Question 8.
\(53 \frac{7}{12} \div 8 \frac{11}{12}\)
______

Answer:
6

Explanation:
53 \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 643/12 = 53.58
8 \(\frac{11}{12}\) = 107/12 = 8.916
53.58 is closer to 54
8.916 is closer to 9
54/9 = 6

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{1}{9}\)
______

Answer:
10

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 7/6 = 1.166
\(\frac{1}{9}\) = 0.111
1.166 is closer to 1
0.111 is closer to 0.1
1/0.1 = 10

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Estimate the number of pieces Sharon will have if she divides 15 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards of fabric into 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\) yard lengths.
About ______ pieces

Answer:
About 3 pieces

Explanation:
Sharon will have if she divides 15 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards of fabric into 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\) yard lengths.
3 7/36 is the answer.
So, about 3 pieces

Question 11.
Estimate the number of \(\frac{1}{2}\) quart containers Ethan can fill from a container with 8 \(\frac{7}{8}\) quarts of water.
About ______ containers

Answer:
About 18 containers

Question 12.
How is estimating quotients different from estimating products?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To estimate products and quotients, you need to first round the numbers. To round to the nearest whole number, look at the digit in the tenths place. If it is less than 5, round down. If it is 5 or greater, round up. Remember that an estimate is an answer that is not exact, but is approximate and reasonable.
Let’s look at an example of estimating a product.
Estimate the product: 11.256×6.81
First, round the first number. Since there is a 2 in the tenths place, 11.256 rounds down to 11.
Next, round the second number. Since there is an 8 in the tenths place, 6.81 rounds up to 7.
Then, multiply the rounded numbers. 11×7=77
The answer is 77.
Let’s look at an example of estimating a quotient.
Estimate the quotient: 91.93÷4.39
First, round the first number. Since there is a 9 in the tenths place, 91.93 rounds up to 92.
Next, round the second number. Since there is a 3 in the tenths place, 4.39 rounds down to 4.
Then, divide the rounded numbers.
92÷4=23
The answer is 23.

Lesson Check – Page No. 106

Question 1.
Each loaf of pumpkin bread calls for 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of raisins. About how many loaves can be made from 10 cups of raisins?
About ______ loaves

Answer:
About 5 loaves

Explanation:
Divide 10 by 1 3/4.
The answer is 5.714285
So you can make about 5 loaves of bread with 10 cups of raisins if each loaf needs 1 3/4 cups of raisins.

Question 2.
Perry’s goal is to run 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles each day. One lap around the school track is \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile. About how many laps must he run to reach his goal?
About ______ laps

Answer:
About 9 laps

Explanation:
Perry’s goal is to run 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles each day. One lap around the school track is \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 9/4 = 2.25
\(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0.333
Perry will have to run 9 laps to reach his goal.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A recipe calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) teaspoon of red pepper. Uri wants to use \(\frac{1}{3}\) of that amount. How much red pepper should he use?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) teaspoon

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) teaspoon

Explanation:
A recipe calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) teaspoon of red pepper. Uri wants to use \(\frac{1}{3}\) of that amount.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) of \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 4.
A recipe calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of apple slices. Zoe wants to use 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) times this amount. How many cups of apples should Zoe use?
______ cups

Answer:
4 cups

Explanation:
A recipe calls for 2 2/3 cups of apple slices.
Zoe wants to use 1 1/2 times this amount.
We will multiply the number of apple slices to 1 1/2
2 2/3 X 1 1/2
8/3 X3/2 = 24/6 = 4 cups
Zoe will use 4 cups of apple slices.

Question 5.
Edgar has 2.8 meters of rope. If he cuts it into 7 equal parts, how long will each piece be?
______ meters

Answer:
0.4 meters

Explanation:
2.8/7 = 0.4 meters

Question 6.
Kami has 7 liters of water to fill water bottles that each hold 2.8 liters. How many bottles can she fill?
______ bottles

Answer:
2 bottles

Explanation:
7/2.8 = 2.5
she can only fill 2 because anything over that would be 8.4 liters of water

Share and Show – Page No. 109

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
5/6 = 0.8333 is closer to 0.9
0.9/3 = 0.3 = 3/10

Use a number line to find the quotient.

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div \frac{1}{8}\)
_______

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 7

Explanation:
3/4 x 8 = 3 x 2 = 6

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
_______

Answer:

Explanation:
3/5 x 10/3 = 2

Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
3/4 = 0.75 is closer to 0.8
5/6 = 0.8333 is closer to 0.8
0.8/0.8 = 1

Practice and Homework Lesson 2.7 Question 5.
\(3 \div \frac{3}{4}\)
_______

Answer:
4

Explanation:
3/4 = 0.75
3/0.75 = 4

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{625}{1000}\)

Explanation:
1/2 = 0.5
3/4 = 0.75 is closer to 0.8
0.5/0.8 = 0.625 = 625/1000

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{12} \div 3\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
5/12 = 0.4166 is closer to 0.6
0.6/3 = 0.2 = 2/10

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form

Question 8.
\(2 \div \frac{1}{8}\)
_______

Answer:
20

Explanation:
1/8 = 0.125 is closer to 0.1
2/0.1 = 20

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div \frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
3/4 = 0.75 is closer to 0.8
3/5 = is 0.6 closer to 0.8
0.8/0.8 = 1

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{5} \div 5\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
2/5 = 0.4 is closer to 0.5
0.5/5 = 0.1 = 1/10

Question 11.
\(4 \div \frac{1}{7}\)
_______

Answer:
40

Explanation:
1/7 = 0.1428 is closer to 0.1
4/0.1 = 40

Practice: Copy and Solve Evaluate using the order of operations.

Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 12.
\(\left(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{10}\right) \div 2\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{20}\)

Explanation:
3/5 + 1/10 = 7/10 = 0.7
0.7/2 = 7/20

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{10} \div 2\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{13}{20}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{10} \div 2\)
(1/10)/2 = 1/20
3/5 + 1/20 = 0.65 = 13/20

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{5}+2 \div \frac{1}{10}\)
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

Explanation:
2/(1/10) = 1/5
3/5 + 1/5 = 4/5

Question 15.
Generalize Suppose the divisor and the dividend of a division problem are both fractions between 0 and 1, and the divisor is greater than the dividend. Is the quotient less than, equal to, or greater than 1?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Divisor and Dividend are fractions lying between 0 and 1
Also, Divisor > Dividend
A smaller number is being divided by a larger number
Whenever a smaller number is divided by a larger number, the quotient is less than 1
Example:
0,5/0,6 Here, they are both numbers between 0 and 1, and the divisor is greater than the dividend.
The result is 0,8333, LESS THAN 1
Hence, the answer is that the quotient will be less than 1

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 110

Use the table for 16–19.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 16

Question 16.
Kristen wants to cut ladder rungs from a 6 ft board. How many ladder rungs can she cut?
_______ ladder rungs

Answer:
8 ladder rungs

Explanation:
Kristen wants to cut ladder rungs from a 6 ft board.
ladder rungs = 3/4 ft
6/(3/4) = 8 rungs

Question 17.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 16. Write and solve a new problem by changing the length of the board Kristen is cutting for ladder rungs.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Kristen wants to cut ladder rungs from a 9 ft board. How many ladder rungs can she cut?
Kristen wants to cut ladder rungs from a 9 ft board.
ladder rungs = 3/4 ft
9/(3/4) = 12 rungs

Question 18.
Dan paints a design that has 8 equal parts along the entire length of the windowsill. How long is each part of the design?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yards

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{16}\) yards

Explanation:
Dan paints a design that has 8 equal parts along the entire length of the windowsill.
(1/2)/8 = 1/2 x 1/8 = 1/16 yards

Question 19.
Dan has a board that is \(\frac{15}{16}\) yd. How many “Keep Out” signs can he make if the length of the sign is changed to half of the original length?
_______ signs

Answer:
3 signs

Explanation:
Dan has a board that is \(\frac{15}{16}\) yd.
If the length of the sign is changed to half of the original length, (5/8)/2 = 5/16
(15/16) ÷ 5/16 = 15/16 x 16/5 = 3

Question 20.
Lauren has \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of dried fruit. She puts the dried fruit into bags, each holding \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup. How many bags will Lauren use? Explain your answer using words and numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6

Explanation:
Lauren has \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of dried fruit. She puts the dried fruit into bags, each holding \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup.
3/4 ÷ 1/8 = 3/4 x 8 = 6
Lauren has 3/4 and in 1/4 there are 2 1/8s. That 3 fourths times two = 6 so 6 one eights

Divide Fractions – Page No. 111

Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(5 \div \frac{1}{6}\)
_____

Answer:
25

Explanation:
1/6 = 0.166 is closer to 0.2
5/0.2 = 25

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{4}\)
_____

Answer:
5

Explanation:
1/2 = 0.5 is closer to 1
1/4 = 0.25 is closer to 0.2
1/0.2 = 5

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{5} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
4/5 = 0.8 is closer to 0.8
2/3 = 0.66 is closer to 0.6
0.8/0.6 = 1 1/5

Question 4.
\(\frac{14}{15} \div 7\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{15}\)

Explanation:
14/15 = 0.9333
0.9/7 = 2/15

Question 5.
\(8 \div \frac{1}{3}\)
_____

Answer:
20

Explanation:
1/3 = 0.33 is closer to 0.4
8/0.4 = 20

Question 6.
\(\frac{12}{21} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:
12/21 = 0.571 is closer to 0.6
2/3 = 0.666 is closer to 0.6
0.6/0.6 = 1

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{5}{12}\)
_____

Answer:
2

Explanation:
5/6 = 0.833 is closer to 0.8
5/12 = 0.416 is closer to 0.4
0.8/0.4 = 2

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{8} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
5/8 = 0.625 is closer to 0.6
1/2 = 0.5 is closer to 0.5
0.6/0.5 = 1.2 = 1 2/10

Question 9.
Joy ate \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a pizza. If she divides the rest of the pizza into pieces equal to \(\frac{1}{8}\) pizza for her family, how many pieces will her family get?
_____ pieces

Answer:
6 pieces

Explanation:
The pizza is divided into 4 pieces, Joy ate 1/4.
So, the left pieces are 1 – 1/4 = 3/4
Now, 3/4 of a pizza and Joy will divide the rest of the pizza in pieces equal to 1/8, so we need to make a division
(3/4) ÷ (1/8) = 24/4 = 6 pieces.

Question 10.
Hideko has \(\frac{3}{5}\) yard of ribbon to tie on balloons for the festival. Each balloon will need \(\frac{3}{10}\) yard of ribbon. How many balloons can Hideko tie with ribbon?
_____ balloons

Answer:
2 balloons

Explanation:
3/10 yard of ribbon required to tie = 1 balloon
3/5 yard of ribber can tie = (3/5) ÷ (3/10) = 2 ballons
With 3/5 yard, Hideko can tie 2 balloons

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Rick knows that 1 cup of glue weighs \(\frac{1}{18}\) pound. He has \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of glue. How many cups of glue does he have?
_____ cups

Answer:
12 cups

Explanation:
For 1/18lb, 1 cup
For 2/3lb, x cups.
1/8x = 1 x 2/3
1/8x = 2/3
x = 2/3 x 18
x = 2 x 6 = 12 cups

Question 12.
Mrs. Jennings had \(\frac{5}{7}\) gallon of paint. She gave \(\frac{1}{7}\) gallon each to some students. How many students received paint if Mrs. Jennings gave away all the paint?
_____ students

Answer:
4 students

Explanation:
Mrs. Jennings had \(\frac{5}{7}\) gallon of paint. She gave \(\frac{1}{7}\) gallon each to some students.
\(\frac{5}{7}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{7}\) = 25/7 = 3.571 is closer to 4

Question 13.
Write a word problem that involves two fractions. Include the solution.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Mrs. Jennings had \(\frac{5}{7}\) gallon of paint. She gave \(\frac{1}{7}\) gallon each to some students. How many students received paint if Mrs. Jennings gave away all the paint?
Answer:
Mrs. Jennings had \(\frac{5}{7}\) gallon of paint. She gave \(\frac{1}{7}\) gallon each to some students.
\(\frac{5}{7}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{7}\) = 25/7 = 3.571 is closer to 4

Lesson Check – Page No. 112

Question 1.
There was \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza for 6 friends to share equally. What fraction of the pizza did each person get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
There was \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza for 6 friends to share equally.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 6 = 2/3 x 1/6 = 2/18 = 1/9

Question 2.
Rashad needs \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound of wax to make a candle. How many candles can he make with 6 pounds of wax?
_____ candles

Answer:
9 candles

Explanation:
Rashad needs 2/3 pound a wax to make candles.
1 Candle = 2/3 pounds.
So, for 2 pounds,
3 x 2/3 = 3 candles
2 pounds = 3 candles
1 pound = 3/2 candles
So, for 6 pounds,
6 x 3/2 = 9 candles

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jeremy had \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a submarine sandwich and gave his friend \(\frac{1}{3}\) of it. What fraction of the sandwich did the friend receive?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Jeremy had \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a submarine sandwich and gave his friend \(\frac{1}{3}\) of it.
1/3 x 3/4 = 1/4

Question 4.
Ebony walked at a rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles per hour for 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours. How far did she walk?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Ebony walked at a rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles per hour for 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours.
3 1/2 miles = 7/2 miles … 1 hour
x miles = ? … 1 1/3 hours = 4/3 hours
7/2 x 4/3 = 1 x x
x = 7/2 x 4/3
x = 14/3 = 4 2/3 miles
The correct result would be 4 2/3 miles.

Question 5.
Penny uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) yard of fabric for each pillow she makes. How many pillows can she make using 6 yards of fabric?
_____ pillows

Answer:
8 pillows

Explanation:
Penny uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) yard of fabric for each pillow she makes.
Using 6 yards of fabric 6/(3/4) = 24/3 = 8

Question 6.
During track practice, Chris ran 2.5 laps in 81 seconds. What was his average time per lap?
_____ seconds

Answer:
32.4 seconds

Explanation:
During track practice, Chris ran 2.5 laps in 81 seconds.
81/2.5 = 32.4 seconds

Share and Show – Page No. 115

Use the model to find the quotient.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{3}\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
_____

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Model 3 with 3 hexagonal blocks.
Model 1/2 with 1 trapezoid block.
For 1/6,
6 triangle blocks are equal to 1 hexagon.
So, a triangle block shows 1/6.
Count the triangles.
There are 21 triangle blocks.
So, 3 1/2 ÷ 1/6 = 21.

Question 2.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 18
_____

Answer:
15

Explanation:
Model 2 with 2 hexagonal blocks.
Model 1/2 with 1 trapezoid block.
For 1/6,
6 triangle blocks are equal to 1 hexagon.
So, a triangle block shows 1/6.
Count the triangles.
There are 15 triangle blocks.
So, \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}\) = 15.

Use pattern blocks to find the quotient. Then draw the model.

Question 3.
\(2 \frac{2}{3} \div \frac{1}{6}\)
_____

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 1

Explanation:
2 2/3 = 8/3
8/3 ÷ 1/6 = 16

Question 4.
\(3 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
_____

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 2

Explanation:
3 1/2 = 7/2
7/2 ÷ 1/2 = 7

Draw a model to find the quotient.

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{1}{2} \div 3\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 3

Explanation:
3 1/2 = 7/2
7/2 ÷ 3 = 21/2

Question 6.
\(1 \frac{1}{4} \div 2\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 4

Explanation:
1/4 ÷ 2 = 1/2

Question 7.
Use Appropriate Tools Explain how models can be used to divide mixed numbers by fractions or whole numbers
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Multiply the whole number part by the fraction’s denominator. Add that to the numerator. Then write the result on top of the denominator.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 116

Use a model to solve. Then write an equation for the model.

Question 8.
Use Models Eliza opens a box of bead kits. The box weighs 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb. Each bead kit weighs \(\frac{1}{6}\) lb. How many kits are in the box? What does the answer mean?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 6
16 kits are in the box

Explanation:
Eliza opens a box of bead kits. The box weighs 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb. Each bead kit weighs \(\frac{1}{6}\) lb, 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 8/3 ÷ 1/6 = 16.
16 kits are in the box

Question 9.
Hassan has two boxes of trail mix. Each box holds 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb of trail mix. He eats \(\frac{1}{3}\) lb of trail mix each day. How many days can Hassan eat trail mix before he runs out?
_____ days

Answer:
10 days

Explanation:
Hassan has two boxes of trail mix. Each box holds 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb of trail mix.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 5/3
2 x (5/3) = 10/3
He eats \(\frac{1}{3}\) lb of trail mix each day.
10/3 ÷ 1/3 = 10
Hassan eats trail mix for 10 days before he runs out.

Question 10.
Sense or Nonsense? Steve made this model to show \(2 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{6}\). He says that the quotient is 7. Is his answer sense or nonsense? Explain your reasoning
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 19
Type below:
__________

Answer:
\(2 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{6}\) = 7/3 ÷ 1/6 = 14.
He said the quotient is 7.
His answer is Nonsense.

Question 11.
Eva is making muffins to sell at a fundraiser. She has 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour, and the recipe calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of flour for each batch of muffins. Explain how to use a model to find the number of batches of muffins Eva can make.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
Eva is making muffins to sell at a fundraiser. She has 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour, and the recipe calls for \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of flour for each batch of muffins.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 9/4 ÷ 3/4 = 3

Model Mixed Number Division – Page No. 117

Use the model to find the quotient.

Question 1.
\(4 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 20
_____

Answer:
9

Explanation:
Count the number of trapezoids to find the answer.

Question 2.
\(3 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{6}\)
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 21
_____

Answer:
20

Use pattern blocks or another model to find the quotient. Then draw the model.

Question 3.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}\)
_____

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 5

Explanation:
Model 2 with 2 hexagonal blocks.
Model 1/2 with 1 trapezoid block.
For 1/6,
6 triangle blocks are equal to 1 hexagon.
So, a triangle block shows 1/6.
Count the triangles.
There are 15 triangle blocks.
So, 212÷16 = 15.

Question 4.
\(2 \frac{3}{4} \div 2\)
_____

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 6

Explanation:
2 3/4 ÷ 2 = 11/2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Marty has 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) quarts of juice. He pours the same amount of juice into 2 bottles. How much does he pour into each bottle?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) quarts

Answer:
1\(\frac{2}{5}\) quarts

Explanation:
Marty has 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) quarts of juice. He pours the same amount of juice into 2 bottles.
2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 14/5 = 2.8
2.8/2 = 1.4 = 1 2/5

Question 6.
How many \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound servings are in 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds of cheese?
_____ pounds

Answer:
14 pounds

Explanation:
4 2/3 = 14/3
(14/3)/(1/3) = 14

Question 7.
Write a word problem that involves dividing a mixed number by a whole number. Solve the problem and describe how you found the answer.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
How many \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound servings are in 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds of cheese?
Explanation:
4 2/3 = 14/3
(14/3)/(1/3) = 14

Lesson Check – Page No. 118

Sketch a model to find the quotient.

Question 1.
Emma has 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of birdseed. She wants to divide it evenly among 3 bird feeders. How much birdseed should she put in each?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds

Explanation:
Emma has 4 1/2 pounds of birdseed.
Convert this to an improper fraction.
4 1/2 = 9/2
Emma wants to divide it evenly among 3 bird feeders.
So, she should put (9/2)/3 = 3/2 = 1 1/2

Question 2.
A box of crackers weighs 11 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounces. Kaden estimates that one serving is \(\frac{3}{4}\) ounce. How many servings are in the box?
_____ servings

Answer:
15 servings

Explanation:
11 1/4 by 3/4
11 1/4 = 45/4
45/4 / 3/4 = 45/4 × 4/3 = 180/12 = 15
there are 15 servings

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The Ecology Club has volunteered to clean up 4.8 kilometers of highway. The members are organized into 16 teams. Each team will clean the same amount of highway. How much highway will each team clean?
_____ kilometers

Answer:
0.3 kilometers

Explanation:
The Ecology Club has volunteered to clean up 4.8 kilometers of highway. The members are organized into 16 teams.
The total length of the highway is given to clean = 4.8 kilometers
If the members are organized into 16 teams.
4.8/16 = 0.3
Hence, each team will clean 0.3 kilometers of the highway.

Question 4.
Tyrone has $8.06. How many bagels can he buy if each bagel costs $0.65?
_____ bagels

Answer:
12 bagels

Explanation:
$8.06/$0.65 = 12.4
12 bagels

Question 5.
A nail is 0.1875 inches thick. What is its thickness as a fraction? Is 0.1875 inch closer to \(\frac{1}{8}\) inch or \(\frac{1}{4}\) inch on a number line?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.1875 = 3/16 which is at the same distance to 1/4 and 1/8
It is the same distance apart.

Question 6.
Maria wants to find the product of 5 \(\frac{3}{20}\) × 3 \(\frac{4}{25}\) using decimals instead of fractions. How can she rewrite the problem using decimals?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
16.274

Explanation:
The decimal for 5 3/20 is 5.15
The decimal for 3 4/25 is 3.16
5.15 × 3.16 = 16.274

Share and Show – Page No. 121

Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(4 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
5\(\frac{375}{1000}\)

Explanation:
4 1/3 = 13/3 = 4.333 is closer to 4.3
3/4 = 0.75 is closer to 0.8
4.3/0.8 = 5.375 = 5 375/1000

Question 2.
Six hikers shared 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb of trail mix. How much trail mix did each hiker receive?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{75}{100}\)

Explanation:
6 hikers = 4.5 lbs of trail mix
4.5/6= .75 lbs each hiker.

Question 3.
\(5 \frac{2}{3} \div 3\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{947}{1000}\)

Explanation:
5 2/3 = 17/3 = 5.666 is closer to 5.6
5.6/3 = 1.866 is closer to 1.9
5.6/1.9 = 2.947 = 2 947/1000

Question 4.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)
______

Answer:
3

Explanation:
7 1/2 = 15/2 = 7.5
2 1/2 = 5/2 = 2.5
7.5/2.5 = 3

On Your Own

Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form.

Question 5.
\(5 \frac{3}{4} \div 4 \frac{1}{2}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{27}{100}\)

Explanation:
5 3/4 = 23/4 = 5.75
4 1/2 = 9/2 = 4.5
5.75/4.5 = 1.27 = 1 27/100

Question 6.
\(5 \div 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3\(\frac{84}{100}\)

Explanation:
1 1/3 = 4/3 = 1.33 is closer to 1.3
5/1.3 = 3.84 = 3 84/100

Divide Mixed Numbers Lesson 2.9 Question 7.
\(6 \frac{3}{4} \div 2\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3\(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
6 3/4 = 27/4 = 6.75 is closer to 6.8
6.8/2 = 3.4 = 3 2/5

Question 8.
\(2 \frac{2}{9} \div 1 \frac{3}{7}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{571}{1000}\)

Explanation:
2 2/9 = 20/9 = 2.22 is closer to 2.2
1 3/7 = 10/7 = 1.428 is closer to 1.4
2.2/1.4 = 1.571 = 1 571/1000

Question 9.
How many 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd pieces can Amanda get from a 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd ribbon?
______

Answer:
1

Explanation:
(3 1/3) ÷ (3 1/3) = 1

Question 10.
Samantha cut 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yd of yarn into 3 equal pieces. Explain how she could use mental math to find the length of each piece
Type below:
__________

Answer:
27/12

Explanation:
Samantha cut 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yd of yarn into 3 equal pieces.
6 3/4 = 27/4
(27/4)/3
(27/4)(1/3) = 27/12

Evaluate Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(1 \frac{1}{2} \times 2 \div 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
(1 1/2) × 2 = 3/2 × 2 = 3
1 1/3 = 4/3
3/(4/3) = 9/4 = 2.25 = 2 1/4

Question 12.
\(1 \frac{2}{5} \div 1 \frac{13}{15}+\frac{5}{8}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
(1 2/5)/(1 13/15) = (7/5)/(28/15) = 3/4 = 0.75
0.75 + 0.625 = 1.375 = 1 3/8

Question 13.
\(3 \frac{1}{2}-1 \frac{5}{6} \div 1 \frac{2}{9}\)
_____

Answer:
2

Explanation:
(1 5/6)/(1 2/9) = (11/6)/11/9 = 3/2 = 1 1/2 = 1.5
3 1/2 = 7/2 = 3.5
3.5 – 1.5 = 2

Question 14.
Look for a Pattern Find these quotients: \(20 \div 4 \frac{4}{5}\), \(10 \div 4 \frac{4}{5}\), \(5 \div 4 \frac{4}{5}\). Describe a pattern you see.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
20 ÷ 4 4/5 = 20 ÷ 24/5 = 20/4.8 = 4.1666
10 ÷ 4 4/5 = 10 ÷ 24/5 = 10/4.8 = 2.08333
5 ÷ 4 4/5 = 5 ÷ 24/5 = 5/4.8 = 1.04166
The pattern is multiplied by 2 every time.

Page No. 122

Question 15.
Dina hikes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the easy trail and stops for a break every 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles. How many breaks will she take?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 22
a. What problem are you asked to solve?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
How many breaks Dina will take when hikes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the easy trail and stops for a break every 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) mile.

Question 15.
b. How will you use the information in the table to solve the problem?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Dina easy trail length, break time

Question 15.
c. How can you find the distance Dina hikes? How far does she hike?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
9\(\frac{3}{4}\) miles

Explanation:
19 1/2 × 1/2 = 39/2 × 1/2 = 39/4 = 9 3/4

Question 15.
d. What operation will you use to find how many breaks Dina takes?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Division

Question 15.
e. How many breaks will Dina take?
______ breaks

Answer:
3 breaks

Explanation:
39/4 ÷ 13/4 = 3

Question 16.
Carlo packs 15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) lb of books in 2 boxes. Each book weighs 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) lb. There are 4 more books in Box A than in Box B. How many books are in Box A? Explain your work.
______ books

Answer:
Carlo packs 15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) lb of books in 2 boxes. Each book weighs 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) lb.
15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 63/4 ÷ 9/8 = 14
14 books available in 2 boxes.
There are 4 more books in Box A than in Box B.
Box A contains 5 + 4 = 9 books
Box B contains 5 books

Question 17.
Rex’s goal is to run 13 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles over 5 days. He wants to run the same distance each day. Jordan said that Rex would have to run 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day to reach his goal. Do you agree with Jordan? Explain your answer using words and numbers.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Rex’s goal is to run 13 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles over 5 days. He wants to run the same distance each day.
13 \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 5 = 55/4 ÷ 5 = 11/4 or 2 3/4.
Jordan answer is wrong

Divide Mixed Numbers – Page No. 123

Estimate. Then write the quotient in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 2 \frac{1}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
2 1/2 = 5/2 = 2.5 is closer to 3
2 1/3 = 7/3 = 2.333 is closer to 2
3/2 = 1.5 = 1 1/2

Question 2.
\(2 \frac{2}{3} \div 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
______

Answer:
2

Explanation:
2 2/3 = 8/3 = 2.666 is closer to 2.6
1 1/3 = 4/3 = 1.333 is closer to 1.3
2.6/1.3 = 2

Question 3.
\(2 \div 3 \frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
3 5/8 = 29/8 = 3.625 is closer to 3.6
2/3.6 = 0.5 = 1/2

Question 4.
\(1 \frac{13}{15} \div 1 \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{126}{100}\)

Explanation:
1 13/15 = 28/15 = 1.8666 is closer to 1.9
1 2/5 = 7/5 = 1.4 is closer to 1.5
1.9/1.5 = 1.266
126/100

Question 5.
\(10 \div 6 \frac{2}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
6 2/3 = 20/3 = 6.666 is closer to 6.7
10/6.7 = 3/2 = 1 1/2

Question 6.
\(2 \frac{3}{5} \div 1 \frac{1}{25}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
2 3/5 = 13/5 = 2.6
1 1/25 = 26/25 = 1.04 is closer to 1
2.6/1 = 13/5 or 2 3/5

Question 7.
\(2 \frac{1}{5} \div 2\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
2 1/5 = 11/5 = 2.2 is closer to 2.2
2.2/2 = 1.1 = 11/10 = 1 1/10

Lesson 2.9 Divide Mixed Numbers Question 8.
Sid and Jill hiked 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) miles in the morning and 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\) miles in the afternoon. How many times as far did they hike in the morning as in the afternoon?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) times

Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{5}\) times

Explanation:
Sid and Jill hiked 4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) miles in the morning and 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\) miles in the afternoon.
4 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 33/8
1 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 15/8
(33/8) ÷ (15/8) = 33/15 = 11/5 or 2 1/5

Problem Solving

Question 9.
It takes Nim 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours to weave a basket. He worked Monday through Friday, 8 hours a day. How many baskets did he make?
______ baskets

Answer:
15 baskets

Explanation:
he worked (Mon – Fri) 5 days at 8 hrs per day = 5 × 8= 40 hrs
40/ (2 2/3) = 40 / (8/3) = 40 × 3/8 = 120/8 = 15 baskets

Question 10.
A tree grows 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet per year. How long will it take the tree to grow from a height of 21 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet to a height of 37 feet?
______ years

Answer:
9 years

Explanation:
A tree grows 1 3/4 = 7/4 feet per year.
If you would like to know how long will it take the tree to grow from a height of 21 1/4 = 85/4 feet to a height of 37 feet,
37 – 21 1/4 = 37 – 85/4 = 148/4 – 85/4 = 63/4 = 15 3/4
15 3/4 / 1 3/4 = 63/4 / 7/4 = 63/4 × 4/7 = 9 years

Question 11.
Explain how you would find how many 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup servings there are in a pot that contains 22 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of soup.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that, Total number of cups = 22 1/2
The number of cups required for each serving = 1 1/2
The number of servings = 22 1/2 ÷ 1 1/2
= 45/2 ÷ 3/2 = 45/3 = 15

Lesson Check – Page No. 124

Question 1.
Tom has a can of paint that covers 37 \(\frac{1}{2}\) square meters. Each board on the fence has an area of \(\frac{3}{16}\) square meters. How many boards can he paint?
______ boards

Answer:
200 boards

Explanation:
Tom has a can of paint that covers 37 \(\frac{1}{2}\) square meters. Each board on the fence has an area of \(\frac{3}{16}\) square meters.
37 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{16}\) = 200 square meters

Question 2.
A baker wants to put 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of apples in each pie she makes. She purchased 52 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of apples. How many pies can she make?
______ pies

Answer:
14 pies

Explanation:
A baker wants to put 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of apples in each pie she makes. She purchased 52 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds of apples.
52 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 14 pies

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The three sides of a triangle measure 9.97 meters, 10.1 meters, and 0.53 meters. What is the distance around the triangle?
______ meters

Answer:
20.6 meters

Explanation:
The distance around the triangle is called the perimeter, to get it we must add the 3 sides.
So, 9.97 + 10.1 + 0.53 = 20.6 meters

Question 4.
Selena bought 3.75 pounds of meat for $4.64 per pound. What was the total cost of the meat?
$ ______

Answer:
$17.40

Explanation:
Selena bought 3.75 pounds of meat.
The cost of meat of one pound = $4.64
The total cost of the meat = 4.64 × 3.75 = $17.40
The total cost of 3.75 lb of meat was $17.40.

Question 5.
Melanie prepared 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) tablespoons of a spice mixture. She uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) tablespoon to make a batch of barbecue sauce. Estimate the number of batches of barbecue sauce she can make using the spice mixture.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
30 batches of sauce

Explanation:
Melanie prepared 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) tablespoons of a spice mixture. She uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) tablespoon to make a batch of barbecue sauce.
4 X 1/4 tbsp = 1 tbsp.
4 X 7 1/2 = 30.
She can make 30 batches of sauce

Question 6.
Arturo mixed together 1.24 pounds of pretzels, 0.78 pounds of nuts, 0.3 pounds of candy, and 2 pounds of popcorn. He then packaged it in bags that each contained 0.27 pounds. How many bags could he fill?
______ bags

Answer:
16 bags

Explanation:
Arturo mixed together 1.24 pounds of pretzels, 0.78 pounds of nuts, 0.3 pounds of candy, and 2 pounds of popcorn.
1.24 + 0.78 + 0.3 + 2 = 4.32
4.32/0.27 = 16

Page No. 127

Question 1.
There is \(\frac{4}{5}\) lb of sand in the class science supplies. If one scoop of sand weighs \(\frac{1}{20}\) lb, how many scoops of sand can Maria get from the class supplies and still leave \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb in the supplies?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
16 scoops

Explanation:
There is \(\frac{4}{5}\) lb of sand in the class science supplies. If one scoop of sand weighs \(\frac{1}{20}\) lb,
\(\frac{4}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{20}\) = 4/5 × 1/20 = 16 scoops

Question 2.
What if Maria leaves \(\frac{2}{5}\) lb of sand in the supplies? How many scoops of sand can she get?
______ scoops

Answer:
8 scoops

Explanation:
There is \(\frac{2}{5}\) lb of sand in the class science supplies. If one scoop of sand weighs \(\frac{1}{20}\) lb,
\(\frac{2}{5}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{20}\) = 2/5 × 20 = 8

Question 3.
There are 6 gallons of distilled water in the science supplies. If 10 students each use an equal amount of distilled water and there is 1 gal left in the supplies, how much will each student get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) gallon

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) gallon

Explanation:
There are 6 gallons of distilled water in the science supplies.
There is 1 gal left in the supplies, 6 – 1 = 5
10 students each use an equal amount of the distilled water = 5/10 = 1/2
.5 gal for each student

On Your Own – Page No. 128

Question 4.
The total weight of the fish in a tank of tropical fish at Fish ‘n’ Fur was \(\frac{7}{8}\) lb. Each fish weighed \(\frac{1}{64}\) lb. After Eric bought some fish, the total weight of the fish remaining in the tank was \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb. How many fish did Eric buy?
______ fish

Answer:
386 fish

Explanation:
The total weight of the fish in a tank of tropical fish at Fish ‘n’ Fur was \(\frac{7}{8}\) lb. Each fish weighed \(\frac{1}{64}\) lb. After Eric bought some fish, the total weight of the fish remaining in the tank was \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb.
386 is the answer

Question 5.
Fish ‘n’ Fur had a bin containing 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb of gerbil food. After selling bags of gerbil food that each held \(\frac{3}{4}\) lb, \(\frac{1}{4}\) lb of food was left in the bin. If each bag of gerbil food sold for $3.25, how much did the store earn?
$ ______

Answer:
$9.75

Explanation:
The store would earn 9.75$ because 3 bags of gerbil food is sold. Then you would multiply 3 by 3.25.

Question 6.
Describe Niko bought 2 lb of dog treats. He gave his dog \(\frac{3}{5}\) lb of treats one week and \(\frac{7}{10}\) lb of treats the next week. Describe how Niko can find how much is left.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Niko bought 2 lb of dog treats. He gave his dog \(\frac{3}{5}\) lb of treats one week and \(\frac{7}{10}\) lb of treats the next week.
Let us find the amount of dog food eaten by dogs in two months.
3/5 + 7/10 = 13/10
Now we will subtract the amount of food eaten by the dog from the amount of food initially to find the remaining amount of dog food.
2 – 13/10 = 7/10
Therefore, 7/10 pounds of food was remaining in the bag at the end of the two months.

Question 7.
There were 14 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of apple juice in a container. Each day, Elise drank 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of apple juice. Today, there is \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of apple juice left. Derek said that Elise drank apple juice on nine days. Do you agree with Derek? Use words and numbers to explain your answer.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Derek is correct.

Explanation:
An apple juice the container had 14 1/2 =14.25
She drank per day 1 1/2= 1.5
The left part in the container 3/4= .75
14.25 cups – .75 cup = 13.5 cups
13.5 cups ÷ 1.5 cups per day= 9 days

Problem Solving Fraction Operations – Page No. 129

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) of a pizza was left over. A group of friends divided the leftover pizza into pieces each equal to \(\frac{1}{18}\) of the original pizza. After each friend took one piece, \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the original pizza remained. How many friends were in the group?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 23
______ friends

Answer:
9 friends

Explanation:
Let us say that there are x friends.
Each one gets 1/18 of the original pizza: but this in turn leaves 1/6 of the 2/3 leftover.
1x/18 = 2/3 – 1/6
x = 12 – 3 = 9

Question 2.
Sarah’s craft project uses pieces of yarn that are \(\frac{1}{8}\) yard long. She has a piece of yarn that is 3 yards long. How many \(\frac{1}{8}\) -yard pieces can she cut and still have 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards left?
______ pieces

Answer:
14 pieces

Explanation:
Sarah’s craft project uses pieces of yarn that are \(\frac{1}{8}\) yard long. She has a piece of yarn that is 3 yards long.
If she left 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards left, 3 – 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 7/4
7/4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 14

Question 3.
Alex opens a 1-pint container of orange butter. He spreads \(\frac{1}{16}\) of the butter on his bread. Then he divides the rest of the butter into \(\frac{3}{4}\) -pint containers. How many \(\frac{3}{4}\) -pint containers is he able to fill?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) containers

Answer:
1\(\frac{1}{4}\) containers

Explanation:
Alex opens a 1-pint container of orange butter. He spreads \(\frac{1}{16}\) of the butter on his bread.
1 – 1/16 = 15/16
Then he divides the rest of the butter into \(\frac{3}{4}\) -pint containers.
(15/16) ÷ (3/4) = 5/4 = 1 1/4

Question 4.
Kaitlin buys \(\frac{9}{10}\) a pound of orange slices. She eats \(\frac{1}{3}\) of them and divides the rest equally into 3 bags. How much is in each bag?
______ lb

Answer:
17/90 lb

Explanation:
Kaitlin buys \(\frac{9}{10}\) a pound of orange slices. She eats \(\frac{1}{3}\) of them and divides the rest equally into 3 bags.
If she starts with 9/10 pounds and has eaten 1/3 of them, 9/10 – 1/3 = 17/30
This is the amount she has left. Let’s divide this value by 3 to see how many pounds are in one bag.
(17/30)/3 = 17/90
There are 17/90 pounds in one bag.

Question 5.
Explain how to draw a model that represents \(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{2}\right) \div \frac{1}{8}\).
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Divide 2 bars into 8 quarters.
Below that draw 1 1/4 or 5 quarters.
Remove 1/2 or 2 quarters
Divide each of the 3 quarters left into 2 eighths

Explanation:
\(\left(1 \frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{2}\right) \div \frac{1}{8}\)
1 1/4 -1/2 = 5/4 – 1/2 = 3/4
3/4 ÷ 1/8 = 6

Lesson Check – Page No. 130

Question 1.
Eva wanted to fill bags with \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of trail mix. She started with 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds but ate \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound before she started filling the bags. How many bags could she fill?
______ bags

Answer:
15 bags

Explanation:
11 and 3/8-1/8=11 and 2/8=11 and 1/4
3/4 times x bags=11 and 1/4
convert 11 and 1/4 to improper fraction
11 and 1/4 = 11 + 1/4 = 44/4 + 1/4 = 45/4
3/4 times x bags=45/4
x bags = 45/4 × 4/3 = 15 bags
she could fill 15 bags

Question 2.
John has a roll containing 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet of wrapping paper. He wants to divide it into 11 pieces. First, though, he must cut off \(\frac{5}{6}\) foot because it was torn. How long will each piece be?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer:
2\(\frac{4}{25}\) feet

Explanation:
John had a roll containing wrapping paper = 24 2/3 = 74/3
First, he must cut off 5/6 feet because it was torn.
He wants to divide it into 11 pieces.
74/3 – 5/6
Taking the L.C.M of 3 and 6 is 6
(148-5)/6 = 143/6 = 23.83 feet
He wants to divide it into 11 pieces. length of the each piece = 23.83/11 = 2.16 feet

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alexis has 32 \(\frac{2}{5}\) ounces of beads. How many necklaces can she make if each uses 2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces of beads?
______ necklaces

Answer:
12 necklaces

Explanation:
Alexis has 32 \(\frac{2}{5}\) ounces of beads.
If each uses 2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces of beads, 32 \(\frac{2}{5}\) × 2 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
32 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 162/5
2 \(\frac{7}{10}\) = 27/10
162/5 × 27/10 = 12 necklaces

Question 4.
Joseph has $32.40. He wants to buy several comic books that each cost $2.70. How many comic books can he buy?
______ comic books

Answer:
12 comic books

Explanation:
Joseph has $32.40. He wants to buy several comic books that each cost $2.70.
$32.40/$2.70 = 12 comic books

Question 5.
A rectangle is 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) meters wide and 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) meters long. What is its area?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m2

Answer:
9\(\frac{4}{5}\) m2

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 14/5
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 7/2
14/5 × 7/2 = 9 4/5

Question 6.
A rectangle is 2.8 meters wide and 3.5 meters long. What is its area?
______ m2

Answer:
9.8 m2

Explanation:
A rectangle is 2.8 meters wide and 3.5 meters long.
2.8 × 3.5 = 9.8

Chapter 2 Review/Test – Page No. 131

Question 1.
Write the values in order from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 24
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0.45, 0.5, 5/8, 3/4

Explanation:
3/4 = 0.75
5/8 = 0.625
0.45, 0.5
0.45 < 0.5 < 0.625 < 0.75

Question 2.
For numbers 2a–2d, compare. Choose <, >, or =.
2a. 0.75 _____ \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2b. \(\frac{4}{5}\) _____ 0.325
2c. 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) _____ 1.9
2d. 7.4 _____ 7 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Answer:
2a. 0.75 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2b. \(\frac{4}{5}\) > 0.325
2c. 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) < 1.9
2d. 7.4 = 7 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
2a. 3/4 = 0.75
0.75 = 0.75
2b. \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 0.8
0.8 > 0.325
2c. 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 8/5 = 1.6
1.6 < 1.9
2d. 7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 37/5 = 7.4
7.4 = 7.4

Question 3.
The table lists the heights of 4 trees.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 25
For numbers 3a–3d, select True or False for each statement.
3a. The oak tree is the shortest. True False
3b. The birch tree is the tallest. True False
3c. Two of the trees are the same height. True False
3d. The sycamore tree is taller than the maple tree. True False
Type below:
__________

Answer:
3a. The oak tree is the shortest. True
3b. The birch tree is the tallest. False
3c. Two of the trees are the same height. False
3d. The sycamore tree is taller than the maple tree. False

Explanation:
Sycamore = 15 2/3 = 47/3 = 15.666
Oak = 14 3/4 = 59/4 = 14.75
Maple = 15 3/4 = 63/4 = 15.75
Birch = 15.72

Page No. 132

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 26
4a. Point A represents 1.0. Yes No
4b. Point B represents \(\frac{3}{10}\). Yes No
4c. Point C represents 6.5. Yes No
4d. Point D represents \(\frac{4}{5}\). Yes No
Type below:
__________

Answer:
4a. Point A represents 1.0. Yes
4b. Point B represents \(\frac{3}{10}\). Yes
4c. Point C represents 6.5. No
4d. Point D represents \(\frac{4}{5}\). Yes

Question 5.
Select the values that are equivalent to one twenty-fifth. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 125
b. 25
c. 0.04
d. 0.025

Answer:
c. 0.04

Explanation:
one twenty-fifth = 1/25 = 0.04

Question 6.
The table shows Lily’s homework assignment. Lily’s teacher instructed the class to simplify each expression by dividing the numerator and denominator by the GCF. Complete the table by simplifying each expression and then finding the product.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 27
Type below:
___________

Answer:
a. Simplified Expression: 1/10
Product: 0.1
b. Simplified Expression: 1/2
Product: 0.5
c. Simplified Expression: 15/56
Product: 0.267
d. Simplified Expression: 1/12
Product: 0.083

Explanation:
a. 2/5 × 1/4 = 2/20
Simplify using the GCF.
The GCF of 2 and 20 is 2.
Divide the numerator and the denominator by 2.
So, 1/10 is the answer.
Product: 0.1
b. 4/5 × 5/8 = 1/2
Product: 0.5
c. 3/7 × 5/8 = 15/ 56
Product: 0.267
d. 4/9 × 3/16 = 1/12
Product: 0.083

Page No. 133

Question 7.
Two-fifths of the fish in Gary’s fish tank are guppies. One-fourth of the guppies are red. What fraction of the fish in Gary’s tank are red guppies? What fraction of the fish in Gary’s tank are not red guppies? Show your work.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1/10 of the fish are red guppies.
and 9/10 of the fish are not red guppies.

Explanation:
two-fifths of the fish in Gary’s fish tank are guppies.
One-fourth of the guppies are red.
Let the total number of fish in Gary’s fish tank be x.
It is given that two-fifths of the fish in Gary’s fish tank are guppies.
So, the number of guppies in Gary’s fish tank is 2/5 × x
Given that One-fourth of the guppies are red.
number of red guppies = 1/4 × 2x/5 = x/10
So, 1/10 of the fish are red guppies.
1 – 1/10 = 9/10 of the fish are not red guppies.

Question 8.
One-third of the students at Finley High School play sports. Two-fifths of the students who play sports are girls. What fraction of all students are girls who play sports? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
One-third of the students at Finley High School play sports. Two-fifths of the students who play sports are girls.
1/3 × 2/5 = 2/15 of the girls in the school play sports.

Question 9.
Draw a model to find the quotient.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 2 =
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\) =
How are your models alike? How are they different?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
grade 6 chapter 2 image 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ 2 = 3/4 × 1/2 = 3/8
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 3/4 × 8/3 = 2
Both models are multiplying with the 3/4.
The number line model shows how many groups of 3/8 are in 3/4.

Question 10.
Explain how to use a model to find the quotient.
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 2 =
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5/4

Explanation:
2 1/2 = 5/2
5/2 groups of 2
5/2 ÷ 2 = 5/2 × 1/2 = 5/4

Page No. 134

Divide. Show your work.

Question 11.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 \(\frac{11}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{3}\) = 35/24 = 1 \(\frac{11}{24}\)

Question 12.
\(2 \frac{1}{10} \div 1 \frac{1}{5}=\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 21/10
1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 6/5
(21/10) ÷ (6/5) = 7/4 or 1 3/4

Question 13.
Sophie has \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart of lemonade. If she divides the lemonade into glasses that hold \(\frac{1}{16}\) quart, how many glasses can Sophie fill? Show your work
_______ glasses

Answer:
12 glasses

Explanation:
Let x be the number of glasses
1/16x = 3/4
x = 3/4 × 16 = 3 × 4 = 12 glasses

Question 14.
Ink cartridges weigh \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound. The total weight of the cartridges in a box is 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds. How many cartridges does the box contain? Show your work and explain why you chose the operation you did.
_______ cartridges

Answer:
36 cartridges

Explanation:
Weight of ink cartridges = 1/8 pounds
Total weight of the cartridges in a box = 4 1/2 = 9/2 pounds
So, the number of cartridges that box contains is given by
9/2 ÷ 1/8 = 36
Hence, there are 36 cartridges that the box contains.

Question 15.
Beth had 1 yard of ribbon. She used \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard for a project. She wants to divide the rest of the ribbon into pieces \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard long. How many \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard pieces of ribbon can she make? Explain your solution.
_______ pieces

Answer:
4 pieces

Explanation:
Beth had 1 yard of ribbon. She used \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard for a project.
1 – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2/3 yard left
She wants to divide the rest of the ribbon into pieces \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard long.
2/3 ÷ 1/6 = 4

Page No. 135

Question 16.
Complete the table by finding the products. Then answer the questions in Part A and Part B.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 28
Part A
Explain how each pair of division and multiplication problems are the same, and how they are different.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1/5 ÷ 3/4 = 4/15; 1/5 × 4/3 = 4/15
2/13 ÷ 1/5 = 10/13; 2/13 × 5/1 = 10/13
4/5 ÷ 3/5 = 4/3; 4/5 × 5/3 = 4/3
the product of the each pair of division and multiplication problems is the same.
They are different from the operation performed.

Question 16.
Part B
Explain how to use the pattern in the table to rewrite a division problem involving fractions as a multiplication problem.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
First, since it’s the division you have to change the second fraction which is called the reciprocal. That means the second fraction has to be flipped before you can multiply the fractions.

Page No. 136

Question 17.
Margie hiked a 17 \(\frac{7}{8}\) mile trail. She stopped every 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles to take a picture. Martin and Tina estimated how many times Margie stopped.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 29
Who made the better estimate? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Margie hiked a 17 7/8 mile trail.
Distance hiked by Margie = 17 7/8 = 143/8 mile.
She stopped every 3 2/5 miles to take a picture = 17/5 mile
Number of pictures = (143/8) ÷ (17/5) = 715/136 = 5.28
So she can take a maximum of 6 pictures and a minimum of 5 pictures.
B is the correct answer.

Question 18.
Brad and Wes are building a tree house. They cut a 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot piece of wood into 5 of the same length pieces. How long is each piece of wood? Show your work.
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) foot

Answer:
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot

Explanation:
Brad and Wes cut a 12 1/2 foot piece of wood into 5 of the same length.
Let the length of 1 piece be x
So, Length of 5 pieces = 5x
The total length of wood = 25/2
5x = 25/2
x = 5/2 = 2 1/2

Free Grade 6 HMH Go Math Answer Key PDF Download

You can get Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key PDF for free from our page. Access all the questions and explanations for free on our website. Get All the questions, answers along with explanations. Download free pdf of Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-9-independent-and-dependent-variables

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables

Want to become a master in maths? Then refer to our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key. Download Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables pdf for free. You can get the step by step explanation for all questions in HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Solution Key. Independent and Dependent Variables chapter includes topics such as equations and tables, graphs, equations, and graphs, etc.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables

Students can learn the relationship between the graphs and tables in this chapter. You can save time if you understand the concepts in this chapter. Apply the related concepts in the real-time examples to score well in the exams. The best guide to practice math is Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key. Tap on the below link to learn the easy method of math practice.

Lesson 1: Independent and Dependent Variables

Lesson 2: Equations and Tables

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Analyze Relationships

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Graph Relationships

Lesson 5: Equations and Graphs

Chapter 9 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 493

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 1.
An online store lets customers have their name printed on any item they buy. The total cost c in dollars is the price of the item p in dollars plus $3.99 for the name.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p + $3.99

Explanation:
The independent variable is c, the price of the item because it is not going to depend on anything else.
The dependent variable is p because the total cost depends on how many items there are, whether your name is marked on it, etc.
The equation would be:
c = p + $3.99

Question 2.
A raft travels downriver at a rate of 6 miles per hour. The total distance d in miles that the raft travels is equal to the rate times the number of hours h.
Type below:
________________

Answer: d = 6 × h

Explanation:
Speed of the raft = 6 miles per hour
Total distance (d) of the raft = rate × number of hours h
The dependent variable is the number of hours h
The independent variable is distance d.
The equation would be:
d = 6 × h

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Test Answer Key Question 3.
Apples are on sale for $1.99 a pound. Sheila buys p pounds of apples for a total cost of c dollars.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p × $1.99

Explanation:
Apples are on sale for $1.99 a pound
p = pounds of apples
c = total cost of dollars
The equation would be:
c = p × $1.99
c is the independent variable.
p is the dependent variable.

On Your Own

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 4.
Sean can make 8 paper birds in an hour. The total number of birds b is equal to the number of birds he makes per hour times the number of hours h.
Type below:
________________

Answer: b = 8h

Explanation:
Given that,
Sean can make 8 paper birds in an hour.
The total number of birds b is equal to the number of birds he makes per hour times the number of hours h.
b = number of birds
h = number of hours
The equation would be:
b = 8 × h
b is the independent variable.
h is the dependent variable.

Question 5.
Billy has $25. His father is going to give him more money. The total amount t Billy will have is equal to the amount m his father gives him plus the $25 Billy already has.
Type below:
________________

Answer: t = m + $25

Explanation:
Billy has $25. His father is going to give him more money.
The total amount t Billy will have is equal to the amount m his father gives him plus the $25 Billy already has.
The equation would be:
t = m + $25
t is the independent variable
m is the dependent variable.

Question 6.
Connect Symbols and Words Describe a situation that can be represented by the equation c = 12b.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace. The total number of beads b depends on the cost of the necklace c.
The equation is c = 12n

Lesson 9.1 Extra Practice Answer Key Question 7.
Belinda pays $4.25 for each glass she buys. The total cost c is equal to the price per glass times the number of glasses n plus $9.95 for shipping and handling. Write an equation and use it to find how much it will cost Belinda to buy 12 glasses.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Belinda pays $4.25 for each glass she buys. The total cost c is equal to the price per glass times the number of glasses n plus $9.95 for shipping and handling.
The equation is: c = 4.25n + 9.95
Now we have to find the cost of 12 glasses.
c = 4.25(12) + 9.95
c = 60.95
It takes $60.95 to buy 12 glasses.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 494

Question 8.
Benji decides to save $15 per week to buy a computer program. Write an equation that models the total amount t in dollars Benji will have saved in w weeks.
a. What does the variable t represent?
Type below:
________________

Answer: t represents the total amount in dollars Banji saved.

Question 8.
b. Which is the dependent variable? Which is the independent variable? How do you know?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
w is the dependent variable.
t is the independent variable.
w is dependent because it represents the number of weeks. So, we have to multiply 15 with w.
t is an independent variable because t determines the value of a dependent variable.

Question 8.
c. How can you find the total amount saved in w weeks?
Type below:
________________

Answer: We can find the total amount saved in w weeks by multiplying 15 with w.

Question 8.
d. Write an equation for the total amount that Benji will have saved.
Type below:
________________

Answer: t = 15w

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Answer Key Question 9.
Coach Diaz is buying hats for the baseball team. The total cost c is equal to the number of hats that he buys times the sum of the price per hat h and a $2 charge per hat to have the team name printed on it. Write an equation that can be used to find the cost of the hats.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = n + 2h

Explanation:
Coach Diaz is buying hats for the baseball team.
The total cost c is equal to the number of hats n that he buys times the sum of the price per hat h and a $2 charge per hat to have the team name printed on it.
c represents the total cost.
n is the number of hats
h is the price per hat.
The equation is c is equal to the number of hats plus a price per hat and $2.
c = n + 2h

Question 10.
A steel cable that is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch in diameter weighs 0.42 pound per foot. The total weight in pounds w is equal to 0.42 times of the number of feet f of steel cable. Choose the letter or equation that makes each sentence true.
The independent variable is ______________ .
The dependent variable is ______________ .
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is ______________ .

Answer:
A steel cable that is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch in diameter weighs 0.42 pound per foot.
The total weight in pounds w is equal to 0.42 times of the number of feet f of steel cable.
The equation would be:
w = 0.2f
f is the dependent variable
w is the dependent variable.

Independent and Dependent Variables – Page No. 495

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 1.
Sandra has a coupon to save $3 off her next purchase at a restaurant. The cost of her meal c will be the price of the food p that she orders, minus $3.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p – 3

Explanation:
Given,
Sandra has a coupon to save $3 off her next purchase at a restaurant.
The cost of her meal c will be the price of the food p that she orders, minus $3.
c is the independent variable
p is the dependent variable
The equation would be:
c = p – 3

Question 2.
An online clothing store charges $6 for shipping, no matter the price of the items. The total cost c in dollars is the price of the items ordered p plus $6 for shipping.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p + 6

Explanation:
Given,
An online clothing store charges $6 for shipping, no matter the price of the items.
The total cost c in dollars is the price of the items ordered p plus $6 for shipping.
The equation would be:
c = p + $6
where c = cost in dollars
p is the price of items
The independent variable is c.
The dependent variable is p

Question 3.
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace. The total number of beads b depends on the number of necklaces n.
Type below:
________________

Answer: b = 12n

Explanation:
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace.
The total number of beads b depends on the number of necklaces n.
b = total number of beads
n = number of necklaces
The equation would be:
b = 12n
b is the independent variable
n is the dependent variable.

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Maria earns $45 for every lawn that she mows. Her earnings e in dollars depend on the number of lawns n that she mows. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: e = 45n

Explanation:
Maria earns $45 for every lawn that she mows.
Her earnings e in dollars depend on the number of lawns n that she mows.
e = earnings in dollars
n = number of lawns
The equation would be:
e = 45n
e is the independent variable.
n is the dependent variable.

Question 5.
Martin sells cars. He earns $100 per day, plus any commission on his sales. His daily salary s in dollars depends on the amount of commission c. Write an equation to represent his daily salary.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = 100 + c

Explanation:
Martin sells cars. He earns $100 per day, plus any commission on his sales. His daily salary s in dollars depends on the amount of commission c.
c = amount of commission
s = salary in dollars
The equation would be:
s = 100 + c
s is the independent variable.
c is the dependent variable.

Question 6.
Write a situation in which one unknown is dependent on another unknown. Write an equation for your situation and identify the dependent and independent variables.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Byron is playing a game. He earns 10 points for each question he answers correctly. His total score s equals the number of correct answers a time a.
Answer:
Dependent variable: s
Independent variable: a
Equation: s = 10a

Lesson Check – Page No. 496

Question 1.
There are 12 boys in a math class. The total number of students s depends on the number of girls in the class g. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = 12 + g

Explanation:
There are 12 boys in a math class.
The total number of students s depends on the number of girls in class g.
The equation would be:
s = 12 + g
s is the independent variable.
g is the dependent variable.

Question 2.
A store received a shipment of soup cans. The clerk put an equal number of cans on each of 4 shelves. Write an equation to represent the relationship between the total number of cans t and the number of cans on each shelf n.
Type below:
________________

Answer: n = t ÷ 4

Explanation:
A store received a shipment of soup cans. The clerk put an equal number of cans on each of 4 shelves.
t = number of cans.
n = number of cans on each shelf.
The equation would be:
n = t ÷ 4
n is the independent variable.
t is the dependent variable.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 gives the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of C degrees. Gwen measured a Celsius temperature of 35 degrees. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
______ °F

Answer: 95 degrees

Explanation:
The formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 gives the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of C degrees.
C = 35
F = 9C ÷ 5 + 32
F = 9(35) ÷ 5 + 32
F = 315 ÷ 5 + 32
F = 63 + 32
F = 95 degrees

Go Math 6th Grade Chapter 9 Review Test Question 4.
Write an equation to represent this sentence. The difference of a number n and 1.8 is 2.
Type below:
________________

Answer: n – 1.8 = 2

Explanation:
The difference of a number n and 1.8 is 2.
The phrase difference is nothing but subtraction.
The equation would be:
n – 1.8 = 2

Question 5.
Drew drank 4 cups of orange juice. This is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the total amount of juice that was in the container. Solve \(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 4 to find the number of cups x of juice in the container. How much juice was in the container?
______ cups

Answer: 10 cups

Explanation:
Drew drank 4 cups of orange juice. This is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the total amount of juice that was in the container.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 4
2 × x = 4 × 5
2x = 20
x = 20/2
x = 10
Thus there are 10 cups of juice in the container.

Question 6.
Graph x ≤ 4.5 on a number line.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
GO Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-1

Share and Show – Page No. 499

Use the equation to complete the table.

Question 1.
y = x + 3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
The equation is x + 3.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-1

Question 2.
y = 2x + 1
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 2
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
The equation is y = 2x + 1
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-2

On Your Own

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 2x
The output is a multiple of 2 and x
For x = 10
The output is y = 2x
y = 2 × 10 = 20

Topic 9 Lesson 9.2 Answer Key Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 4
Type below:
________________

Answer:
y = x ÷ 2
The output is the quotient of x and 2.
The output for x = 40 is
y = 40 ÷ 2
y = 20

Question 5.
The table shows the current cost of buying apps for a cell phone. Next month, the price of each app will double. Write an equation you can use to find the total cost y of buying x apps next month.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 5
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 3x

Explanation:
The equation is a multiple of 3 and x.
The equation is y = 3x

Chapter 9 Lesson 2 Answer Key Question 6.
A beach resort charges $1.50 per hour plus $4.50 to rent a bicycle. The equation c = 1.50x + 4.50 gives the total cost c of renting a bicycle for x hours. Use numbers and words to explain how to find the cost c of renting a bicycle for 6 hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 6
Type below:
________________

Answer:
A beach resort charges $1.50 per hour plus $4.50 to rent a bicycle.
The equation c = 1.50x + 4.50 gives the total cost c of renting a bicycle for x hours.
For x = 1
c = 1.50(1) + 4.50
c = 1.50 + 4.50
c = $6.00
For x = 2
c = 1.50(2) + 4.50
c = 3.00 + 4.50
c = $7.50
For x = 3
c = 1.50(3) + 4.50
c = 4.50 + 4.50
c = $9.00
For x = 4
c = 1.50(4) + 4.50
c = 6.00 + 4.50
c = $10.50

</aCause and Effect – Page No. 500

The reading skill cause and effect can help you understand how a change in one variable may cause a change in another variable.

In karate, a person’s skill level is often shown by the color of his or her belt. At Sara’s karate school, students must pass a test to move from one belt level to the next. Each test costs $23. Sara hopes to move up 3 belt levels this year. How will this affect her karate expenses?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 7

Question 7.
Write an equation to show the relationship between cause and effect. Then use the equation to solve the problem.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 23x

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of belt levels Sara moves up and let y represent the increase in dollars in her karate expenses.
Write the equation:
y = 23x
Sara plans to move up 3 levels, so replace x with 3
y = 23 × 3
y = 69
So, if Sara moves up 3 belt levels this year, her karate expenses will increase by $69.

Write an equation to show the relationship between cause and effect. Then use the equation to solve the problem.

Question 8.
Classes at Tony’s karate school cost $29.50 per month. This year he plans to take 2 more months of classes than he did last year. How will this affect Tony’s karate expenses?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 29.50x
where x is the number of additional classes
y is the increase in dollars in expenses.
Tony plans to take 2 more months of classes so his expenses will increase by y = 29.5 × 2 = $59

Question 9.
Write an Equation A sporting goods store regularly sells karate uniforms for $35.90 each. The store is putting karate uniforms on sale for 10% off. How will this affect the price of a karate uniform?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 35.90x
where x is the percent of the discount and y is the decrease in dollars in the sales price.
For a 10% discount the price will decrease by y = 35.90 × 0.01 = $3.59

Equations and Tables – Page No. 501

Use the equation to complete the table.

Question 1.
y = 6x
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 8
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 6x
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-8

Question 2.
y = x − 7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 9
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = x – 7
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-9

Question 3.
y = 3x + 4
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 10
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 3x + 4
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-10 (1)

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 11
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 8x

Explanation:
The equation is the multiple of 8.
The equation is y = 8x
Substitute x = 3 in the equation.
y = 8(3) = 24
Thus the unknown value is 24.

Chapter 9 Properties and Equations Answer Key Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 12
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x ÷ 2

Explanation:
The equation is divisible by 2.
The equation is y = x ÷ 2
Substitute x = 22 in the equation.
y = x ÷ 2
y = 22 ÷ 2
y = 11
Therefore the unknown value is 11.

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Tickets to a play cost $11 each. There is also a service charge of $4 per order. Write an equation for the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars for an order of x tickets.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 11x + 4

Explanation:
Given,
Tickets to a play cost $11 each.
There is also a service charge of $4 per order.
y represents the total cost in dollars.
x represents the order of tickets.
The equation is y = 11x + 4

Question 7.
Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then use the equation to find the estimated number of shrimp in a 5-pound bag.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 13
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 24x

Explanation:
The equation is the multiple of 24.
The equation is y = 24x

Question 8.
Write a word problem that can be represented by a table and equation. Solve your problem and include the table and equation.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Susie ran a race. She ran 5 miles an hour and the race took her x hours to complete.
y = 5x
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-10

Lesson Check – Page No. 502

Question 1.
Write an equation that represents the relationship shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 14
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x – 4

Explanation:
The relationship between x and y is y = x – 4.
We get the output when we subtract 4 from x.

Question 2.
There is a one-time fee of $27 to join a gym. The monthly cost of using the gym is $18. Write an equation for the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars of joining the gym and using it for x months.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 18x + 27

Explanation:
Given,
There is a one-time fee of $27 to join a gym. The monthly cost of using the gym is $18.
Here y represents the total coast in dollars of joining the gym.
x represents months.
So, the equation would be: y = 18x + 27

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mindy wants to buy several books that each cost $10. She has a coupon for $6 off her total cost. Write an expression to represent her total cost in dollars for b books.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 10b – 6

Explanation:
Given,
Mindy wants to buy several books that each cost $10.
She has a coupon for $6 off her total cost.
b represents the total cost in dollars for b books.
So, the equation to represent the total cost is 10b – 6.

Question 4.
When a coupon of $1.25 off is used, the cost of a taco meal is $4.85. The equation p – 1.25 = 4.85 can be used to find the regular price p in dollars of a taco meal. How much does a regular taco meal cost?
$ _______

Answer: 6.10

Explanation:
Given,
When a coupon of $1.25 off is used, the cost of a taco meal is $4.85.
The equation is p – 1.25 = 4.85
p = 4.85 + 1.25
p = 6.10
Therefore the taco meal cost $6.10.

Question 5.
Which of the following are solutions to the inequality n > 7?
n = 7 n = 6.9 n = 7.2 n = 6\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
________________

Answer: n = -7

Explanation:
Substitute the value of n in the inequality.
n > 7
n = -7
-7 > -7
Thus -7 is the solution.
n = 6.9
-6.9 > -7
-6.9 is not the solution.
n = 7.2
-7.2 > -7
-7.2 is less than – 7
Thus -7.2 is not the solution.
n = 6\(\frac{1}{2}\)
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) > -7
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) is not the solution.

Question 6.
Marcus sold brownies at a bake sale. He sold d dollars worth of brownies. He spent $5.50 on materials, so his total profit p in dollars can be found by subtracting $5.50 from his earnings. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: p = d – 5.50

Explanation:
Marcus sold brownies at a bake sale. He sold d dollars worth of brownies.
He spent $5.50 on materials, so his total profit p in dollars can be found by subtracting $5.50 from his earnings.
p represents the total profit in dollars.
d is the dollars worth of brownies.
The equation is p = d – 5.50

Share and Show – Page No. 505

Question 1.
A soccer coach is ordering shirts for the players. The table shows the total cost based on the number of shirts ordered. How much will it cost the coach to order 18 shirts?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 15
$ _______

Answer: 270

Explanation:
First, find a pattern and write an equation.
The cost is $15 multiplied by the number of shirts.
c = $15 × n
Next, use the equation to find the cost of 18 shirts.
c = $15 × n
c = $15 × 18
c = $270
So, the cost of 18 shirts is $270.

Independent and Dependent Variables Math Worksheet with Answer Key Pdf Question 2.
What if the coach spent $375 to purchase a number of shirts? Could you use the same equation to find how many shirts the coach bought? Explain.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Yes, I could use the same equation.
I could substitute 375 for the variable c and solve for n.

Question 3.
The table shows the number of miles the Carter family drove over time. If the pattern continues, will the Carter family have driven more than 400 miles in 8 hours? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 16
Type below:
________________

Answer: 376 miles

Explanation:
First, find a pattern and write an equation.
The distance is 47 miles multiplied by the number of hours.
y = 47 × x
Next, use the equations to find the distance for 8 hours.
y = 47x
y = 47 × 8
y = 376
So, the family will have driven 376 miles in 8 hours, which is less than 400 miles.

Question 4.
Look for a Pattern The Carter family drove a total of 564 miles. Describe how to use the pattern in the table to find the number of hours they spent driving.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 12 hours

Explanation:
The equation is y = 47x
Next, use the equation to find the number of hours for 564 miles.
564 = 47 × x
x = 564/47
x = 12
So, the Carter family spent 12 hours driving for 564 miles.

On Your Own – Page No. 506

Question 5.
A group of dancers practiced for 4 hours in March, 8 hours in April, 12 hours in May, and 16 hours in June. If the pattern continues, how many hours will they practice in November?
_______ hours

Answer: 36 hours

Explanation:
Given that, a group of dancers practiced for 4 hours in March, 8 hours in April, 12 hours in May, and 16 hours in June.
The equation would be h = 4m
m = 9
h = 4 × 9 = 36
Thus the group practiced 36 hours in the month of November.

Question 6.
The table shows the number of hours Jacob worked and the amount he earned each day.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 17
At the end of the week, he used his earnings to buy a new pair of skis. He had $218 left over. How much did the skis cost?
$ _______

Answer: 142

Explanation:
First, add the total amount he earned.
60 + 84 + 72 + 96 + 48 = 360
Jacob earned $360 for the week.
If he has $218 leftover, this means that the cost of the skis is 360 – 218 = 14
Therefore the cost of the skis is $142.

Question 7.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 6. Use the data in the table to write a new problem in which you could use the strategy to find a pattern. Then solve the problem.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
How much money would Jacob earn if he worked for 10 hours?
From the table, we can see that the pattern is that Jacob earns $12 per hour.
The equation is s = 12h
Where s is the total pay and h is the number of hours worked.
s = 12h
s = 12 × 10
s = 120
Thus Jacob earned $120 for 10 hours.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Review Test Answer Key Question 8.
Draw Conclusions Marlon rode his bicycle 9 miles the first week, 18 miles the second week, and 27 miles the third week. If the pattern continues, will Marlon ride exactly 100 miles in a week at some point? Explain how you determined your answer.
Type below:
________________

Answer: No, Marlon will not ride exactly 100 miles in a week at some point.
Each number in the pattern is a multiple of 9 and 100 is not a multiple of 9.

Question 9.
A diving instructor ordered snorkels. The table shows the cost based on the number of snorkels ordered.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 18
If the diving instructor spent $1,024, how many snorkels did he order? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
_______ snorkels

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Use the table to find the equation.
c represents the cost based on the number of snorkels.
s represents the number of snorkels
The equation would be:
c = 32s
The diving instructor spent $1,024
c = 1024
1024 = 32s
s = 1024/32
s = 32
Thus the diving instructor gets 32 snorkels for $1024.

Problem Solving Analyze Relationships – Page No. 507

The table shows the number of cups of yogurt needed to make different amounts of a fruit smoothie. Use the table for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 19

Question 1.
Write an equation to represent the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 3b

Explanation:
c represents the number of cups of yogurt
b represents the batches
From the table, we can observe that b is multiplied by 3 to get cups of yogurt.
So, the equation to find the number of cups of yogurt is c = 3b

Question 2.
How much yogurt is needed for 9 batches of smoothie?
_______ cups

Answer: 27

Explanation:
Given that there are 9 batches of smoothie.
By using the above equation we can find the number of cups.
c = 3b
c = 3 × 9 = 27 cups
Thus 27 cups of yogurt is need to make 9 batches of smoothie.

Question 3.
Jerry used 33 cups of yogurt to make smoothies. How many batches did he make?
_______ batches

Answer: 11 batches

Explanation:
Jerry used 33 cups of yogurt to make smoothies.
Use the equation to find the batches.
c = 3b
33 = 3b
b = 33/3
b = 11
Therefore jerry made 11 batches of smoothie.

The table shows the relationship between Winn’s age and his sister’s age. Use the table for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 20

Question 4.
Write an equation to represent the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = w + 4

Explanation:
By using the table we can find the relationship between wine’s age and wine’s sister’s age.
Winn’s sister’s age will be the sum of Winn’s age and 4.
So, the equation is s = w + 4

Question 5.
When Winn is 14 years old, how old will his sister be?
_______ years old

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Use the equation s = w + 4
W = 14 years
s = 14 + 4
s = 18 years
Thus winn’s sister’s age is 18 years.

Question 6.
Write a problem for the table. Use a pattern and an equation to solve your problem.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 21
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 16h

Explanation:
Jerry runs 16 miles per hour. How many miles he can run in 5 hours?
The equation is m = 16h
m = 16 × 5 = 80 miles
Therefore jerry runs 80 miles in 5 hours.

Lesson Check – Page No. 508

Question 1.
The table shows the total cost c in dollars of n gift baskets. What will be the cost of 9 gift baskets?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 22

Answer: $108

Explanation:
By seeing the above we can say that the equation is
c = 12n
n = 9
Use the equation to find the cost of 9 gift baskets.
c = 12 × 9
c = $108
Thus the cost of 9 gift baskets is $108.

Question 2.
The table shows the number of minutes m that Tara has practiced after d days. If Tara has practiced for 70 minutes, how many days has she practiced?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 23
_______ days

Answer: 2 days

Explanation:
The table shows the number of minutes m that Tara has practiced after d days.
The equation would be
m = 35d
If Tara has practiced for 70 minutes
m = 70
Use the equation to find the number of days she practiced.
70 = 35d
d = 70/35
d = 2 days
Thus Tara has practiced 2 days.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Soccer shirts cost $15 each, and soccer shorts cost $18 each. The expression 15n + 18n represents the total cost in dollars of n uniforms. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 33n

Explanation:
Soccer shirts cost $15 each, and soccer shorts cost $18 each.
The expression 15n + 18n represents the total cost in dollars of n uniforms.
Now combine the like terms.
15n + 18n = 33n

Go Math 6th Grade Chapter 9 Test Answer Key Question 4.
What is an equation that represents the relationship in the table?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 24
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x ÷ 2

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can find the relationship between x and y.
y is the quotient of x and 2.
We get the value of y when you divide x by 2.
The equation is y = x ÷ 2

Question 5.
The lowest price of an MP3 of a song in an online store is $0.99. Write an inequality that represents the price p in dollars of any MP3 in the store.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The lowest price of an MP3 of a song in an online store is $0.99.
p represents the price in dollars.
The inequality is p ≥ 0.99.

Question 6.
Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party. Write a ratio that is equivalent to Marisol’s ratio.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 9:2

Explanation:
Given that, Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party.
The ratio will be 9:2
Now we need to write the equivalent ratio for the 9 sandwiches for every 2 people i.e, 9:2
We know that the equivalent ratio can be written as
9/2 × 3/3 = 27/6
9/2 × 5/5 = 45/6
Thus the equivalent fractions are 27/6 and 45/6.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 509

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 25

Question 1.
A(n) _____ has a value that determines the value of another quantity.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Independent variable
An Independent variable has a value that determines the value of another quantity.

Question 2.
A variable whose value is determined by the value of another quantity is called a(n) _____.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Dependent variable
A variable whose value is determined by the value of another quantity is called a Dependent variable.

Concepts and Skills

Identify the independent and dependent variables.

Question 3.
Marco spends a total of d dollars on postage to mail party invitations to each of g guests.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
dependent variable: d
independent variable: g

Question 4.
Sophie has a doll collection with 36 dolls. She decides to sell s dolls to a museum and has r dolls remaining.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
dependent variable: r
independent variable: s

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 26
Type below:
________________

Answer: 49

Explanation:
The equation is y = 7x
x = 7
y = 7 × 7 = 49
Thus the unknown value y is 49.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 27
Type below:
________________

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The equation for the above table is
y = x ÷ 5
Use the equation to find the value of y where x = 60
y = 60 ÷ 5
y = 12
Thus the unknown value is 12.

Write an equation that describes the pattern shown in the table.

Question 7.
The table shows how the number of pepperoni slices used depends on the number of pizzas made.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 28
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 17x

Explanation:
The table shows how the number of pepperoni slices used depends on the number of pizzas made.
y is 17 times of x.
The equation for the above table is y = 17x

Question 8.
Brayden is training for a marathon. The table shows how the number of miles he runs depends on which week of training he is in.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 29
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = w + 5

Explanation:
Brayden is training for a marathon. The table shows how the number of miles he runs depends on which week of training he is in.
m is equal to the sum of w and 5.
Thus the equation is m = w + 5.

Page No. 510

Question 9.
The band has a total of 152 members. Some of the members are in the marching band, and the rest are in the concert band. Write an equation that models how many marching band members m there are if there are c concert band members.
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 152 – c

Explanation:
Given,
The band has a total of 152 members. Some of the members are in the marching band, and the rest are in the concert band.
m is equal to the difference of 152 and c.
The equation is m = 152 – c

Question 10.
A coach is ordering baseball jerseys from a website. The jerseys cost $15 each, and shipping is $8 per order. Write an equation that can be used to determine the total cost y, in dollars, for x jerseys.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 15x + 8

Explanation:
A coach is ordering baseball jerseys from a website.
The jerseys cost $15 each, and shipping is $8 per order.
y is equal to 15 times x plus 8
The equation is y = 15x + 8.

Question 11.
Amy volunteers at an animal shelter. She worked 10 hours in March, 12 hours in April, 14 hours in May, and 16 hours in June. If the pattern continues, how many hours will she work in December?
_______ hours

Answer: 28 hours

Explanation:
Amy volunteers at an animal shelter.
She worked 10 hours in March, 12 hours in April, 14 hours in May, and 16 hours in June.
As she started working from the march. December will be the 10th month.
Keep on adding 2 hours for each month you get 28 hours for December.
Thus she worked 28 hours in December.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Test Answer Key Question 12.
Aaron wants to buy a new snowboard. The table shows the amount that he has saved. If the pattern in the table continues, how much will he have saved after 1 year?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 30
$ _______

Answer: $540

Explanation:
Aaron wants to buy a new snowboard. The table shows the amount that he has saved.
The equation will be s = 45m
s is the money saved
m is the number of months
1 year = 12 months
s = 45 × 12
s = 540
Thus he saved $540 after 1 year.

Share and Show – Page No. 513

Graph the relationship represented by the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 31
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 50x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-19

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 32
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 5x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-20

Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 33
Type below:
________________

Answer: 3
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-15

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 34
Type below:
________________

Answer: 6
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-16

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 35
Type below:
________________

Answer: 5
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-17

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 36
Type below:
________________

Answer: 7
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-18

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 514

The table at the right shows the typical price of a popular brand of corn cereal over time. Use the table for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 37

Question 7.
Use Graphs Complete the table below to show the cost of buying 1 to 5 boxes of corn cereal in 1988. Then graph the relationship on the coordinate plane at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 38
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-38
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-26

Question 8.
Suppose you graphed the cost of buying 1 to 5 boxes of corn cereal using the 1968 price and the 2008 price. Explain how those graphs would compare to the graph you made using the 1988 price.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The points on both graphs would lie on a line, but the line for the 1968 costs would rise less steeply than the line for 1988 costs and the line for the 2008 costs would rise more steeply than the line for 1988 costs.

Question 9.
A bookstore charges $4 for shipping, no matter how many books you buy. Irena makes a graph showing the shipping cost for 1 to 5 books. She claims that the points she graphed lie on a line. Does her statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Yes her statement makes sense.
The points on the graph are (1,4), (2,4), (3,4), (4,4). These points lie on the horizontal line.

Question 10.
Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 39
Type below:
________________

Answer: 3
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-25

Graph Relationships – Page No. 515

Graph the relationship represented by the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 40
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 25x

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-10

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 41
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-11

Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 42
Type below:
________________

Answer: 6

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-12

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 43
Type below:
________________

Answer: 2

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-13

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Graph the relationship represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 44
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 15x

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-14

Question 6.
Use the graph to find the cost of purchasing 5 DVDs.
$ ______

Answer:
The above graph shows that the cost of 5 DVDs is $75.

Independent and Dependent Variable Practice Question 7.
Both tables and graphs can be used to represent relationships between two variables. Explain how tables and graphs are similar and how they are different.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Tables and graphs can be useful tools for helping people make decisions. However, they only provide part of a story. Inferences often have to be made from the data shown. As well as being able to identify clearly what the graph or table is telling us, it is important to identify what parts of the story are missing.

Lesson Check – Page No. 516

Question 1.
Mei wants to graph the relationship represented by the table. Write an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 45
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 8x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-27

Question 2.
An online bookstore charges $2 to ship any book. Cole graphs the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars to buy and ship a book that costs x dollars. Name an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
An online bookstore charges $2 to ship any book.
Cole graphs the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars to buy and ship a book that costs x dollars.
y = x + 2
x = 4
y = 4 + 2
y = 6
The ordered pair is (4,6)

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 6(g + 4).
Type below:
________________

Answer:
6(g + 4)
6 × g + 6 × 4
6g + 24

Question 4.
There are 6 girls in a music class. This represents \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the entire class. Solve \(\frac{3}{7}\)s = 6 to find the number of students, s, in the class.
_____ students

Answer: 14

Explanation:
There are 6 girls in a music class. This represents \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the entire class.
\(\frac{3}{7}\)s = 6
3 × s = 6 × 7
3s = 42
s = 42/3
s = 14
There are 14 students in the class.

Question 5.
Graph n > 2 on a number line.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 9 img-28

Question 6.
Sam is ordering lunch for the people in his office. The table shows the cost of lunch based on the number of people. How much will lunch cost for 35 people?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 46
$ _____

Answer: 280

Explanation:
Sam is ordering lunch for the people in his office.
The table shows the cost of lunch based on the number of people.
The equation is c = 8n
c = 8 × 35
c = 280
Thus the lunch cost for 35 people is $280.

Share and Show – Page No. 519

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = x + 2
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-28

Question 2.
y = 3x
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-29

Write the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 47
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x – 1

Question 4.
Type below:
________________

On Your Own

Graph the linear equation.

Question 5.
y = x + 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-30

Question 6.
y = 2x − 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-31

Question 7.
Identify Relationships The graph shows the number of loaves of bread y that Kareem bakes in x hours. Write the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 48
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs are (1,1), (2,2), (4,4), (5,5)
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is the same as the corresponding x-value.
The equation is y = x
y = x

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 520

The graph shows the growth of a bamboo plant. Use the graph for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 49

Question 8.
Write a linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph. Use your equation to predict the height of the bamboo plant after 7 days.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Write the ordered pairs from the graph: (1,50), (2,100), (3,150), (4,200), (5,250).
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is 50 times the corresponding x value.
The equation is y = 50x
For x = 7, the solution is y = 50 × 7 = 350.
So, the height of the bamboo plant after 7 days will be 350 centimeters.

Question 9.
The height y in centimeters of a second bamboo plant is given by the equation y = 30x, where x is the time in days. Describe how the graph showing the growth of this plant would compare to the graph showing the growth of the first plant.
Type below:
________________

Answer: The line of the graph for the second plant would be less steep than the line of the graph for the first plant.

Independent and Dependent Variable Practice Worksheet Question 10.
Maria graphed the linear equation y = x + 3. Then she used her ruler to draw a vertical line through the point (4, 0). At what point do the two lines intersect?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
y = x + 3
y = 4 + 0 = 4
y = 4 + 3 = 7
The coordinate is (4, 7)
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-32

Question 11.
Antonio claims the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph is y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2. Use numbers and words to support Antonio’s claim.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 50
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs (2,3) and (6,5) on the line make the equation.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
y = 1/2 × 2 + 2
y = 1 + 2 = 3
y = 1/2 × 6 + 2
y = 3 + 2 = 5

Equations and Graphs – Page No. 521

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = x − 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-22

Question 2.
y = x ÷ 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-23

Write a linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 51
Type below:
________________

Answer:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the equation is
y = x + 1

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 52
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs are (1,4), (1.5,6), (2,8)
By seeing the above pairs we can say that the equation is y = 4x

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Dee is driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour. Write a linear equation for the relationship that gives the distance y in miles that Dee drives in x hours.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 50x

Explanation:
Dee is driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour.
y represents the distance in miles
x is the number of hours.
y is equal to the product of 50 and x.
y = 50x

Question 6.
Graph the relationship from Exercise 5.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-24

Question 7.
Explain how to write a linear equation for a line on a graph.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
To write an equation in slope-intercept form, given a graph of that equation, pick two points on the line and use them to find the slope.

Lesson Check – Page No. 522

Question 1.
A balloon rises at a rate of 10 feet per second. What is the linear equation for the relationship that gives the height y in feet of the balloon after x seconds?
Type below:
________________

Answer: The linear equation for the relationship is y = 10x

Question 2.
Write the linear equation that is shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 53
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Write the ordered pairs from the graph: (3,3), (5,5), (8,8)
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is the same as the corresponding x-value.
The equation is y = x

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Of the three expressions shown, which two are equivalent?
3 + 2(9 + 2n)     7(3 + 4n)         21 + 4n
Type below:
________________

Answer:
3 + 2(9 + 2n) = 3 + 18 + 4n = 21 + 4n
7(3 + 4n) = 21 + 28n
Thus  21 + 4n and 3 + 2(9 + 2n) are equivalent.

Question 4.
Which of the following are solutions of j ≥ 0.6?
j = 1      j = 0.6       j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)       j = 0.12        j = 0.08
Type below:
________________

Answer: j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Substitute the values of j in the inequality.
j = 1
1 ≥ 0.6
1 is greater than 0.6 but not equal.
Thus 1 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = 0.6
-0.6 ≥ 0.6
-0.6 is less than 0.6
Thus -0.6 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ≥ 0.6
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
0.6 ≥ 0.6
Thus \(\frac{3}{5}\) is the solution.
j = 0.12
0.12 ≥ 0.6
0.12 is less than 0.6.
Thus 0.12 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = 0.08
0.08 ≥ 0.6
0.08 is less than 0.6.
Thus 0.08 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.

Question 5.
Red grapes cost $2.49 per pound. Write an equation that shows the relationship between the cost c in dollars and the number of pounds of grapes p.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 2.49p

Explanation:
Given,
Red grapes cost $2.49 per pound.
c is the cost in dollars.
p is the number of pounds of grapes.
The equation c is equal to the product of the number of pounds of grapes and $2.49
c = 2.49p

Question 6.
It costs $8 per hour to rent a bike. Niko graphs this relationship using x for number of hours and y for total cost in dollars. Write an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: (5,40)

Explanation:
Given,
It costs $8 per hour to rent a bike.
Niko graphs this relationship using x for the number of hours and y for the total cost in dollars.
y = 8x

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 523

Question 1.
A box of peanut butter crackers contains 12 individual snacks. The total number of individual snacks s is equal to 12 times the number of boxes of crackers b.
The independent variable is _____.
The dependent variable is _____.
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is _____.

Answer:
The independent variable is b.
The dependent variable is s.
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is s = 12b.

Question 2.
A stationery store charges $8 to print logos on paper purchases. The total cost c is the price of the paper p plus $8 for printing the logo.
For numbers 2a–2d, select True or False for each statement.
2a. The total cost c depends on the price of the paper.
2b. c is the dependent variable.
2c. p is the independent variable.
2d. The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is c = 8p.
2a. ____________
2b. ____________
2c. ____________
2d. ____________

Answer:
2a. True
2b. True
2c. True
2d. False

Explanation:
2a. c represents the relationship between the two quantities.
So, the statement “The total cost c depends on the price of the paper” is true.
2b. c is the total cost so the statement “c is the dependent variable” is true.
2c. p represents the price to print logos
So, the statement “p is the independent variable” is true.
2d. The total cost c is the price of the paper p plus $8 for printing the logo.
The equation would be:
c = 8 + p
Thus the statement “The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is c = 8p” is false.

Question 3.
An electrician charges $75 an hour for labor and an initial fee of $65. The total cost c equals 75 times the number of hours x plus 65. Write an equation for the relationship and use the equation to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 54
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 75x + 65
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-54

Page No. 524

Question 4.
The community center offers classes in arts and crafts. There is a registration fee of $125 and each class costs $79. The total cost c in dollars equals 79 times the number of classes n plus 125.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 55
For numbers 4a–4d, select True or False for each statement.
4a. The registration fee is $120.
4b. n is the independent variable.
4c. c is the dependent variable.
4d. The cost for 7 classes is $678.
4a. ____________
4b. ____________
4c. ____________
4d. ____________

Answer:
4a. False
4b. True
4c. True
4d. True

Explanation:
4a. The registration fee is $120.
The registration fee is $125, not $120.
So, the statement is false.
4b. n is the independent variable.
n represents the number of classes.
The statement is true.
4c. c is the dependent variable.
c depends on the registration fee.
Thus the statement is true.
4d. The cost for 7 classes is $678
79 × 7 + 125 = $678
Thus the statement is true.

Question 5.
Ms. Walsh is buying calculators for her class. The table shows the total cost based on the number of calculators purchased.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 56
If Ms. Walsh spent a total of $525, how many calculators did she buy? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
She bought 35 calculators. I found a pattern and wrote the equation c = 15n.
Since I know that Mrs.Walsh spent a total of $525, I can substitute 525 for c and solve for n
525 = 15n
n = 35

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 525

Question 6.
The table shows the number of cups of lemonade that can be made from cups of lemon juice.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 57
Mary Beth says the number of cups of lemon juice j depends on the number of cups of lemonade l. She says the equation j = 7l represents the relationship between the cups of lemon juice j and the cups of lemonade l. Is Mary Beth correct? Use words and numbers to explain why or why not.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Mary Beth is not correct. The number of cups of lemonade l depends on the number of cups of lemon juice j.
So l is the dependent variable and j is the independent variable.
The equation showing the relationship is l = 7j

Chapter 9 Review/Test Go Math Grade 6 Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the points, when graphed, would lie on the same line.
7a. (1, 6), (2, 4), (3, 2), (4, 0)
7b. (1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16)
7c. (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7), (4, 9)
7d. (1, 8), (2, 10), (3, 12), (4, 14)
7a. ____________
7b. ____________
7c. ____________
7d. ____________

Answer:
7a. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-2
7b. No
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-3
7c. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-4
7d. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-5

Question 8.
Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 58
Type below:
________________

Answer: 10

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-6

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 526

Question 9.
Graph the relationship represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 59
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-7

Question 10.
Miranda’s wages are $15 per hour. Write a linear equation that gives the wages w in dollars that Miranda earns in h hours.
Type below:
________________

Answer: w = 15h
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-8

Question 11.
The table shows the number of miles m that Lucinda could walk in h hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 60
Graph the relationship between hours h and miles m. Then write the equation that shows the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 4h
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-9

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 527

Question 12.
Delonna walks 4 miles per day for exercise. The total number of miles m she walks equals 4 times the number of days d she walks.
What is the dependent variable?
What is the independent variable?
Write the equation that represents the relationship between the m and d.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is m = 4d
m is the dependent variable
d is the independent variable.

Question 13.
Lacy is staying at a hotel that costs $85 per night. The total cost c in dollars of Lacy’s stay is 85 times the number of nights n she stays.
For numbers 13a–13d, select True or False for each statement.
13a. The number of nights n is dependent on the cost c.
13b. n is the independent variable.
13c. c is the dependent variable.
13d. The equation that represents the total cost is c = 85n.
13a. ____________
13b. ____________
13c. ____________
13d. ____________

Answer:
13a. False
13b. True
13c. True
13d. True

Explanation:
13a. The number of nights n is dependent on the cost c.
n is independent on the cost c.
So, the statement is false.
13b. n is the independent variable.
The statement is true.
13c. c is the dependent variable.
c is dependent because it depends on the cost c.
So, the statement is true.
13d. The equation that represents the total cost is c = 85n.
The equation is true.

Independent and Dependent Variables Math Worksheet Question 14.
A taxi cab company charges an initial fee of $5 and then $4 per mile for a ride. Use the equation c = 4x + 5 to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 61
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
We get,
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-61

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 528

Question 15.
A grocery display of cans is arranged in the form of a pyramid with 1 can in the top row, 3 in the second row from the top, 5 in the third row, and 7 in the fourth row. The total number of cans c equals 2 times the row r minus 1. Use the equation c = 2r − 1 to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 62
Type below:
________________

Answer:
A grocery display of cans is arranged in the form of a pyramid with 1 can in the top row, 3 in the second row from the top, 5 in the third row, and 7 in the fourth row.
c = 2r − 1
Substitute r in the equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-62

Question 16.
The graph shows the number of words Mason read in a given amount of minutes. If Mason continues to read at the same rate, how many words will he have read in 5 minutes?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 63
______ words

Answer: 1000 words
By seeing the above graph we can say that Mason can read 1000 words in 5 minutes.

Question 17.
Casey claims the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph is c = 25j. Use numbers and words to support Casey’s claim.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 64
Type below:
________________

Answer: The ordered pairs (1,25), (3,75), (5,125), and (7,175) each make the equation c = 25j

Conclusion:

I wish the solutions provided in this article is beneficial for you in scoring good marks in the exams. Students can get the solutions for the mid-chapter checkpoints and review questions in addition to the exercise problems.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables Read More »

go-math-grade-6-answer-key-chapter-4-model-ratios

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios

Check out Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios here. The best way of learning is in your hands now. Simple tricks and techniques on our Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 4 Model Ratios Answer Key will help the students to love the maths. The easy way of solving can quickly habituate to students with Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key. Freely Download Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 4 Model Ratios Solution Key PDF. Every concept is deeply explained in an understandable way. So, the students can refer to the HMH Go math Grade 6 answer key and get the best results.

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 4 Model Ratios Answer Key

Are you searching for the easy way of maths learning? Then, you must follow Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 4 Model Ratios Answer Key. All questions are explained with step by step explanation and also with diagrams. So, students can learn visual learning in an easy manner. If you want to learn maths seriously, then Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key is the only solution for you.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Model Ratios

Lesson 2: Ratios and Rates

Lesson 3: Equivalent Ratios and Multiplication Tables

Lesson 4: Problem Solving • Use Tables to Compare Ratios

Lesson 5: Algebra • Use Equivalent Ratios

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Find Unit Rates

Lesson 7: Algebra • Use Unit Rates

Lesson 8: Algebra • Equivalent Ratios and Graphs

Chapter 4 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 213

Write the ratio of yellow counters to red counters.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 1
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1: 2

Explanation:
There is one yellow counter and two red counters.
So, the ratio is 1:2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 2
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5: 3

Explanation:
There are 5 yellow counters and 3 red counters.
So, the ratio is 5:3

Draw a model of the ratio.

Question 3.
3 : 2
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 1

Explanation:
As the ratio is 3:2, we can draw three yellow counters and 2 red counters.

Question 4.
1 : 5
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 2

Explanation:
As the ratio is 1:5, we can draw 1 yellow counter and 5 red counters.

Use the ratio to complete the table.

Question 5.
Wen is arranging flowers in vases. For every 1 rose she uses, she uses 6 tulips. Complete the table to show the ratio of roses to tulips.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 3

Explanation:
There is 1 box for every 6 Tulips.
The ratio is 1 : 6.
Each time the number of boxes increases by 1, the number of Tulips increases by 6
So, for 2 boxes, 6 + 6 = 12 Tulips
For 3 boxes, 12 + 6 = 18 Tulips
For 4 boxes, 18 + 6 = 24 Tulips

Lesson 1 Ratios Answer Key Question 6.
On the sixth-grade field trip, there are 8 students for every 1 adult. Complete the table to show the ratio of students to adults.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 4
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 4

Explanation:
There is 1 adult out of 8 Students.
The ratio is 8:1.
Each time the number of students increases, the number of adults becomes double.
So, for 8 + 8 = 16 students, 2 Adults available
For 16 + 8 = 24 students, 2 + 1 = 3 Adults available
For 24 + 8 = 32 students, 3 + 1 = 4 Adults available

Question 7.
Zena adds 4 cups of flour for every 3 cups of sugar in her recipe. Draw a model that compares cups of flour to cups of sugar.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 5

Explanation:
Zena adds 4 cups of flour for every 3 cups of sugar in her recipe.
For every 3 cups of sugar, she adds 4 cups of flour.
For 6 cups of sugar, she adds 8 cups of flour
For 9 cups of sugar, she adds 12 cups of flour
For 12 cups of sugar, she adds 16 cups of flour

Draw Conclusions – Page No. 214

The reading skill of drawing conclusions can help you analyze and make sense of information.

Hikers take trail mix as a snack on long hikes because it is tasty, nutritious, and easy to carry. There are many different recipes for trail mix, but it is usually made from different combinations of dried fruit, raisins, seeds, and nuts. Tanner and his dad make trail mix that has 1 cup of raisins for every 3 cups of sunflower seeds.

Question 8.
Model Mathematics Explain how you could model the ratio that compares cups of raisins to cups of sunflower seeds when Tanner uses 2 cups of raisins.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 6

Explanation:
Hikers take trail mix as a snack on long hikes because it is tasty, nutritious, and easy to carry. There are many different recipes for trail mix, but it is usually made from different combinations of dried fruit, raisins, seeds, and nuts. Tanner and his dad make trail mix that has 1 cup of raisins for every 3 cups of sunflower seeds.
For 2 cups of raisins, he needs 3 + 3 = 6 cups of sunflower seeds

The table shows the ratio of cups of raisins to cups of sunflower seeds for different amounts of trail mix. Model each ratio as you complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 5
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 6

Question 9.
Describe the pattern you see in the table.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Multiply Raisins by 3 to get a number of Sunflower Seeds.

Question 10.
Draw Conclusions What conclusion can Tanner draw from this pattern?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
He needs 3 times as many seeds as raisins

Lesson 1 Ratios Answer Key 6th Grade Question 11.
What is the ratio of cups of sunflower seeds to cups of trail mix when Tanner uses 4 cups of raisins?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4:12

Explanation:
If Tanner uses 4 cups of raisins, he needs 12 cups of sunflower seeds.

Model Ratios – Page No. 215

Write the ratio of gray counters to white counters.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 7
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3:4

Explanation:
There are 3 gray counters and 4 white counters.
So, the ratio is 3:4

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 8
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4:1

Explanation:
There are 4 gray counter and 1 white counter.
So, the ratio is 4:1

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 9
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2:3

Explanation:
There are 2 gray counter and 3 white counters.
So, the ratio is 2:3

Draw a model of the ratio.

Question 4.
5 : 1
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 7

Explanation:
As the ratio is 5:1, we can draw 5 yellow counters and 1 red counter.

Question 5.
6 : 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 8

Explanation:
As the ratio is 6:3, we can draw 6 yellow counters and 3 red counters.

Use the ratio to complete the table.

Question 6.
Marc is assembling gift bags. For every 2 pencils he places in the bag, he uses 3 stickers. Complete the table to show the ratio of pencils to stickers.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 10
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 9

Explanation:
Marc is assembling gift bags. For every 2 pencils he places in the bag, he uses 3 stickers.
For 4 pencils, he uses 3 + 3 = 6 stickers
For 6 pencils, he uses 6 + 3 = 9 stickers
For 8 pencils, he uses 9 + 3 = 12 stickers

Question 7.
Singh is making a bracelet. She uses 5 blue beads for every 1 silver bead. Complete the table to show the ratio of blue beads to silver beads
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 11
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 10

Explanation:
Singh is making a bracelet. She uses 5 blue beads for every 1 silver bead.
For 2 silver beads, she uses 5 + 5 = 10 blue beads.
For 3 silver beads, she uses 10 + 5 = 15 blue beads.
For 4 silver beads, she uses 15 + 5 = 20 blue beads.

Problem Solving

Question 8.
There are 4 quarts in 1 gallon. How many quarts are in 3 gallons?
______ quarts

Answer:
12 quarts

Explanation:
There are 4 quarts in 1 gallon. If there are 3 gallons, he uses 3 × 4 = 12 quarts

Chapter 1 Ratios and Rates Answer Key Question 9.
Martin mixes 1 cup of lemonade with 4 cups of cranberry juice to make his favorite drink. How much cranberry juice does he need if he uses 5 cups of lemonade?
______ cups

Answer:
20 cups

Explanation:
Martin mixes 1 cup of lemonade with 4 cups of cranberry juice to make his favorite drink. If he uses 5 cups of lemonade, 5 × 4 = 20 cups

Question 10.
Suppose there was 1 centerpiece for every 5 tables. Use counters to show the ratio of centerpieces to tables. Then make a table to find the number of tables if there are 3 centerpieces.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 7

Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 11

Explanation:
Suppose there was 1 centerpiece for every 5 tables.
If there are 3 centerpieces, 5 × 3 = 15 tables

Lesson Check – Page No. 216

Question 1.
Francine is making a necklace that has 1 blue bead for every 6 white beads. How many white beads will she use if she uses 11 blue beads?
______ white beads

Answer:
66 white beads

Explanation:
Francine is making a necklace that has 1 blue bead for every 6 white beads.
11 × 6 = 66 white beads

Question 2.
A basketball league assigns 8 players to each team. How many players can sign up for the league if there are 24 teams?
______ players

Answer:
192 players

Explanation:
A basketball league assigns 8 players to each team.
If there are 24 teams, 24 × 8 = 192 players to each team

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Louis has 45 pencils and 75 pens to divide into gift bags at the fair. He does not want to mix the pens and pencils. He wants to place an equal amount in each bag. What is the greatest number of pens or pencils he can place in each bag?
______

Answer:
Louis can form at most 15 bags, each of which will contain 3 pencils and 5 pens.

Explanation:
Louis has 45 pencils and 75 pens to divide into gift bags at the fair. He does not want to mix the pens and pencils. He wants to place an equal amount in each bag.
Factor both these numbers:
45 = 3·3·5;
75 = 3·5·5.
The greatest common factor (write all common factors and multiply them) is 3·5=15. Then:
45=15·3;
75=15·5.
Louis can form at most 15 bags, each of which will contain 3 pencils and 5 pens.

Ratio Quiz Grade 6 Pdf Answer Key Question 4.
Of the 24 students in Greg’s class, \(\frac{3}{8}\) ride the bus to school. How many students ride the bus?
______ students

Answer:
9 students

Explanation:
Of the 24 students in Greg’s class, \(\frac{3}{8}\) ride the bus to school.
3/8 x 24 = 9

Question 5.
Elisa made 0.44 of the free throws she attempted. What is that amount written as a fraction in simplest form?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{25}\)

Explanation:
Elisa made 0.44 of the free throws she attempted.
0.44 = 44/100
44/100 = 22/50 = 11/25
11/25

Question 6.
On a coordinate plane, the vertices of a rectangle are (–1, 1), (3, 1), (–1, –4), and (3, –4). What is the perimeter of the rectangle?
______ units

Answer:
18 units

Explanation:
On a coordinate plane, the vertices of a rectangle are (–1, 1), (3, 1), (–1, –4), and (3, –4).
|-1| = 1
The distance from (–1, 1), (3, 1) is 1 + 0 + 0 + 3 = 4
|-4| = 4
The distance from (3, 1), (3, –4) is 1 + 0 + 0 + 4 = 5
perimeter of the rectangle = 4 + 5 + 5 + 4 = 18

Share and Show – Page No. 219

Question 1.
Write the ratio of the number of red bars to blue stars.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 12
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{3}\)

Explanation:
There are 8 stars and 3 red boxes.
So, the ratio is 8:3

Write the ratio in two different ways.

Question 2.
8 to 16
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{16}\)
8:16

Explanation:
8 to 16 as a fraction 8/16
8 to 16 with a colon 8:16

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{24}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4 to 24
4:24

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{24}\) using words 4 to 24
\(\frac{4}{24}\) with a colon 4:24

Question 4.
1 : 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1 to 3
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
1 : 3 using words 1 to 3
1 : 3 as a fraction 1/3

Question 5.
7 to 9
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{9}\)
7:9

Explanation:
7 to 9 as a fraction of 7/9
7 to 9 with a colon 7:9

Question 6.
Marilyn saves $15 per week. Complete the table to find the rate that gives the amount saved in 4 weeks. Write the rate in three different ways.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 13
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 15

Explanation:
Marilyn saves $15 per week.
for 4 weeks, $15 × 4 = $60

On Your Own

Write the ratio in two different ways.

Question 7.
\(\frac{16}{40}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
16 to 40
16:40

Explanation:
\(\frac{16}{40}\) using words 16 to 40
\(\frac{16}{40}\) with a colon 16:40

Question 8.
8 : 12
Type below:
___________

Answer:
8 to 12
\(\frac{8}{12}\)

Explanation:
8 : 12 using words 8 to 12
8 : 12 as a fraction \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Ratio Questions and Answers Grade 6 Question 9.
4 to 11
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{11}\)
4:11

Explanation:
4 to 11 as a fraction \(\frac{4}{11}\)
4 to 11 with a colon 4:11

Question 10.
2 : 13
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2 to 13
\(\frac{2}{13}\)

Explanation:
2 : 13 using words 2 to 13
2 : 13 as a fraction \(\frac{2}{13}\)

Question 11.
There are 24 baseball cards in 4 packs. Complete the table to find the rate that gives the number of cards in 2 packs. Write this rate in three different ways.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 14
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 16

Explanation:
There are 24 baseball cards in 4 packs.
For 2 packs, (2 × 24)/4 = 12
For 1 pack, (1× 24)/4 = 6

Question 12.
Make Connections Explain how the statement “There is \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup per serving” represents a rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
There is a 3/4 cup of whatever in one serving. If that serving amount changed to 2, then the 3/4 would be multiplied by 2. If there is half a serving, then it would be divided by 2. There is a constant change and not one that is always changing.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 220

Use the diagram of a birdhouse for 13–15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 15

Question 13.
Write the ratio of AB to BC in three different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
28 : 12, 28 to 12, \(\frac{2}{13}\)

Explanation:
AB = 28 in
BC = 12 in
AB : BC = 28 : 12, 28 to 12, \(\frac{2}{13}\)

Question 14.
Write the ratio of the shortest side length of triangle ABC to the perimeter of the triangle in three different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
12 : 64, 12 to 64, \(\frac{12}{64}\)

Explanation:
The shortest side length of triangle ABC = 12 in
the perimeter of the triangle 12 + 28 + 24 = 64
12 : 64, 12 to 64, \(\frac{12}{64}\)

Question 15.
Represent a Problem Write the ratio of the perimeter of triangle ABC to the longest side length of the triangle in three different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
64 : 28, 64 to 28, \(\frac{64}{28}\)

Explanation:
the ratio of the perimeter of triangle ABC = 12 + 28 + 24 = 64
The longest side length of the triangle = 28 in
64 : 28, 64 to 28, \(\frac{64}{28}\)

Question 16.
Leandra places 6 photos on each page in a photo album. Find the rate that gives the number of photos on 2 pages. Write the rate in three different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
6 : 12, 6 to 12, \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Explanation:
Leandra places 6 photos on each page in a photo album.
For 2 pages, 6 × 2 = 12 in
6 : 12, 6 to 12, \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Question 17.
What’s the Question? The ratio of total students in Ms. Murray’s class to students in the class who have an older brother is 3 to 1. The answer is 1:2. What is the question?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
What is the ratio of students in the class who don’t have an older brother to students in the class with an older brother.

Question 18.
What do all unit rates have in common?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A rate is a ratio that is used to compare different kinds of quantities. A unit rate describes how many units of the first type of quantity corresponds to one unit of the second type of quantity.

Question 19.
Julia has 2 green reusable shopping bags and 5 purple reusable shopping bags. Select the ratios that compare the number of purple reusable shopping bags to the total number of reusable shopping bags. Mark all that apply.

  • 5 to 7
  • 5 : 7
  • 5 : 2
  • \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  • 2 to 7
  • \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Type below:
___________

Answer:
5 to 7, 5 : 7, \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Explanation:
the number of purple reusable shopping bags = 5
the total number of reusable shopping bags = 5 + 2 = 7
5 to 7, 5 : 7, \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Ratios and Rates – Page No. 221

Write the ratio in two different ways.

Question 1.
\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4 to 5
4 : 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) using words 4 to 5
\(\frac{4}{5}\) with a colon 4 : 5

Question 2.
16 to 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{16}{3}\)
16 : 3

Explanation:
16 to 3 as a fraction \(\frac{16}{3}\)
16 to 3 with a colon 16 : 3

Question 3.
9 : 13
Type below:
___________

Answer:
9 to 13
\(\frac{9}{13}\)

Explanation:
9 : 13 using words 9 to 13
9 : 13 as a fraction \(\frac{9}{13}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{15}{8}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
15 to 8
15 : 8

Explanation:
\(\frac{15}{8}\) using words 15 to 8
\(\frac{15}{8}\) with a colon 15 : 8

Ratio Tables Worksheets with Answers Pdf Question 5.
There are 20 light bulbs in 5 packages. Complete the table to find the rate that gives the number of light bulbs in 3 packages. Write this rate in three different ways.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 16
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 12

Explanation:
There are 20 light bulbs in 5 packages.
For 1 package, 4 light bulbs are available
For 2 packages, 8 light bulbs are available
For 3 packages, 12 light bulbs are available
For 4 packages, 16 light bulbs are available

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Gemma spends 4 hours each week playing soccer and 3 hours each week practicing her clarinet. Write the ratio of hours spent practicing clarinet to hours spent playing soccer in three different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\), 3 : 4, 3 to 4

Explanation:
Gemma spends 4 hours each week playing soccer and 3 hours each week practicing her clarinet.
3/4, 3 : 4, 3 to 4

Question 7.
Randall bought 2 game controllers at Electronics Plus for $36. What is the unit rate for a game controller at Electronics Plus?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{$18}{1}\)

Explanation:
Randall bought 2 game controllers at Electronics Plus for $36. $36/2 = $18/1 is the unit rate for a game controller at Electronics Plus

Question 8.
Explain how to determine if a given rate is also a unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
when rates are expressed as a quantity of 1, such as 2 feet per second or 5 miles per hour, they are called unit rates. If you have a multiple-unit rate such as 120 students for every 3 buses, and want to find the single-unit rate, write a ratio equal to the multiple-unit rate with 1 as the second term

Lesson Check – Page No. 222

Question 1.
At the grocery store, Luis bought 10 bananas and 4 apples. What are three different ways to write the ratio of apples to bananas?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4 : 10, 4 to 10, \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
At the grocery store, Luis bought 10 bananas and 4 apples. 4/10, 4 : 10, 4 to 10

Question 2.
Rita checked out 7 books from the library. She had 2 non-fiction books. The rest were fiction. What are three different ways to write the ratio of non-fiction to fiction?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2 to 5, 2 : 5, \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
Rita checked out 7 books from the library. She had 2 non-fiction books. The rest were fiction.
fiction = 5
2 to 5, 2 : 5, \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Spiral Review

Question 3.
McKenzie bought 1.2 pounds of coffee for $11.82. What was the cost per pound?
$ ______

Answer:
$9.85

Explanation:
McKenzie bought 1.2 pounds of coffee for $11.82. $11.82/1.2 = $9.85

Question 4.
Pedro has a bag of flour that weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. He uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the bag to make gravy. How many pounds of flour does Pedro use to make gravy?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) pound

Explanation:
Pedro has a bag of flour that weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. He uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the bag to make gravy.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 3/5

6th Grade Equivalent Ratios Answers Question 5.
Gina draws a map of her town on a coordinate plane. The point that represents the town’s civic center is 1 unit to the right of the origin and 4 units above it. What are the coordinates of the point representing the civic center?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(-1, 4)

Explanation:
Gina draws a map of her town on a coordinate plane. The point that represents the town’s civic center is 1 unit to the right of the origin and 4 units above it.
(-1, 4)

Question 6.
Stefan draws these shapes. What is the ratio of triangles to stars?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 17
Type below:
___________

Answer:
2 to 5

Explanation:
There are 2 triangles and 5 stars. So, the ratio is 2 : 5

Share and Show – Page No. 225

Write two equivalent ratios.

Question 1.
Use a multiplication table to write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{4}{7}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{8}{14}\), \(\frac{12}{21}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 4/7. Shade the row for 4 and the row for 7 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 4, when there are 2 ∙ 7. So, 4/7 equal to 8/14
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 4, when there are 3 ∙ 7. So, 4/7 equal to 12/21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 18

Explanation:
The original ratio is 3/7. Shade the row for 3 and the row for 7 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 3, when there are 2 ∙ 7. So, 3/7 equal to 6/14
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 3, when there are 3 ∙ 7. So, 3/7 equal to 9/21

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 19
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 19

Explanation:
The original ratio is 5/2. Shade the row for 5 and the row for 2 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 5 when there are 2 ∙ 2. So, 5/2 equal to 10/4
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 5 when there are 3 ∙ 2. So, 5/2 equal to 15/6

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 20
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 20

Explanation:
The original ratio is 2/10. Shade the row for 2 and the row for 10 on the multiplication table.
The column for 1 shows there are 1 ∙ 2 when there are 5 ∙ 2. So, 2/10 equal to 1/5
The column for 3 shows there are 1 ∙ 3 when there are 5 ∙ 3. So, 2/10 equal to 3/15

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\), \(\frac{12}{15}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 4/5. Shade the row for 4 and the row for 5 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 4, when there are 2 ∙ 5. So, 4/5 equal to 8/10
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 4, when there are 3 ∙ 5. So, 4/5 equal to 12/15

Question 6.
\(\frac{12}{30}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{12}{30}\) = \(\frac{24}{60}\), \(\frac{36}{90}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 12/30. Shade the row for 12 and the row for 30 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 12 when there are 2 ∙ 30. So, 12/30 equal to 24/60
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 12 when there are 3 ∙ 30. So, 12/30 equal to 36/90

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{9}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{9}\) = \(\frac{4}{18}\), \(\frac{6}{27}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 2/9. Shade the row for 2 and the row for 9 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 2, when there are 2 ∙ 9. So, 2/9 equal to 4/18
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 2, when there are 3 ∙ 9. So, 2/9 equal to 6/27

On Your Own

Write two equivalent ratios.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 21
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 21

Explanation:
The original ratio is 9/8. Shade the row for 9 and the row for 8 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 9 when there are 2 ∙ 8. So, 9/8 equal to 18/16
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 9 when there are 3 ∙ 8. So, 9/8 equal to 27/24

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 22
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 22

Explanation:
The original ratio is 5/4. Shade the row for 5 and the row for 4 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 5 when there are 2 ∙ 4. So, 5/4 equal to 10/8
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 5 when there are 3 ∙ 4. So, 5/4 equal to 15/20

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 23
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 23

Explanation:
The original ratio is 6/9. Shade the row for 6 and the row for 9 on the multiplication table.
The column for 1 shows there are 1 ∙ 3 when there are 1. 4.5. So, 5/4 equal to 3/4.5
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 3 when there are 3 ∙ 4.5. So, 5/4 equal to 9/13.5

Question 11.
\(\frac{8}{7}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{7}\) = \(\frac{16}{14}\), \(\frac{24}{21}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 8/7. Shade the row for 8 and the row for 7 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 8 when there are 2 ∙ 7. So, 8/7 equal to 16/14
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 8 when there are 3 ∙ 7. So, 8/7 equal to 24/21

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{6}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\), \(\frac{6}{18}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 2/6. Shade the row for 2 and the row for 6 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 2, when there are 2 ∙ 6. So, 2/6 equal to 4/12
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 2, when there are 3 ∙ 6. So, 2/6 equal to 6/18

Question 13.
\(\frac{4}{11}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{11}\) = \(\frac{8}{22}\), \(\frac{12}{33}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 4/11. Shade the row for 4 and the row for 11 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 4, when there are 2 ∙ 11. So, 4/11 equal to 8/22
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 4, when there are 3 ∙ 11. So, 4/11 equal to 12/33

Determine whether the ratios are equivalent.

Question 14.
\(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{8}{12}\)
___________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
2/3 × 4/4 = 8/12
So, 2/3 is equal to 8/12

Question 15.
\(\frac{8}{10} \text { and } \frac{6}{10}\)
___________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
8/10 ÷ 2/2 = 4/5
8/10 is not equal to 6/10

Question 16.
\(\frac{16}{60} \text { and } \frac{4}{15}\)
___________

Answer:
yes

Explanation:
16/60 ÷ 4/4 = 4/15
16/60 is equal to 4/15

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{14} \text { and } \frac{8}{28}\)
___________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
3/14 is not equal to 8/28

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 226

Use the multiplication table for 18 and 19.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 24

Question 18.
In Keith’s baseball games this year, the ratio of times he has gotten on base to the times he has been at bat is \(\frac{4}{14}\). Write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{4}{14}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{14}\) = \(\frac{8}{28}\), \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Explanation:
4/14
multiply both numbers by 2
8/28
divide both numbers by 2
2/7

Question 19.
Pose a Problem Use the multiplication table to write a new problem involving equivalent ratios. Then solve the problem.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The ratio of times he has gotten on base to the times he has been at bat is \(\frac{6}{9}\). Write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{6}{9}\)
.multiply both numbers by 2 = 12/18
multiply both numbers by 3 = 18/ 27

Ratios and Rates Worksheets Answers Key 6th Grade Question 20.
Describe how to write an equivalent ratio for \(\frac{9}{27}\) without using a multiplication table.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{27}\) = \(\frac{18}{54}\), \(\frac{3}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{27}\)
Multiply both numbers by 2, 18/54
Divide both numbers by 3
3/9

Question 21.
Write a ratio that is equivalent to \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{16}{24}\).
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{16}{24}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is the equivalent ratio to \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{16}{24}\)

Question 22.
Determine whether each ratio is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{10}, \text { or } \frac{3}{5}\). Write the ratio in the correct box.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 25
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3/9, 7/21, 18/30, 10/30

Explanation:
2/4 = 1/2
3/9 = 1/3
7/21 = 1/3
18/30 = 3/5
10/30 = 1/3
6/10 = 2/5
8/16 = 4/8 = 1/2

Equivalent Ratios and Multiplication Tables – Page No. 227

Write two equivalent ratios.

Question 1.
Use a multiplication table to write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{5}{3}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{3}\) = \(\frac{10}{6}\), \(\frac{15}{9}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 5/3. Shade the row for 5 and the row for 3 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 5, when there are 2 ∙ 3. So, 5/3 equal to 10/6
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 5, when there are 3 ∙ 3. So, 5/3 equal to 15/9

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 26
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 24

Explanation:
The original ratio is 6/7. Shade the row for 6 and the row for 7 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 6 when there are 2 ∙ 7. So, 6/7 equal to 12/14
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 6 when there are 3 ∙ 7. So, 6/7 equal to 18/21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 27
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 25

Explanation:
The original ratio is 3/2. Shade the row for 3 and the row for 2 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 3 when there are 2 ∙ 2. So, 3/2 equal to 6/4
Multiply 3/2 with 4/4 = 12/8

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{8}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) =\(\frac{12}{16}\), \(\frac{18}{24}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 6/8. Shade the row for 6 and the row for 8 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 6, when there are 2 ∙ 8. So, 6/8 equal to 12/16
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 6, when there are 3 ∙ 8. So, 6/8 equal to 18/24

Question 5.
\(\frac{11}{1}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{1}\) = \(\frac{22}{2}\), \(\frac{33}{3}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 11/1. Shade the row for 11 and the row for 1 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 11 when there are 2 ∙ 1. So, 11/1 equal to 22/2
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 11 when there are 3 ∙ 1. So, 11/1 equal to 33/3

Determine whether the ratios are equivalent.

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{5}{6}\).
___________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
2/3 is not equal to 5/6

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{10} \text { and } \frac{1}{6}\).
___________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
5/10 is not equal to 1/6

Question 8.
\(\frac{8}{3} \text { and } \frac{32}{12}\).
___________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
8/3 × 4/4 = 32/12
8/3 is equal to 32/12

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{12} \text { and } \frac{3}{4}\).
___________

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
9/12 ÷ 3/3 = 3/4
9/12 is equal to 3/4

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Tristan uses 7 stars and 9 diamonds to make a design. Write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{7}{9}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{9}\)  = \(\frac{14}{18}\) , \(\frac{21}{27}\)

Explanation:
Tristan uses 7 stars and 9 diamonds to make a design.
\(\frac{7}{9}\)
The original ratio is 7/9. Shade the row for 7 and the row for 9 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 7, when there are 2 ∙ 9. So, 7/9 equal to 14/18
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 7, when there are 3 ∙ 9. So, 7/9 equal to 21/27

Question 11.
There are 12 girls and 16 boys in Javier’s math class. There are 26 girls and 14 boys in Javier’s choir class. Are the ratios of girls to boys in the two classes equivalent? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
No, the ratio 26/14 is not equal to the ratio 12/16

Question 12.
Explain how to determine whether two ratios are equivalent.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
If any ratio is multiplied or divided by the same number, then the ratios are equivalent.

Lesson Check – Page No. 228

Question 1.
A pancake recipe calls for 4 cups of flour and 3 cups of milk. Does a recipe calling for 2 cups flour and 1.5 cups milk use the same ratio of flour to milk?
___________

Answer:
A muffin recipe that calls for 2 cups flour and 1.5 cups milk

Explanation:
A pancake recipe calls for 4 cups of flour and 3 cups of milk. A muffin recipe that calls for 2 cups flour and 1.5 cups milk.

Question 2.
A bracelet is made of 14 red beads and 19 gold beads. A necklace is made of 84 red beads and 133 gold beads. Do the two pieces of jewelry have the same ratio of red beads to gold beads?
___________

Answer:
The bracelet has 14 red and 19 gold, so the ratio between red and gold is 14/19. We cannot simplify this ratio as there are not common factors between 14 and 19, because 19 is a prime number.
As there are 84 red and 133 gold the ratio will be 84/133. For this ratio to be equal to 14/19 it should be that 84 is multiple of 14 and 133 multiple of 19, and both multiples must the same,
84/133 is not equal to 14/19

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Scissors come in packages of 3. Glue sticks come in packages of 10. Martha wants to buy the same number of each. What is the fewest glue sticks Martha can buy?
_____ glue sticks

Answer:
30 glue sticks

Explanation:
Scissors come in packages of 3. Glue sticks come in packages of 10. Martha wants to buy the same number of each.
3 × 10 = 30 glue sticks

Question 4.
Cole had \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour of free time before dinner. He spent \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the time playing the guitar. How long did he play the guitar?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

Explanation:
Cole had \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour of free time before dinner. He spent \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the time playing the guitar.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1/2 hour

Question 5.
Delia has 3 \(\frac{5}{8}\) yards of ribbon. About how many \(\frac{1}{4}\)-yard-long pieces can she cut?
About _____ pieces

Answer:
About 14 pieces

Explanation:
Length of yards of ribbon is 3 5/8 = 29/8
Length of yards of ribbon pieces need to be cut is 1/4
Number of yards = 29/8 ÷ 1/4 = 14.5 = 14

Question 6.
Which point is located at –1.1?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 28
Type below:
___________

Answer:
B

Explanation:
-1.1 is in between -1 and -2
-1.1 is close to -1
So, the answer is point B

Share and Show – Page No. 231

Question 1.
In Jawan’s school, 4 out of 10 students chose basketball as a sport they like to watch, and 3 out of 5 students chose football. Is the ratio of students who chose basketball (4 to 10) equivalent to the ratio of students who chose football (3 to 5)?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
the ratio of students who chose basketball (4 to 10) is not equivalent to the ratio of students who chose football (3 to 5)

Explanation:
In Jawan’s school, 4 out of 10 students chose basketball as a sport they like to watch, and 3 out of 5 students chose football.
4/10 = 0.4
3/5 = 0.6
0.4 is not equal to 0.6
The ratio of students who chose basketball (4 to 10) is not equivalent to the ratio of students who chose football (3 to 5)

Question 2.
What if 20 out of 50 students chose baseball as a sport they like to watch? Is this ratio equivalent to the ratio for either basketball or football? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The baseball ratio is equal to the basketball ratio

Explanation:
If 20 out of 50 students chose baseball, 20/50 = 2/5
2/5 × 2/2 = 4/10
The baseball ratio is equal to the basketball ratio.

Lesson 4 Skills Practice Ratio Tables Answer Key Question 3.
Look for Structure The table shows the results of the quizzes Hannah took in one week. Did Hannah get the same score on her math and science quizzes? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 29
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Hannah didn’t get the same score on her math and science quizzes

Explanation:
Social Studies = 4/5
Math = 8/10 = 0.8
Science = 3/4 = 0.75
English = 10/12
Math = 8/10
Divide the 8/10 with 2/2 = 8/10 ÷ 2/2 = 4/5
Hannah didn’t get the same score on her math and science quizzes

Question 4.
Did Hannah get the same score on the quizzes in any of her classes? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The ratio of Social Studies is equal to the ratio of Math

Explanation:
Social Studies = 4/5 = 0.8
Math = 8/10 = 0.8
Science = 3/4 = 0.75
English = 10/12 = 0.8333
The ratio of Social Studies is equal to the ratio of Math

On Your Own – Page No. 232

Question 5.
For every $10 that Julie makes, she saves $3. For every $15 Liam makes, he saves $6. Is Julie’s ratio of money saved to money earned equivalent to Liam’s ratio of money saved to money earned?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Julie’s ratio of money saved to money earned is not equivalent to Liam’s ratio of money saved to money earned.

Explanation:
No. Julie’s ratio is 3:10 or 30 percent towards her savings while Lion’s is 6:15 which is 40 percent towards savings.

Question 6.
A florist offers three different bouquets of tulips and irises. The list shows the ratios of tulips to irises in each bouquet. Determine the bouquets that have equivalent ratios.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 30
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The ratio of Spring Mix is equal to the ratio of Splash of Sun

Explanation:
Spring Mix = 4/6 = 0.66
Morning Melody = 9/12 = 0.75
Splash of Sun = 10/15 =0.66
The ratio of Spring Mix is equal to the ratio of Splash of Sun

Question 7.
The ratio of boys to girls in a school’s soccer club is 3 to 5. The ratio of boys to girls in the school’s chess club is 13 to 15. Is the ratio of boys to girls in the soccer club equivalent to the ratio of boys to girls in the chess club? Explain
Type below:
___________

Answer:
No

Explanation:
They are not equivalent because you can not reduce 13 any further because it is a prime number and if you multiply 3 by 3 and 5 by 3 you would get 9:15 as the equivalent ratio.

Question 8.
Analyze Thad, Joey, and Mia ran in a race. The finishing times were 4.56 minutes, 3.33 minutes, and 4.75 minutes. Thad did not finish last. Mia had the fastest time. What was each runner’s time?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Mia = 3.33 minutes
Joey = 4.75 minutes
Thad = 4.56 minutes

Explanation:
Mia had the fastest time. 3.33 minutes
Thad did not finish last. So, Joey = 4.75 minutes
Thad = 4.56 minutes

Question 9.
Fernando donates $2 to a local charity organization for every $15 he earns. Cleo donates $4 for every $17 she earns. Is Fernando’s ratio of money donated to money earned equivalent to Cleo’s ratio of money donated to money earned? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Fernando’s ratio of money donated to money earned is not equivalent to Cleo’s ratio of money donated to money earned

Explanation:
Fernando donates $2 to a local charity organization for every $15 he earns.
$2/$15 = 0.1333
Cleo donates $4 for every $17 she earns. $4/$17 = 0.2359
Fernando’s ratio of money donated to money earned is not equivalent to Cleo’s ratio of money donated to money earned

Problem Solving Use Tables to Compare Ratios – Page No. 233

Read each problem and solve it.

Question 1.
Sarah asked some friends about their favorite colors. She found that 4 out of 6 people prefer blue, and 8 out of 12 people prefer green. Is the ratio of friends who chose blue to the total asked equivalent to the ratio of friends who chose green to the total asked?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Yes, 4/6 is equivalent to 8/12

Explanation:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 26
4/6 = 0.666
8/12 = 0.666

Question 2.
Lisa and Tim make necklaces. Lisa uses 5 red beads for every 3 yellow beads. Tim uses 9 red beads for every 6 yellow beads. Is the ratio of red beads to yellow beads in Lisa’s necklace equivalent to the ratio in Tim’s necklace?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The ratio of red beads to yellow beads in Lisa’s necklace is not equivalent to the ratio in Tim’s necklace

Explanation:
Lisa and Tim make necklaces. Lisa uses 5 red beads for every 3 yellow beads.
5/3 = 1.666
Tim uses 9 red beads for every 6 yellow beads. 9/6 = 1.5
The ratio of red beads to yellow beads in Lisa’s necklace is not equivalent to the ratio in Tim’s necklace

Go Math Grade 6 Module 4 Answer Key Question 3.
Mitch scored 4 out of 5 on a quiz. Demetri scored 8 out of 10 on a quiz. Did Mitch and Demetri get equivalent scores?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Mitch and Demetri get equivalent scores

Explanation:
Mitch scored 4 out of 5 on a quiz. 4/5 = 0.8
Demetri scored 8 out of 10 on a quiz. = 8/10 = 0.8
Mitch and Demetri get equivalent scores

Question 4.
Use tables to show which of these ratios are equivalent : \(\frac{4}{6}\), \(\frac{10}{25}, \text { and } \frac{6}{15}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{25}, \text { and } \frac{6}{15}\) are equal

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) = 0.6666
\(\frac{10}{25}\) = 0.4
\(\frac{6}{15}\) = 0.4
\(\frac{10}{25}, \text { and } \frac{6}{15}\) are equal

Page No. 234

Question 1.
Mrs. Sahd distributes pencils and paper to students in the ratio of 2 pencils to 10 sheets of paper. Three of these ratios are equivalent to \(\frac{2}{10}\). Which one is NOT equivalent?
\(\frac{1}{5} \frac{7}{15} \frac{4}{20} \frac{8}{40}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{15}\) is not equal \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
Mrs. Sahd distributes pencils and paper to students in the ratio of 2 pencils to 10 sheets of paper. Three of these ratios are equivalent to \(\frac{2}{10}\) = 0.2
\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2
\(\frac{7}{15}\) = 0.4666
\(\frac{4}{20}\) = 0.2
\(\frac{8}{40}\) = 0.2
\(\frac{7}{15}\) is not equal \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Lesson 4 Solve Problems with Unit Rate Answer Key Question 2.
Keith uses 18 cherries and 3 peaches to make a pie filling. Lena uses an equivalent ratio of cherries to peaches when she makes pie filling. Can Lena use a ratio of 21 cherries to 6 peaches? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
No, she cannot use a ratio of 21 cherries to 6 peaches

Explanation:
Keith uses 18 cherries and 3 peaches to make a pie filling. 18/3 = 6
Lena uses a ratio of 21 cherries to 6 peaches, 21/6 = 3.5
No, she cannot use a ratio of 21 cherries to 6 peaches

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the quotient \(\frac{3}{20} \div \frac{7}{10}\)?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{14}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{20} \div \frac{7}{10}\)
3/20 × 10/7 = 3/14

Question 4.
Which of these numbers is greater than – 2.25 but less than –1?
1 -1.5 0 -2.5
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 lies between 0 to 1
-1.5 lies between -1 and -2. It is greater than -2.25 and also less than -1
0 lies between -1 to 1
-2.5 lies between -2 and -3. -2.5 is less than -2.25

Question 5.
Alicia plots a point at (0, 5) and (0, –2). What is the distance between the points?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
7 units

Explanation:
Alicia plots a point at (0, 5) and (0, –2).
The given points have the same x-coordinates.
|-2| = 2
5 + 0 = 5
0 + 2 = 2
5 + 2 = 7
The distance is 7 units

Question 6.
Morton sees these stickers at a craft store. What is the ratio of clouds to suns?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 31
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3 : 2

Explanation:
there are 3 clouds and 2 suns. So, the ratio is 3 to 2.

Share and Show – Page No. 237

Use equivalent ratios to find the unknown value.

Question 1.
\(\frac{?}{10}=\frac{4}{5}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Use common denominators to write equivalent ratios.
10 is a multiple of 5, so 10 is a common denominator.
Multiply the 4 and denominator by 2 to write the ratios using a common denominator.
4/5 × 2/2 = 8/10
The denominators are the same, so the numerators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 8/10 = 4/5
\(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{18}{24}=\frac{6}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{18}{24}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 18 in the numerator.
Divide 18 by 6 to get 3
So, divide the denominator by 24 as well.
24/3 = 8
The numerators are the same, so the denominators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 6/8 = 18/24
\(\frac{6}{8}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{15}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{15}{30}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 15 in the numerator.
Multiply 3 by 5 to get 15
So, Multiply 6 by 5 to get the denominator of the unknown number.
6 × 5 = 30
The numerators are the same, so the denominators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 3/6 = 15/30
\(\frac{15}{30}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{?}{5}=\frac{8}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 10 in the denominator.
Divide 10 by 2 to get 5
So, divide the numerator 8 as well.
8/2 = 4
The denominators are the same, so the numerators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 8/10 = 4/5
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{4}=\frac{?}{12}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{21}{12}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 12 in the denominator.
Multiply 4 with 3 to get 12
So, Multiply 7 with 3 to get the numerator of the unknown number.
7 × 3 = 21
The denominators are the same, so the numerators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 21/12 = 7/4
\(\frac{21}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{?}=\frac{40}{12}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{3}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 40 in the numerator.
Divide 40 by 4 to get 10
So, divide the denominator 12 as well.
12/4 = 3
The numerators are the same, so the denominators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 10/3 = 40/12
\(\frac{10}{3}\)

On Your Own

Use equivalent ratios to find the unknown value.

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{?}{30}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{10}{30}\)

Explanation:
Use common denominators to write equivalent ratios.
30 is a multiple of 6, so 30 is a common denominator.
Multiply the 6 and denominator by 5 to write the ratios using a common denominator.
2/6 × 5/5 =10/30
The denominators are the same, so the numerators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 10/30 = 2/6
\(\frac{10}{30}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{?}=\frac{55}{110}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 55 in the numerator.
Divide 55 with 11 to get 5
So, Divide 110 by 11 to get the denominator of unknown number.
110/11 = 10
The numerators are the same, so the denominators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 5/10 = 55/110
\(\frac{5}{10}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{9}=\frac{9}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{27}\)

Explanation:
Write an equivalent ratio with 9 in the numerator.
Multiply 3 with 3 to get 9
So, Multiply 9 with 3 to get the denominator of unknown number.
9 × 3 = 27
The numerators are the same, so the denominators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 9/27 = 3/9
\(\frac{9}{27}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{?}{6}=\frac{16}{24}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:
Use common denominators to write equivalent ratios.
Divide 24 with 4 to get 6.
So, divide 16 with 4 to know the unknown number of numerator
16/4 = 4
The denominators are the same, so the numerators are equal to each other.
So, the unknown value is 4/6 = 16/24
\(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 11.
Mavis walks 3 miles in 45 minutes. How many minutes will it take Mavis to walk 9 miles?
_____ minutes

Answer:
135 minutes

Explanation:
Mavis walks 3 miles in 45 minutes.
For 9 miles, (9 × 45)/3 = 135 minutes

Question 12.
The ratio of boys to girls in a choir is 3 to 8. There are 32 girls in the choir. How many members are in the choir?
_____ members

Answer:
12 members

Explanation:
The ratio of boys to girls in a choir is 3 to 8.
3/8 × 4/ 4 = 12/32
So, if there are 32 girls in the choir, there will be 12 boys present.

Question 13.
Use Reasoning Is the unknown value in \(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{?}{18}\) the same as the unknown value in \(\frac{3}{2}=\frac{18}{?}\)? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
12

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}=\frac{?}{18}\)
2/3 × 6/6 = 12/18
The unknown value is 12
\(\frac{3}{2}=\frac{18}{?}\)
3/2 × 6/6 = 18/12
The unknown value is 12

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 238

Solve by finding an equivalent ratio.

Question 14.
It takes 8 minutes for Sue to make 2 laps around the go-kart track. How many laps can Sue complete in 24 minutes?
_____ laps

Answer:
6 laps

Explanation:
It takes 8 minutes for Sue to make 2 laps around the go-kart track.
For 24 minutes, (24 × 2)/8 = 48/8 =6

Question 15.
The width of Jay’s original photo is 8 inches. The length of the original photo is 10 inches. He prints a smaller version that has an equivalent ratio of width to length. The width of the smaller version is 4 inches less than the width of the original. What is the length of the smaller version?
_____ inches

Answer:
5 inches

Explanation:
The width of Jay’s original photo is 8 inches. The length of the original photo is 10 inches.
8/10
He prints a smaller version that has an equivalent ratio of width to length. The width of the smaller version is 4 inches less than the width of the original.
4/s
8/10 ÷ 2/2 = 4/5
5 inches

Question 16.
Ariel bought 3 raffle tickets for $5. How many tickets could Ariel buy for $15?
_____ tickets

Answer:
9 tickets

Explanation:
Ariel bought 3 raffle tickets for $5.
For $15, ($15 × 3)/ $5 = 45/5 = 9

6th Grade Lesson 5 Skills Practice Ratio Tables Answer Key Question 17.
What’s the Error? Greg used the steps shown to find the unknown value. Describe his error and give the correct solution.
\(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{?}{12}\)
\(\frac{2+6}{6+6}=\frac{?}{12}\)
\(\frac{8}{12}=\frac{?}{12}\)
The unknown value is 8.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Greg added 6 to the numerator and denominator which is not correct to find the unknown value.
\(\frac{2}{6}=\frac{?}{12}\)
2/6 × 2/2 = 4/12
4 is the unknown value.

Question 18.
Courtney bought 3 maps for $10. Use the table of equivalent ratios to find how many maps she can buy for $30.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 32
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 28

Explanation:
3/10 × 3/3 = 9/30

Use Equivalent Ratios – Page No. 239

Use equivalent ratios to find the unknown value.

Question 1.
\(\frac{4}{10}=\frac{?}{40}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{16}{40}\)

Explanation:
4/10 × 4/4 = 16/40

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{24}=\frac{33}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{33}{264}\)

Explanation:
3/24 × 11/11 = 33/264

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{?}=\frac{21}{27}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{9}\)

Explanation:
21/27 ÷ 3/3 = 7/9

Question 4.
\(\frac{?}{9}=\frac{12}{54}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
12/54 ÷ 6/6 = 2/9

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{2}=\frac{12}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{12}{8}\)

Explanation:
3/2 × 4/4 = 12/8

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5}=\frac{?}{40}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{32}{40}\)

Explanation:
4/5 × 8/8 = 32/40

Question 7.
\(\frac{?}{2}=\frac{45}{30}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{2}\)

Explanation:
45/30 ÷ 15/15 = 3/2

Question 8.
\(\frac{45}{?}=\frac{5}{6}\)
_____

Answer:
\(\frac{45}{54}\)

Explanation:
5/6 × 9/9 = 45/54

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Honeybees produce 7 pounds of honey for every 1 pound of beeswax they produce. Use equivalent ratios to find how many pounds of honey are produced when 25 pounds of beeswax are produced.
_____ pounds

Answer:
175 pounds

Explanation:
Honeybees produce 7 pounds of honey for every 1 pound of beeswax they produce.
7/1
25 pounds of beeswax, 25 × 7 = 175 pounds

Practice and Homework Lesson 4.5 Answer Key Question 10.
A 3-ounce serving of tuna provides 21 grams of protein. Use equivalent ratios to find how many grams of protein are in 9 ounces of tuna.
_____ grams of protein

Answer:
63 grams of protein

Explanation:
A 3-ounce serving of tuna provides 21 grams of protein.
For 9 ounces of tuna, (21 × 9)/3 = 63

Question 11.
Explain how using equivalent ratios is like adding fractions with unlike denominators.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Equivalent ratios have different numbers but represent the same relationship. In this tutorial, you’ll see how to find equivalent ratios by first writing the given ratio as a fraction. And it cannot be the same by adding two fractions with different ratios.

Lesson Check – Page No. 240

Question 1.
Jaron paid $2.70 for 6 juice boxes. How much should Jaron expect to pay for 18 juice boxes?
$ _____

Answer:
$8.1

Explanation:
Jaron paid $2.70 for 6 juice boxes. For 6 boxes he paid $2.70.
For 18 juice boxes, (18 × $2.70)/6 = $8.1

Question 2.
A certain shade of orange paint is made by mixing 3 quarts of red paint with 2 quarts of yellow paint. To make more paint of the same shade, how many quarts of yellow paint should be mixed with 6 quarts of red paint?
_____ quarts

Answer:
4 quarts

Explanation:
A certain shade of orange paint is made by mixing 3 quarts of red paint with 2 quarts of yellow paint.
3 quarts of red paint is mixed with 2 quarts of yellow paint
So, 6 quarts of red paint is mixed with 6/3 × 2 = 4 quarts of yellow paint

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the quotient \(2 \frac{4}{5} \div 1 \frac{1}{3}\)?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
2 4/5 = 14/5 = 2.8
1 1/3 = 4/3 = 1.333
2.8/1.333 = 2 1/10

Question 4.
What is the quotient \(-2 \frac{2}{3}\)?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1\(\frac{11}{16}\)

Explanation:
−4 1/2 ÷ -2 2/3
1 11/16

Practice and Homework Lesson 4.5 Answer Key Question 5.
On a map, a clothing store is located at (–2, –3). A seafood restaurant is located 6 units to the right of the clothing store. What are the coordinates of the restaurant?
Type below:
___________

.Answer:
(4, -3)

Explanation:
On a map, a clothing store is located at (–2, –3). A seafood restaurant is located 6 units to the right of the clothing store.
|-2| = 2
2 + 0 = 2
0+4 = 4
2 + 4 = 6 units

Question 6.
Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party. Write a ratio that is equivalent to Marisol’s ratio.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
27/6 and 45/10

Explanation:
Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party. 9/2 × 3/3 = 27/6
9/2 × 5/5 = 45/10

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 241

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 33

Question 1.
A _____ is a rate that makes a comparison to 1 unit.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
rate

Question 2.
Two ratios that name the same comparison are _____ .
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Equivalent Ratios

Concepts and Skills
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 34

Question 3.
Write the ratio of red circles to blue squares.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3 : 5

Explanation:
There are 3 red counter and 5 square boxes.
So, the ratio is 3 : 5

Write the ratio in two different ways.

Question 4.
8 to 12
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{8}{12}\)
8 : 12

Explanation:
8 to 12 as a fraction  \(\frac{8}{12}\)
8 to 12 with a colon 8 : 12

Question 5.
7 : 2
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{2}\)
7 to 2

Explanation:
7 : 2 as a fraction  \(\frac{7}{2}\)
7 : 2 using words 7 to 2

Question 6.
\(\frac{5}{9}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5 to 9
5 : 9

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{9}\) using words 5 to 9
\(\frac{5}{9}\) with a colon 5 : 9

Question 7.
11 to 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
11 : 3

Explanation:
11 to 3 as a fraction \(\frac{11}{3}\)
11 to 3 with a colon 11 : 3

Write two equivalent ratios.

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{7}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{4}{14}\), \(\frac{6}{21}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 2/7. Shade the row for 2 and the row for 7 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 2, when there are 2 ∙ 7. So, 2/7 equal to 4/14
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 2, when there are 3 ∙ 7. So, 2/7 equal to 6/21

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{5}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = \(\frac{12}{10}\), \(\frac{18}{15}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 6/5. Shade the row for 6 and the row for 5 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 6, when there are 2 ∙ 5. So, 6/5 equal to 12/10
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 6, when there are 3 ∙ 5. So, 6/5 equal to 18/15

Question 10.
\(\frac{9}{12}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{18}{24}\), \(\frac{27}{36}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 9/12. Shade the row for 9 and the row for 12 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 9, when there are 2 ∙ 12. So, 9/12 equal to 18/24
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 9, when there are 3 ∙ 12. So, 9/12 equal to 27/36

Question 11.
\(\frac{18}{6}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{18}{6}\) = \(\frac{36}{12}\), \(\frac{54}{18}\)

Explanation:
The original ratio is 18/6. Shade the row for 18 and the row for 6 on the multiplication table.
The column for 2 shows there are 2 ∙ 18, when there are 2 ∙ 6. So, 18/6 equal to 36/12
The column for 3 shows there are 3 ∙ 18, when there are 3 ∙ 6. So, 18/6 equal to 54/18

Find the unknown value.

Question 12.
\(\frac{15}{?}=\frac{5}{10}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
30

Explanation:
5/10 × 3/3 = 15/30
So, the unknown number is 30

Question 13.
\(\frac{?}{9}=\frac{12}{3}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
36

Explanation:
12/3 × 3/3 = 36/9
So, the unknown number is 36

Question 14.
\(\frac{48}{16}=\frac{?}{8}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
24

Explanation:
48/16 ÷ 2/2 = 24/8
So, the unknown number is 24

Question 15.
\(\frac{9}{36}=\frac{3}{?}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
12

Explanation:
9/36 ÷ 3/3 = 3/12
So, the unknown number is 12

Page No. 242

Question 16.
There are 36 students in the chess club, 40 students in the drama club, and 24 students in the film club. What is the ratio of students in the drama club to students in the film club?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
40 to 24

Explanation:
There are 36 students in the chess club, 40 students in the drama club, and 24 students in the film club.
The ratio of students in the drama club to students in the film club 40 to 24

Question 17.
A trail mix has 4 cups of raisins, 3 cups of dates, 6 cups of peanuts, and 2 cups of cashews. Which ingredients are in the same ratio as cashews to raisins?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
dates to peanuts

Explanation:
A trail mix has 4 cups of raisins, 3 cups of dates, 6 cups of peanuts, and 2 cups of cashews.
cashews to raisins = 2/4 = 1/2
dates to peanuts = 3/6 = 1/2

Question 18.
There are 32 adults and 20 children at a school play. What is the ratio of children to people at the school play?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5 to 13

Explanation:
There are 32 adults and 20 children at a school play.
people = 32 + 20 = 52
the ratio of children to people at the school play = 20/52 = 5/13

Question 19.
Sonya got 8 out of 10 questions right on a quiz. She got the same score on a quiz that had 20 questions. How many questions did Sonya get right on the second quiz? How many questions did she get wrong on the second quiz?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
4 wrong

Explanation:
8/10 = x/20
So, 10 × 2 = 20, so 8 × 2=16
so she got 16 out of 20 right and 20 – 16 = 4
She got 4 wrong.

Share and Show – Page No. 245

Write the rate as a fraction. Then find the unit rate.

Question 1.
Sara drove 72 miles on 4 gallons of gas.
_____ miles/gallon

Answer:
18 miles/gallon

Explanation:
Sara drove 72 miles on 4 gallons of gas.
72/4
Divide 72/4 with 4/4
72/4 ÷ 4/4 = 18

Question 2.
Dean paid $27.00 for 4 movie tickets.
$ _____ per ticket

Answer:
$6.75 per ticket

Explanation:
Dean paid $27.00 for 4 movie tickets.
$27.00/4
Divide $27.00/4 with 4/4
$27.00/4 ÷ 4/4 = $6.75

Question 3.
Amy and Mai have to read Bud, Not Buddy for a class. Amy reads 20 pages in 2 days. Mai reads 35 pages in 3 days. Who reads at a faster rate?
___________

Answer:
Mai reads at a faster rate

Explanation:
Amy and Mai have to read Bud, Not Buddy for a class.
Amy reads 20 pages in 2 days. 20/2 = 10 pages for each day
Mai reads 35 pages in 3 days. 35/3 = 11.66 pages for each day
Mai reads at a faster rate

Question 4.
An online music store offers 5 downloads for $6.25. Another online music store offers 12 downloads for $17.40. Which store offers the better deal?
___________

Answer:
An online music store offers 5 downloads for $6.25 offers the better deal

Explanation:
An online music store offers 5 downloads for $6.25.
$6.25/5 = $1.25
Another online music store offers 12 downloads for $17.40.
$17.40/12 = $1.45
An online music store offers 5 downloads for $6.25 offers the better deal

On Your Own

Write the rate as a fraction. Then find the unit rate.

Question 5.
A company packed 108 items in 12 boxes.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
9

Explanation:
A company packed 108 items in 12 boxes.
108/12
Divide 108/12 with 12/12
108/12 ÷ 12/12 = 9

Question 6.
There are 112 students for 14 teachers.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
8

Explanation:
There are 112 students for 14 teachers.
112/14
Divide 112/14 with 14/14
112/14 ÷ 14/14 = 8

Lesson 6 Skills Practice Ratio Tables Answer Key Question 7.
Geoff charges $27 for 3 hours of swimming lessons. Anne charges $31 for 4 hours. How much more does Geoff charge per hour than Anne?
$ _____

Answer:
$1.25

Explanation:
Geoff charges $27 for 3 hours of swimming lessons.
$27/3 = $9 for an hour
Anne charges $31 for 4 hours.
$31/4 = $7.75
$9 – $7.75 = $1.25
Geoff charge $1.25 per hour more than Anne

Question 8.
Compare One florist made 16 bouquets in 5 hours. A second florist made 40 bouquets in 12 hours. Which florist makes bouquets at a faster rate?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A second florist made 40 bouquets in 12 hours at a faster rate

Explanation:
Compare One florist made 16 bouquets in 5 hours.
16/5 = 3.2
A second florist made 40 bouquets in 12 hours.
40/12 = 3.333
A second florist made 40 bouquets in 12 hours at a faster rate

Tell which rate is faster by comparing unit rates.

Question 9.
\(\frac{160 \mathrm{mi}}{2 \mathrm{hr}} \text { and } \frac{210 \mathrm{mi}}{3 \mathrm{hr}}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
160mi/2hr

Explanation:
160mi/2hr ÷ 2/2 = 80mi/hr
210mi/3hr = 70mi/hr
80mi/hr > 70mi/hr

Question 10.
\(\frac{270 \mathrm{ft}}{9 \mathrm{min}} \text { and } \frac{180 \mathrm{ft}}{9 \mathrm{min}}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
270ft/9min

Explanation:
270ft/9min = 30ft/min
180ft/9min = 20ft/min
30ft/min > 20ft/min

Question 11.
\(\frac{250 \mathrm{m}}{10 \mathrm{s}} \text { and } \frac{120 \mathrm{m}}{4 \mathrm{s}}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
250m/10s

Explanation:
250m/10s = 25m/s
120m/4s = 20m/s
25m/s > 20m/s

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 246

Question 12.
Ryan wants to buy treats for his puppy. If Ryan wants to buy the treats that cost the least per pack, which treat should he buy? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 35
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We need to find that cost the least per pack

Question 12.
b. Find the price per pack for each treat.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Pup bites = $5.76/4 ÷ 4/4 = $1.44
Doggie Treats = $7.38/6 ÷ 6/6 = $1.23
Pupster snacks = $7.86/6 ÷ 6/6 = $1.31
Nutri-Biscuits = $9.44/8 ÷ 8/8 = $1.18

Question 12.
c. Complete the sentences
The treat with the highest price per pack is _____.
The treat with the lowest price per pack is _____.
Ryan should buy _____ because _____.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The treat with the highest price per pack is Pup bites.
The treat with the lowest price per pack is Nutri-Biscuits.
Ryan should buy Nutri-Biscuits because it has the least cost.

Question 13.
Reason Abstractly What information do you need to consider in order to decide whether one product is a better deal than another? When might the lower unit rate not be the best choice? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We will consider the low cost in order to decide whether one product is a better deal than another.
The lower unit rate is not the best choice. Because it will show the highest cost.

Go Math Grade 6 Lesson 4.6 Answer Key Question 14.
Select the cars that get a higher mileage per gallon of gas than a car that gets 25 miles per gallon. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Car A 22 miles per 1 gallon
b. Car B 56 miles per 2 gallons
c. Car C 81 miles per 3 gallons
d. Car D 51 miles per 3 gallons

Answer:
b. Car B 56 miles per 2 gallons
c. Car C 81 miles per 3 gallons

Explanation:
22/1 = 22
56/2 = 28
81/3 = 27
51/3 = 17

Find Unit Rates – Page No. 247

Write the rate as a fraction. Then find the unit rate.

Question 1.
A wheel rotates through 1,800º in 5 revolutions.
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Explanation:
A wheel rotates through 1,800º in 5 revolutions.
1,800º/5 revolutions
1,800º/5 revolutions ÷ 5/5 = 360º/1revolution

Question 2.
There are 312 cards in 6 decks of playing cards.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
52 cards/1 deck of playing cards

Explanation:
There are 312 cards in 6 decks of playing cards.
312/6 ÷ 6/6 = 52 cards/1 deck of playing cards

Question 3.
Bana ran 18.6 miles of a marathon in 3 hours.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
6.2 miles/hour

Explanation:
Bana ran 18.6 miles of a marathon in 3 hours.
18.6 miles/ 3 hours ÷ 3/3 = 6.2 miles/hour

Question 4.
Cameron paid $30.16 for 8 pounds of almonds.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
$3.77/1 pound

Explanation:
Cameron paid $30.16 for 8 pounds of almonds.
$30.16/8 pounds ÷ 8/8 = $3.77/1 pound

Compare unit rates.

Question 5.
An online game company offers a package that includes 2 games for $11.98. They also offer a package that includes 5 games for $24.95. Which package is a better deal?
_____ package

Answer:
5 game package

Explanation:
An online game company offers a package that includes 2 games for $11.98.
$11.98/2 = $5.99
They also offer a package that includes 5 games for $24.95.
$24.95/5 = $4.99

Question 6.
At a track meet, Samma finished the 200-meter race in 25.98 seconds. Tom finished the 100-meter race in 12.54 seconds. Which runner ran at a faster average rate?
___________

Answer:
Tom

Explanation:
At a track meet, Samma finished the 200-meter race in 25.98 seconds.
200/25.98 seconds = 7.698 – meter/1 sec
Tom finished the 100-meter race in 12.54 seconds.
100 – meter/12.54 seconds = 7.974 – meter/1 sec

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Sylvio’s flight is scheduled to travel 1,792 miles in 3.5 hours. At what average rate will the plane have to travel to complete the trip on time?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
512 miles per hour

Explanation:
Sylvio’s flight is scheduled to travel 1,792 miles in 3.5 hours.
1,792 miles/3.5 hours ÷ 3.5/3.5 = 512 miles per hour

Question 8.
Rachel bought 2 pounds of apples and 3 pounds of peaches for a total of $10.45. The apples and peaches cost the same amount per pound. What was the unit rate?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
$2.09 per pound

Explanation:
Rachel bought 2 pounds of apples and 3 pounds of peaches for a total of $10.45.
The apples and peaches cost the same amount per pound.
2 + 3 = 5
$10.45/5 = $2.09 per pound

Question 9.
Write a word problem that involves comparing unit rates.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
At a track meet, Samma finished the 200-meter race in 25.98 seconds. Tom finished the 100-meter race in 12.54 seconds. Which runner ran at a faster average rate?
At a track meet, Samma finished the 200-meter race in 25.98 seconds.
200/25.98 seconds = 7.698 – meter/1 sec
Tom finished the 100-meter race in 12.54 seconds.
100 – meter/12.54 seconds = 7.974 – meter/1 sec
Tom

Lesson Check – Page No. 248

Question 1.
Cran–Soy trail mix costs $2.99 for 5 ounces, Raisin–Nuts mix costs $3.41 for 7 ounces, Lots of Cashews mix costs $7.04 for 8 ounces, and Nuts for You mix costs $2.40 for 6 ounces. List the trail mix brands in order from the least expensive to the most expensive.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Nuts for You, Raisin–Nuts, Cran–Soy trail mix, Lots of Cashews mix

Explanation:
Cran–Soy trail mix costs $2.99 for 5 ounces,
$2.99/5 = $0.598
Raisin–Nuts mix costs $3.41 for 7 ounces,
$3.41/7 = $0.487
Lots of Cashews mix costs $7.04 for 8 ounces,
$7.04/8 = $0.88
and Nuts for You mix costs $2.40 for 6 ounces.
$2.40/6 = $0.4

Question 2.
Aaron’s heart beats 166 times in 120 seconds. Callie’s heart beats 88 times in 60 seconds. Emma’s heart beats 48 times in 30 seconds. Galen’s heart beats 22 times in 15 seconds. Which two students’ heart rates are equivalent?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Callie and Galen

Explanation:
Aaron’s heart beats 166 times in 120 seconds.
166/120 = 1.3833
Callie’s heart beats 88 times in 60 seconds.
88/60 = 1.4666
Emma’s heart beats 48 times in 30 seconds.
48/30 = 1.6
Galen’s heart beats 22 times in 15 seconds.
22/15 = 1.4666

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Courtlynn combines \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup sour cream with \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup cream cheese. She then divides the mixture between 2 bowls. How much mixture does Courtlynn put in each bowl?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{16}\) cup

Explanation:
Courtlynn combines \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup sour cream with \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup cream cheese.
7/8 + 1/2 = 11/8
11/8 ÷ 2 = 11/8 × 1/2 = 11/16 cup

Practice and Homework Lesson 4.6 Answer Key Question 4.
Write a comparison using < or > to show the relationship between |-\(\frac{2}{3}\)| and – \(\frac{5}{6}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
>

Explanation:
|-\(\frac{2}{3}\)| = 2/3 = 0.666
– \(\frac{5}{6}\) = -0.8333
|-\(\frac{2}{3}\)| > – \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 5.
There are 18 tires on one truck. How many tires are on 3 trucks of the same type?
_____ tires

Answer:
54 tires

Explanation:
There are 18 tires on one truck.
For 3 trucks, (3 × 18)/1 = 54 tires

Question 6.
Write two ratios that are equivalent to \(\frac{5}{6}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{10}{12}\), \(\frac{15}{18}\)

Explanation:
5/6 × 2/2 = 10/12
5/6 × 3/3 = 15/18

Share and Show – Page No. 251

Use a unit rate to find the unknown value.

Question 1.
\(\frac{10}{?}=\frac{6}{3}\)
_____

Answer:
5

Explanation:
6/3 ÷ 3/3 = 2/1
2/1 × 5/5 = 10/1
The unknown value is 5

Question 2.
\(\frac{6}{8}=\frac{?}{20}\)
_____

Answer:
15

Explanation:
6/8 ÷ 8/8 = 0.75/1
0.75/1 × 20/20 = 15/20
The unknown value is 15

On Your Own

Use a unit rate to find the unknown value.

Question 3.
\(\frac{40}{8}=\frac{45}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
9

Explanation:
40/8 ÷ 8/8 = 5/1
5/1 × 9/9 = 45/9
The unknown value is 9

Question 4.
\(\frac{42}{14}=\frac{?}{5}\)
_____

Answer:
15

Explanation:
42/14 ÷ 14/14 = 3/1
3/1 × 5/5 = 15/5
The unknown value is 15

Question 5.
\(\frac{?}{2}=\frac{56}{8}\)
_____

Answer:
14

Explanation:
56/8 ÷ 8/8 = 7/1
7/1 × 2/2 = 14/2
The unknown value is 14

Question 6.
\(\frac{?}{4}=\frac{26}{13}\)
_____

Answer:
8

Explanation:
26/13 ÷ 13/13 = 2/1
2/1 × 4/4 = 8/4
The unknown value is 8

Practice: Copy and Solve Draw a bar model to find the unknown value.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{32}=\frac{9}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 29

Explanation:
4/32 ÷ 32/32 = 0.125/1
0.125/1 × 72/72 = 9/72
The unknown value is 72

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{3}=\frac{?}{4}\)
_____

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 30
12

Explanation:
9/3 ÷ 3/3 = 3/1
3/1 × 4/4 = 12/4
The unknown value is 12

Question 9.
\(\frac{?}{14}=\frac{9}{7}\)
_____

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 31

Explanation:
9/7 ÷ 7/7 = 1.2857/1
1.2857/1 × 14/14 = 18/14
The unknown value is 18

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{?}=\frac{2}{1.25}\)
_____

Answer:
1.875

Explanation:
2/1.25 ÷ 1.25/1.25 = 1.6/1
1.6/1 × 1.875/1.875 = 3/1.875
The unknown value is 1.875

Question 11.
Communicate Explain how to find an unknown value in a ratio by using a unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Firstly, Identify the known ratio, where both values are known. Then, Identify the ratio with one known value and one unknown value. Next, Use the two ratios to create a proportion. Finally, Cross-multiply to solve the problem.

Question 12.
Savannah is tiling her kitchen floor. She bought 8 cases of tile for $192. She realizes she bought too much tile and returns 2 unopened cases to the store. What was her final cost for tile?
$ _____

Answer:
$144

Explanation:
Savannah is tiling her kitchen floor. She bought 8 cases of tile for $192.
$192/8 ÷ 8/8 = $24 per each case of tile
She realizes she bought too much tile and returns 2 unopened cases to the store.
So, she bought 8 – 2 = 6 cases of tiles.
6 × $24 = $144

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 251

Pose a Problem

Question 13.
Josie runs a T-shirt printing company. The table shows the length and width of four sizes of T-shirts. The measurements of each size T-shirt form equivalent ratios.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 36
What is the length of an extra-large T-shirt?
Write two equivalent ratios and find the unknown value:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 37
The length of an extra-large T-shirt is 36 inches.
Write a problem that can be solved by using the information in the table and could be solved by using equivalent ratios
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Small = 27/18 ÷ 18/18 = 1.5
Medium = 30/20 = 3/2 = 1.5
Large = 1.5/1 × 22/22 = 33/22
the length of an extra-large T-shirt = 1.5/1 × 24/24 = 36/24
What is the length of an large T-shirt?
Write two equivalent ratios and find the unknown value?
Large = 1.5/1 × 22/22 = 33/22
33/22 × 2/2 = 66/44
33/22 × 3/3 = 99/66

Question 14.
Peri earned $27 for walking her neighbor’s dog 3 times. If Peri earned $36, how many times did she walk her neighbor’s dog? Use a unit rate to find the unknown value.
_____ times

Answer:
4 times

Explanation:
Peri earned $27 for walking her neighbor’s dog 3 times.
If Peri earned $36, ($36 × 3)/$27 = 4

Use Unit Rates – Page No. 253

Use a unit rate to find the unknown value.

Question 1.
\(\frac{34}{7}=\frac{?}{7}\)
_____

Answer:
34

Explanation:
34/7 ÷ 7/7 = 4.8571/1
4.8571/1 × 7/7 = 34
The unknown value is 34

Question 2.
\(\frac{16}{32}=\frac{?}{14}\)
_____

Answer:
7

Explanation:
16/32 ÷ 32/32 = 0.5/1
0.5/1 × 14/14 = 7/1
The unknown value is 7

Question 3.
\(\frac{18}{?}=\frac{21}{7}\)
_____

Answer:
6

Explanation:
21/7 ÷ 7/7 = 3/1
3/1 × 6/6 = 18/6
The unknown value is 6

Question 4.
\(\frac{?}{16}=\frac{3}{12}\)
_____

Answer:
4

Explanation:
3/12 ÷ 12/12 = 0.25/1
0.25/1 × 16/16 = 4
The unknown value is 4

Draw a bar model to find the unknown value.

Question 5.
\(\frac{15}{45}=\frac{6}{?}\)
_____

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 32
18

Explanation:
15/45 ÷ 45/45 = 1/3
1/3 × 6/6 = 6/18
The unknown value is 18

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{6}=\frac{?}{7}\)
_____

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 33
3.5

Explanation:
3/6 ÷ 6/6 = 1/2
1/2 × 3.5/3.5 = 3.5/7
The unknown value is 3.5

Problem Solving

Question 7.
To stay properly hydrated, a person should drink 32 fluid ounces of water for every 60 minutes of exercise. How much water should Damon drink if he rides his bike for 135 minutes?
_____ fluid ounces

Answer:
72 fluid ounces

Explanation:
To stay properly hydrated, a person should drink 32 fluid ounces of water for every 60 minutes of exercise.
If he rides his bike for 135 minutes, (135 × 32)/60 = 72

Question 8.
Lillianne made 6 out of every 10 baskets she attempted during basketball practice. If she attempted to make 25 baskets, how many did she make?
_____ baskets

Answer:
15 baskets

Explanation:
Lillianne made 6 out of every 10 baskets she attempted during basketball practice. If she attempted to make 25 baskets,
(25 × 6)/10 = 15 baskets

Question 9.
Give some examples of real-life situations in which you could use unit rates to solve an equivalent ratio problem.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
1) If a 10-ounce box of cereal costs $3 and a 20-ounce box of cereal costs $5, the 20 ounce box is the better value because each ounce of cereal is cheaper.
2) Yoda Soda is the intergalactic party drink that will have all your friends saying, “Mmmmmm, good this is!”
You are throwing a party, and you need 555 liters of Yoda Soda for every 121212 guests.
If you have 363636 guests, how many liters of Yoda Soda do you need?

Lesson Check – Page No. 254

Question 1.
Randi’s school requires that there are 2 adult chaperones for every 18 students when the students go on a field trip to the museum. If there are 99 students going to the museum, how many adult chaperones are needed?
_____ chaperones

Answer:
11 chaperones

Explanation:
Randi’s school requires that there are 2 adult chaperones for every 18 students when the students go on a field trip to the museum.
If there are 99 students going to the museum, (99 × 2)/18 = 11 chaperones

Question 2.
Landry’s neighbor pledged $5.00 for every 2 miles he swims in a charity swim-a-thon. If Landry swims 3 miles, how much money will his neighbor donate?
$ _____

Answer:
$7.5

Explanation:
Landry’s neighbor pledged $5.00 for every 2 miles he swims in a charity swim-a-thon. If Landry swims 3 miles, 15/2 = $7.5

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Describe a situation that could be represented by –8.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
In Alaska the normal temperature in December was 3 degrees. Scientist predicted that by February the temperature would drop 11 degrees. What is the predicted temperature for February? The answer is -8.

Question 4.
What are the coordinates of point G?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 38
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(-2, 0.5)

Explanation:
The x-coordinate is -2
The y-coordinate is 0.5

Question 5.
Gina bought 6 containers of yogurt for $4. How many containers of yogurt could Gina buy for $12?
_____ containers

Answer:
18 containers

Explanation:
Gina bought 6 containers of yogurt for $4.
For $12, ($12 × 6)/$4 = 18

Question 6.
A bottle containing 64 fluid ounces of juice costs $3.84. What is the unit rate?
$ _____

Answer:
$0.06

Explanation:
A bottle containing 64 fluid ounces of juice costs $3.84.
$3.84/64 = $0.06

Share and Show – Page No. 257

A redwood tree grew at a rate of 4 feet per year. Use this information for 1–3.

Question 1.
Complete the table of equivalent ratios for the first 5 years.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 39
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 34

Explanation:
A redwood tree grew at a rate of 4 feet per year.
For 2 years, 2 × 4 = 8ft
For 3 years, 3 × 4 = 12ft
For 4 years, 4 × 4 = 16ft
For 5 years, 5 × 4 = 20ft

Question 2.
Write ordered pairs, letting the x-coordinate represent time in years and the y-coordinate represent height in feet.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(1, 4), (2, 8), (3, 12), (4, 16), (5, 20)

Question 3.
Use the ordered pairs to graph the tree’s growth over time.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 35

On Your Own

The graph shows the rate at which Luis’s car uses gas, in miles per gallon. Use the graph for 4–8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 40

Question 4.
Complete the table of equivalent ratios.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
30/1, 60/2, 90/3, 120/4, 150/5

Question 5.
Find the car’s unit rate of gas usage.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
30mi/gal

Question 6.
How far can the car go on 5 gallons of gas?
_____ miles

Answer:
150 miles

Explanation:
the car go on 5 gallons of gas, 150/5

Question 7.
Estimate the amount of gas needed to travel 50 miles.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
5/3

Explanation:
30/1,
50/30 = 5/3

Practice and Homework Lesson 4.8 Answer Key Question 8.
Ellen’s car averages 35 miles per gallon of gas. If you used equivalent ratios to graph her car’s gas usage, how would the graph differ from the graph of Luis’s car’s gas usage?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 36
The distance is high for Ellen’s car’s gas usage compared to Luis’s car’s gas usage per one gal

Explanation:
35/1 × 2/2 = 70/2
35/1 × 3/3 = 105/3
35/1 × 4/4 = 140/4
35/1 × 5/5 = 175/5

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 258

Question 9.
Look for Structure The graph shows the depth of a submarine over time. Use equivalent ratios to find the number of minutes it will take the submarine to descend 1,600 feet.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 41
_____ minutes

Answer:
8 minutes

Explanation:
200/1 × 8/8 = 1600/8

Question 10.
The graph shows the distance that a plane flying at a steady rate travels over time. Use equivalent ratios to find how far the plane travels in 13 minutes.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 42
_____ miles

Answer:
91 miles

Explanation:
7/1 × 13/13 = 91/13

Question 11.
Sense or Nonsense? Emilio types at a rate of 84 words per minute. He claims that he can type a 500-word essay in 5 minutes. Is Emilio’s claim sense or nonsense? Use a graph to help explain your answer.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
He said that he can write 84 in 60sec ,500 words will be written in 500×60/84=357 it’s a nonsense

Question 12.
The Tuckers drive at a rate of 20 miles per hour through the mountains. Use the ordered pairs to graph the distance traveled over time.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 43
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 37

Equivalent Ratios and Graphs – Page No. 259

Christie makes bracelets. She uses 8 charms for each bracelet. Use this information for 1–3.

Question 1.
Complete the table of equivalent ratios for the first 5 bracelets.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 38

Explanation:

Question 2.
Write ordered pairs, letting the x-coordinate represent the number of bracelets and the y-coordinate represent the number of charms.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(1, 8), (2, 16), (3, 24), (4, 32), (5, 40)

Question 3.
Use the ordered pairs to graph the charms and bracelets.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 39

The graph shows the number of granola bars that are in various numbers of boxes of Crunch N Go. Use the graph for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 44

Question 4.
Complete the table of equivalent ratios.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 45
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 40

Question 5.
Find the unit rate of granola bars per box.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
10 bars/1 box

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Look at the graph for Christie’s Bracelets. How many charms are needed for 7 bracelets?
_____ charms

Answer:
56 charms

Question 7.
Look at the graph for Crunch N Go Granola Bars. Stefan needs to buy 90 granola bars. How many boxes must he buy?
_____ boxes

Answer:
9 boxes

Question 8.
Choose a real-life example of a unit rate. Draw a graph of the unit rate. Then explain how another person could use the graph to find the unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Sam prepares 4 bracelets per month. How many bracelets does she prepare in a span of 6 months?
For 1 month, 1 × 4 = 4 bracelets
For 2 months, 2 × 4 = 8 bracelets
For 3 months, 3 × 4 = 12 bracelets
For 4 months, 4 × 4 = 16 bracelets
For 5 months, 5 × 4 = 20 bracelets

Lesson Check – Page No. 260

Question 1.
A graph shows the distance a car traveled over time. The x-axis represents time in hours, and the y-axis represents distance in miles. The graph contains the point (3, 165). What does this point represent?
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Explanation:
In 3 hours the car traveled 165 miles.
(3,165) is (x,y) so 3 = x and 165 = y, and
3=x=time in hours
165=y= miles…. soooo
In 3 hours the car traveled 165 miles

Question 2.
Maura charges $11 per hour to babysit. She makes a graph comparing the amount she charges (the y-coordinate) to the time she babysits (the x-coordinate). Which ordered pair shown is NOT on the graph?
(4, 44) (11, 1) (1, 11) (11, 12)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(11, 1)

Explanation:
It is not 11,1 because she charges 11 hours per hour (y coordinate) and x would be time to babysit. so it can’t be 11,1

Spiral Review

Question 3.
List 0, –4, and 3 from least to greatest.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
-4, 0, 3

Question 4.
What two numbers can be used in place of the ? to make the statement true?
|?| = \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
–\(\frac{8}{9}\), \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Explanation:
|-\(\frac{8}{9}\)| = \(\frac{8}{9}\)
|\(\frac{8}{9}\)| = \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 5.
Morgan plots the point (4, –7) on a coordinate plane. If she reflects the point across the y-axis, what are the coordinates of the reflected point?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
(-4, -7)

Explanation:
Morgan plots the point (4, –7) on a coordinate plane. If she reflects the point across the y-axis, it will be (-4, -7)

Question 6.
Jonathan drove 220 miles in 4 hours. Assuming he drives at the same rate, how far will he travel in 7 hours?
_____ miles

Answer:
385 miles

Explanation:
Jonathan drove 220 miles in 4 hours.
If he travel in 7 hours, (7 × 220)/4 = 385 miles

Chapter 4 Review/Test – Page No. 261

Question 1.
Kendra has 4 necklaces, 7 bracelets, and 5 rings. Draw a model to show the ratio that compares rings to bracelets
Type below:___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 41

Question 2.
There are 3 girls and 2 boys taking swimming lessons. Write the ratio that compares the girls taking swimming lessons to the total number of students taking swimming lessons.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3 : 5

Explanation:
There are 3 girls and 2 boys taking swimming lessons.
the total number of students taking swimming lessons = 5
3 : 5

Question 3.
Luis adds 3 strawberries for every 2 blueberries in his fruit smoothie. Draw a model to show the ratio that compares strawberries to blueberries.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 42

Question 4.
Write the ratio 3 to 10 in two different ways.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
3/10, 3 : 10

Question 5.
Alex takes 3 steps every 5 feet he walks. As Alex continues walking, he takes more steps and walks a longer distance. Complete the table by writing two equivalent ratios.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 46
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 43

Explanation:
Alex takes 3 steps every 5 feet he walks. As Alex continues walking, he takes more steps and walks a longer distance.
3/5 × 2/2 = 6/10
3/5 × 3/3 = 9/15

Page No. 262

Question 6.
Sam has 3 green apples and 4 red apples. Select the ratios that compare the number of red apples to the total number of apples. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 4 to 7
b. 3 to 7
c. 4 : 7
d. 4 : 3
e. \(\frac{3}{7}\)
f. \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Answer:
a. 4 to 7
c. 4 : 7
f. \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
Sam has 3 green apples and 4 red apples.
the total number of apples = 3 + 4 = 7
4 : 7

Question 7.
Jeff ran 2 miles in 12 minutes. Ju Chan ran 3 miles in 18 minutes. Did Jeff and Ju Chan run the same number of miles per minute? Complete the tables of equivalent ratios to support your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 47
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 44

Explanation:
2/12 × 2/2 = 4/24
2/12 × 3/3 = 6/39
2/12 × 4/4 = 8/48
3/18 × 2/2 = 6/36
3/18 × 3/3 = 9/24
3/18 × 4/4 = 12/72

Question 8.
Jen bought 2 notebooks for $10. Write the rate as a fraction. Then find the unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
$10/2
unit rate = $5

Explanation:
Jen bought 2 notebooks for $10.
$10/2 ÷ 2/2 = $5

Page No. 263

Question 9.
Determine whether each ratio is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}, \frac{2}{3}, \text { or } \frac{4}{7}\). Write the ratio in the correct box.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 48
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 45

Explanation:
1/2 × 2/2 = 4/8
7/14 ÷ 2/2 = 1/2
20/35 ÷ 5/5 = 4/7
40/80 ÷ 40/40 = 1/2
8/14 ÷ 2/2 = 4/7
4/6 ÷ 2/2 = 2/3
8/12 ÷ 4/4 = 2/3

Question 10.
Amos bought 5 cantaloupes for $8. How many cantaloupes can he buy for $24? Show your work.
_____ cantaloupes

Answer:
15 cantaloupes

Explanation:
Amos bought 5 cantaloupes for $8.
For $24, ($24 × 5)/$8 = 15

Question 11.
Camille said \(\frac{4}{5}\) is equivalent to \(\frac{24}{30}\). Check her work by making a table of equivalent ratios.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 46

Question 12.
A box of oat cereal costs $3.90 for 15 ounces. A box of rice cereal costs $3.30 for 11 ounces. Which box of cereal costs less per ounce? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A box of oat cereal costs $3.90 for 15 ounces.
$3.90/15 = $0.26
A box of rice cereal costs $3.30 for 11 ounces.
$3.30/11 = $0.3
$0.26 < $0.3

Page No. 264

Question 13.
Scotty earns $35 for babysitting for 5 hours. If Scotty charges the same rate, how many hours will it take him to earn $42?
_____ hours

Answer:
6 hours

Explanation:
Scotty earns $35 for babysitting for 5 hours
For $42, (42 × 5)/35 = 6

Question 14.
Use a unit rate to find the unknown value.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 49
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 47

Explanation:
(9 × 42)/14 = 3

Question 15.
Jenna saves $3 for every $13 she earns. Vanessa saves $6 for every $16 she earns. Is Jenna’s ratio of money saved to money earned equivalent to Vanessa’s ratio of money saved to money earned?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
No, 3/13 = 6/26. Vanessa ratio is 6/16

Question 16.
The Hendersons are on their way to a national park. They are traveling at a rate of 40 miles per hour. Use the ordered pairs to graph the distance traveled over time
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 50
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 48

Page No. 265

Question 17.
Abby goes to the pool to swim laps. The graph shows how far Abby swam over time. Use equivalent ratios to find how far Abby swam in 7 minutes
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 51
_____ meters

Answer:
350 meters

Explanation:
50/1 × 7/7 = 350/7

Question 18.
Caleb bought 6 packs of pencils for $12.
Part A
How much will he pay for 9 packs of pencils? Use numbers and words to explain your answer
$ _____

Answer:
$18

Explanation:
Caleb bought 6 packs of pencils for $12.
6/12 = 1/2 × 9/9 = 9/18
So, $18 is the answer

Question 18.
Part B
Describe how to use a bar model to solve the problem.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Take the known ratio and identify the unknown value using known ratio.

Page No. 266

Question 19.
A rabbit runs 35 miles per hour. Select the animals who run at a faster unit rate per hour than the rabbit. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Reindeer: 100 miles in 2 hours
b. Ostrich: 80 miles in 2 hours
c. Zebra: 90 miles in 3 hours
d. Squirrel: 36 miles in 3 hours

Answer:
a. Reindeer: 100 miles in 2 hours
b. Ostrich: 80 miles in 2 hours

Explanation:
A rabbit runs 35 miles per hour.
35/1
100/2 = 50/1
80/2 = 40/1
90/3 = 30/1
36/3 = 12/1

Question 20.
Water is filling a bathtub at a rate of 3 gallons per minute.
Part A
Complete the table of equivalent ratios for the first five minutes of the bathtub filling up.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios 52
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Grade 6 Chapter 4 image 50

Question 20.
Part B
Emily said there will be 36 gallons of water in the bathtub after 12 minutes. Explain how Emily could have found her answer
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Emily said there will be 36 gallons of water in the bathtub after 12 minutes.
36/12 ÷ 12/12 = 3/1
She can find the answer using the unit rate.

Conclusion:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios questions, answers, and explanations, all together comes with a single package here. You don’t need to pay anything for any question. Just follow and refer Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 4 Model Ratios Solution Key and begin your practice now. The best practice will come with the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 4 Model Ratios Read More »

go-math-grade-7-answer-key-chapter-12-experimental-probability

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability contains guided practice which helps students to prepare for their exams and can score the highest marks. All students of 7th grade can refer and Download Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability. We have provided a brief explanation which makes students to understand easily. By this Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability students can score good marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability

In this chapter, every question was explained step by step by that students will not face any difficulty while preparing for exams. Every chapter was explained in an easy way so that students can understand easily. Click the below links for the preparation.

Chapter 12– Lesson 1:

Chapter 12– Lesson 2:

Chapter 12– Lesson 3:

Chapter 12– Lesson 4:

Guided Practice – Page No. 372

Determine whether each event is impossible, unlikely, as likely as not, likely, or certain. Then, tell whether the probability is 0, close to 0, \(\frac{1}{2}\) , close to 1, or 1.

Question 2.
randomly picking a green card from a standard deck of playing cards
_____

Answer: Probability is 0.

Explanation: A standard deck of play cards does not have green cards, so the probability is 0.

Question 3.
randomly picking a red card from a standard deck of playing cards
_____

Answer: Probability is 1/2.

Explanation: As half of the cards are from a standard deck of playing cards are red, so the probability is 1/2.

Question 4.
picking a number less than 15 from a jar with papers labeled from 1 to 12
_____

Answer: The probability of picking a number less than 15 is 1.

Explanation: All papers have a number less than 15, so the probability of picking a number less than 15 is 1.

Lesson 12.1 Probability Answers Question 5.
picking a number that is divisible by 5 from a jar with papers labeled from 1 to 12
close to _____

Answer: The probability is 1/6.

Explanation: The numbers divisible by 5 from 1 to 12 are 5 and 10, so there are two positive numbers from a total of 12 positive numbers and the probability of picking a number that is divisible by 5 is 2/12= 1/6.

Find each probability. Write your answer in the simplest form.

Question 6.
spinning a spinner that has 5 equal sections marked 1 through 5 and landing on an even number
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The spinner landing on an even number is 2/5.

Explanation: There are 5 possible outcomes when spinning the spinner and there are two even numbers on the spinner 2 and 4. So the probability of the spinner landing on an even number is 2/5.

Question 7.
picking a diamond from a standard deck of playing cards which has 13 cards in each of four suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, and clubs
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability is 1/4.

Explanation: As the deck of cards contains 52 cards. so there are 52 possible outcomes in the situation and there are 13 cards with diamonds. So the probability is 13/52= 1/4.

Use the complement to find each probability.

Question 8.
What is the probability of not rolling a 5 on a standard number cube?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of not rolling a 5 is 5/6.

Explanation: A standard number cube has six sides and marked from 1 to 6, so the probability of rolling a 5 is 1/6. And the probability of not rolling a 5 is
P(rolling a 5) + P(not rolling a 5 ) = 1
1/6 + P(not rolling a 5 )= 1
P(not rolling a 5 ) = 1- 1/6
= (6-1)/6
= 5/6.

Question 9.
A spinner has 3 equal sections that are red, white, and blue. What is the probability of not landing on blue?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of not landing on blue is 2/3.

Explanation: As spinner has 3 equal sections, so possible outcomes are 3. The probability of landing on blue is 1/3, so the probability of not landing on blue is
P(landing on blue) + P(not landing on blue ) = 1
1/3 + P(not landing on blue )= 1
P(not landing on blue ) = 1- 1/3
= (3-1)/3
= 2/3.

Question 10.
A spinner has 5 equal sections marked 1 through 5. What is the probability of not landing on 4?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

Explanation: As spinner has 5 equal sections, so possible outcomes are 5. The probability of landing on 4 is 1/5, so the probability of not landing on 4 is
P(landing on 4) + P(not landing on 4 ) = 1
1/5 + P(not landing on blue )= 1
P(not landing on blue ) = 1- 1/5
= (5-1)/5
= 4/5.

Probability Answer Key Question 11.
There are 4 queens in a standard deck of 52 cards. You pick one card at random. What is the probability of not picking a queen?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of not picking a queen is 12/13.

Explanation: The deck has 52 cards, so there are 52 possible outcomes. And there are 4 queens in the deck, so the probability of picking a queen is 4/52= 1/13. And the probability of not picking a queen is
P(picking queen) + P(not picking queen ) = 1
1/13 + P(not picking queen )= 1
P(not picking queen ) = 1- 1/13
= (13-1)/13
= 12/13.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 12.
Describe an event that has a probability of 0% and an event that has a probability of 100%.

Answer: An event with a probability of 0% would be picking a number card labeled 15 from a standard deck of cards. And an event with a probability of 100% would be picking a red marble from a bowl filled only with red marbles.

Independent Practice – Page No. 373

Question 13.
There are 4 aces and 4 kings in a standard deck of 52 cards. You pick one card at random. What is the probability of selecting an ace or a king? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of selecting an ace or king from the deck is 2/13.

Explanation: There are 52 possible outcomes when picking from a deck of cards and there are 8 cards that have an ace or king, so the probability of selecting an ace or king from the deck is 8/52= 2/13.

Question 14.
There are 12 pieces of fruit in a bowl. Seven of the pieces are apples and two are peaches. What is the probability that a randomly selected piece of fruit will not be an apple or a peach? Justify your answer.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of not picking an apple or a peach is 1/4.

Explanation: There are 12 possible outcomes and 9 out of 12 fruits are apples or peaches, so the probability of picking an apple or a peach is 9/12 = 3/4. And the probability of not picking an apple or a peach is
P(picking an apple or a peach ) + P(not picking an apple or a peach ) = 1
3/4 + P(not picking an apple or a peach)= 1
P(not picking an apple or a peach) = 1- 3/4
= (4-3)/4
= 1/4.

Probability Test Answer Key 7th Grade Question 15.
Critique Reasoning
For breakfast, Clarissa can choose from oatmeal, cereal, French toast, or scrambled eggs. She thinks that if she selects a breakfast at random, it is likely that it will be oatmeal. Is she correct? Explain your reasoning.
_____

Answer: Clarissa is unlikely to have oatmeal.

Explanation: As Clarissa has 4 breakfast choices, the probability of choosing oatmeal is 1/4, so it is unlikely that Clarissa will have oatmeal.

Question 16.
Draw Conclusions
A researcher’s garden contains 90 sweet pea plants, which have either white or purple flowers. About 70 of the plants have purple flowers, and about 20 have white flowers. Would you expect that one plant randomly selected from the garden will have purple or white flowers? Explain.
_____

Answer: The one plant randomly selected from the garden will be purple flowers.

Explanation: The probability of selecting a white-flowered plant is 20/90= 2/9 and the probability of selecting a purple-flowered plant is 70/90= 7/9. So, it is more likely to select a purple plant when randomly choosing from the garden

Question 17.
The power goes out as Sandra is trying to get dressed. If she has 4 white T-shirts and 10 colored T-shirts in her drawer, is it likely that she will pick a colored T-shirt in the dark? What is the probability she will pick a colored T-shirt? Explain your answers.
_____

Answer: The probability of selecting a colored T-shirt is 5/7.

Explanation: The total number of T-shirts in Sandra’s drawer is 14, and the probability of selecting a white T-shirt is 4/14= 2/7. And the probability of selecting a colored T-shirt is 10/14= 5/7. So, it is more likely to choose a colored T-shirt when randomly choosing from the drawer.

Page No. 374

Question 18.
James counts the hair colors of the 22 people in his class, including himself. He finds that there are 4 people with blonde hair, 8 people with brown hair, and 10 people with black hair. What is the probability that a randomly chosen student in the class does not have red hair? Explain.
_____

Answer: The probability that a randomly chosen student in the class does not have red hair is 1.

Explanation: As there is no student with red hair in James’ class and that means the probability that a randomly chosen student in the class does not have red hair is 1.

Question 19.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
A bag contains 8 blue coins and 6 red coins. A coin is removed at random and replaced by three of the other colors.
a. What is the probability that the removed coin is blue?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability that the blue coin is removed is 8/14= 4/7.

Explanation: The total number of coins in the bag is 14, so there are 14 possible outcomes. As there are 8 blue coins and 6 red coins, so the probability that the blue coin is removed is 8/14= 4/7.

Question 19.
b. If the coin removed is blue, what is the probability of drawing a red coin after three red coins are put in the bag to replace the blue one?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of choosing a red coin is 9/16.

Explanation: The total number of coins in the bag is 14 and one blue coin was removed which means 8-1= 7 and three red coins are added, so 6+3= 9  the total number of coins is 7+9= 16. And there are 7 blue coins and 9 red coins, so the probability of choosing a red coin is 9/16.

Question 19.
c. If the coin removed is red, what is the probability of drawing a red coin after three blue coins are put in the bag to replace the red one?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of choosing a red coin is 5/16.

Explanation: The total number of coins in the bag is 14 and one red coin was removed which means 6-1= 5 and three blue coins are added, so 8+3= 11 the total number of coins is 5+11= 16. And there are 11 blue coins and 5 red coins, so the probability of choosing a red coin is 5/16.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 20.
Draw Conclusions
Give an example of an event in which all of the outcomes are not equally likely. Explain.

Answer: A bag of coins with 5 red coins and 11 blue coins are not equally likely.

Explanation: All the outcomes are not equally likely would be having a bag of coins with 5 red coins and 11 blue coins. Since these are not the same number of coins of each color, so the probability of choosing a certain color is not equal.

Question 21.
Critique Reasoning
A box contains 150 black pens and 50 red pens. Jose said the sum of the probability that a randomly selected pen will not be black and the probability that the pen will not be red is 1. Explain whether you agree.

Answer: Jose is correct and the probability of choosing a pen that is not black and the probability of choosing a pen that is not red is 1.

Explanation: Since the pens are either red or black, the probability of choosing a pen that is not black is equal to the probability of choosing a pen that is red and the probability of choosing a pen that is not red is equal to the probability of choosing a pen that is black. So the probability of choosing a pen that is not black and the probability of choosing a pen that is not red is
P(not red)+P(not black)= 150/200 + 50/200
= 200/200
= 1.

Experimental Probability Grade 7 Question 22.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A spinner has 7 identical sections. Two sections are blue, 1 is red, and 4 of the sections are green. Suppose the probability of an event happening is \(\frac{2}{7}\). What does each number in the ratio represent? What outcome matches this probability?

Answer: The probability outcome match is 2/7.

Explanation: The spinner has 7 identical sections. The numerator of the ratio represents the number of sections with color and the denominator represents the total number of sections on the spinner. And there are 2 blue sections, so the probability of the spinner landing on the blue is 2/7 matches.

Guided Practice – Page No. 378

Question 1.
A spinner has four sections lettered A, B, C, and D. The table shows the results of several spins. Find the experimental probability of spinning each letter as a fraction in simplest form, a decimal, and a percent.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 1

Answer:
The probability of letter A is 35%.
The probability of letter B is 17.5%.
The probability of letter C is 27.5%.
The probability of letter D is 20%.

Explanation:
The total number of spins is 14+7+11+8=40.
The probability for the letter A is 14/40= 7/20
= 0.35
= 35%.
The probability for the letter B is 7/40= 0.175
= 17.5%.
The probability for the letter C  is 11/40= 0.275
= 27.5%.
The probability for the letter D is 8/40= 1/5
= 0.2
= 20%.

Question 2.
Rachel’s free-throw average for basketball is 60%. She wants to predict how many times in the next 50 tries she will make a free throw. Describe how she could use 10 index cards to predict the answer.

Answer: As Rachel has a 60%  success rate, she could write Successful on 6 cards and Unsuccessful on 4 cards. She then needs to draw cards at random 50 times and record the number of times she gets a Successful card.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 3.
Essential Question Follow-Up
How do you find an experimental probability of a simple event?

Answer: To find the experimental probability of a simple event, divide the number of successful outcomes by the total number of outcomes in the experiment.

Explanation: To find the experimental probability of a simple event, divide the number of successful outcomes by the total number of outcomes in the experiment. For example, if a person makes 10 free throws out of 18, attempts, the experimental probability of making the next free throw is 10/18 = 5/9.

Independent Practice – Page No. 379

Question 4.
Dree rolls a strike in 6 out of the 10 frames of bowling. What is the experimental probability that Dree will roll a strike in the first frame of the next game? Explain why a number cube would not be a good way to simulate this situation.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is 6/10 = 3/5. The number of possible outcomes should be a multiple of 5.

Experiment:
The experimental probability is 6/10 = 3/5. As the denominator of the probability is either 5 or 10, a number cube would not be able to represent the outcomes because it has 6 faces.

Question 5.
To play a game, you spin a spinner like the one shown. You win if the arrow lands in one of the areas marked “WIN”. Lee played this game many times and recorded her results. She won 8 times and lost 40 times. Use Lee’s data to explain how to find the experimental probability of winning this game.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is 8/48= 1/6.

Explanation: As Lee won 8 times and lost 40 times, the number of spins that Lee played is 8+40=48. So the experimental probability is 8/48= 1/6.

Question 6.
The names of the students in Mr. Hayes’ math class are written on the board. Mr. Hayes writes each name on an index card and shuffles the cards. Each day he randomly draws a card, and the chosen student explains a math problem at the board. What is the probability that Ryan is chosen today? What is the probability that Ryan is not chosen today?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 3
Chosen: \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The probability of the teacher not choosing Ryan is 19/20.

Explanation: As there are 20 students, so possible outcomes are 20. And Ryan is 1 student, the probability of the teacher choosing Ryan is 1/20. And the probability of the teacher not choosing Ryan is
= 1- 1/20
= (20-1)/20
= 19/20.

Question 7.
Critique Reasoning
A meteorologist reports an 80% chance of precipitation. Is this an example of experimental probability, written as a percent? Explain your reasoning.
______

Answer: Yes, the given example is the experimental probability.

Explanation: Experimental probability uses past data to predict future data. The probability that it will rain is based on historical data. So it is an experimental probability written as a percent.

Page No. 380

Question 8.
Mica and Joan are on the same softball team. Mica got 8 hits out of 48 times at bat, while Joan got 12 hits out of 40 times at bat. Who do you think is more likely to get a hit her next time at bat? Explain.
______

Answer: Joan is more likely to get hit her next time at the bat.

Explanation:
As Mica got 8 hits out of 48 times, so the experimental probability of getting a hit is 8/48= 1/6.
And Joan got 12 hits out of 40 times, the experimental probability of getting a hit is 12/40= 3/10.
Therefore Joan is more likely to get hit her next time at the bat.

Experimental Probability 7th Grade Question 9.
Make a Prediction
In tennis, Gabby serves an ace, a ball that can’t be returned, 4 out of the 10 times she serves. What is the experimental probability that Gabby will serve an ace in the first match of the next game? Make a prediction about how many aces Gabby will have for the next 40 servings. Justify your reasoning.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability of her serving an ace is 2/5. In 40 serves, she will serve an ace about 2/5×40 = 16 times.

Explanation: To find the experimental probability we need to divide the number of tries by the number of aces. As Gabby serves 4 aces out of 10 times, the experimental probability of her serving an ace is 4/10= 2/5. Next, to make a prediction about how many aces Gabby will have for the next 40 serves, we need to multiply the number of servers by 40 by the experimental probability. In her next 40 serves, she will serve an ace about 2/5×40 = 16 times.

Question 10.
Represent Real-World Problems
Patricia finds that the experimental probability that her dog will want to go outside between 4 P.M. and 5 P.M. is \(\frac{7}{12}\). About what percent of the time does her dog not want to go out between 4 P.M. and 5 P.M.?
______ %

Answer: 41.67%

Explanation: As the sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1 and P(dog want to go outside) is \(\frac{7}{12}\).
So P(dog want to go outside)+P(dog does not want to go outside) = 1
\(\frac{7}{12}\) + P(dog does not want to go outside) = 1
P(dog does not want to go outside) = 1-\(\frac{7}{12}\)
= \(\frac{12-7}{12}\)
= \(\frac{5}{12}\)
= 0.4167
= 41.67%

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 11.
Explain the Error
Talia tossed a penny many times. She got 40 heads and 60 tails. She said the experimental probability of getting heads was \(\frac{40}{60}\). Explain and correct her error.

Answer: Talia is not correct.

Explanation: As Taila got 40 heads and 60 tails, which means that she did 100 tosses of the coin. So the experimental probability of getting heads was \(\frac{40}{100}\)

Question 12.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A high school has 438 students, with about the same number of males as females. Describe a simulation to predict how many of the first 50 students who leave school at the end of the day are female.

Answer: Since high school has about the same number of male students as female students, the probability of a student leaving school at the end of the day being female is about 50%. And a possible simulation could be using a coin toss, with heads representing males and tails representing females. Toss the coin 50 times and use the results to make a prediction.

Question 13.
Critical Thinking
For a scavenger hunt, Chessa put one coin in each of 10 small boxes. Four coins are quarters, 4 are dimes, and 2 are nickels. How could you simulate choosing one box at random? Would you use the same simulation if you planned to put these coins in your pocket and choose one? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: A possible simulation could be using 10 index cards. Four of the cards could be labeled as quarters, four as dimes, and two nickels. Then cards can be drawn and recorded to simulate choosing a box at random. This simulation could not be used if you planned to put these coins in your pocket and choose one. This is because the size of the coins vary. As we would be able to tell what coin it was in the pocket by feeling its size. And picking one of out your pocket is different than picking a box out of 10 boxes of the same size.

Guided Practice – Page No. 384

Question 1.
A dentist has 400 male and female patients that range in ages from 10 years old to 50 years old and up as shown in the table. What is the experimental probability that the next patient will be female and in the age range 22–39?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation: The total male and female patients are 400.
The age range 22-39 is 50 females
The experimental probability is \(\frac{50}{400}\)
= \(\frac{1}{8}\).

Probability Unit Test Grade 7 Answer Key Question 2.
At a car wash, customers can choose the type of wash and whether to use the interior vacuum. Customers are equally likely to choose each type of wash and whether to use the vacuum. Use a simulation to find the experimental probability that the next customer purchases a deluxe wash and no interior vacuum. Describe your simulation.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 5

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{11}{50}\).

Explanation: A possible simulation could be using a standard cube and flipping a coin. If the number cube rolls 1 or 2 it is recorded as a standard wash, if the number cube rolls 3 or 4 it is recorded as a deluxe wash, if the number cube rolls 5 or 6 it is recorded as a superior wash. For the coin toss, heads count as vacuum and tails count as no vacuum.
For example:

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability

So the experimental probability that the next customer purchases a deluxe and no interior vacuum is \(\frac{11}{50}\).

Essential Question Check-In

Question 3.
How do you find the experimental probability of a compound event?

Answer: To find the experimental probability of a compound event, determine the number of occurrences that satisfy both events and then divide it by the total number of trials.

Independent Practice – Page No. 385

Question 4.
Represent Real-World Problems
For the same food trailer mentioned in Example 1, explain how to find the experimental probability that the next order is two pieces of chicken with a green salad.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 6
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Explanation: The total number of orders is 330 and in that 33 orders are with 2 pieces of green salad, so the experimental probability is
P(2 pieces + green salad) = \(\frac{33}{330}\)
= \(\frac{1}{10}\).

The school store sells spiral notebooks in four colors and three different sizes. The table shows the sales by size and color for 400 notebooks.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 7

Question 5.
What is the experimental probability that the next customer will buy a red notebook with 150 pages?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{3}{20}\).

Experiment: The total number of notebooks sold is 400 and in that, red notebooks with 150 pages sold are 60.
So the experimental probability is \(\frac{60}{400}\)
= \(\frac{3}{20}\).

Question 6.
What is the experimental probability that the next customer buys any red notebooks?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{69}{200}\).

Explanation: The total number of notebooks sold is 400 and in that, red notebooks sold are 138.
So the experimental probability that the next customer buys any red notebooks is \(\frac{138}{400}\)
= \(\frac{69}{200}\).

Question 7.
Analyze Relationships
How many combined page counts and color choices are possible? How does this number relate to the number of page size choices and to the number of color choices?

Answer: 12 is the product of the number of page size choices and the number of color choices.

Explanation: As there are 12 entries in the table, there are 12 possible page counts and color combinations. This number relates to the number of page size choices and to the number of color choices by the fact that there are 3-page count choices and 4 colors.
So 3×4= 12.

A middle school English teacher polled random students about how many pages of a book they read per week.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 8

Question 8.
Critique Reasoning
Jennie says the experimental probability that a 7th grade student reads at least 100 pages per week is \(\frac{16}{125}\). What is her error and the correct experimental probability?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The correct experimental probability \(\frac{17}{50}\).

Explanation:
The total number of students is 24+22+30+18+32+53+22+24+25= 250. And the total number of 7th graders that read at least 100 pages is 32+53= 85. Jennie’s error does not include the 7th-grade students who read 150 pages a week. So the experimental probability is
P(7th grade+ al least 100 pages)= \(\frac{85}{250}\)
= \(\frac{17}{50}\).

Question 9.
Analyze Relationships
Based on the data, which group(s) of students should be encouraged to read more? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: The 6th and 8th grades should be encouraged to read more.

Explanation: Based on the data, 6th and 8th grades should be encouraged to read more as 6th and 8th grades read 150 pages per week than 7th grade.

H.O.T. – Page No. 386

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 10.
Make a Conjecture
Would you expect the probability for the simple event “rolling a 6” to be greater than or less than the probability of the compound event “rolling a 6 and getting heads on a coin”? Explain.

Answer: Rolling a 6 to be greater than the probability of the compound event.

Explanation: The simple event would have a greater probability than the probability of the compound event. Because to find a compound event you have to multiply the two probabilities in fraction form. Multiplying two fractions that are less than 1 gives a fraction answer that is smaller than the original two fractions. The probability for the simple event of rolling a 6 is 1/6. The probability of the compound event is 1/6×1/2= 1/12 < 1/6.

Probability Unit Test Grade 7 Answer Key Question 11.
Critique Reasoning
Donald says he uses a standard number cube for simulations that involve 2, 3, or 6 equal outcomes. Explain how Donald can do this.

Answer:
If a simulation has two options A and B, Donald can let the even number be A and the odd number be B. If a stimulation has 3 outcomes A, Band C Donald can let 1 and 2 be A, 3 and 4 be B, and 5 and 6 be C. If a stimulation has 6 outcomes A, B, C, D, E, and F Donald can let 1 be A 2 be B, 3 be C 4 be D 5 be E, and 6 be F

Question 12.
Draw Conclusions
Data collected in a mall recorded the shoe styles worn by 150 male and for 150 female customers. What is the probability that the next customer is male and has an open-toe shoe (such as a sandal)? What is the probability that the next male customer has an open-toe shoe? Are the two probabilities the same? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 9

Answer: The probability of the next customer is male and has an open-toe shoe is 11/300. And the probability of male customers having open-toe shoes is 11/150.

Explanation:
The total number of customers is 300 and 11 male customers are with open-toe shoes. So the probability of the next customer is male and has an open-toe shoe is 11/300. And the probability of male customers having open-toe shoes is 11/150. The probabilities are not the same, the first one being a compound event and the second one being a simple event.

Question 13.
What If?
Suppose you wanted to perform a simulation to model the shoe style data shown in the table. Could you use two coins? Explain.
______

Answer: No, two coins cannot be used.

Explanation: No, coins cannot be used for this simulation. As there are two options male and female, for the type of customers and two options open and close toe for the type of shoe. It is not given that the customers are equally likely to wear each kind of shoe. So a coin can only be used to simulate male or female.

Question 14.
Represent Real-World Problems
A middle school is made up of grades 6, 7, and 8, and has about the same number of male and female students in each grade. Explain how to use a simulation to find the experimental probability that the first 50 students who arrive at school are male and 7th graders.

Answer: A possible simulation could be done using a coin to simulate a male or female and a standard number of the cube to simulate a grade. Let tails be the male and heads be the female. 1 and 2 be 6th grade, 3 and 4 be 7th grade, and 5 and 6 be the 8th grade. After flipping the coin and rolling the number cube 50 times and recording the results each time and count the number of times you got male and 7th grade out of 50 trails.

Guided Practice – Page No. 390

Question 1.
A baseball player reaches first base 30% of the times he is at bat. Out of 50 times at bat, about how many times will the player reach first base?
______

Answer: So 15 times will the player reach the first base.

Explanation: As the baseball player reaches first base at 30% out of 50 times at bat, so
30% of 50= 0.3×50
= 15.
So 15 times will the player reach the first base.

Question 2.
The experimental probability that it will rain on any given day in Houston, Texas, is about 15%. Out of 365 days, about how many days can residents predict rain?
______

Answer: 55 days can residents predict rain.

Explanation: As the experimental probability that it will rain is 15% out of 365 days, so
15% of 365= 0.15×365
= 54.75
= 55 days.
So 55 days can residents predict rain?

Probability of Compound Events Answers Question 3.
A catalog store has 6% of its orders returned for a refund. The owner predicts that a new candle will have 812 returns out of the 16,824 sold. Do you agree with this prediction? Explain.
______

Answer: The prediction is incorrect.

Explanation: As the catalog store has 6% of its order and 16,824 are sold, so
6% of 16,824 = 0.06×16,824
= 1009 will return.
As the owner predicts that a new candle will have an 812 return which is less than 1009, so the prediction is incorrect.

Question 4.
On a toy assembly line, 3% of the toys are found to be defective. The quality control officer predicts that 872 toys will be found defective out of 24,850 toys made. Do you agree with this prediction? Explain.
______

Answer: The prediction is incorrect.

Explanation: As 3% are found defective out of 24,850 toys, so
3% of 24,850 = 0.03×24850
= 746 will be defective.
As the quality control officer predicts that 872 toys will be found defective which is greater than 746, so the prediction is incorrect.

Question 5.
A light-rail service claims to be on time 98% of the time. Jeanette takes the light-rail 40 times a month, How many times can she predict she will be on time? Is the light-rail’s claim accurate if she is late 6 times?
______

Answer: Jeanette will be on time about 39 times.

Explanation: As light-rail service claims to be on time 98%, and Jeanette takes the light-rail 40 times a month. So
98% of 40= 0.98×40
= 39.
So Jeanette will be on time about 39 times. if she is late 6 times, then the claim is not accurate. Being late 6 times means she was on time 34 times and \(\frac{34}{40}\)= 85% which is not close to 98%.

Question 6.
On average, a college claims to accept 18% of its applicants. If the college has 5,000 applicants, predict how many will be accepted. If 885 applicants are accepted, is the college’s claim accurate?
______

Answer: 900 applicants will be accepted.

Explanation: As the college claims to accept 18% of its applicants of 5,000 applicants, 18% of 5000 is
0.18×5000= 900.
About 900 applicants will be accepted. If 885 applicants are accepted, the claim is accurate because 885 is close to 900.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
How do you make predictions using experimental probability?

Answer: To make a prediction using experimental probability multiply the experimental probability by the number of trials to get the prediction number.

Independent Practice – Page No. 391

The table shows the number of students in a middle school at the beginning of the year and the percentage that can be expected to move out of the area by the end of the year.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 10

Question 8.
How many 7th-grade students are expected to move by the end of the year? If 12 students actually moved, did more or fewer 7th-grade students move than expected? Justify your answer.
______ students

Answer: 8 students from 7th grade are expected to move by the end of the year.

Explanation: As 4% of 7th grades are expected to move by the end of the year, so 4% of 200 is
0.04×200= 8.
If 12 students actually moved, then more than expected would have moved.

Probability and Statistics Worksheets with Answers Pdf Question 9.
Critique Reasoning
The middle school will lose some of its funding if 50 or more students move away in any year. The principal claims he only loses about 30 students a year. Do the values in the table support his claim? Explain.
______

Answer: Yes, the table supports the principal’s claim of 30 students.

Explanation: 2% of 6th graders and 8% of 8th graders are expected to move. So
2% of 250= 0.02×250
= 5.
8% of 150= 0.08×150
= 12
So in total 5+8+12= 25 students are expected to move. And the table supports the principal’s claim of 30 students.

Question 10.
Represent Real-World Problems
An airline knows that, on average, the probability that a passenger will not show up for a flight is 6%. If an airplane is fully booked and holds 300 passengers, how many seats are expected to be empty? If the airline overbooked the flight by 10 passengers, how many passengers are expected to show up for the flight? Justify your answer.
______

Answer: The number of passengers expected to show up is 310-19= 291 passengers.

Explanation: As 6% of the 300 seats are expected to be empty, so
6% of 300 = 0.06×300
= 18.
18 seats are expected to be empty. If the airline overbooked the flight by 10 passengers then 300+10= 310 passengers were booked, then 310×0.06= 18.6
= 19
So the number of passengers expected to show up is 310-19= 291 passengers.

Question 11.
Draw Conclusions
In a doctor’s office, an average of 94% of the clients pay on the day of the appointment. If the office has 600 clients per month, how many are expected not to pay on the day of the appointment? If 40 clients do not pay on the day of their appointment in a month, did more or fewer than the average not pay?
______

Answer:

Explanation: 94% of the clients pay on the day of the appointment for 600 clients, so
94% of 600= 0.94 × 600
= 564
As 564 clients are expected to pay 600- 564= 36 clients are expected not to pay on the day of the appointment. So if 40 clients do not pay, then this a little more than the average.

Page No. 392

Question 12.
Counterexamples
The soccer coach claimed that, on average, only 80% of the team came to practice each day. The table shows the number of students that came to practice for 8 days. If the team has 20 members, how many team members should come to practice to uphold the coach’s claim? Was the coach’s claim accurate? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 11

Answer: As all the values in the table are greater than 16 except for one value, the claim is not accurate.

Explanation: As the soccer coach claimed that only 80% of the team come to practice each day, and the team has 20 members. So
80% of 20= 0.8×20
= 16.
So 16 players in the team should come to practice to uphold the coach’s claim. As all the values in the table are greater than 16 except for one value, the claim is not accurate. More than 80% come on average to practice each day and more than 16 members on average come to practice.

Question 13.
What’s the Error?
Ronnie misses the school bus 1 out of every 30 school days. He sets up the proportion \(\frac{1}{30}\) = \(\frac{180}{x}\) to predict how many days he will miss the bus in the 180-day school year. What is Ronnie’s error?

Answer: The proportion he sets up is \(\frac{1}{30}\) = \(\frac{180}{X}\) is Ronnie’s error.

Explanation: As Ronnie misses the school bus 1 out of every 30 school days, and the proportion he sets up is \(\frac{1}{30}\) = \(\frac{180}{X}\) which is incorrect. As it should be \(\frac{1}{30}\) = \(\frac{X}{180}\) to respect the form of \(\frac{number of days missed}{total number of days}\)

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 14.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
A gas pump machine rejects 12% of credit card transactions. If this is twice the normal rejection rate for a normal gas pump, how many out of 500 credit cards transactions would a normal gas pump machine reject?
______

Answer: The normal gas machine rejects 30 transactions.

Explanation: If 12% is twice the normal rate, then the normal rate is 6%, so 6% of 500 is
0.06×500= 30.
So the normal gas machine rejects 30 transactions.

Question 15.
Make Predictions
An airline’s weekly flight data showed a 98% probability of being on time. If this airline has 15,000 flights in a year, how many flights would you predict to arrive on time? Explain whether you can use the data to predict whether a specific flight with this airline will be on time.
______

Answer: 14,700 flights we can predict to arrive on time.

Explanation: The airline’s weekly flight data is a 98% probability of being on time, and there are 15,000 flights in a year. So 98% of 15,000 is 0.98×15000 = 14,700.
So 14,700 flights are expected to be on time and 15,000-14,700= 300 flights will not be on time. And we can use the data to predict whether a specific flight with this airline will be on time by determining the number of flights that have not been on time. If about 300 flights have not been on time then we can predict that the specific flight will be on time. If less than 300 flights have not been on time, then you can’t predict with absolute certainty if the specific flight will be on time.

Question 16.
Draw Conclusions
The average response rate for a marketing letter is 4%, meaning that 4% of the people who receive the letter respond to it. A company writes a new type of marketing letter, sends out 2,400 of them, and gets 65 responses. Explain whether the new type of letter would be considered to be a success.

Answer: As we have received fewer responses than expected and thus a new type of letter would be considered to be not successful.

Explanation: The company sends 2400 letters. And the average response rate for marketing is 4%, so we can expect only a 4% response to the 2400 letters. So
4% of 2400= \(\frac{4}{100}\) × 2400
= 4×24
= 96.
Since 96 is greater than 65, we have received fewer responses than expected and thus a new type of letter would be considered to be not successful. We should receive more responses than expected if the letter was successful.

12.1 Probability – Page No. 393

Question 1.
Josue tosses a coin and spins the spinner at the right. What are all the possible outcomes?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 12

Answer: The possible outcomes are heads and 1, heads and 2, tails and 1, tails and 2.

Explanation: The spinner can land on 1 or 2 so the outcomes for the spinner 1 and 2. So the coin can land on heads or tails so the outcomes for the coin are heads and tails. The outcomes for tossing a coin and spinning the spinner are heads and 1, heads and 2, tails and 1, tails and 2.

12.2 Experimental Probability of Simple Events

Question 2.
While bowling with friends, Brandy rolls a strike in 6 out of 10 frames. What is the experimental probability that Brandy will roll a strike in the first frame of the next game?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Explanation: As there are 10 frames, so possible outcomes are 10. And Brandy rolls a strike in 6, so the experimental probability that Brandy will roll a strike in the first frame of the next game is \(\frac{6}{10}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Section 12.2 Experimental Probability Worksheet Question 3.
Ben is greeting customers at a music store. Of the first 20 people he sees enter the store, 13 are wearing jackets and 7 are not. What is the experimental probability that the next person to enter the store will be wearing a jacket?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability \(\frac{13}{20}\).

Explanation: The total number of people is 20, and Ben sees 13 people were wearing jackets. So the experimental probability that the next person to enter the store will be wearing a jacket is \(\frac{13}{20}\).

12.3 Experimental Probability of Compound Events

Question 4.
Auden rolled two number cubes and recorded the results.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 13
What is the experimental probability that the sum of the next two numbers rolled is greater than 5?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: The experimental probability is latex]\frac{3}{7}[/latex].

Explanation:
The sum of two numbers for every roll is
Roll #1 is 2+1= 3.
Roll #2 is 4+5= 9.
Roll #3 is 3+2= 5.
Roll #4 is 2+2= 4.
Roll #5 is 1+3= 4
Roll #6 is 6+2= 8.
Roll #7 is 5+3= 8.
As there are 7 rolls, so the possible outcomes are 7, so the experimental probability that the sum of the next two numbers rolled is greater than 5 is \(\frac{3}{7}\).

12.4 Making Predictions with Experimental Probability

Question 5.
A player on a school baseball team reaches first base \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the time he is at bat. Out of 80 times at bat, about how many times would you predict he will reach first base?
______

Answer: We can predict that he will reach first base 24 times out 80 times at the bat.

Explanation:
We need to write a proportion:
latex]\frac{3}{10}[/latex]= latex]\frac{X}{80}[/latex].
10×X= 80×3
10×X= 240
X= 24.
So we can predict that he will reach first base 24 times out 80 times at the bat.

Essential Question

Question 6.
How is experimental probability used to make predictions?

Answer:

Selected Response – Page No. 394

Question 1.
A frozen yogurt shop offers scoops in cake cones, waffle cones, or cups. You can get vanilla, chocolate, strawberry, pistachio, or coffee flavored frozen yogurt. If you order a single scoop, how many outcomes are in the sample space?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 8
d. 15

Answer: The possible outcomes are 3×5= 15.

Explanation: There is three option for the scoops cake cones, waffle cones, or cups. And the five flavors are vanilla, chocolate, strawberry, pistachio, or coffee. So the possible outcomes are 3×5= 15.

Question 2.
A bag contains 7 purple beads, 4 blue beads, and 4 pink beads. What is the probability of not drawing a pink bead?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{15}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{15}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{15}\)
d. \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Answer: The probability of not drawing a pink bead is \(\frac{11}{15}\).

Explanation: The total number of beads in the bag are 7+4+4= 15 beads. And the pink beads are 4 beads.
The probability of not drawing a pink bead is
P(pink)+P(not pink)= 1
\(\frac{4}{15}\)+ P(not pink)= 1
P(not pink)= 1- \(\frac{4}{15}\)
= \(\frac{15-4}{15}\)
= \(\frac{11}{15}\).

Question 3.
During the month of June, Ava kept track of the number of days she saw birds in her garden. She saw birds on 18 days of the month. What is the experimental probability that she will see birds in her garden on July 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{18}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: The experimental probability that she will see birds in her garden on July 1 is \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Explanation:
As there are 30 days in the month of June, so if Ava saw birds of those days, the experimental probability that she will see birds in her garden on July 1 is \(\frac{18}{30}\)= \(\frac{3}{5}\).

Lesson 3 Homework Practice Probability of Compound Events Answer Key Question 4.
A rectangle has a width of 4 inches and a length of 6 inches. A similar rectangle has a width of 12 inches. What is the length of a similar rectangle?
Options:
a. 8 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 14 inches
d. 18 inches

Answer: The length is 18 inches.

Explanation: The length of the rectangle is 6 inches and the width is 4 inches similarly width of the other rectangle is 12 inches so the length is
\(\frac{Length}{Width}\)= \(\frac{6}{4}\)= \(\frac{X}{12}\).
4×X= 12×6
4X= 72
X= 18 inches.

Question 5.
The experimental probability of hearing thunder on any given day in Ohio is 30%. Out of 600 days, on about how many days can Ohioans expect to hear thunder?
Options:
a. 90 days
b. 180 days
c. 210 days
d. 420 days

Answer: The number of days is 180 days.

Explanation: We need to find 30%. Out of 600 days
= 0.3×600
= 180 days.
The number of days is 180 days.

Question 6.
Isidro tossed two coins several times and then recorded the results in the table below.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 14
What is the experimental probability that both coins will land on the same side on Isidro’s next toss?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer: The experimental probability that both coins will land on the same side on Isidro’s next toss is \(\frac{2}{5}\).

Explanation: As there are 5 tosses and possible outcomes are 5. As the coin was landed twice on the same side, so the experimental probability is \(\frac{2}{5}\).

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Magdalena had a spinner that was evenly divided into sections of red, blue, and green. She spun the spinner and tossed a coin several times. The table below shows the results.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability img 15
a. What are all the possible outcomes?

Answer: The possible outcomes are RH,RT,BH,BT,GH,GT.

Explanation:
The spinner can land on red, blue, and green and the coin can land on heads or tails so the possible outcomes are red and heads, red and tails, blue and heads, blue and tails, green and heads, and green and tails.

Question 7.
b. What experimental probability did Magdalena find for spinning blue? Give your answer as a fraction in simplest form, as a decimal, and as a percent.

Answer: The experimental probability is 40%.

Explanation: The total trails are 5 and Magdalena spun blue twice,
so the experimental probability is 2/5 = 0.4
= 40%

Question 7.
c. Out of 90 trials, how many times should Magdalena predict she will spin green while tossing tails?
______ times

Answer: We can predict that she will spin green 36 times.

Explanation: The total trails are 5 and Magdalena spun green twice,
so the experimental probability is 2/5.
And out of 90 trails, we can predict that she will spin green
2/5×90
= 18×2
= 36 times.

Conclusion:

Prepare in Go Math Answer Key and improve your math skills. You can also check your skills after preparation by solving the questions which are provided at the end of the chapter.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 12 Experimental Probability Read More »

go-math-grade-7-answer-key-chapter-11-analyzing-and-comparing-data

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data helps the students to score the highest marks in the exams. So, all students of 7th grade can refer and Download Go Math Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data. We have provided a brief explanation for your better understanding. By this Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data you can score good marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Every student has a chance to know how to analyze and compare the data. Get the solutions with step by step explanation from our Go Math Answer Key for Grade 7 Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data. So, before you start your preparation go through the topics given below.

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 1

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 2

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 3

Chapter 11 – Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots

Guided Practice – Page No. 338

The dot plots show the number of miles run per week for two different classes. For 1–5, use the dot plots shown.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 1

Question 1.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: In Class A the dot plot is clustered around two areas and in Class B the dot plot is clustered in the middle.

Question 2.
Compare the centers of the dot plots.

Answer: In Class A the data is centered around 4 miles and 13 miles and in Class B the data is centered around 7 miles.

Question 3.
Compare the spreads of the dot plots.

Answer: In Class A the spread of the dot plot is 4 miles to 14 miles and in Class B the spread is 3 miles to 9 miles.

11.1 Practice Answer Key Question 4.
Calculate the medians of the dot plots.

Answer: The median or the dot plots for Class A and Class B is 6.

Explanation: For Class A median is 4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,12,13,13,13,13,14,14
= 6.
For Class B median is 3,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,9
= (6+6)/2
= 12/2
= 6.

Question 5.
Calculate the ranges of the dot plots.

Answer: The range of the dot plot For Class A is 10 and Class B is 6.

Explanation: For Class A the range is 14-4= 10.
For Class B the range is 9-3= 6.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
What do the medians and ranges of two dot plots tell you about the data?

Answer: The median of dot plots tells that the values of each dot plot are centered and we can get to know which dot plot has greater values. The range of the dot plot tells about the spread of each value in each plot. The smaller the range, the closer will be the values.

Independent Practice – Page No. 339

The dot plot shows the number of letters in the spellings of the 12 months. Use the dot plot for 7–10.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 2

Question 7.
Describe the shape of the dot plot.

Answer: There is a slight increase in the number 8.

Question 8.
Describe the center of the dot plot.

Answer: The center of the dot plot is 6.

Question 9.
Describe the spread of the dot plot.

Answer: The spread of the dot plot is from 3 to 9

Chapter 11 Lesson 1 Answer Key Question 10.
Calculate the mean, median, and range of the data in the dot plot.

Answer:
The mean of the dot plot is 6.17.
The median of the dot plot is 6.5.
The range of the dot plot is 6.

Explanation: 3,4,4,5,5,6,7,7,8,8,8,9
The mean of the dot plot is \(\frac{3+4+4+5+5+6+7+7+8+8+8+9}{12}
= \frac{74}{12}\)
= 6.17.
The median of the dot plot is \(\frac{6+7}{2}
= \frac{13}{2}\)
= 6.5.
The range of the dot plot is 9 – 3 = 6.

The dot plots show the mean number of days with rain per month for two cities.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 3

Question 11.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: The number of days with rain for Montgomery is greater than 8 days and in Lynchburg, the number of days of rain is 12 days or less.

Question 12.
Compare the centers of the dot plots.

Answer: In Montgomery, the center of the dot plot is around 9 days. In Lynchburg, the center of the dot plot is around 10 days.

Question 13.
Compare the spreads of the dot plots.

Answer: In Montgomery, the spread of the dot plot is from 1 to 12 days and the outlier is 1. And in Lynchburg, the spread of the data plot is from 8 to 12 days.

Question 14.
What do the dot plots tell you about the two cities with respect to their average monthly rainfall?

Answer: As the center of Lynchburg is greater than the center of Montgomery, so average monthly rainfall for Lynchburg is greater than the average monthly rainfall of Montgomery.

Page No. 340

The dot plots show the shoe sizes of two different groups of people.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 4

Question 15.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: In Group A the shoe sizes are mostly less than 9. In group B all the shoe sizes are 11.5 or less.

Question 16.
Compare the medians of the dot plots.

Answer:
The median of Group A is 8.
The median of Group A is 9.5.

Explanation: 6.5,7,7,7.5,7.5,7.5,8,8,8,8,8,8.5,8.5,9,13
The median of Group A is 8.
8.5,9,9,9,9,9.5,9.5,9.5,9.5,10,10,10.5,10.5,10.5,11.5
The median of Group B is 9.5.

Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots Question 17.
Compare the ranges of the dot plots (with and without the outliers).

Answer:
The range with the outlier is 13-6.5= 6.5.
The range without the outlier is 9-6.5= 2.5.
The range is 11.5-8.5= 3.

Explanation: The outlier in Group A is 13
The range with the outlier is 13-6.5= 6.5.
The range without the outlier is 9-6.5= 2.5.
There is no outlier in Group B, so the range is 11.5-8.5= 3.

Question 18.
Make A Conjecture
Provide a possible explanation for the results of the dot plots.

Answer: Group A is Girls and Group B is boys. Because boys have large feet than girls.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 19.
Analyze Relationships
Can two dot plots have the same median and range but have completely different shapes? Justify your answer using examples.

Answer: Yes, it is possible to have the same median and range with different shapes.

Explanation: Yes, it is possible to have the same median and range with different shapes. The median and the range of the below image is
image 1 data – 1,2,2,3,3,3,4,4,5.
The median of image 1 is 3.
image 2 data is – 2,2,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6.
The median of image 2 is 3.
The range of image 1 is 5-1= 4.
The range of image 2 is 6-2= 4.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Question 20.
Draw Conclusions
What value is most affected by an outlier, the median or the range? Explain. Can you see these effects in a dot plot?

Answer: The most affected by an outlier is range. The outlier increases the range as median values are in the middle, so the outlier will not mostly affect the median. Yes, in a dot plot, we can see both the range and median.

Guided Practice – Page No. 344

For 1–3, use the box plot Terrence created for his math test scores. Find each value.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 5

Question 1.
Minimum = _____ ; Maximum = _____

Answer:
Minimum = 72.
Maximum = 88.

Explanation: The minimum value is the smallest value in the box plot, so the minimum value is 72, and the maximum value is the largest value in the box plot which is 88

Chapter 11 Critical Thinking Answer Key Question 2.
Median = _____

Answer:
The Median is 79.

Explanation:
The data is 72,75,79,85,88
The Median is 79.

Question 3.
Range = _____ ; IQR = _____

Answer:
The range is 16.
The IQR is 10.

Explanation:
The range is 88-72= 16
IQR is the difference between upper quartiles and lower quartiles, so 85-75= 10.

For 4–7, use the box plots showing the distribution of the heights of hockey and volleyball players.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 6

Question 4.
Which group has a greater median height?
_____

Answer:
The greater median height is Volleyball players with 74 in.

Explanation:
Hockey player’s data is 64,66,70,76,78.
The median height of hockey players is 70 in.
Volleyball player’s data is 67,68,74,78,85
The median height of the Volleyball player is 74 in.

Question 5.
Which group has the shortest player?
_____

Answer:
Hockey players have the shortest player with 64 in.

Explanation:
The minimum height of the hockey players is 64 in.
The minimum height of the Volleyball players is 67 in.

Practice and Homework Lesson 11.2 Answer Key Question 6.
Which group has an interquartile range of about 10?
_____

Answer: The IQR for Hockey players and Volleyball players is 10.

Explanation:
The IQR for Hockey players is 76-66= 10.
The IQR for Volleyball players is 78-68= 10.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
What information can you use to compare two box plots?

Answer: To compare two box plots we can use minimum, maximum values, ////////the median, the range, and the IQR.

Independent Practice – Page No. 345

For 8–11, use the box plots of the distances traveled by two toy cars that were jumped from a ramp.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 7

Question 8.
Compare the minimum, maximum, and median of the box plots.

Answer:
The data of Car A is 165,170,180,195,210.
The data of Car B is 160,175,185,200,205.
The minimum value of Car A is 165.
The minimum value of Car B is 165.
The maximum value of Car A is 210.
The maximum value of Car B is 205.
The median of Car A is 180.
The median of Car B is 185.

Explanation:
The data of Car A is 165,170,180,195,210.
The data of Car B is 160,175,185,200,205.
The minimum value of Car A is 165.
The minimum value of Car B is 165.
The maximum value of Car A is 210.
The maximum value of Car B is 205.
The median of Car A is 180.
The median of Car B is 185.

Question 9.
Compare the ranges and interquartile ranges of the data in box plots.

Answer:
The range of Car A is 45.
The range of Car B is 45.
The IQR of Car A is  25.
The IQR of Car B is  25.

Explanation:
The range of Car A is 210-165= 45.
The range of Car B is 205-160= 45.
The IQR of Car A is 195-170= 25.
The IQR of Car B is 200-175= 25.

Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots Lesson 11.2 Answer Key Question 10.
What do the box plots tell you about the jump distances of two cars?

Answer: The box plot tells about the minimum and maximum jump distance, the median jump distance, and the spread of the jump distance.

Question 11.
Critical Thinking
What do the whiskers tell you about the two data sets?

Answer: The whiskers tell about the spread of maximum and minimum values of the bottom and top 25% of data.

For 12–14, use the box plots to compare the costs of leasing cars in two different cities.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 8

Question 12.
In which city could you spend the least amount of money to lease a car? The greatest?
______

Answer: The least and the greatest amount is spent by City B.

Explanation:
The data set of City A is $425,$450,$475,$550,$600.
The data set of City B is $400,$425,$450,$475,$625.
The minimum cost of City A is $425 and the maximum is $600.
The minimum cost of City B is $400 and the maximum is $625.
The least and the greatest amount is spent by City B.

Question 13.
Which city has a higher median price? How much higher is it?
______

Answer: The higher median price is City A with $475 and $50 higher.

Explanation:
The median of City A is $475 and the median of City B is $450.
So the difference is $475-$425= $50.

Question 14.
Make a Conjecture
In which city is it more likely to choose a car at random that leases for less than $450? Why?
______

Answer: 450 corresponds to the first quartile of City A, which means 25% of the cars cost less than $450. 450 corresponds to the median for City B  which means 50% of the cars cost less than $450. So City B is more likely to have a car chosen randomly that costs less than $450.

Page No. 346

Question 15.
Summarize
Look back at the box plots for 12–14 on the previous page. What do the box plots tell you about the costs of leasing cars in those two cities?

Answer: City A has a smaller range than City B, but it has a greater IQR. And City B has 4 key values of City A which means leasing a car is cheaper in City B.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 16.
Draw Conclusions
Two box plots have the same median and equally long whiskers. If one box plot has a longer box than the other box plot, what does this tell you about the difference between the data sets?

Answer: If two box plots have the same median and equally long whiskers and one box is longer than the other, that means the box plot with the larger box has a greater range and IQR.

Question 17.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
What you can learn about a data set from a box plot? How is this information different from a dot plot?

Answer: We can learn about the minimum and the maximum values, the median, the range, the IQR, and the range of 25% of the data.
and a data plot contains all data values. which a box plot doesn’t have.

Question 18.
Analyze Relationships
In mathematics, central tendency is the tendency of data values to cluster around some central value. What does a measure of variability tell you about the central tendency of a set of data? Explain.

Answer: If the range and IQR are small, the values are clustering around some central values.

Guided Practice – Page No. 350

The tables show the numbers of miles run by the students in two classes. Use the tables in 1–2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 9

Question 1.
For each class, what is the mean? What is the mean absolute deviation?
Class 1 mean: __________
Class 2 means: __________
Class 1 MAD: __________
Class 2 MAD: __________

Answer:
Class 1 mean: 6
Class 2 mean: 11
Class 1 MAD: 3.067
Class 2 MAD: 3.067

Explanation:
The mean of Class 1 is \(\frac{12+6+1+10+1+2+3+10+3+8+3+9+8+6+8}{6}
= \frac{90}{15}\)
= 6
The mean of Class 2 is \(\frac{11+14+11+13+6+7+8+6+8+13+8+15+13+17+15}{15}
= \frac{165}{15}\)
= 11
The mean absolute deviation of Class 1 is
|12-6| = 6
|6-6| = 0
|1-6| = 5
|10-6| = 4
|1-6| = 5
|2-6| = 4
|3-6| = 3
|10-6| = 4
|3-6| = 3
|8-6| = 2
|3-6| = 3
|9-6| = 3
|8-6| = 2
|6-6| = 0
|8-6| = 2
The mean absolute deviation of Class 1 is \(\frac{6+0+5+4+5+4+3+4+3+2+3+3+2+0+2}{15}
= \frac{46}{15}\)
= 3.067

The mean absolute deviation of Class 2 is
|11-11| = 0
|14-11| = 3
|11-11| = 0
|13-11| = 2
|6-11| = 5
|7-11| = 4
|8-11| = 3
|6-11| = 5
|8-11| = 3
|13-11| = 2
|8-11| = 3
|15-11| = 4
|13-11| = 2
|17-11| = 6
|15-11| = 4
The mean absolute deviation of Class 2 is \(\frac{0+3+0+2+5+4+3+5+3+2+3+4+2+6+4}{15}
= \frac{46}{15}\)
= 3.067

Question 2.
The difference of the means is about _____ times the mean absolute deviations.
_____

Answer: 3, 1.67.

Explanation: The difference of the mean is 11-6=5, and the difference of the means is about 3 times the mean absolute deviations, so
5/3= 1.67.

Question 3.
Mark took 10 random samples of 10 students from two schools. He asked how many minutes they spend per day going to and from school. The tables show the medians and the means of the samples. Compare the travel times using distributions of the medians and means.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 10

Answer:

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
Why is it a good idea to use multiple random samples when making comparative inferences about two populations?

Answer: It’s important to use multiple random samples, so you can draw more interferences about the populations. The more samples we use the more convincing arguments you can make about the distributions.

Independent Practice – Page No. 351

Josie recorded the average monthly temperatures for two cities in the state where she lives. Use the data for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 11

Question 5.
For City 1, what is the mean of the average monthly temperatures? What is the mean absolute deviation of the average monthly temperatures?
Mean: __________
MAD: __________

Answer:
Mean: 50 °F.
MAD: 13 °F.

Explanation:
The mean of city 1 is \(\frac{23+38+39+48+55+56+71+86+57+53+43+31}{12}
= \frac{600}{12}\)
= 50 °F.
|23-50|= 27
|38-50|= 12
|39-50|= 11
|48-50|= 2
|55-50|= 5
|56-50|= 6
|71-50|= 21
|86-50|= 36
|57-50|= 7
|53-50|= 3
|43-50|= 7
|31-50|= 19
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{27+12+11+2+5+6+21+36+7+3+7+19}{12}
= \frac{156}{12}\)
= 13 °F.

Question 6.
What is the difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2?
_______ °F

Answer: The difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2 is 15 °F

Explanation:
|23-8|= 15
|38-23|= 15
|39-24|= 15
|48-33|= 15
|55-40|= 15
|56-41|= 15
|71-56|= 15
|86-71|= 15
|57-42|= 15
|53-38|= 15
|43-28|= 15
|31-16|=  15
The difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2 is 15 °F

11.2 Additional Practice Answer Key Question 7.
Draw Conclusions
Based on your answers to Exercises 5 and 6, what do you think the mean of the average monthly temperatures for City 2 is? What do you think the mean absolute deviation of the average monthly temperatures for City 2 is? Give your answers without actually calculating the mean and the mean absolute deviation. Explain your reasoning.
Mean = __________ °F
MAD __________ °F

Answer:
Mean =35 °F
MAD = 13°F

Explanation: As all the values of City 2 are 15 below the values of City 1, the mean of City 2 will be 50 less than the mean of City 1. Which means 50-15= 35. All of City 2’s values deviate from the mean the same way City 1’s values do which means that the mean absolute deviation is 13

Question 8.
What is the difference in the means as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations?
_______ (MAD)

Answer: 1.15.

Explanation:
(50-35)/13
= 15/13
= 1.15.
The difference in the means as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations is 1.15.

Question 9.
Make a Conjecture
The box plots show the distributions of mean weights of 10 samples of 10 football players from each of two leagues, A and B. What can you say about any comparison of the weights of the two populations? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 12

Answer: As both leagues have a lot of variability since the ranges and IQR’s are both very large. The middle halves overlap entirely. The variation and overlap in the distributions make it hard to make any convincing comparison.

Page No. 352

Question 10.
Justify Reasoning
Statistical measures are shown for the ages of middle school and high school teachers in two states.
State A: Mean age of middle school teachers = 38, mean age of high school teachers = 48, mean absolute deviation for both = 6
State B: Mean age of middle school teachers = 42, mean age of high school teachers = 50, mean absolute deviation for both = 4
In which state is the difference in ages between members of the two groups more significant? Support your answer.
_____________

Answer: State B has a significant difference in ages between members of the two groups more significant.

Explanation:
For State A the difference in the mean as a multiple of the mean absolute deviation is (48-38)/6
= 10/6
= 1.67.
So for State B, (50-42)/4
= 8/4
= 2.
As State B has a larger multiple, the differences in ages between members of the two groups are more significant.

Question 11.
Analyze Relationships
The tables show the heights in inches of all the adult grandchildren of two sets of grandparents, the Smiths and the Thompsons. What is the difference in the medians as a multiple of the ranges?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 13
______ x range

Answer: The difference in the median is 1.75.

Explanation:
Smith: 64,65,65,66,66,67,68,68,69,70.
The Median is (66+67)/2
= 133/2
= 66.5.
The range is 70-64= 6.
Thompsons: 74,75,75,76,77,77,78,79,79,80.
The Median is (77+77)/2
= (154)/2
= 77.
The range is 80-74= 6.
The difference in the median is (77-66.5)/6
= 10.5/6
= 1.75.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 12.
Critical Thinking
Jill took many samples of 10 tosses of a standard number cube. What might she reasonably expect the median of the medians of the samples to be? Why?
Median of the medians: ______

Answer:
Median of the medians: 3.5.

Explanation: The possible outcome of a number cube is 1,2,3,4,5,6. So median is
= (3+4)/2
= 7/2
= 3.5
The median of the medians should be close to the median of the populations, so it will also be about 3.5.

Question 13.
Analyze Relationships
Elly and Ramon are both conducting surveys to compare the average number of hours per month that men and women spend shopping. Elly plans to take many samples of size 10 from both populations and compare the distributions of both the medians and the means. Ramon will do the same but will use a sample size of 100. Whose results will probably produce more reliable inferences? Explain.
_____________

Answer: The larger the sample size, the less variability there should be in the distributions of the medians and means. Ramon will most likely produce more reliable inferences since he will be using a much larger sample size.

Question 14.
Counterexamples
Seth believes that it is always possible to compare two populations of numerical values by finding the difference in the means of the populations as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations. Describe a situation that explains why Seth is incorrect.

Answer: In order to compare two populations by finding the difference in the means of the populations as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations, the mean absolute deviations of both populations need to be about the same. So if the mean absolute deviations are significantly different, like 5 and 10 we cannot compare the populations this way.

11.1 Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots – Page No. 353

The two dot plots show the number of miles run by 14 students at the start and at the end of the school year. Compare each measure for the two dot plots. Use the data for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 14

Question 1.
Means
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Mean
Start: 7.5 miles.
End: 8.2 miles.

Explanation:
The data for the start of the school year is 5,6,6,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,9,9,10.
The mean is \(\frac{5+6+6+7+7+7+7+8+8+8+8+9+9+10}{14}
= \frac{105}{14}\)
= 7.5 miles.
The data for the end of the school year is 6,6,7,7,8,8,8,8,9,9,9,10,10,10.
The mean is \(\frac{6+6+7+7+8+8+8+8+9+9+9+10+10+10}{14}
= \frac{115}{14}\)
= 8.2 miles.

Question 2.
Medians
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Median
Start: 7.5 miles.
End: 8 miles.

Explanation:
The median for the start of the school year is
= (7+8)/2
= 15/2
= 7.5 miles.
The median for the end of the school year is
= (8+8)/2
= 16/2
= 8 miles.

Question 3.
Ranges
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Ranges
Start: 5 miles.
End: 4 miles.

Explanation:
The range for the Start of the school year is 10-5= 5 miles.
The range for the end of the school year is 10-6= 4 miles.

11.2 Comparing Data Displayed in Box Plots

The box plots show lengths of flights in inches flown by two model airplanes. Use the data for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 15

Question 4.
Which has a greater median flight length?
_____________

Answer:
The greater median flight length is Airplane A which is 210 in.

Explanation:
The median of Airplane A is 210 in and the median of Airplane B is 204 in. So greater median flight length is Airplane A which is 210 in.

11.2 Exercises Guided Practice Answers Question 5.
Which has a greater interquartile range?
_____________

Answer: The greater IQR is Airplane B with 35 in.

Explanation:
The IQR for Airplane A is 225-208= 17 in and The IQR for Airplane B is 230-195= 35 in. So the greater IQR is Airplane B.

11.3 Using Statistical Measures to Compare Populations

Question 6.
Roberta grows pea plants, some in shade and some in sun. She picks 8 plants of each type at random and records the heights.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 16
Express the difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges.
______

Answer: The difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges is 2.4 in.

Explanation:
The mean of Shade plant heights is \(\frac{7+11+11+12+9+12+8+10}{8}
= \frac{80}{8}\)
= 10 in.
The range of Shade plant heights is 12-7= 5 in.
The mean of Sun plant heights is \(\frac{21+24+19+19+22+23+24+24}{8}
= \frac{176}{8}\)
= 22 in.
The range of Sun plant heights is 24-19= 5 in.
The difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges is  (22-10)/5
= 12/5
= 2.4 in.

Essential Question

Question 7.
How can you use and compare data to solve real-world problems?

Answer: We can use and compare data to solve real-world problems by determining if one set is larger than the other set in terms of values, means, and medians.

Selected Response – Page No. 354

Question 1.
Which statement about the data is true?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 17
Options:
a. The difference between the medians is about 4 times the range.
b. The difference between the medians is about 4 times the IQR.
c. The difference between the medians is about 2 times the range.
d. The difference between the medians is about 2 times the IQR.

Answer: b is true.

Explanation:
Set 1 median is 60 and Set 2 median is 76
The range of Set 1 is 68-55= 13
The range of Set 2 is 80-65= 15
The IQR of Set 1 is 63-59= 4
The IQR of Set 2 is 77-73= 4
The difference in medians is 76-60= 16, So the difference between the medians is about 4 times the IQR.

Question 2.
Which is a true statement based on the box plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 18
Options:
a. The data for City A has a greater range.
b. The data for City B is more symmetric.
c. The data for City A has a greater interquartile range.
d. The data for City B has a greater median.

Answer: C is true.

Explanation: The length of the box for City A is much larger than for City B, so IQR for City A is greater.

Question 3.
What is −3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -3.5
b. -3.05
c. -0.35
d. -0.035

Answer: a.

Explanation: −3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
=  \(\frac{-7}{2}\)
= -3.5.

Question 4.
Which is a true statement based on the dot plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 19
Options:
a. Set A has the lesser range
b. Set B has a greater median.
c. Set A has the greater mean.
d. Set B is less symmetric than Set A.

Answer: c is a true statement.

Explanation:
The median of Set A is 30 and the median of Set B is 40, so Set A has the greater mean.

Mini-Task

Question 5.
The dot plots show the lengths of a random sample of words in a fourth-grade book and a seventh-grade book.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 20
a. Compare the shapes of the plots.

Answer:
For Fourth grade, most of the words have a length of 6 or less and with two outliers 9 and 10.
For the Seventh grade, most of the words have a length of 8 or less with 5 exceptions.

Question 5.
b. Compare the ranges of the plots. Explain what your answer means in terms of the situation.

Answer:
The Seventh grade has a larger range, so it has more variability.

Explanation:
The range for the fourth grade is 10-1=9.
The range for the seventh grade 14-2= 12.
As the Seventh grade has a larger range it has more variability.

EXERCISES – Page No. 356

Question 1.
Molly uses the school directory to select, at random, 25 students from her school for a survey on which sports people like to watch on television. She calls the students and asks them, “Do you think basketball is the best sport to watch on television?”
a. Did Molly survey a random sample or a biased sample of the students at her school?
_____________

Answer: Yes, Molly surveyed a random sample. As she selected 25 students from a school directory of the entire student population in her school.

Question 1.
b. Was the question she asked an unbiased question? Explain your answer.
_____________

Answer: No, the question is not unbiased. The question is biased because it assumes the person watches basketball on television.

Question 2.
There are 2,300 licensed dogs in Clarkson. A random sample of 50 of the dogs in Clarkson shows that 8 have ID microchips implanted. How many dogs in Clarkson are likely to have ID microchips implanted?
______ dogs

Answer: 368 dogs.

Explanation: Let the dogs in Clarkson to have ID microchips be X, so
X/2300 = 8/50
X= (8×2300)/50
X= 18,400/50
X= 368.

Go Math Chapter 11 Grade 7 Answer Key Question 3.
A store gets a shipment of 500 MP3 players. Twenty-five of the players are defective, and the rest are working. A graphing calculator is used to generate 20 random numbers to simulate a random sample of the players.
A list of 20 randomly generated numbers representing MP3 players is :
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 21
a. Let numbers 1 to 25 represent players that are _____
_____________

Answer: As there are twenty-five defective players, let the numbers 1 to 25 represent players that are defective.

Question 3.
b. Let numbers 26 to 500 represent players that are _____
_____________

Answer: Let the numbers 26 to 500 represent players that are working.

Question 3.
c. How many players in this sample are expected to be defective?
______ players

Answer: As there are 2 numbers in from 1 and 25 which are 5 and 9 are the players in the sample are expected to be defective.

Question 3.
d. If 300 players are chosen at random from the shipment, how many are expected to be defective based on the sample? Does the sample provide a reasonable inference? Explain.
______ players

Answer: 30 players.

Explanation:
X/300 = 2/20
X = (2×300)/20
X = 600/20
X = 30.
We may expect 25 out of 500 or 5% of the 300 players to be defective, which is only 15 players because the sample doesn’t provide a reasonable inference.

EXERCISES – Page No. 357

The dot plots show the number of hours a group of students spends online each week, and how many hours they spend reading. Compare the dot plots visually.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Question 1.
Compare the shapes, centers, and spreads of the dot plots.

Answer:
Shape:
Time spent online- Most of the students spend 4 hours are more.
Time spent reading- The students spent a maximum of 6 hours.
Centers:,6
The no.of hours spent online is centered around 6 hours.
The no.of hours spent reading is centered around 5 hours.
Spread:
The range for time spent online is 7-0=7.
The range for time spent reading is 6-0=6.

Question 2.
Calculate the medians of the dot plots.
Time online: __________
Time reading: __________

Answer:
Time online: 6 hours.
Time reading: 5 hours.

Explanation:
The data of time online is 0,4,4,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7
The Median is 6 hours.
The data of time reading is 0,0,0,0,1,1,2,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6
The Median is 5 hours.

Question 3.
Calculate the ranges of the dot plots.
Time Online: __________
Time reading: __________

Answer:
Time online: 7 hours.
Time reading: 6 hours.

Explanation:
The range of time online is 7-0= 7.
The range of time reading is 6-0= 6.

Page No. 358

Question 4.
The average times (in minutes) a group of students spend studying and watching TV per school day are given.
Studying: 25, 30, 35, 45, 60, 60, 70, 75
Watching TV: 0, 35, 35, 45, 50, 50, 70, 75
a. Find the mean times for studying and for watching TV.
Studying: __________
Watching TV: __________

Answer:
Studying: 50.
Watching TV: 40.

Explanation:
The mean for studying is \(\frac{25+30+35+45+60+60+0+75}{8}
= \frac{400}{8}\)
= 50.
The mean for watching TV is \(\frac{0+35+35+45+50+50+70+75}{8}
= \frac{360}{8}\)
= 45.

Question 4.
b. Find the mean absolute deviations (MADs) for each data set.
Studying: __________
Watching TV: __________

Answer:
Studying: 16.25
Watching TV: 16.25

Explanation:
|25-50|= 25
|30-50|= 20
|35-50|= 15
|45-50|= 5
|60-50|= 10
|60-50|= 10
|70-50|= 20
|75-50|= 25
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{25+20+15+5+10+10+20+25}{8}
= \frac{130}{8}\)
= 16.25.
|0-45|= 45
|35-45|= 10
|35-45|= 10
|45-45|= 0
|50-45|= 5
|50-45|= 5
|70-45|= 25
|75-45|= 30
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{45+10+10+0+5+5+25+30}{8}
= \frac{130}{8}\)
= 16.25.

Question 4.
c. Find the difference of the means as a multiple of the MAD, to two decimal places.
_____

Answer: 0.31.

Explanation: (50-45)/16.25 = 5/16.25
= 0.31.

Unit 5 Performance Tasks

Question 5.
Entomologist
An entomologist is studying how two different types of flowers appeal to butterflies. The box-and-whisker plots show the number of butterflies that visited one of two different types of flowers in a field. The data were collected over a two-week period, for one hour each day.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 23
a. Find the median, range, and interquartile range for each data set.

Answer:
Type A:
The median is 11.5
The range is 4
The IQR is 3
Type B:
The median is 11
The range is 10
The IQR is 2

Explanation:
Type A:
The median is (11+12)/2
= 23/2
= 11.5
The range is 13-9= 4
The IQR is 12-9= 3
Type B:
The median is 11
The range is 17-7= 10
The IQR is 12-10= 2

Question 5.
b. Which measure makes it appear that flower type A had a more consistent number of butterfly visits? Which measure makes it appear that flower type B did? If you had to choose one flower as having the more consistent visits, which would you choose? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: As type A has a smaller range, the range makes it appear as if type A has a more consistent number of butterflies visits. And type B had a smaller IQR, the IQR makes it appear as if type A has a more consistent number of butterflies visits. We would choose type A has to have a more consistent number of butterflies visits and it has a much smaller range. The range of the fourth quartile for type Bis larger than the range for the entire data set of type A.

Selected Response – Page No. 359

Question 1.
Which is a true statement based on the dot plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 24
Options:
a. Set B has a greater range.
b. Set B has a greater median.
c. Set B has the greater mean.
d. Set A is less symmetric than Set B.

Answer: a

Explanation:
Set A has a range of 60-20= 40
Set B has a range of 60-10= 50.
So Set B has a greater range.

Chapter 11 Lesson 2 Median and Mode Answer Key Question 2.
Which is a solution to the equation 7g − 2 = 47?
Options:
a. g = 5
b. g = 6
c. g = 7
d. g = 8

Answer: c

Explanation:
7g-2= 47
7g= 47+2
7g= 49
g= 49/7
g= 7.

Question 3.
Which is a true statement based on the box plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 25
Options:
a. The data for Team B has a greater range.
b. The data for Team A is more symmetric.
c. The data for Team B has a greater interquartile range.
d. The data for Team A has a greater median.

Answer: c

Explanation: The box of Team B is much larger than the box of Team A, so the data for Team B have the greater interquartile range.

Question 4.
Which is the best way to choose a random sample of people from a sold-out movie audience for a survey?
Options:
a. Survey all audience members who visit the restroom during the movie.
b. Assign each seat a number, write each number on a slip of paper, and then draw several slips from a hat. Survey the people in those seats.
c. Survey all of the audience members who sit in the first or last row of seats in the movie theater.
d. Before the movie begins, ask for volunteers to participate in a survey. Survey the first twenty people who volunteer.

Answer: b

Explanation:
A is not random because the people are being chosen are being surveyed in one place.
B is random as all members of the population can be chosen and each member has an equal chance of being selected.
C is may not assign every member of the population an equal chance of being chosen since the number of seats in the first or last rows may have more or fewer seats than the other rows.
D is not random because participants are self-selecting to do the survey.

Question 5.
Find the percent change from 84 to 63.
Options:
a. 30% decrease
b. 30% increase
c. 25% decrease
d. 25% increase

Answer: c

Explanation:
(84-63)/84 = 21/84
= 0.25
= 25% decrease

11.2 Additional Practice Comparing Data Sets Answer Key Question 6.
A survey asked 100 students in a school to name the temperature at which they feel most comfortable. The box plot below shows the results for temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit. Which could you infer based on the box plot below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 26
Options:
a. Most students prefer a temperature less than 65 degrees.
b. Most students prefer a temperature of at least 70 degrees.
c. Almost no students prefer a temperature of fewer than 75 degrees.
d. Almost no students prefer a temperature of more than 65 degrees.

Answer: b.

Explanation: The last half of the data is about 73-85 which means 50% prefer a temperature above 73. This means that the most prefer a temperature of at least 70 degrees since more than 50% of the box plot is 70 degrees are more.

Page No. 360

Question 7.
The box plots below show data from a survey of students under 14 years old. They were asked on how many days in a month they read and draw. Based on the box plots, which is a true statement about students?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 27
Options:
a. Most students draw at least 12 days a month.
b. Most students read less than 12 days a month.
c. Most students read more often than they draw.
d. Most students draw more often than they read.

Answer: c

Explanation: As 4 out of 5 key values for reading are greater than the corresponding values for drawing which means most of the students read more often than they draw.

Question 8.
Which describes the relationship between ∠NOM and ∠JOK in the diagram?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 28
Options:
a. adjacent angles
b. complementary angles
c. supplementary angles
d. vertical angles

Answer: d

Explanation: ∠NOM and ∠JOK are vertical angles.

Question 9.
The tables show the typical number of minutes spent exercising each week for a group of fourth-grade students and a group of seventh-grade students.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 29
a. What is the mean number of minutes spent exercising for fourth graders? For seventh graders?
4th grade: __________
7th grade: __________

Answer:
4th grade: 129
7th grade: 221

Explanation:
The mean for fourth grade is \(\frac{120+75+30+30+240+90+100+180+125+300}{10}
= \frac{1290}{10}\)
= 129
The mean for fourth grade is \(\frac{410+145+240+250+125+95+210+190+245+300}{10}
= \frac{2210}{10}\)
= 221

Question 9.
b. What is the mean absolute deviation of each data set?
4th grade: __________
7th grade: __________

Answer:
4th grade: 66.6
7th grade: 68

Explanation:
|120-129|= 9
|75-129|= 54
|30-129|= 99
|30-129|= 99
|240-129|=111
|90-129|= 39
|100-129|= 29
|180-129|= 51
|125-129|= 4
|300-129|= 171
The mean absolute deviation for fourth grade is \(\frac{9+54+99+99+111+39+29+51+4+171}{10}
= \frac{666}{10}\)
= 66.6
|410-221|= 189
|145-221|= 76
|240-221|= 19
|250-221|= 29
|125-221|= 96
|95-221|= 126
|210-221|= 11
|190-221|= 31
|245-221|= 24
|300-221|= 79
The mean absolute deviation for fourth grade is \(\frac{189+76+19+29+96+126+11+31+24+79}{10}
= \frac{680}{10}\)
= 68

Comparing Box Plots Homework 6 Answer Key Question 9.
c. Compare the two data sets with respect to their measures of center and their measures of variability.

Answer: The center of the fourth grade is much smaller than the center for 7th grade. The range is much smaller for a fourth grade than 7th grade which means that fourth graders spend less time exercising and have less variability in the number of minutes that they exercise.

Explanation:
The data for fourth grade is 30,30,75,90,100,120,125,180,240,300
Median is (100+120)/2
= 220/2
= 110
The range is 300-30= 270
The data of seventh grade is 95,125,145,190,210,240,245,250,300,410
Median is (210+240)/2
= 450/2
= 225
The range is 410-95= 315.
The center of the fourth grade is much smaller than the center for 7th grade. The range is much smaller for a fourth grade than 7th grade which means that fourth graders spend less time exercising and have less variability in the number of minutes that they exercise.

Question 9.
d. How many times the MADs is the difference between the means, to the nearest tenth?
_______

Answer: As the MADs are not the same we will find the average of them and then find the difference of the mean and divide by the average of the MADs.

Explanation:
(66.6+68)/2
= 134.6/2
= 67.3
(221-129)/67.3
= 92/67.3
= 1.37

Guided Practice – Page No. 371

Question 1.
In a hat, you have index cards with the numbers 1 through 10 written on them. Order the events from least likely to happen (1) to most likely to happen (8) when you pick one card at random. In the boxes, write a number from 1 to 8 to order the eight different events.
You pick a number greater than 0. __________
You pick an even number. __________
You pick a number that is at least 2. __________
You pick a number that is at most 0. __________
You pick a number divisible by 3. __________
You pick a number divisible by 5. __________
You pick a prime number. __________
You pick a number less than the greatest prime number. __________

Answer: 8,5,7,1,3,24,6.

Explanation:
As there are 10 numbers from 1 to 10 and thus there will be 10 possible outcomes. So,
The number greater than 0 is 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10.
Even numbers are 2,4,6,8,10.
The number at least 2 is 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10.
The number that is at most 0: as none of the integers are from 1 to 10 are at most 0.
The number divisible by 3 is 3,6,9.
The number divisible by 5 is 5,10.
The prime numbers are 2,3,5,7.
The number less than the greatest prime numbers are 1,2,3,4,5,6 as 7 is the greatest prime number from the numbers 1 to 10.
The more favorable outcomes correspond with an event, the more likely the events happen. Thus the number is at most 0 is the least likely and the greater than 0 is the most likely.
The number of events from the least likely to the most likely is
The number greater than 0 is 8
Even numbers are 5
The number at least 2 is 7
The number that is at most 0: 1
The number divisible by 3 is 3
The number divisible by 5 is 2
The prime numbers are 4
The number less than the greatest prime number is 6.

Conclusion:

Do not move anywhere, stay on Go Math Answer Key, and enhance your math skills. After completion of your preparation go check your skills by solving the questions provided at the end of the chapter. In addition to the exercise problems, we have also given the answers with an explanation for the performance tasks.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Read More »

go-math-grade-7-answer-key-chapter-8-modeling-geometric-figures

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures: Join the list of top-ranking students by using the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key. Get access to Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures for free. We have to prepare the solutions in such a way that all the students can understand the concept easily. Quick and easy learning is possible only in our HMH Go Math Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures

We suggest the students to refer the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures to gain the highest score in exams. This creates interest in students to become master in maths. Learn the concepts of geometric figures in such a way that you prepare the questions on your own. Click on the below attached and links and get the step by step explanation.

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 1

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 2

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 3

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 4

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures

Guided Practice – Page No. 240

Question 1.
The scale of a room in a blueprint is 3 in : 5 ft. A wall in the same blueprint is 18 in. Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 1
a. How long is the actual wall?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 2
______ feet

Answer: 30 feet

Explanation:
We complete the table using the direct proportionality
3 in : 5 ft.
A wall in the same blueprint is 18 in. is 30 feet.

Question 1.
b. A window in the room has an actual width of 2.5 feet. Find the width of the window in the blueprint.
______ inches

Answer: 1.5 inches

Explanation:
We determine the number of inches corresponding to 1 foot on the actual window
3 in /5 in.
Multiply and divide by 5
(3 in ÷ 5)/(5 ft ÷ 5) = 0.6/1 ft
Thus 1 foot corresponds to 0.6 inches, so the width of the window in the table is
2.5 × 0.6 = 1.5 inches

Question 2.
The scale in the drawing is 2 in. : 4 ft. What are the length and width of the actual room? Find the area of the actual room.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 3
Width: _________ feet
Length: _________ feet
Area: _________ sq ft

Answer:
Width: 28 feet
Length: 14 feet
Area: 392 sq ft

Explanation:
We determine the number of feet corresponding to 1 inch in the drawing
2 in/4 in = (2 in. ÷ 2)/(4 in ÷ 2) = 1/2
Thus 1 inch corresponds to 2 feet on the actual dimensions of the room.
We determine the actual length of the room, labeled 14 inches in the drawing.
14 × 2 = 28 feet
We determine the actual width of the room, labeled 7 inches in the drawing.
7 × = 14 feet
We compute the area of the actual room:
28 × 14 = 392 square feet.

Lesson 8.1 Answer Key Geometry Question 3.
The scale in the drawing is 2 cm: 5 m. What are the length and width of the actual room? Find the area of the actual room.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 4
Width: _________ m
Length: _________ m
Area: _________ sq meters

Answer:
Width: 25 m
Length: 15 m
Area: 375 sq meters

Explanation:
We determine the number of meters corresponding to 1 centimeter in the drawing:
2 cm/5 cm = (2 cm ÷ 2)/(5 cm ÷ 2) = 1 cm/ 2.5 m
We determine the actual length of the room, labeled 10 cm in the drawing:
10 × 2.5 = 25 m
We determine the actual width of the room, labeled 6 cm in the drawing:
6 × 2.5 = 15 m
We compute the area of the room:
25 × 15 = 375 square feet.

Question 4.
A scale drawing of a cafeteria is drawn on centimeter grid paper as shown. The scale is 1 cm: 4 m.
a. Redraw the rectangle on centimeter grid paper using a scale of 1 cm:6 m.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 8 Answer Key solution img-1

Question 4.
b. What is the actual length and width of the cafeteria using the original scale? What are the actual dimensions of the cafeteria using the new scale?
Length: _________ m
Width: _________ m

Answer:
In the original scale, the dimensions on the drawing are
l1 = 9 cm
w1 = 6  cm
We determine the actual length using the original scale:
9 × 4 = 36
We determine the actual width using the original scale:
6 × 4 = 24
In the second scale, the dimensions on the drawing are
l2 = 6 cm
w1 = 4 cm
We determine the actual length using the original scale:
6 × 6 = 36
We determine the actual width using the original scale:
4 × 6 = 24
Thus the length is 36m
The width is 24 m

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
If you have an accurate, complete scale drawing and the scale, which measurements of the object of the drawing can you find?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
If we have an accurate, complete scale drawing and scale, we can determine all measurements of the object because they are all proportional with the dimensions on the drawing the ratio being the scale.

Independent Practice – Page No. 241

Question 6.
Art
Marie has a small copy of Rene Magritte’s famous painting, The Schoolmaster. Her copy has dimensions 2 inches by 1.5 inches. The scale of the copy is 1 in.:40 cm.
a. Find the dimensions of the original painting.
Length: _________ cm
Width: _________ cm

Answer:
Length: 80 cm
Width: 60 cm

Explanation:
We are given the data
Scale: 1 in:40 cm
Copy l1 = 2 in.
w1 = 1.5 inches
We determine the length l of the original painting
l = 2 × 40 = 80cm
We determine the width w of the original painting
w = 1.5 × 40 = 60 cm

Question 6.
b. Find the area of the original painting.
_____________ sq cm

Answer: 4800 square cm

Explanation:
We determine the width w of the original painting
A = l.w
A = 80 × 60 = 4,800 square cm

Question 6.
c. Since 1 inch is 2.54 centimeters, find the dimensions of the original painting in inches.
Length: _________ inches
Width: _________ inches

Answer:
We determine the length l of the original painting in inches:
1 in. = 2.54 cm
l = 80/2.54 cm ≈ 31.5 inches
We determine the width w of the original painting in inches:
w = 60/2.54 ≈ 23.6 inches

Question 6.
d. Find the area of the original painting in square inches
_____________ sq inches

Answer: 743.4 square inches

Explanation:
We find the area of the original painting in the square inches:
l × w = 31.5 × 23.6 = 743.4 square inches
Thus the area of the original painting is 743.4 square inches.

8.1 Practice A Geometry Answers Question 7.
A game room has a floor that is 120 feet by 75 feet. A scale drawing of the floor on grid paper uses a scale of 1 unit:5 feet. What are the dimensions of the scale drawing?
Length: _________ units
Width: _________ units

Answer:
Length: 24 units
Width: 15 units

Explanation:
We are given the data:
Scale: 1 unit: 5 feet
Actual dimensions: l = 120 feet, w = 75 feet
We determine the number of units on the drawing corresponding to 1 foot from the actual dimensions.
1 unit/ 5 feet
(1 unit ÷ 5)/(5 feet ÷ 5) = 0.2 units/1 feet
We determine the length of the scale drawing:
120 × 0.2 = 24 units
We determine the width of the scale drawing:
75 × 0.2 = 15 units

Question 8.
Multiple Representations
The length of a table is 6 feet. On a scale drawing, the length is 2 inches. Write three possible scales for the drawing.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
l = 6 feet
l1 = 2 inches
l = the actual length
l1 = the length of a scale drawing
2 inches:6 ft
1 in:3 ft
2/6×12 = 2/72 = 1/36
1 cm: 36 cm

Question 9.
Analyze Relationships
A scale for a scale drawing is 10 cm:1 mm. Which is larger, the actual object or the scale drawing? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
We are given the scale
10 cm: 1 mm
100 mm: 1 m
This means that the correspondent in actual dimension for 100 mm of drawing is 1mm, so to a greater on the drawing there is a smaller actual distance, therefore the scale drawing is larger.

Question 10.
Architecture
The scale model of a building is 5.4 feet tall.
a. If the original building is 810 meters tall, what was the scale used to make the model?
______ ft. : ______ m

Answer: 1 foot: 150 m

Explanation:
Let’s note:
h1 = the height on the scale model
h = the actual height
We are given the data
h1 = 5.4 feet
h = 810 meters
We determine the scale for the model
h1/h = 5.4 feet/810 m = (5.4 feet ÷ 5.4)/(810 ÷ 5.4)
1 foot/150 m
1 foot: 150 m

Question 10.
b. If the model is made out of tiny bricks each measuring 0.4 inch in height, how many bricks tall is the model?
___________ bricks

Answer: 14 bricks

Explanation:
We determine the scale for the model:
h1/0.4 = 5.4/0.4 = 13.5
The number of bricks: 14

Page No. 242

Question 11.
You have been asked to build a scale model of your school out of toothpicks. Imagine your school is 30 feet tall. Your scale is 1 ft:1.26 cm.
a. If a toothpick is 6.3 cm tall, how many toothpicks tall will your model be?
______ toothpicks

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given that,
h = 30 feet
1 ft: 1.26 cm
h1 = the height on the scale model
h = the actual height
We determine the height h1 of the model:
h1 = 30 × 1.26 = 37.8 cm
h1/6.3 = 37.8/6.3 = 6
Thus the number of toothpicks = 6

Question 11.
b. Your mother is out of toothpicks and suggests you use cotton swabs instead. You measure them, and they are 7.6 cm tall. How many cotton swabs tall will your model be?
______ cotton swabs

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We find the number of cotton wabs
h1/7.6 = 37.8/7.6 ≈ 5
Thus the number of cotton wabs = 5

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 12.
Draw Conclusions
The area of a square floor on a scale drawing is 100 square centimeters, and the scale of the drawing is 1 cm : 2 ft. What is the area of the actual floor? What is the ratio of the area in the drawing to the actual area?
Area = ______ sq. ft.

Answer: 400 sq. ft

Explanation:
A1 = the area of the drawing
A = the area of the actual floor
We are given the data:
A1 = 100 cm²
1 cm: 2 ft
1 cm corresponds to 2 ft
1 cm × 1 cm corresponds to 2 ft × 2 ft
1 cm² corresponds to 4 ft²
A = 100. 4 = 400 ft²
We determine the ratio of the area in the drawing to the actual area:
1 ft = 0.3048 m = 30.48 cm
A1/A = 100/400 × 30.48² ≈ 0.0003

Lesson 8.1 Similar Shapes and Scale Drawings Answer Key Question 13.
Multiple Representations
Describe how to redraw a scale drawing with a new scale.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In order to redraw a scale drawing with a new scale we perform 2 steps:
1. We find how many times the new scale us bigger or smaller than the old one.
2. We multiply this scale factor by the dimensions of the old scale drawing to get a new drawing.

Question 14.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe how several jobs or professions might use scale drawings at work.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Scale drawings are extremely useful in jobs that need to represent bigger areas on smaller devices like
1. Architecture/Construction
2. medicine
3. agriculture
4. tourism
5. transportation

Guided Practice – Page No. 245

Tell whether each figure creates the conditions to form a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given two angles and the included side, thus there is a unique triangle as the sides left from B and A intersect at a unique point.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: No triangle

Explanation:
We are given the three sides of the triangle. We check if the sum of any two sides is greater than the other.
4 + 11 = 15 > 3
11 + 3 = 14 > 4
3 + 4 = 7 is not greater than 11.
Because one inequality is not verified, the triangle doesn’t exist.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 8
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given two angles and the included side, thus there is a unique triangle as the sides left from B and A intersect in a unique point.

Geometry 8.2 Practice A Answers Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 9
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given the three sides of the triangle. We check if the sum of any two sides is greater than the other.
6 + 12 = 18 > 7
12 + 7 = 19 > 6
6 + 7 = 13 > 12
Since all inequalities are verified, there is a unique triangle.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
Describe the lengths of three segments that could not be used to form a triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Find the lengths of three segments not to be the sides of a triangle, at least one sum of two sides should be smaller than the other side.
Let a, b, c be the lengths of the three segments.
a + b not > a + b + k = c

Independent Practice

Question 6.
On a separate piece of paper, try to draw a triangle with side lengths of 3 centimeters and 6 centimeters, and an included angle of 120°. Determine whether the given segments and angle produce a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
∠A = 120°
AB = 6
AC = 3
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 8 Answer Key solution img-2
We draw the segment AB, the angle A, and the segment AC, and then we join B and C. The result is a unique triangle.

Question 7.
A landscape architect submitted a design for a triangle-shaped flower garden with side lengths of 21 feet, 37 feet, and 15 feet to a customer. Explain why the architect was not hired to create the flower garden.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We are given the sides of a triangle
21 + 37 = 58 > 15
37 + 15 = 52 > 21
15 + 21 = 36 not > 37
We checked the three triangles inequalities
Thus the triangle does not exist, that is the reason why the architect was not hired to create the flower garden.

Page No. 246

Question 8.
Make a Conjecture
The angles in an actual triangle-shaped traffic sign all have measures of 60°. The angles in a scale drawing of the sign all have measures of 60°. Explain how you can use this information to decide whether three given angle measures can be used to form a unique triangle or more than one triangle.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Three given angle measures whose sum is 180° can be used to form an infinity of triangles, having the property that their corresponding sides are proportional.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 9.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
The figure on the left shows a line segment 2 inches long forming a 45° angle with a dashed line whose length is not given. The figure on the right shows a compass set at a width of 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches with its point on the top end of the 2-inch segment. An arc is drawn intersecting the dashed line twice.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 11
Explain how you can use this figure to decide whether two sides and an angle not included between them can be used to form a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A triangle does not exist because one side is shorter than the other two sides. The circle intersects the dashed line only once so that one angle is 45°, so there is only one solution. The circle with the center in B intersects the dashed line twice, thus there are two triangles formed.

Geometry Independent Practice Answers Question 10.
Critical Thinking
Two sides of an isosceles triangle have lengths of 6 inches and 15 inches, respectively. Find the length of the third side. Explain your reasoning.
_______ inches

Answer: 15 inches

Explanation:
We are given the two sides of an isosceles triangle
a = 6
b = 15
There are two possibilities the third side is equal to a or b. Let us study both of them
Case 1: a = c = 6, b = 15
a + c = 6 + 6 = 12 not greater than 15 = b
We check the three triangle’s inequalities
a + b = 6 + 15 = 21 > 15 = c
a + c = 6 + 15 = 21 > 15 = b
b + c = 15 + 15 = 30 > 6 = a
Case 2: a = 6, b = c = 15
Thus the third side of the triangle is 15.

Guided Practice – Page No. 249

Describe each cross-section.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Triangle/Quadrilateral triangle
The given cross-section in a cube is a triangle/equilateral triangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 13
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Rectangle
The given cross-section in a cylinder is a rectangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Triangle

Explanation:
The given cross-section in the prism is the triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Rainbow shaped curve
The given cross-section in the cone is a rainbow-shaped curve.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
What is the first step in describing what figure results when a given plane intersects a given three-dimensional figure?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The first step in describing what figure results when a given plane intersects a given three-dimensional figure is to establish the number of sides the cross-section has.

Independent Practice

Cross Sections Lesson 8.3 Answer Key Question 6.
Describe different ways in which a plane might intersect the cylinder and the cross section that results.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 16
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The cross-section can be:
1. A circle
2. an ellipse
3. A rectangle

Page No. 250

Question 7.
Make a Conjecture
What cross-sections might you see when a plane intersects a cone that you would not see when a plane intersects a pyramid or a prism?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The cross-section can be:
1. A circle
2. an ellipse
3. a parabola
4. A hyperbola
5. A triangle

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 8.
Critical Thinking
The two figures on the left below show that you can form a cross-section of a cube that is a pentagon. Think of a plane cutting the cube at an angle in such a way as to slice through five of the cube’s six faces. Draw dotted lines on the third cube to show how to form a cross-section that is a hexagon.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 17
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We draw a plane cutting the cube so that the cross-section is a hexagon: For this, we take the middle of 6 adjacent sides:

Lesson 8 Practice Problems Answer Key Grade 7 Question 9.
Analyze Relationships
A sphere has a radius of 12 inches. A horizontal plane passes through the center of the sphere.
a. Describe the cross-section formed by the plane and the sphere
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Circle

Explanation:
We are given a sphere and a cross-section passing through the center of the sphere:
The cross-section passing through the center of the sphere is a circle having a radius equal to the sphere’s radius.

Question 9.
b. Describe the cross sections formed as the plane intersects the interior of the sphere but moves away from the center.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:  The cross sections formed as a plane intersect the interior of the sphere outside the center are circles.

Question 10.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A right rectangular prism is intersected by a horizontal plane and a vertical plane. The cross-section formed by the horizontal plane and the prism is a rectangle with dimensions 8 in and 12 in. The cross-section formed by the vertical plane and the prism is a rectangle with dimensions 5 in. and 8 in. Describe the faces of the prism, including their dimensions. Then find its volume.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 480 cube inches

Explanation:
The horizontal cross-section has the dimensions 8×12, while the vertical 5×8.
The prism has the dimensions:
5 inches, 8 inches, 12 inches
We find the volume of the prism:
5 × 8 × 12 = 480 cube inches

Question 11.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world situation that could be represented by planes slicing a three-dimensional figure to form cross sections.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Examples of real-world situations that can be represented by planes slicing three-dimensional figures to form cross-sections:

  • electrical wires
  • water/gas pipes
  • house design
  • geology
  • seismology

Guided Practice – Page No. 256

For 1–2, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 18

Question 1.
Vocabulary
The sum of the measures of ∠UWV and ∠UWZ is 90°, so ∠UWV and ∠UWZ are _____ angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Complementary angles

Explanation:
The sum of ∠UWV and ∠UWZ is 90°, so ∠UWV and ∠UWZ are complementary angles.

Question 2.
Vocabulary
∠UWV and ∠VWX share a vertex and one side. They do not overlap, so ∠UWV and ∠VWX are _____ angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Adjacent angles

Explanation:
∠UWV and ∠VWX share a vertex and one side. They do not overlap, so ∠UWV and ∠VWX are adjacent angles.

For 3–4, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 19

Question 3.
∠AGB and ∠DGE are _____ angles, so m∠DGE = _____.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: ∠AGB and ∠DGE are vertical angles, so m∠DGE = m∠AGB = 30°

8.4 Practice A Geometry Answers Question 4.
Find the measure of ∠EGF.
_______ °

Answer: 100°

Explanation:
m∠CGD + m∠DGE + m∠EGF = 180°
50° + m∠AGB + m∠EGF = 180°
50° + 30° + 2x = 180°
2x = 180° – 80°
2x = 100°
mm∠EGF = 2x = 100°

Question 5.
Find the value of x and the measure of ∠MNQ.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 20
x = _______ °
mMNQ = _______ °

Answer:
∠MNQ + ∠QNP = 90°
3x – 13° + 58° = 90°
3x = 90° + 13° – 58°
3x = 45°
x = 15°
m∠MNQ = 3x – 13°
= 3×15° – 13°
= 45° – 13°
= 32°

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
Suppose that you know that ∠T and ∠S are supplementary and that m∠T = 3(m∠S). How can you find m∠T?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
m∠T + m∠S = 180°
m∠T = 3(m∠S)
m∠S = m∠T/3
Form the second equation we write m∠S in terms of m∠T
m∠T + m∠T/3 = 3 × 180°
3m∠T + m∠T = 3 × 180°
4m∠T = 540°
m∠T = 540°/4
m∠T = 135°

Independent Practice – Page No. 257

For 7–11, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 21

Question 7.
Name a pair of adjacent angles. Explain why they are adjacent.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The pair of adjacent angles are:
∠SUR and ∠RUN (common vertex U and one common side – UR – without overlapping)
∠NUQ and ∠QUP (common vertex U and one common side – UQ – without overlapping)
∠PUT and ∠TUS (common vertex U and one common side – UT – without overlapping)

Question 8.
Name a pair of acute vertical angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above figure we can say that ∠SUR and ∠PUQ are the vertical angles.

Question 9.
Name a pair of supplementary angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The above figure shows that ∠SUR and ∠RUQ are supplementary angles.

Geometry 8.4 Practice A Answers Question 10.
Justify Reasoning
Find m∠QUR. Justify your answer.
_______ °

Answer:
We have to find m∠QUR.
∠SUR and ∠QUR are supplementary angles.
m∠SUR + m∠QUR = 180°
m∠QUR + 41° = 180°
m∠QUR = 180° – 41°
m∠QUR = 139°

Question 11.
Draw Conclusions
Which is greater, m∠TUR or m∠RUQ? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
m∠QUR = 139°
m∠TUR = m∠TUS + m∠SUR
90° + 41° = 131°
We find m∠TUR
139° > 131°
m∠QUR > m∠TUR

For 12–13, use the figure. A bike path crosses a road as shown. Solve for each indicated angle measure or variable.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 22

Question 12.
x = ?
_______ °

Answer: x = 21°

Explanation:
∠KMI and ∠HMG are vertical, thus congruent.
We determine x:
84° = 4x
4x = 84°
x = 84°/4
x = 21°

Question 13.
m∠KMH = ?
_______ °

Answer: 96°

Explanation:
∠KMI and ∠KMH are supplementary.
We determine m∠KMH:
m∠KMH + m∠KMI = 180°
m∠KMH + 84° = 180°
m∠KMH = 180° – 84°
m∠KMH = 96°

For 14–16, use the figure. Solve for each indicated angle measure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 23

Question 14.
m∠CBE = ?
_______ °

Answer: 118°

Explanation:
We determine m∠CBE:
m∠CBE + m∠EBF = 180°
m∠CBE + 62°= 180°
m∠CBE = 180° – 62°
m∠CBE = 118°

8.4 Angle Relationships Answer Key Question 15.
m∠ABF = ?
_______ °

Answer: 28°

Explanation:
We determine m∠ABF
m∠ABF + m∠EBF = 90°
m∠ABF + 62° = 90°
m∠ABF = 90° – 62°
m∠ABF = 28°

Question 16.
m∠CBA = ?
_______ °

Answer: 152°

Explanation:
We determine m∠CBA
m∠CBA = m∠DBF = m∠DBE + m∠EBF
90° + 62° = 152°
m∠CBA = 152°

Question 17.
The measure of ∠A is 4° greater than the measure of ∠B. The two angles are complementary. Find the measure of each angle.
mA = __________ °
mB = __________ °

Answer:
mA = 47°
mB = 43°

Explanation:
We are given the data:
m∠A = m∠B + 4°
m∠A + m∠B = 90°
m∠B + 4° + m∠B = 90°
2m∠B = 90° – 4°
2m∠B = 86°
m∠B = 86°/2
m∠B = 43°
m∠A = m∠B + 4°
m∠A = 43° + 4°
m∠A = 47°

Question 18.
The measure of ∠D is 5 times the measure of ∠E. The two angles are supplementary. Find the measure of each angle.
mD = __________ °
mE = __________ °

Answer:
mD = 150°
mE = 30°

Explanation:
We are given the data
m∠D = 5(m∠E)
m∠D + m∠E = 180°
5(m∠E) + m∠E = 180°
6 m∠E = 180°
m∠E = 180°/6
m∠E = 30°
m∠D = 5(m∠E)
m∠D = 5 × 30°
m∠D = 150°

Page No. 258

Question 19.
Astronomy
Astronomers sometimes use angle measures divided into degrees, minutes, and seconds. One degree is equal to 60 minutes, and one minute is equal to 60 seconds. Suppose that ∠J and ∠K are complementary and that the measure of ∠J is 48 degrees, 26 minutes, 8 seconds. What is the measure of ∠K?
_______ ° _______ ‘ _______ ”

Answer: 41° 33 ‘ 52″

Explanation:
We are given the data
m∠J + m∠K = 90°
m∠J = 48° 26 ‘ 8″
90° – 48° 26 ‘ 8″
89°60’ – 48° 26 ‘ 8″
89°59’60” – 48° 26 ‘ 8″ = 41° 33 ‘ 52″
Thus the measure of ∠K is 41° 33 ‘ 52″

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems
The railroad tracks meet the road as shown. The town will allow a parking lot at angle K if the measure of angle K is greater than 38°. Can a parking lot be built at angle K ? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 24
_______

Answer:
m∠K = 180° – 50° – 90° = 40°
Since m∠K = 40°> 38°, a parking lot can be built.

Question 21.
Justify Reasoning
Kendra says that she can draw ∠A and ∠B so that m∠A is 119° and ∠A and ∠B are complementary angles. Do you agree or disagree? Explain your reasoning.
_______

Answer:
We are given the data
m∠A = 119°
m∠A + m∠B = 90°
m∠B = 90° – m∠A
= 90° – 119° = -29°
Since m∠B < 0, Kendra is wrong, she can’t draw the angles.

Lesson 4 Scale Drawings Answer Key Question 22.
Draw Conclusions
If two angles are complementary, each angle is called a complement of the other. If two angles are supplementary, each angle is called a supplement of the other.
a. Suppose m∠A = 77°. What is the measure of a complement of a complement of ∠A? Explain.
_______ °

Answer: 77°

Explanation:
90° – (90° – m∠A) = 90° – (90° – 77°)
90° – 77° = 13°
77°

Question 22.
b. What conclusion can you draw about a complement of a complement of an angle? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The complement of a complement of an angle is the angle itself:
90° – (90° – m∠A)
90° – 90° + m∠A

8.1 Similar Shapes and Scale Drawings – Page No. 259

Question 1.
A house blueprint has a scale of 1 in. : 4 ft. The length and width of each room in the actual house are shown in the table. Complete the table by finding the length and width of each room on the blueprint.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 25
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Modeling-Geometric-Figures-img-25
Thus for each 4 ft in actual dimension, there is 1 inch in the blueprint.

8.2 Geometric Drawings

Question 2.
Can a triangle be formed with side lengths of 8 cm, 4 cm, and 12 cm?
______

Answer:
We are given the side lengths
8 + 12 = 20 > 4
4 + 12 = 16 > 8
8 + 4 not > 12
Since one of the inequalities is not verified, the three given side lengths cannot form a triangle.

Chapter 8.1 Geometry Answers Question 3.
A triangle has side lengths of 11 cm and 9 cm. Which could be the value of the third side, 20 cm or 15 cm?
______

Answer: 15 cm

Explanation:
We are given the side lengths
11, 9
11 + 9 = 20 not > 20
We check the triangle’s inequalities if we add the third side of 20 cm
Since one of the inequalities is not verified, the three given side lengths cannot form a triangle.
11, 9, 15
11 + 9 = 20 > 15
11 + 15 = 26 > 9
15 + 9 = 24 > 11
We check the triangle’s inequalities are verified, 15 can be the value of the third side.

8.3 Cross Sections

Question 4.
Name one possible cross-section of a sphere.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Circle
One possible cross-section of the sphere is a circle.

Question 5.
Name at least two shapes that are cross-sections of a cylinder.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Three possible cross-sections of a cylinder are a circle, an ellipse, and a rectangle.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you model geometry figures to solve real-world problems?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: You can model geometry for making buildings and skyscrapers, also stores.

8.4 Angle Relationships

Question 6.
∠BGC and ∠FGE are _____ angles, so m∠FGE = _____
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 26
_____ °

Answer: ∠BGC and ∠FGE are vertical angles, so m∠FGE = m∠BGC = 90° – 40° = 50°

Lesson 8.4 Angle Relationships Answer Key Question 7.
Suppose you know that ∠S and ∠Y are complementary and that m∠S = 2(m∠Y) – 30°. Find m∠Y.
m?Y = _____ °

Answer: 40°

Explanation:
m∠S + m∠Y = 90°
m∠S = 2(m∠Y) – 30°
We replace the expression of m∠S from the second equation into the first we can find m∠Y
2(m∠Y) – 30° + m∠Y = 90°
3m∠Y = 90° + 30°
3m∠Y = 120°
m∠Y = 120°/3
m∠Y = 40°

Selected Response – Page No. 260

Question 1.
Which number can you add to 15 to get a sum of 0?
Options:
a. -10
b. -15
c. 0
d. 15

Answer: -15

Explanation:
The number we add to a number in order to get a sum of zero is its opposite. In or case we should add -15 to 15.
15 + (-15) = 0
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Students are painting the backdrop for the school play. The backdrop is 15 feet wide and 10 feet high. Every 16 inches on the scale drawing represents 5 feet on the backdrop. What is the area of the scale drawing?
Options:
a. 150 in2
b. 6 in2
c. 3096
d. 1536 in2

Answer: 1536 in2

Explanation:
We are given the dimensions l and w of the backdrop and the drawing scale:
l = 15 ft
w = 10 ft
16 in: 5 ft
16 in./5 ft = (16 in. ÷ 5)/(5 ft ÷ 5) = 3.2 in/1 ft
l1 = 15 × 3.2 = 48 inches
w1 = 10 × 32 = 320 inches
l1 × w1 = 48 × 32 = 1536 square inches
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Grade 7 Maths Unit 8 Geometric Figures and Measurement Question 3.
Two sides of a triangle measure 8 cm and 12 cm. Which of the following CANNOT be the measure of the third side?
Options:
a. 4
b. 12
c. 8
d. 16

Answer: 4 cm

Explanation:
We are given two sides of a triangle
a. 4
4 + 8 not > 12
b. 12
12 + 8 > 12
12 + 12 > 8
c. 8
8 + 8 > 12
8 + 12 > 12
d. 16
8 + 12 > 16
8 + 16 > 12
12 + 16 > 8
Thus the only dimension that cannot be measured on the third side of the triangle is 4 cm.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
A cross-section is the intersection of a three-dimensional figure and a _____.
Options:
a. point
b. plane
c. line
d. set

Answer: Plane

Explanation:
A cross-section is the interaction of a three-dimensional figure and a plane.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

For 5–6, use the diagram.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 27

Question 5.
What is the measure of ∠BFC?
Options:
a. 18
b. 108
c. 72
d. 144

Answer: 108°

Explanation:
∠BFC + ∠BFA = 180°
∠BFC + 72° = 180°
∠BFC = 180° – 72°
∠BFC = 108°
The angles ∠BFC and ∠BFA are supplementary. We determine ∠BFC.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which describes the relationship between ∠BFA and ∠CFD?
Options:
a. adjacent angles
b. complementary angles
c. supplementary angles
d. vertical angles

Answer: vertical angles

Explanation:
The angles ∠BFA and ∠CFD are vertical angles because they are opposite angles formed at the intersection of two lines.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 7.
All clothing is being marked down 15%. Which expression represents the new retail price?
Options:
a. 0.85x
b. 1.15x
c. 1.85x
d. 0.15x

Answer: 0.85x

Explanation:
x = initial price
Since the price went down by 15%, the new price will be diminished by 15/100 x
x – 0.15x = 0.85x
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Tasks

Answer Key 8.1 Practice A Geometry Answers Question 8.
Ira built a model of the Great Pyramid in Egypt for a school project. The Great Pyramid has a square base with sides of length 756 feet. The height of the Great Pyramid is 481 feet. Ira made his model pyramid using a scale of 1 inch : 20 feet.
a. What is the length of each side of the base of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ in

Answer: 37.8 inches
We compute the number of inches corresponding to 1 foot from the actual dimensions:
1 in./20 ft = (1 in. ÷ 20)/(20 ft ÷ 20) = 0.05 in/1 ft.
There are 0.05 inches for 1 foot.
We determine the length of Ira’s  pyramid base:
756 × 0.05 = 37.8 inches

Question 8.
b. What is the area of the base of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ square inches

Answer: 1428.84 square inches

Explanation:
We determine the area of Ira’s pyramid base:
37.8 × 37.8 = 1,428.84 square inches.

Question 8.
c. What is the height of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ in

Answer:
We determine the height of Ira’s pyramid:
481 × 0.05 = 24.05 inches

Question 8.
d. Ira built his model using cross-sections that were cut parallel to the base. What shape was each cross-section?
Type below:
____________

Answer: The cross sections parallel to the base have the shape of a square.

Conclusion:

Hence make your children ready by making them practice for the test using Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures. Get the solutions for all the questions with the simple tricks for all chapters on Go Math Answer Key. Best Of Luck!!!

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Read More »

Scroll to Top